Tower Design PG 7 of 42 - VVIMP

Public Disclosure Authorized
E2988
TRANSMISSION COMPANY OF NIGERIA

58km 330kV QIT – IKOT ABASI TRANSMISSION LINE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT NO.: S - 1103
FINAL DRAFT REPORT November, 2012

58km 330kV QIT–IKOT ABASI TRANSMISSION LINE PROJECT
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

DRAFT REPORT
by
TRANSMISSION COMPANY OF NIGERIA

Plot 441, Zambezi Crescent,
Maitama, Abuja, Nigeria.
July, 2012
58km QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Environmental Impact Assessment
All references of Power Holding Company of Nigeria Limited (PHCN) in the report represent
the Transmission Company of Nigeria (TCN).
All references of the Joint Venture Power Project (JVPP) in the report represents the Qua
Iboe Power Project (QIPP).
All references of the QIPP-PP represents Qua Iboe Power Project Power Plant whereas all
references of QIPP-TL represents Qua Iboe Power Project Power Transmission Line.
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page i of xiv

July, 2012
TABLE OF CONTENT ii of xiv

LIST OF APPENDICES, TABLES AND FIGURES v of xiv
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS viii of xiv
LIST OF PREPARERS xiii of xiv
AKNOWLEDGEMENT xiv of xiv
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 of 14
Pages
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION 1 of 23
1.1 General 1 of 23
1.2 EIA Report Structure 3 of 23
1.3 Project Scope 6 of 23
1.4 Project Proponent 6 of 23
1.5 EIA Terms of Reference 6 of 23
1.6 EIA Objectives 6 of 23
1.7 Scope of Study 7 of 23
1.8 EIA Methodology 7 of 23
1.9 Legal Regulatory and Administrative Framework 8 of 23
1.9.1 National Policy on the Environment 9of 23
1.9.2 National Statutes on Environmental Protection 10 of 23
1.9.3 The Federal Ministry of Environment 10 of 23
1.9.4 National Inland Water Ways Authority 11 of 23
1.9.5 Nigerian Content Act 12 of 23
1.9.6 Other National Regulations 12 of 23
1.9.7 National Electricity Regulatory Commission 13 of 23
1.9.8 National Statutes on Electrical Installation and Electricity Supply 13 of 23
1.9.9 Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environment and Mineral Resources 15 of 23
1.10 PHCN Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) Policies 16 of 23
1.11 International Policies, Guidelines and Conventions 17 of 23
1.12 FMENV EIA Approval Process in Nigeria 22 of 23
1.13 EIA report Structure 23 of 23
CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT JUSTIFICATION 1 of 16

2.1 General 1 of 16
2.2 Need for the Project 1 of 16
2.3 Project Development Concepts and Alternatives 1 of 16
2.3.1 Transmission Line Alternatives 2 of 16
2.4 Environmental and Socio-economic Considerations 7 of 16
2.5. Summary of Transmission Line Route Alternatives 11 of 16
2.5.1 Connection to National Grid 11 of 16
2.5.2 Transmission Line Type Options 12 of 16
2.5.3 Tower Options 13 of 16
2.5.4 Cable Options 13 of 16
2.6 No Development Option 13 of 16
2.7 Development Option 14 of 16
2.8 Envisaged Sustainability 14 of 16
CHAPTER THREE: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 of 42

3.1 General 1 of 42
3.2 Project Scope 1 of 42
3.2.1 General Facilities Layout 2 of 42
3.3 Design Basis 3 of 42
3.3.1 Design Conditions 3 of 42
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page ii of xiv

July, 2012
3.4 Applicable Codes and Standards 4 of 42

3.5 Transmission Line Design 4 of 42
3.5.1 Foundation Design 6 of 42
3.5.2 Tower Design 7 of 42
3.5.3 Steel Class and Strength for Towers 7 of 42
3.5.4 Protection and Earthing System Design 7 of 42
3.6 Project Activity Sequence 8 of 42
3.6.1 Pre-Construction Engineering and ROW Acquisition programme 8 of 42
3.6.2 Centre - line and Topographical Survey 8 of 42
3.6.3 Geotechnical Survey 10 of 42
3.6.4 Foundation Construction 10 of 42
3.6.5 Tower Construction 11 of 42
3.6.6 Arching Devise 19 of 42
3.6.7 Lighting protection and Earthing System 19 of 42
3.6.8 Transmission Line Construction 20 of 42
3.6.9 Fault Detection, Response System and Control 20 of 42
3.7 Procurement of Materials and Fabrication Summary 21 of 42
3.8 Mobilisation 23 of 42
3.9 Site Preparation 24 of 42
3.10 ROW and Access Corridor Clearing 24 of 42
3.11 Construction / Installation Strategy 26 of 42
3.11.1 Tower Erection Method 28 of 42
3.11.2 Tower Erecting Standard 30 of 42
3.12 Stringing of Conductors and Shield Wires 30 of 42
3.12.1 Conductor 30 of 42
3.12.2 Stringing Methods 31 of 42
3.13 Embankments, Levelling and Drainage 37 of 42
3.14 Power Transmission Line Operations 37 of 42
3.15 Maintenance 37 of 42
3.16 Commissioning 37 of 42
3.17 Turnover 38 of 42
3.18 Project Supervision and Surveillance 38 of 42
3.19 Safety, Health, Environment and Security Issues 39 of 42
3.20 Fuel Transport, Storage and Dispensing Programme 41 of 42
3.21 Site Decommissioning / Environmental Restoration 41 of 42
3.22 Project Waste Management Plan 41 of 42
3.23 Project Schedule 41 of 42
CHAPTER FOUR: THE EXISTING NATURAL ENVIRONMENT 1 of 111

4.1 General 1 of 111
4.2 Baseline Data Acquisition methods 1 of 111
4.2.1 Literature Research 1 of 111
4.2.2 Environmental Field Survey 2 of 111
4.3 Description of Ecological Baseline Conditions 9 of 111
4.3.1 Climate and Meteorology 9 of 111
4.3.2 Air Temperature 9 of 111
4.3.3 Relative Humidity 10 of 111
4.3.4 Rainfall 11 of 111
4.3.5 Wind 12 of 111
4.4 Air Quality Characteristics 12 of 111
4.4.1 Noise Characteristics 15 of 111
4.5 Regional Geology of the Niger-delta 17 of 111
4.5.1 Hydrogeology 19 of 111
4.6 Surface Water 20 of 111
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page iii of xiv

July, 2012
4.6.1 Surface Water Physico-chemistry 20 of 111

4.6.2 Surface Water Microbiological Characteristics 25 of 111
4.7 Sediment Physico-chemical Characteristics 26 of 111
4.7.1 Sediment Microbiological Characteristics 30 of 111
4.8 Soil Physico-chemical Characteristics 31 of 111
4.8.1 Soil Microbiological Characteristics 33 of 111
4.9 Hydrobiology Studies 34 of 111
4.9.1 Planktons 34 of 111
4.9.2 Benthic Communities 37 of 111
4.10 Vegetation and Wildlife 37 of 111
4.10.1 Vegetation 37 of 111
4.10.2 Wildlife 49 of 111
4.10.3 Fish and Fisheries 63 of 111
4.11 Socio-Economics 64 of 111
4.11.1 Scope of Study 65 of 111
4.11.2 Consultations 67 of 111
4.11.3 Socio-economic Survey Methodology 68 of 111
4.12 General Description of Akwa Ibom State 69 of 111
4.12.1 Ibeno LGA 70 of 111
4.12.2 Esit Eket LGA 71 of 111
4.12.3 Eket LGA 72 of 111
4.12.4 Onna LGA 73 of 111
4.12.5 Mkpat Enin LGA 73 of 111
4.12.6 Ikot Abasi LGA 74 of 111
4.13 Traditional/Political Governance & Community Organisation 75 of 111
4.13.1 Traditional Organisation 75 of 111
4.13.2 Traditional Governance 76 of 111
4.13.3 Community/Social Organisation 76 of 111
4.14 Demography 77 of 111
4.14.1 Population Size 77 of 111
4.14.2 Population Characteristics 80 of 111
4.15 Marriage 81 of 111
4.16 Education and Literacy 82 of 111
4.16.1 Education 82 of 111
4.16.2 Literacy Level 83 of 111
4.17 Contentious Issues and Conflict Management 84 of 111
4.18 Economics 85 of 111
4.18.1 Income Generation Activities 85 of 111
4.19 Land Ownership/Land Use/Changes in Land Cover 87 of 111
4.20. Quality of Life 89 of 111
4.20.1 Settlement Pattern/Housing Structure/Tenure 89 of 111
4.20.2 Monthly Family Expenditure Pattern 91 of 111
4.20.3 Availability and Access to Household Conveniences 91 of 111
4.20.4 Availability and Access to Household Conveniences 91 of 111
4.21 Poverty and Inequality 92 of 111
4.22 Employment/Unemployment 93 of 111
4.22.1 Employment 93 of 111
4.22.2 Unemployment Rate 93 of 111
4.23 Infrastructural Base 95 of 111
4.23.1 Market Facilities 103 of 111
4.23.2 Access Road/Public Transportation 103 of 111
4.23.3 Electricity Supply 105 of 111
4.23.4 Educational Facilities 105 of 111
4.23.5 Postal/Telecommunication Facilities 105 of 111
4.23.6 Water Supply 106 of 111
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page iv of xiv

July, 2012
4.24 Health Facilities 106 of 111

4.25 Disease Prevalence 106 of 111
4.26 Water Supply 107 of 111
4.27 Refuse Disposal System 109 of 111
4.27.1 Toilet Facilities 109 of 111
4.28 Community Concerns 110 of 111
CHAPTER FIVE: ASSOCIATED/POTENTIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1 of 53

5.1 General 1 of 53
5.2 Impact Assessment Methodology 2 of 53
5.3 Project Environmental Overview 2 of 53
5.4 Impact Identification and Characterisation 2 of 53
5.4.1 Impact Identification 2 of 53
5.4.2 Impact Characterisation 5 of 53
5.5 Impact Evaluation 9 of 53
5.5.1 Consequence / Likelihood Evaluation 12 of 53
5.6 Results of the Impact Assessment 14 of 53
5.7 Impact Discussion 27 of 53
5.7.1 Socio-economic Impacts 28 of 53
5.7.2 Biodiversity 34 of 53
5.7.3 Hydrology and Aquatic Systems 38 of 53
5.7.4 Air Quality and Noise Pollution 42 of 53
5.7.5 Health, Safety and Security Aspects 45 of 53
5.7.6 Decommissioning 51 of 53
5.8 Cumulative Impacts 53 of 53
CHAPTER SIX: IMPACT MITIGATION AND RESIDUAL RANKING 1 of 29

6.1 General 2 of 29
6.2 Management Procedure for Mitigation Measures 2 of 29
6.3 Proffered Mitigation Measures 2 of 29
CHAPTER SEVEN: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 of 25

7.1 General 1 of 25
7.2 EMP Objective 1 of 25
7.3 Environmental Management and Administration 2 of 25
7.4 Awareness Creation and Training 3 of 25
7.5 Public Participation/Involvement 4 of 25
7.6 Monitoring 4 of 25
7.7 Reporting 5 of 25
7.8 Uncertainty and Change Management 5 of 25
7.9 Environmental Aspect Management Guideline 6 of 25
7.9.1 Environmental Management 6 of 25
7.9.1.1 Responsibilities and Cost for EMP 15 of 25
7.9.2 Guideline for Waste Management 15 of 25
7.9.2.1 Operational Wastes and Disposal Methods 18 of 25
7.10 Emergency Response Plan 22 of 25
7.11 Environmental Audit and Assessment 23 of 25
7.12 Decommissioning and Abandonment Plan 24 of 25
CHAPTER EIGHT CONCLUSION
REFERENCES
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page v of xiv

July, 2012
LIST OF APPENDICES, TABLES AND FIGURES
List of Appendices and Attachments

Appendix 1.1: Terms of Reference
Appendix 3.1: Applicable Codes and Standards
Appendix 4.1: Study Approach
Appendix 4.2: Surface Water / Sediment Characteristics
Appendix 4.3: Soil Characteristics
Appendix 4.4: Hydro-biological Characteristics
Appendix 4.5: Evidences of Consultation
Appendix 4.6: Socio-economic Survey Tools
Appendix 5.1: Topographical Survey Charts
Attachment I: Sampling Distribution Map
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page vi of xiv

July, 2012
List of Tables
Table 2.1: Route Alternative Summary 11 of 16
Table 3.1: Environmental Design Conditions 4 of 42
Table 3.2: Tower Type Design Parameters 7 of 42
Table 4.1: Sampling Co-ordinates and Requirements 3 of 111
Table 4.2.Summary of Analytical Methods and Test Equipment 8 of 111
Table 4.3: Ambient Air Temperature 10 of 111
Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality Characteristics 13 of 111
Table 4.5: Noise Levels Along Study Area 16 of 111
Table 4.6: Surface Water Physico-chemistry 20 of 111
Table 4.7: Summary of Surface Water Microbiological Characteristics 27 of 111
Table 4.8: Summary of Sediment Physico-chemical Characteristics 28 of 111
Table 4.9: Summary of Sediment Microbiological Characteristics 30 of 111
Table 4.10: Summary of Surface Soil Physico-chemical Characteristics 31 of 111
Table 4.11: Features of vegetation/Wildlife Transects 39 of 111
Table 4.12a: Flora Conservation Status 47 of 111
Table 4.12b: Wildlife Diversity and Conservation Status 50 of 111
Table 4.13: Cost of Game Animals Along Study Area 61 of 111
Table 4.14: No of Consulted/ Surveyed Groups 65 of 111
Table 4.15: Socio-economic survey Program 65 of 111
Table 4.16: Population Characteristics of Surveyed LGAs 77 of 111
Table 4.17: Projected Population Figures for Surveyed Communities 79 of 111
Table 4.18: Consensual Perceptions on Demographic Characteristics 79 of 111
Table 4.19: Age and Sex Structure of Ak wa Ibom State 80 of 111
Table 4.20: Completion Rate in Primary Schools Statistics 82 of 111
Table 4.21: Secondary School Statistics – August 2011 83 of 111
Table 4.22: Completion Rate in Primary Schools 83 of 111
Table 4.23: Literacy Rate 84 of 111
Table 4.24: Perceptions on Economic Scenario of Study Area 86 of 111
Table 4.25: Changes in Land Cover 88 of 111
Table 4.26: Description of Some Quality of Life Indicators 90 of 111
Table 4.27: Monthly expenditure Pattern Per Family 91 of 111
Table 4.28: Income and Food Poverty Indices 93 of 111
Table 4.29: Poverty/ Inequality Highlights – Akwa Ibom State 93 of 111
Table 4.30: National/ Akwa Ibom Unemployment Rates (%) 95 of 111
Table 4.31: Community Infrastructure base 96 of 111
Table 4.32: Distribution of Accredited health Facilities 106 of 111
Table 4.33: Drinking Water Sources in the Study Area 108 of 111
Table 4.34: Improved Water Supply Statistics in Akwa Ibom State 109 of 111
Table 4.35: Common Waste Disposal Systems 109 of 111
Table 4.36: Common Types of Toilet Facilities 110 of 111
Table 5.1: Project Activities – Environmental Indicators Interaction matrix 3 of 53
Table 5.2: QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Impacts Categorisation 6 of 53
Table 5.3: Consequence Criterion 12 of 53
Table 5.4: Likelihood Criterion 13 of 53
Table 5.5: Potential and Associated Impacts 15 of 53
Table 5.6: Range of Maximum Electrical and Magnetic Fields 50 of 53
Table 5.7: Precaution Values for Low Frequency Electro-magnetic Fields 51 of 53
Table 6.1: Proffered Mitigation Measures 3 of 29
Table 7.1: EMP Cost Estimates 16 of 25
Table 7.2: Waste Stream Management Guideline 20 of 25
Table 7.3: Personnel Responsibilities during Emergency Evacuation 23 of 25
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page vii of xiv

July, 2012
List of Figures
Figure 1.1: Proposed Transmission Line Route – Akwa Ibom State 4 of 23
Figure 1.2: EIA Methodology Flowchart 8 of 23
Figure 2.1: Nigeria Grid - Circuits in the vicinity of the Project location 3 of 16
Figure 2.2: 132 kV T - line Eket to Ibom (blue), Recommended 330 kV (red) 4 of 16
Figure 2.3: Preliminary 330kV Transmission Line Route QIT – Ikot Abasi 6 of 16
Figure 2.4: Crossing Location near Alscon Smelter in Ikot Abasi 7 of 16
Figure 2.5: Transmission Line – Constraints Map 8 of 16
Figure 2.6: Preliminary Route – Settlements and Structures Avoided 9 of 16
Figure 2.7: Updated Routing – Approaching Substation near Alscon 10 of 16
Figure 2.8: Preliminary Route – Connection to Ikot Abasi Substation 12 of 16
Figure 2.9: Proposed Ikot Abasi Substation 12 of 16
Figure 3.1: T-Line Route Design – QIT Heliport and Eket Field Constraints 6 of 42
Figure 3.2: Typical Connectors Pressing 17 of 42
Figure 3.3: Existing major Road and Preliminary Transmission Line 22 of 42
Figure 3.4: ROW Clearance along the TL 25 of 42
Figure 3.5: Lay-down Tower materials Storage 27 of 42
Figure 3.6: Tower Erection Process 29 of 42
Figure 3.7: Pulley – Block 32 of 42
Figure 3.8: Running Board 32 of 42
Figure 3.9: Helicopter Pulling a Pilot Wire 33 of 42
Figure 3.10: Drum- Stand with Hydraulic Drive and Disc Break 33 of 42
Figure 3.11: Puller- Tensioner during Stringing of 3 Bundle Conductors 34 of 42
Figure 3.12: Strain Tower, Clamping 3 Bundle Conductors 35 of 42
Figure 3.13: Project Schedule 42 0f 42
Figure 4.1: Minimum and Maximum Temperature 9 of 111
Figure 4.2: Relative Humidity 7 of 111
Figure 4.3: Rainfall 11 of 111
Figure 4.4: Wind Speed 12 of 111
Figure 4.5: Niger-delta Sedimentary Basins 18 of 111
Figure 4.6: Niger-delta Depobelts 19 of 111
Figure 4.7: TDS / Conductivity Correlation 23 of 111
Figure 4.8: Turbidity / TSS Correlation 24 of 111
Figure 4.9: Sediment – Particle Size Distribution 29 of 111
Figure 4.10: Soil – Particle Size Distribution 32 of 111
Figure 4.11: Percentage Abundance of Phytoplankton 34 of 111
Figure 4.12: Phytoplankton Species along Study Area 35 of 111
Figure: 4.13: Percentage Abundance of Zooplankton 36 of 111
Figure 4.14: Zooplankton Species along Study Area 36 of 111
Figure: 4.15: Vegetation Characteristics 38 of 111
Figure: 4.16: Mangrove vegetation – QIT Axis (Ibeno) 40 of 111
Figure: 4.17: Secondary Riparian Forest – Eket Axis 42 of 111
Figure: 4.18: Secondary Forest – Onna Axis 43 of 111
Figure: 4.19: Palm Forest – Mkpat enin Axis 44 of 111
Figure: 4.20: Vegetation Types – Sub-station Axis (Ikot Abasi) 46 of 111
Figure: 4.21: Mammals Along Project Area 58 of 111
Figure: 4.22: Little Egret (Egretta garzetta) – Douglas Creek Area 59 of 111
Figure 4.23: Tortoise – Hunters bag in Mkpat Enin Axis 60 of 111
Figure 4.24: Tree Frog – Afrixalus dorsalis 60 of 111
Figure 4.25: fish Gears and Fish Types 63 of 111
Figure 4.26: Examples of Meetings with Local Representatives 69 of 111
Figure 4.27: Traditional tiers of Authority 75 of 111
Figure 4.28: Typical Traditional Organisation 76 of 111
Figure 4.29: Farmlands 87 of 111
Figure 4.30: Housing Structures 89 of 111
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page viii of xiv

July, 2012
Figure 4.31: Housing Structure – Percentage Distribution 90 of 111

Figure 4.32: Types of Fuel Used 91 of 111
Figure 4.33: Light Sources 92 of 111
Figure 4.34: Unemployment Rate 94 of 111
Figure 4.35: Market Structures 103 of 111
Figure 4.36: Road Infrastructures 104 of 111
Figure 4.37: Educational Infrastructures 105 of 111
Figure 4.38: Health Facilities 106 of 111
Figure 4.39: Water Supply Facilities 108 of 111
Figure 5.1: Impact Management Procedure 1 of 53
Figure 5.2: Risk Assessment Matrix 10 of 53
Figure 5.3: Consequence / Probability Risk Assessment Matrix 13 of 53
Figure 6.1: Mitigation Definition Criteria 1 of 29
Figure 6.2: Procedure for Mitigation Measures 2 of 29
Figure 7.1: Project/EMP Implementation Organogram 2 of 25
Figure 7.3: Waste Segregation Strategy 18 of 25
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page ix of xiv

July, 2012
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

% Percentage
< Less than
= Equals to
± Plus or minus
µg/m3 Microgram per cubic meter
AAS Annual Abstract of Statistics
APHA American Public Health Association
AKSMENV Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environment
ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable
APRM African Peer Review Mechanism
ASCR Aluminium Steel Reinforced Conductor
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BAT Best Available Technology
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
Ca Calcium
Cd Cadmium
Cl-1 Chlorine ion
Cm Centimetre
CO Carbon Monoxide
Co Cobalt
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
Cr Chromium
Cu Copper
CWIQ Core Welfare Indicator Questionnaire
DB Decibels
DC Direct Current
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DPR Department of Petroleum Resources
EC Electrical Conductivity
ECN Electric Cooperation of Nigeria
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EGASPIN Environmental Guideline and Standard for the Petroleum Industry in
Nigeria
EIS Environmental Impact Statement
EMP Environmental Management plan
EPC Engineering Procurements Construction
EPR Ethylene-Propylene Rubber
FEED Front End Engineering Design
FEPA Federal Environmental Protection Agency
FGD Focus Group Discussion
FGN Federal Government of Nigeria
FMENV Federal Ministry of Environment
GFC Glass Fibre Reinforced Cores
GGD General Group discussion
GIS - Geographic Information System
GPS - Global Positioning System
HDB - Hydrocarbon Degrading bacteria
HUB - Hydrocarbon Utilizing Bacteria
HUF - Hydrocarbon Utilizing Fungi
H2S Hydrogen Sulphide
IDI In-Depth Interview
IFC International Finance Corporation
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page x of xiv

July, 2012
ISO International Standards Organization

ITCZ Inter Tropical Convergence Zones
ITD Inter Tropical Discontinuity
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
JVPP Joint Venture Power Project
K Potassium
Km Kilometre
KV Kilo Volts
KWH Kilo Watts per Hour
LGA - Local Government Area
M Meter
Mg Magnesium
mm Millimetre
Mn Manganese
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
MPN Mobil Producing Nigeria Limited
mScm-1 Micro Siemens per Centimetre
MW Mega Watts
N Nitrogen
Na Sodium
NERC Nigerian Electric Regulatory Commission
NEPA National Electric Power Authority
NESCO Nigerian Electricity Supply Company
NGO Non Governmental Organization
Ni Nickel
NIMET Nigerian Meteorological Agency
NIPP National Integrated Power Project
NIWA National Inland Water Ways Authority
NNPC Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation
NOx Nitrogen Oxides
NTU Turbidity
o
C Degree Celsius
O&G Oil and Grease
OIMS Operational Integrity Management System
OPGW Optical Ground Wire
Pb Lead
PCBs Polychorobiphenyls
pH Hydrogen Potential
PHC Public Health Care
PHCN Power Holding Company of Nigeria
PO4 Phosphate
PSD Particle Size Distribution
PTFE - Polytetrafluoroethylene
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QIT Qua Iboe Terminal
QIPP Qua Iboe Power Plant
ROT Rehabilitation Operate and Transfer
ROW Right-of-Way
SHE Safety, Health and Environment
SiO2 Silica
SO4 Sulphate
SOP Standard Operating Procedures
SOX Sulphur Oxides
Sp Species
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xi of xiv

July, 2012
SPM Suspended particulate matter

TCN Transmission Company of Nigeria
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
THC Total Hydrocarbon Content
TL Transmission Line
TLROW Transmission Line Right of Way
TOC Total Organic content
TOR Terms of Reference
TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon
TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon
TSS Total Suspended Solids
UNEP United Nations Environment Programme
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
VOC Volatile Organic compounds
WCMC World Conservation Monitoring Centre
WHO World Health Organization
WMP Waste Management Plan
Zn Zinc
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xii of xiv

July, 2012
LIST OF PREPARERS
Fugro EIA Team

Kaine Edike Project Scientist/ Report Development
Silas Idoko Technical Review
Prof C T I Odu Technical Review
Soromto Chukwumerije Project Manager
Umbu Young Laboratory Coordinator
Kate Iwuozor Physico-chemical Analysis
Daniel Joel Lead Field Sampler
Benard Obi Senior Field Sampler
Prof Ini Akabio Socio-economics and Health Survey
Dr Godfrey Akani Vegetation/Wildlife Studies
PHCN Team
J.A Afolabi (Mrs.) AGM (Chemical, Resettlement & Environment)
S.T Alo PM (Chemist)
I.B.A Ruskin Offr. I (Environment and Resettlement)
B.E Olubalusi Offr. I (Environment and Resettlement)
Reviewers
Shawn Simmons
Glory Odemene
William Coe
Ralph Bergmueller
Dominik Hofstetter
Oluwole Sojinrin
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xiii of xiv

July, 2012
AKNOWLEDGEMENT
Transmission Company of Nigeria (TCN) wishes to acknowledge with thanks, the opportunity
granted it by the Federal Government and the Federal Ministry of Power and also the Federal
Ministry of Environment (FMENV) to carry out this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) in
support of the ~58km 330Kv QIT-Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project.
The contributions of the Environmental Consultants – Fugro Nigeria Limited (FNL), commissioned
to execute this EIA is also acknowledged and commended.
We are grateful to the Akwa Ibom State Government for their support for the project. We also
acknowledge the support of the Paramount Rulers across the six affected Local Government
Areas (LGA), private, public organisations and individuals too numerous to mention by name.
Lastly, the supervisory roles and contributions of PHCN’s Chemical, Resettlement and
Environment (CR&E) Division towards the success of the project are also acknowledged.
Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xiv of xiv

July, 2012
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Separation Page July 2012 Final Draft Report

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
This is the non-technical summary of the proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi
Transmission Line Project Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). It has been prepared
in line with the EIA Act 86 of 1992, the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV) Sectoral
Guidelines for Infrastructures (Power Transmission Line) projects and the World Bank /
International Finance Corporation (IFC) guidelines. Fugro Nigeria Limited (FNL) prepared
this report on behalf of PHCN.
Project Background
PHCN operates over ten (10) power plants, one transmission network (over 11,000Km of
high voltage power lines) and several distribution lines.
The proposed approximately 58km, 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line (TL) is
located entirely within Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria. The TL will originate at the planned
500MW power plant in Ibeno LGA. From its source point, it will run generally westward,
traversing Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna and Mkpat Enin LGAs before terminating at
National Integrated Power Project (NIPP) planned power sub-station, located near the
Alscon Smelting Facility in Ikot Abasi LGA.
Administrative and Legal Framework

• The Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86 of 1992
• Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria, 1991
• Electricity Act, Cap 106 of 1990
• Nigerian Content Act
• Federal ministry of environment;
• Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environment Requirements
• The Land Use Act of 1978.
• The Endangered Species Act, Cap 108 of 1990
• Oil in Navigable Waters Act of 1968
• The World bank Operational Policies
• The World Heritage Convention 1978
• Other International conventions and standards to which Nigeria is signatory to.
Benefits of the Project

• Evacuate power from the NNPC/MPN 500MW QIPP Power Plant;
• Increase capacity of the transmission network; as well as
• Strengthen and improve system reliability, stability and operational efficiency of the
national grid;
• Add value to the nation’s economic growth;
• Provide direct and indirect employment opportunities, including training;
• Indirectly reduce/eliminate considerable percentage of air pollutants emissions due to
consistent use of power generators by individuals to support irregular power supply.
Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 1 of 16

July, 2012
Project Development Options

Transmission Line Options
• Option 1: Maintain the Status Quo of Power System in the State
• Option 2: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Eket Substation via a New
132kV Line and Routing
• Option 3: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Ikot Ekpene or Calabar
Substation via a New 330kV Line and Routing
• Option 4: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP to Ikot Ekpene PHCN Substation via a
New Line and Routing and a new substation location
• Option 5: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP to Ikot Abasi PHCN Substation via a
New Line and Routing. This option was adopted due to its environmental sustainability
components and cost effectiveness.
Connection to National Grid

The Ikot Abasi Substation (National Integrated Power Project (NIPP) development under
Niger Delta Power Holding Company of Nigeria (NDPHCN) a subsidiary of PHCN) will be
upgraded and additional busbars installed to connect the transmission line from the south-
west.
Transmission Line Type Options

For this project the 330kV transmission line was chosen because it allows power
generated by QIPP to be exported in accordance with national requirements by PHCN and
NERC.
Tower Options
Towers shall be self supporting type of vertical / barrel configuration and are designated as
suspension towers, tension towers, transposition towers and special towers. As per PHCN
standard 2007 Volume 3 A the type of towers is governed by the voltage level. A similar
design used for all projects in the nation allows for higher reliability and maintainability. For
this project PHCN requests a 330 kV double Circuit transmission line tower design as per
their standards. Therefore PHCN would not allow a different type of tower design be
applied for this project.
Cable Options
High Voltage Underground Cables are more sensitive to occurring faults and in case of
faults require replacement of the defect section leading to less reliability and operability of
the system. Also the environmental costs (soil excavation, trenching, free corridor
operations, amongst others) made this option not selected for implementation.
Overhead transmission lines allow for certain flora and fauna to grow to a certain extent as
long it is not impacting the operability and maintainability of the line. It also involves less
environmental impact as to when compared to laying underground high voltage cables.
This option was chosen for implementation.

July, 2012
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The scope of the approximately 58km 330kV QIT - Ikot Abasi transmission line will involve:
• clearing the transmission line Right of Way (~290 hectares) of all vegetation;
• construction of transmission line towers, their foundations and stringing of the line;
• development of land access (from nearby roads) to ROW to facilitate construction and
maintenance in upland areas;
• construction of transmission line support towers for water-prone areas;
• filling or dredging of marsh and mangrove areas to provide water access for ROW
clearing, tower installation and line maintenance activities;
• installation of additional buss bars to connect proposed transmission line at the NIPP
substation in Ikot Abasi.
The transmission line ROW to be acquired for the project is approximately 58km in length
and 50m wide, thereby giving a total area of about 2,900,000m2 (290Ha).
Design Basis
The design, construction and operation of this project shall be conducted in order to:
• Protect the safety, health and security of project and operations employees, suppliers’
employees, customers, the public and other involved parties;
• Maintain environmental integrity;
• Comply with applicable laws and regulations;
• Apply sound geo-science, engineering, technical and commercial best practices;
• Focus on flawless execution with minimum re-works;
• Meet the reasonable aspirations of the project-impacted communities;
• Maximize Nigerian content consistent with the project objectives;
• Achieve facility performance objectives.
Transmission Line Design

The transmission line project is designed to be a 330kV double circuit, with two systems
sharing one tower. The TL project is designed to run from the Ikot Abasi substation
outgoing line bay to the QIPP PP substation incoming line bay, a total length of
approximately 58km.
Foundation Design
The foundation design for the transmission towers is based on the principle of safety,
reliability, economy and reasonability. Three foundation types (mass concrete, pad and
pile foundations) shall be used in the proposed project. The mass concrete, and pad
foundation types shall be used for foundations with small and large loads respectively
under normal soil condition while the pile foundation shall be used in areas where the
mass concrete and pad foundations are considered unsuitable.

July, 2012
Tower Design
The tower types are to meet the requirements of the conceptual design for a 330kV double
circuit transmission line and shall be in line with the PHCN requirements. The tower design
will be such of self supporting type of vertical / barrel configuration and the towers
designated as suspension towers, tension towers, transposition towers and special towers.
The requirement of transposition and special towers does not arise for this transmission
line. 330kV DC Towers shall be provided with one galvanized steel ground wire.
Protection and Earthing System Design

In the proposed project, each transmission line structure shall be grounded so as to obtain
a low resistance to ground. In recognition of the peculiar location of the project the
resistance have been lowered to 5 Ohm for the facility. Digital protection system shall be
applied for the new 330kV Transmission Lines with two different protection panels one for
each TL system, which shall be installed in the control room of the substations.
Project Schedule
The proposed transmission line construction shall be completed within 36 months from
start date. It is anticipated that once the relevant approvals have been obtained and the
EPC contracts awarded, estimated project schedule will take effect.
Power Transmission Line Operations

The transmission line will be operated by PHCN. The operability philosophy is to ensure
the safety requirements and avoid undue line failures by proper design for weather -
lightning and wind. Additionally, the monitoring of electrical parameters and protection of
the TL during operation, a quick response to emergency situations should be
implementable, which is buttressed through prior training and adequate stock of
replacement parts.
Maintenance of Power Transmission Line

The transmission line will be maintained by the proponent. The TL shall be designed to
facilitate maintenance – e.g., climbing aids, use of wedge clamps instead of compression
clamps, use of steel (and not copper) ground wires. When TL is to be maintained, the
downtime should be minimal, and failed or faulty components are to be replaced as
needed and expeditiously. Any component of the transmission line that appears in
multiples are to be identical and from the same manufacturer. All components must be
safe, of good quality, of required design capacity and readily available.
EXISTING ENVIRONMENT
The baseline information on the bio-physicochemical and socio-economic environment of
the proposed project area were based on information from literature as well as findings of
a two season field sampling programme, laboratory analyses and a detailed socio-
economic and health assessment specifically for this EIA.

July, 2012
Regional Meteorology and Climate

The study area which is in the Niger delta region of Nigeria, is situated in the tropics and
experiences a fluctuating climate which is characterized by two distinct conditions of wet
and dry seasons. The wet season occurs between April and October with a brief break in
August, while the dry season occurs between November and March.
The minimum mean annual temperature is given as 210C, while the maximum mean
annual temperature is 350C. Average relative humidity ranges from 52 to 85% and typical
of the Niger-delta.
Air Quality / Noise Levels

About 70% of the transmission line route is largely free of heavy industrial activities. The
major sources of air emissions and noise in the area are domestic activities, automobiles,
and generators. Significant industrial activities occur at Ibeno and Ikot Abasi axes where
the Mobil Qua Iboe Terminal (QIT) and ALSCON plant respectively are in operations.
However, results of air quality characteristics within the proposed transmission line
indicated that ambient concentrations of air pollutants (SPM, SOx, NOx, NO2, VOC, CxHy,
H2S and NH3) were generally below their individual equipment detection limit and within
national and international air quality standards (See Table 4.4). Also the noise level in the
area ranged from 29.4 dB(A) to 50.3 dB(A) in the wet season and 49.82 dB(A) to 73.16
dB(A) in the dry season.
Regional Geology / Hydrogeology

The generality of the project area geology belongs to the coastal sedimentary basin of
Niger Delta, Nigeria. The project area (between Ikot Abasi and Ibeno) is within the
elongated northwest – southeast rectangular basin known as the Imo-Kwa lbo River Basin.
The basin is principally underlain by the Deltaic, Benin, Ogwashi-Asaba and Ameki
formations, and then by the Imo Shales, in that order.
The major aquiferous units are the Benin and Ameki formations. The Imo-Kwa lbo Basin
is confined to the northern edge by the Imo shales while the Benin formation and the
alluvial deposits of the Niger Delta appear to be in hydrological contact (and thus provide
combined aquiferous horizons) to the south.
Soil Characteristics
The soils from the study area are predominantly sandy in texture and brownish in colour.
The pH of the surface soil samples collected from the study area was generally acidic with
a pH range of 4.4 - 5.2 and 3.2 - 6.8 for the wet and dry seasons respectively. The
conductivity of surface soil samples for the wet season was between 18.8 -166.0µS/cm
with a mean of 71.1µS/cm. Dry season values ranged between 28.4 - 225.0 µS/cm with a
mean of 94.4 µS/cm.
The recorded levels for heavy metal concentration across soils within the study area were
found to be within reported values for similar environment and compliant to levels required

July, 2012
for optimal functioning of the ecosystem (see Table 4.10). Values also suggest that soils
within the study area as at the time of the study were generally free of heavy metals
contamination.
Surface Water Characteristics

A total of five (5) surface water samples were collected for physico-chemical and biological
analysis. The recorded pH values in surface water samples from the study area ranged
from 6.09-6.86 with a mean of 6.46 in the wet season and 5.41 - 6.53 in the dry season.
These values are within established pH range of natural water (see Table 4.6). All other
physico-chemical characteristics were within their natural occurring limits and consistent
with baseline results of past studies within the project area.
Sediment Characteristics
The pH of the sediment obtained from the study area ranged from 3.79 - 5.21 with a mean
value of 4.63 in the wet season. Dry season range of values was given as 5.17 - 6.63 with
a mean of 6.196.
The recorded levels of heavy metal concentration across sediment samples within the
study area were found to be within reported values for similar environment and compliant
to levels required for optimal functioning of a typical freshwater ecosystem.
Hydro-biological Characteristics
The Diatoms dominated the spectrum of phytoplankton species compositions during the
wet and dry seasons with higher abundance representing 72% and 55% respectively. this
is typical of a fresh water aquatic ecosystem and also is consistent with results of past
studies conducted around the area (IPC 2005).
Pediastrum duplex – Green algae Osscilatoria sp – Blue green algae

Figure E1: Phytoplankton Species within Study Area
The dominant zooplankton taxa encountered in the study area were the Arthopods /
crustacean species which dominated with 71% abundance in both seasons.

July, 2012
Community structure and distribution of macro-benthos in the study area was evaluated
and it revealed that annelids were the dominant benthos species recorded across
sampling stations with the occurrence of one mollusc specie during the dry season.
Vegetation / Wildlife
The proposed power transmission line would traverse various habitats including several
secondary lowland forests, seasonal freshwater swamps, cultivated farmlands, bush
fallows, and mangrove forests (at Ibeno, Eket, and Ikot Abasi areas) on the left flank of
Eket – Ikot Abasi road. When compare with the IUCN redbook list, three of the species
were found to be endangered. However, the listed species are locally abundant.
Table E1: Features of Vegetation / Wildlife transects

Vegetation Dominant Vegetation Nearest locality/landmark LGA
Transect
SS 1 Predominantly North-West of QIT premises Ibeno
Mangrove (proposed QIPP area)
SS 6 Riparian Forest Eket Bridge Area Eket
SS 10 Secondary Rainforest Ukpana Rd in Ikot Edor Onna
town
SS 13 Palm Forest Off Akwa Ibom State Mkpat Enin
University (Main Campus)
SS 16 Secondary Rainforest Ikwa town (East) Ikot Abasi
SS 23 Riparian Forest East of ALSCON Plant Ikot Abasi
The distribution of vegetation types along the proposed transmission line and its closets
vicinities is shown in Figure E2 below.

July, 2012
Figure E2: Vegetation Characteristics along Transmission Line Route

July, 2012
A breakdown of wildlife shows that approximately 24 mammalian species belonging to 11

families; 24 avian species belonging to 14 families were identified. Reptiles encountered
were represented by 20 species from 10 families, while amphibians had the lowest
speciation with 8 species from 5 families. No endangered wildlife species was identified
along the line or in closest proximity in line with the IUCN 2006 classification. However, the
sitatunga (Tragelaphus spekei) and the bates pygmy antelope (Neotragus batesi) were
classified as vulnerable in line with the Nigerian local conservation classification (Act 11 of
1985).
Socio-economic and Health

The proposed transmission line will traverse through 6 LGAs of Akwa Ibom State, namely;
Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi. The study however covered fifty
communities; nine clan councils; and six identified Traditional Ruling Councils (TRC).
Table E2 Consulted / Surveyed Groups

S/NO LGAs Consulted Consulted Surveyed Respondents
TRC Clan Communities
Council
1 Ibeno 1 1 2 24
2 Esit Eket 1 1 3 19
3 Eket 1 1 4 53
4 Onna 1 1 6 84
5 Mkpat Enin 1 2 14 88
6 Ikot Abasi 1 3 21 150
Total 6 6 9 50 418
The consultation programme for the proposed project consisted of a two-tier process
including a public forum organised in respect of the project (See Appendix 4.5).
• Reconnaissance visits to key LGA and Clan level stakeholders (political leaders /
traditional rulers / civic leaders).
• Direct consultation with identified stakeholders. This phase was conducted by the
socio-economic/health survey (SIA/H) team between the 10th day of August to the
16th day of November, 2011 (10/08/2011 – 16/11/2011). It consisted of visits to the
various communities / settlements which had been identified by PHCN as areas
through which the proposed power transmission line will traverse.
At the local intra-communal level exists the village council, youth and women councils. The
mean household size ranged from 7 – 11 people for all surveyed communities, while the
mean number of children per household ranged from 6 - 9.
Table E3: Population Characteristics of Surveyed LGAs

S/N LGA Total Male Female Dependency Rate Sex Ratio
1 Ibeno 75,380 41,311 34069 66.47% 113.6
2 Ikot Abasi 132,023 70,192 61,831 49.29% 113.5
3 Mkpat Enin 178,036 93,927 84,109 53.82% 111.7
4 Esit Eket 63,701 33,942 29,759 60.51% 114.0
5 Eket 172,557 88,635 83,922 51.23% 105.6
6 Onna 123,373 59,598 63,775 40.02% 93.5
7 Akwa Ibom 3,920,208 2,044,510 1,875,698 53.80% 109.0
Sources: (i) Federal Republic of Nigeria Official gazette 15th May 2007, (AK-BASES) 2005

July, 2012
Focus group discussions with regard to prevalent mode of marriage reveal that polygamy
(at least two wives husband) and monogamy were almost equally practiced in the study
area.
Contentious issues may arise in the study area due to perceived neglect, marginalization
and /or appropriation of family, sub-group and / or communal benefits. The youth are
always at the forefront of contentious issues and agitations for restoration of infringed
benefits / rights.
The people of the study area are very industrious, enterprising and resourceful and hence
they identify themselves with many aspects of economic endeavour. Crop farming, oil
palm harvesting and processing, and fishing with locally made canoes and nets; are major
economic activities in the study area although other traditional occupations include trading,
hunting, wood carving, arts and craft, raffia works, etc. Self classified poverty status in the
area as at 2005 is put at 70.8%.
Major markets in the study area include Iwuoachang (Ibeno) Urua Nka (Eket), Urua Edere
Obo (Onna) Ukam (Mkpat Enin), Ete (Ikot Abasi). Some of these markets are held daily or
weekly.
IMPACT ASSESSMENT, MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT

The potential and associated impacts of the proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi
Transmission Line project have been identified and evaluated using standard procedures
such as source reference materials: project environment baseline data, FMENV EIA
sectoral guidelines for power transmission line projects, ISO 14000 guidelines, World Bank
/IFC environmental assessment sourcebook/guidelines, etc. A summary of the mitigation
and monitoring management process that shows the interaction of project activities on the
environmental aspects to produce impacts on the baseline status is shown in Figure E2.
Mitigation measures which would eliminate or reduce to as low as reasonably practicable,
the identified negative impacts as well as enhance the beneficial impacts have been
proffered as well.

July, 2012
An environmental management plan (EMP) that outlines the mitigation, monitoring and
institutional measures that will be taken during the project implementation and operation in
order to avoid or control the identified environmental impacts has also been established for
the project.
Project Activity Environmental Aspects Environmental Baseline

Conditions
PHCN
FMENV/AKSMEM
R
• IFC/World Bank Guidelines Potential Impacts FNL
• FMENV/ AKSMEMR Guidelines
• FNL
• FNL project experience Mitigation Measures

• Past events
• Project Design
FNL EMP
Figure E2: Impact Assessment, Mitigation and Management Process
Positive benefits of the proposed approximately 58km QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line
Project identified to date include but not limited to:
• Improved electricity network in Nigeria, which would stimulate much-needed local
economic growth;
• The electrical reliability of the system will be improved, which will be of benefit to both
PHCN and all electricity users within the national grid;
• Transfer technology and improve local know-how, through the adoption of a reliable
state of art power transmission process;
• Provide direct and indirect employment opportunities, training, skills acquisition, and
enhancement
• Indirectly reduce/eliminate considerable percentage of air pollutants/emissions due to
consistent use of power generators by individuals to support poor power supply.
A summary of adverse potential and associated impacts as well as appropriate mitigation

measures proffered are presented in Table E4 below. Also included is the residual ranking
of the impacts after mitigation.

July, 2012
Table E4: Potential Adverse Impacts and Mitigation

Project Activities / Significance
Residual
Environmental Potential and Associated Impacts Before Mitigation / Enhancement Measures
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
• Project will develop a community relations and engagement
plan that identifies fair strategies of engagement for all
communities
• Project will also develop and implement a resettlement
action plan to ensure equitable settlement of all project
Permitting & ROW affected persons
Acquisition • Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions are held, and all
• Consultations agreed issues properly documented and signed.
Community agitations over
• Acquisition of • All affected stakeholders and legacy issues are identified
compensations, land disputes, wrong
license to operate Major early, clearly defined , and agreed on. Negligible
stakeholder identification, leadership
• Stakeholder • Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are
tussles, etc
identification adequately consulted and relevant issues addressed
• ROW Acquisition • Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified
owners promptly as per set standards.
• As far as possible employ persons from the surrounding
communities during the construction phase of the
development to reduce the numbers of persons that will
migrate to the area seeking employment. This will also avoid
any feelings of resentment and will ensure that the
communities derive the most benefits from the development.
PHCN and its contractors shall ensure that
• Equipment, materials and personnel are mobilised after
due consultation with relevant transportation authorities
Interference with other road users along
Medium (FRSC, NMA, NURTW, etc) and other stakeholders to Negligible
Transport of mobilisation route.
minimise interference along mobilisation routes.
Personnel and
Construction • Travels to and from sites shall be planned to maximize each
Elements trip and minimize number of travels
PHCN and its contractors shall ensure;
• Ikot Abasi – Eket
Federal Highway • All vehicles and boats are certified road / water worthy prior
to being mobilized for work activities.
• Eket – Ibeno road Increased traffic during mobilisation on
• Compliance to all roads and water ways safety transport
• Inland water ways road with risks of accidents leading to Major Negligible
rules including speed limits
injury/death and loss of asset.
• Competency training and certification of drivers before
mobilisation.
Limit movement to day time only

July, 2012
Table E4: Potential Adverse Impacts and Mitigation Cont’d

Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
• Brief all employees to ensure awareness of any sensitivity to
the local cultures, traditions and lifestyles
• Continuous consultation while project is in progress
• Implementation of community relations and engagement
Influx of people (migrant workers, sub- plan
Recruitment of
Labour
contractors and suppliers) and • Encourage hiring, as practicable, of appropriately qualified
Medium Negligible
increased pressure on existing social workers from areas in the vicinity of the project to
infrastructure discourage preventable influx of persons
• Work with contractors to ensure that specialised skill
workers from outside the areas have access to proper
accommodations and other basic infrastructure
• Maintain medical emergency response plan so that all
injured or ill personnel can promptly access appropriate care
• All personnel are qualified and certified for their relevant
works
Workplace accidents from burns, cuts, • That approved safe work procedures are provided and
bruises, trips and falls, objects at height, Major complied with at all times Negligible
leading to injury or fatalities. • Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g.
rubber hand gloves, hard hats, safety boots, etc. by all
personnel at the project site
Fabrication and
Metal works • Limit work activities to daytime only where practicable
• Cutting, bending PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
and welding tower • Machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit high levels of
steel components noise should be used on a phased basis to reduce the
• Painting overall impact. These pieces of equipment such as drills,
graders and cement mixers should also be used when the
• Handling of
least number of residents can be expected to be affected.
conductor wires,
strings, insulators Noise and attendant vibration effects • Workers, especially those working with machinery, vehicles
from fabrication and associated welding Minor and instruments that emit high levels of noise should be Negligible
equipments supplied with ear plugs and ear muffs to reduce the risk of
hearing impairment. Prolonged exposure to this impact
should be reduced where possible.
• Ensure use of appropriate PPEs (ear plugs) by workers in
areas with noise level above FMENV (90dBA) hourly work
area limits.
• Conduct daily SHE briefings prior to work

July, 2012

Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
• Plan and set on-site sanitary facilities for the disposal of
wastewater.
• Maintain vehicles, machinery and equipment in good
Soil / groundwater contamination condition in order to avoid leaks and spill of hazardous
resulting from accidental leakages and materials (lube oils, chemicals, etc.)
spills of hazardous substances (diesel, Major • Ensure safe management of hazardous materials Ensure Low
cleaning agents, lubricants, hydraulic handling of fuels such as fuelling of vehicles and machinery,
oil) and fuels transfers, take place in contained areas, where
sufficient measures are in place to ensure containment of
Foundation / Earth
spills.
Works
• Plan emergency response measures and implement for
• On-site
cases of accidental spill.
geotechnical
Flora/habitat loss and disturbance PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
tastings
through vegetation clearing and • Limit vegetation clearing to footprint required for
• Tower foundations
earthworks along ROW, access roads construction purposes o minimize disturbances along
• Pilings and and at tower sites Medium proposed transmission line ROW. Negligible
trenching, etc
• Allow re-growth, within height restrictions, of native ground
cover beneath lines (along ROW, lay-down areas and
access roads)
Fauna disturbance and displacement as PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
a result of migration away from • Plan and execute construction works to minimize
construction activity area (this include interference on wildlife
impact on bird life) Medium • Maintain construction equipments to optimal function Negligible
conditions
• Monitor presence of wildlife species during construction
activities
Waste Disposal PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
Tower Construction
• scrap metal, wood, domestic waste • Develop and implement a waste management plan
and Erection
• used oil and replaced/obsolete • Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• Crane lifting and Medium Negligible
erections
equipment parts • Periodically assess contractor activities to check the level of
• Waste from lay-down area and tower compliance to regulatory and PHCN waste management
• Bolts and nuts
sites from grubbing of ROW requirements.
tightening
Socio-cultural conflicts between the • Brief all employees to ensure awareness of any sensitivity to
• Insulators and
construction team and indigenous populace the local cultures, traditions and lifestyles
fittings
due to contrasts in believes and traditions Medium • Continuous consultation while project is in progress Negligible
• Conductor wire
stringing • Implementation of community relations and engagement
plan
July, 2012

Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Operation
Risk of collision of low flying air planes • Alternative analysis of the ROW options ensured minimal to
with transmission towers and lines no interference with air traffic
• PHCN shall provide Aircraft Warning spheres and tower
Operations Major Negligible
signs in areas where air traffic might occur in order to
• Electric power
minimize risk of low flying aircraft colliding with towers and
transmission
wires.
using the installed
PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
lines after
commissioning. • Provide warning signs at access roads to warn against
Unchecked encroachment on the ROW,
unauthorised entry
leading to land-use conflicts and Medium Negligible
accident. • Through consultations, sensitize stakeholders and members
of the communities on government policies along
established ROW
• Plan activities to minimize work activities during local events
• Operators will obtain information about planned local
activities and avoid disturbing them by shifting maintenance
activities to other days whenever possible
• Formal notice of any maintenance work should be given in
Interference with local traditional
advance to the communities along the area. Access to the
festivals or activities by unscheduled
line must be via the approved access roads and corridors
maintenance work and failure to keep to Major Low
(agreed with the host communities).
Maintenance management plans may lead to
• Tower inspection community strife. • The notice shall give details of the purpose of the access,
and checks the contact person and number of people to be involved,
time frames and machinery that will be used.
• Line element
• schedule and implement recommendations of the
replacements
Community Management Plan and approved work
• ROW
procedures
maintenance
• Appropriate flow diversion and erosion control structures i.e.
• Substation
earth embankments shall be put in place where soil may be
maintenance
exposed to high levels of erosion due to steep slopes, soil
Maintenance of towers within sensitive
structure etc.
environments e.g. mangrove swamps, river
• Access into the riparian zone and floodplains of rivers
banks may lead to disturbance of Medium Negligible
should be prevented as far as possible. Where access into
hydrological regime (micro scale) in river
these areas is required a preferred corridor should be
banks
determined. No deviation from these corridors should be
allowed.
• Areas to be rehabilitated should be identified and reclaimed.

July, 2012
Environmental Management Plan

The EMP outlines management strategies for security, health, safety and environmental
stewardship of the proposed project implementation. In addition, monitoring ensures that
the planned mitigation measures function as intended.
The primary objectives of the EMP for the proposed transmission line project are to:
• ensure that mitigation measures prescribed in the EIA document for eliminating or
reducing significant adverse project impacts are fully implemented;
• present PHCN project management system that will be used for ensuring compliance
with Nigerian and other relevant environmental regulations, standards, guidelines and
codes of practice at all phases of the proposed project implementation;
• ensure that appropriate recovery preparedness is in place in the event of emergency
during the implementation of the project; and
• provide part of the basis and standards needed for overall planning, assessment,
monitoring, auditing and review of environmental performance throughout the project
duration.
CONCLUSION
The EIA of the proposed approximately 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line
Project has been carried out and documented in this report. This is in order to ensure that
potential ecological, social and health impacts of the proposed projects are fully assessed
and thus provide necessary data / evidence that will form the Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) and certification of the project. This EIA report has therefore documented
the existing environment of the area, potential and associated impacts of the project
environmental aspects, and cost effective mitigation measures for adverse impacts. A
management plan has also been put in place to assure environmental sustainability of the
project.

July, 2012
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION
1.1 General
Nigeria has 5900 MW of installed electric power generating capacity. This consists of 1930
MW of hydroelectricity plants and the rest from thermal generation plants. Over time, the
major challenges in respect to the power sector have been attributed to:
• installed generation capacity less than demand; and
• operating generation is less than installed generation.
These factors are compounded by use of obsolete equipment, inadequate maintenance,

lack of spare parts, and fossil fuel supply problems (including gas pipelines vandalisation).
Also, most of the power generating plants is remote from the load centres thus, requiring
significant transmission systems with the associated cost and energy loss.
The existing power transmission line network in Nigeria is about 50,000km spread across
over 910,000km2 of landmass and for a population of approximately 150 million people.
Historical Overview
Historically electricity generation in Nigeria began in 1896. In 1929, Nigeria Electricity
Supply Company (NESCO) commenced operations as an electric utility company with the
construction of a hydroelectric power station at Kuru near Jos.
In 1951, the Electricity Corporation of Nigeria (ECN) was established while the first 132KV
line linking Ijora Power Station to Ibadan Power Station was constructed.
The Niger Dams Authority (NDA) was established in 1962 with a mandate to develop the
hydropower potentials for Nigeria. However, ECN and NDA were merged in 1972 to form
the National Electric Power Authority (NEPA). In 1998, NEPA ceased to have an exclusive
monopoly over electricity generation, transmission, distribution and sales. This led to
reforms in the electricity sector.
Electricity Sector Reform

Prior to 1999, the power sector did not witness substantial investment in infrastructural
development, new plants were not constructed and the existing ones were not properly
maintained. Also, only nineteen out of the seventy-nine installed generating units were in
operation (NIPP, 2007).
Chapter One Final Draft Report Page 1 of 23

July, 2012
The power sector is capital intensive and government requires support from the private
sector to augment the growing need for electricity in Nigeria. In line with this objective the
re-structuring of the electricity sector took form of unbundling of NEPA into:
• a number of competing, privatized generation companies;
• a number of privatized distribution and retail sales (marketing) companies; and
• a company responsible for transmission and dispatch.
The outcome of this was the:

• Creation of 100% state owned holding company and subsidiary generation and
distribution companies within it.
• Incorporation of subsidiary companies vested with their assets and liabilities.
• Privatizing the subsidiary companies leaving a transmission and dispatch company
plus a residual 100% state - owned holding company.
• Development of trading arrangements among these companies which will evolve into a
bulk power market.
• Engagement of Rehabilitate, Operate and Transfer (ROT) and similar schemes as
early privatisation options, with transfers going back to the Bureau of Public
Enterprises and not NEPA;
• Commissioning of a restructuring study to provide the details of the transition from the
current structure to the privatisation of the subsidiary companies
The Federal Government of Nigeria (FGN) is thus intensifying efforts at improving the
electricity power generation and supply situation in the country to meet the increasing
demand of its populace and ever growing industries. Consequently the FGN aside from its
own efforts opened up the electricity market to the private sector for participation.
A joint venture of Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC) and Mobil Producing
Nigeria (MPN) initially addressed and registered as the Joint Venture Power Project
(JVPP) and currently called the Qua Iboe Power Project (QIPP), intends to construct a
500MW thermal power plant adjacent to MPN existing Qua Iboe Terminal (QIT) in Ibeno
Local Government Area, Akwa Ibom State.
In order to adequately evacuate the power that would be generated from the proposed
power plant, Power Holding Company of Nigeria (PHCN) proposes to construct an
approximately 58km 330kV Transmission Line (TL) from MPN’s QIT to Ikot Abasi. The TL
as foreseen will run within an approximate 58km long and 50m wide right-of-way (ROW)
corridor, giving a total land area of 2,900,000m2 (290Ha). It will also traverse several
communities in six (6) local government areas (LGAs) namely; Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket,
Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi all in Akwa Ibom State.

July, 2012
The key purposes of the TL project among others are to;

• evacuate power from the NNPC/MPN 500MW QIPP Power Plant;
• increase capacity of the transmission network; as well as
• strengthen and improve system reliability, stability and operational efficiency of the
national grid.
In compliance with statutory requirements for environmental management in Nigeria as

well as good industry practice, Environmental Impact assessment (EIA) of the proposed
approximately 58km 330kv Transmission Line project has been conducted.
This document is the EIA report. It has been prepared in line with the EIA Act 86 of 1992,
the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV) Sectoral Guidelines for Infrastructures
(Power Transmission Line) projects and the World Bank / International Finance
Corporation (IFC) guidelines. Fugro Nigeria Limited (FNL) prepared this report on behalf
of PHCN.
1.2 Project Location

The proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line is located entirely within
Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria (Figure 1.1). The TL will originate at the planned 500MW power
plant in Ibeno LGA. From its source point, it will run generally westward, traversing Ibeno,
Esit Eket, Eket, Onna and Mkpat Enin LGAs before terminating at National Integrated
Power Project (NIPP) planned power substation, located near the ALSCON Smelting
Facility in Ikot Abasi LGA.

July, 2012
Figure 1.1: Proposed Transmission Line Route – Akwa Ibom State
The transmission line is proposed to traverse some potentially ecologically valuable and
sensitive habitats. However, the design of the transmission and associated activities have
been planned to limit footprint in these areas. The identified ecological areas that the line
would cut through include:

July, 2012
• Stubbs Creek Forest Reserve as well as the Douglas Creek River system along Esit
Eket / Ibeno area. MPN obtained two separate certificates of occupancy documents
which jointly encompass the land tract boundary for the Power Plant and the
Transmission Line facilities. Although the area was initially designated as a forest
reserve, in Nigerian context, a forest reserve is not considered a conservation area.
Instead, it is a reserve for timber production and therefore is not a critical natural
habitat. In addition, the Land Use Act authorizes the governor to use, change use of
and transfer lands. MPN acquired the lands for industrial and commercial purposes.
These certificates of occupancy documents are essentially lease agreements between
MPN and the Akwa Ibom state government.
• Palm forest around the Onna to Mkpat Enin axis. The palm forest along the Mkpat
Enin and Onna axis serve farming purposes comprising other crops like cassava, yam
and vegetables for local inhabitants. These are not considered sensitive. However the
project resettlement action plan (RAP) has been developed to identify and compensate
for any losses incurred as a result of the project activities.
• Pockets of mangrove habitats along the Ibom Power TL road crossing in Ikot Abasi
axis. Project alternative analysis considered several routes that would limit interference
with mangroves. The preferred option is a longer distance that provides the most
minimal disturbance of mangroves. Detailed discussion is provided in chapter two (see
Table 2.1). The International Union of Conservation of Nature (IUCN) red list was
used to determine the status of the species identified in the area in chapter four and
appropriate mitigation provided in chapter six.
Socio-economic impacts due to the transmission line project will range from land use
conflicts/compensation issues and socio-cultural conflicts between workers and natives.
Despite the fact that some of the land that will be taken up for the TLine ROW is not
cultivated, the primary land use for the people of the area is for farming. Land take due to
project activities therefore has the potential to affect the economic lifestyle of the indigenes
who are mainly farmers. . A thorough analysis of the impacts is provided in chapter 5.
No cultural or archaeological structures were found along the proposed transmission line
route. Subsequently no assessment of impacts, mitigation, or management measures is
proposed. Health, safety and environmental considerations were incorporated in the
determination of the proximity of the proposed transmission line to built up areas such as
settlements, Eket Air Strip, QIT helipad, Ibom Power Tline and the Ikot Abasi-Eket Federal
Highway. Detailed analyses on the above considerations are provided in chapter two.
The proposed transmission line has been planned to eliminate adverse impacts on the
environment. Impacts that could not be eliminated have been reduced to as minimal as
possible. Detailed evaluation and discussion of the impacts and mitigation of the proposed
transmission line on the environment are presented in chapters five and six of this report.

July, 2012
1.3 Project Scope

The scope of the ~58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line includes the
construction and operation of electric power transmission line. This will include;
• clearing the transmission line ROW (~290 hectares) of all vegetation;
• limited earthworks involving access creation, ROW clearing and tower installation
activities along swamp and mangrove paths;
• provision of associated digital communication facilities at the substations.
The general project scope includes construction of two bays at Ikot Abasi substation.
Although this does not fall under this EIA scope, two bays shall be constructed by MPN to
be handed over to, and operated by PHCN. This is subject of a different EIA which was
carried out by NIPP.
The construction of a new substation at QIT is covered in the QIPP EIA scope of work
currently being progressed with the Federal Ministry of Environment and the World Bank
1.4 The Proponent

PHCN is the largest producer and distributor of electrical power in Nigeria. It was formed
as a result of the Electric Power Sector Reform Act, signed into law in March 2005 by the
FGN. It has taken over all assets and liabilities of the former National Electric Power
Authority (NEPA) and is now the centre of electricity generation, transmission, distribution
and supply within Nigeria.
1.5 EIA Terms of Reference

In line with the EIA procedural guidelines (FEPA, 1995), a Terms of Reference (ToR) for
the proposed project was developed at the early stages of the study based on an initial
assessment of the environmental issues relating to the proposed project. The specific
objectives of the ToR were to:
• define the relevant framework of legal and administrative requirements for EIA of the
proposed project;
• outline the general scope of the EIA study including the overall data requirements on
the proposed project and affected environment; and.
• define the procedures and protocols for identification and assessment of associated
and potential impacts and also for selecting appropriate prevention, reduction and
control as well as enhancement measures for such impacts; and eventually developing
an effective Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project.
A copy of the ToR submitted to Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV) by PHCN is

provided as Appendix 1.1.

July, 2012
1.6 EIA Objectives

EIA is an environmental management tool used to assess the potential adverse and
positive impacts of a proposed activity/development on components of the environment.
The objectives of the proposed TL EIA are as follows:

• Identification of all communities within the project area and other Stakeholders for
effective consultation;
• obtain and provide all necessary information and evidence needed for developing an
Environmental Impact Assessment report (EIA) for the proposed project;
• satisfy regulations from federal, state and local authorities on environmental matters,
by showing that a systematic assessment of the potential impacts of the proposed
project has been carried out using standard procedures;
• generate the necessary data for establishing the environmental baseline conditions of
the project area;
• identify and evaluate the associated and potential impacts of the proposed project on
the ecological and socio-economic communities within the study area;
• establish control and cost effective strategies, procedures and practices to be followed
during design, construction and operation to ensure the environmental sustainability of
the project;
• develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed project: and
• provide information and evidence needed for developing an Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) for the proposed Transmission Line Project.
1.7 Scope of Study

The scope of the EIA study is to:
• review national and international regulations guiding the activities to be carried out;
• carry out a comprehensive literature review to adequately describe the background
condition of the environment of the study area;
• collate field data collected and analysed for effective characterisation of the area;
• identify, predict and evaluate potential impact;
• develop effective mitigation/ameliorative measures and monitoring programmes; and
• prepare updated EIA reports following current regulatory guidelines and procedures.

July, 2012
1.8 EIA Methodology

The approach adopted in conducting the study is illustrated in Figure 1.2. This approach
ensures that the EIA process was in compliance with the FMENV guidelines and
standards. This EIA report has been compiled in accordance with the flow scheme below
Submission of
• Development & Submission of Project
Proposal/ToR Proposal & EIA ToR
Pre-Mobilisation Activities • Literature Review/Gap Analysis

Consultation with Regulators, Stakeholders and Experts
• Development of Field Work Plan
Field Data Gathering

• Field Sampling/Measurements
• Observation/Documentation
Data Analysis
& • Laboratory Analysis of Samples
Interpretation • Interpretation of Data
• Existing Environmental Description
Impact Assessment
& • Impact Identification & Evaluation
• Development of Mitigation Measures
Mitigation • Development of Environmental Plan
Reporting • Preliminary, Draft & Final Report

Development
Review
• Client/Regulators/Study
Team/Stakeholders Review
• Implementation of Mitigation Measures
• Auditing & Monitoring
Figure 1.2: EIA Methodology Flowchart
1.9 Legal Regulatory and Administrative Framework

PHCN is committed to conducting its operations in compliance with applicable national
and international legislations and with the PHCN’s policies:
Existing statutes on environmental protection in Nigeria contain specific provisions

designed to prohibit or control environmental pollution / degradation and also prescribe
sanctions or fines to be enforced against persons or corporate entities who contravene the
provisions.
The legal and regulatory framework for carrying out EIA of the proposed project are
contained in relevant national statutes and international environmental conventions to
which Nigeria is signatory; Consequently, the following sections present the applicable and
relevant: National legislations, International Agreements, PHCN’s Safety, Health and

July, 2012
Environment (SHE) policies, which shall ensure the protection of human health, equipment
safety and the environment.
1.9.1 National Policy on the Environment

The policy states that Nigeria is committed to ensuring that the country’s natural and built
environment is safeguarded for the use of present and future generations. This
commitment demands that efficiency in the use of resources and the minimisation of
environmental impacts must be the core requirements of all developmental activities.
Accordingly, the policy seeks to promote good environmental practice through

environmental awareness and education. The strategic objective of the National Policy on
the Environment is to coordinate environmental protection and natural resources
conservation for sustainable development. This goal is to be pursued by:
• securing a quality of environment adequate for good health and well being;
• promoting sustainable use of natural resources and the restoration and maintenance
of the biological diversity of ecosystems;
• promoting an understanding of the essential linkages between the environment and
economic development and encouraging individual and community participation in
environmental improvement initiatives;
• raising public awareness and engendering a national culture of environmental
preservation; and
• partnership among all stakeholders including government at all levels, international
institutions and governments, non-governmental agencies and communities on
environmental matters.
The action plans to achieve the policy objective include the following:
• that environmental aspects are considered in major economic decision making
processes;
• that an integrated environmental management approach is built into major
development projects;
• that economic instruments and environmental reporting are employed in the
management of natural resources;
• that the best practicable environmental technology are applied in major economic
activities;
• that environmental impact assessment (EIA) is mandatory before any major
development project is embarked upon; and
• that environmental monitoring and auditing is routinely carried out in major economic
activities.

July, 2012
1.9.2 National Statutes on Environmental Protection

Prior to the EIA Act of 1992, Nigeria has had provisions in a number of statutes designed
to prohibit or control the pollution of water, air and land. These statutes also prescribed
sanctions (in the forms of imprisonment or damages) against persons or companies that
infringe these provisions. Some of these statutes and regulations most relevant to the
proposed project are:
The Environmental Impact Assessment Act

The Act No. 86 of 1992 makes EIA mandatory for all new major public and private projects
in Nigeria. The EIA Act sets out to:
• consider the likely impacts, and the extent of these impacts on the environment before
embarking on any project or activity;
• promote the implementation of appropriate policy in all Federal Lands consistent with
all laws and decision making processes through which the goal of this Act may be
realised;
• encourage the development of procedures for information exchange, notification and
consultation between organisations and persons when the proposed activities are
likely to have significant environmental effects on boundary or trans-state or on the
environment of bordering towns and villages.
The Act gives specific powers to the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (FEPA)
now FMENV to facilitate environmental assessment of projects. In September 1995,
FMENV published EIA Sectoral Guidelines for Infrastructure projects and Oil and Gas
Industry projects. The guidelines are intended to assist in the proper and detailed
execution of EIA studies of infrastructures and oil and gas projects in consonance with the
EIA Act of 1992.
1.9.3 The Federal Ministry of Environment

The Federal Environmental Protection Agency (FEPA) [presently subsumed into the
Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV)] was inaugurated in 1988 by Act No. 58 of 1988
and subsequently amended through Act No. 59 of 1992.
The body is charged / empowered with the overall responsibility of environmental matters
in Nigeria. It has developed instruments of intervention to halt environmental degradation
in form of policies, standards, guidelines and regulations and programmes. With the
initiation of these instruments, enforcement by FMENV has become the most effective tool
to bring industries and regulated community into compliance through compliance
promotions. The relevant policies, guidelines and regulations of the ministry are outlined
below:
• Effluent Limitations: Section S.I.8 of NEPR makes it mandatory for industries as waste
generating facilities to install anti-pollution and pollution abatement equipment on site.
The regulation is specific to each category of waste generating facility with respect to
limitations of solid and liquid discharges or gaseous emissions into the ecosystem.

July, 2012
• Pollution Abatement in Industries Generating Waste: Section S.I.9 of NEPR highlights

restrictions on the release of toxic substances, and requirements for use of pollution
monitoring equipment; requirements for use of machinery for combating pollution;
development of contingency plans; and submission to FMENV of lists and
characteristics (including quantity) of chemicals used by industries. It also highlights
permissible limits of discharge into public drains, protection of workers, and
requirements for environmental audits.
• Management of Solid Hazardous Wastes: Section S.I.15 of the NEPR spells out the
requirements for waste piles, incinerators, etc. It also describes the hazardous
chemical products and dangerous waste constituents.
1.9.4 National Inland Water Ways Authority

National Inland Water Ways Authority (NIWA) was established by Act No. 13 of 1997. The
objectives of the Authority include:
• to improve and develop inland waterways for navigation;
• to provide an alternative mode of transportation for the evacuation of economic goods
and persons; and
• to execute the objectives of the national transport policy as they concern inland
waterways.
The statutory functions of NIWA include:

• making regulations for the inland water navigation;
• development of infrastructural facilities for a national inland waterways; and
• ensure the development of indigenous technical and managerial skills to meet the
challenges of modern inland waterways transportation.
Other functions include:

• capital and maintenance dredging;
• hydrological and hydrographic surveys;
• design of ferry routes;
• remove and receive derelicts wrecks and other obstructions from inland waterways;
• approve and control all jetties, dockyard, piers within the inland waterways;
• reclaim land within the right of way;
• construction, administration and maintenance of inland river-ports and jetties;
• provide hydraulic structures for river, bed and bank stabilization, barrages, etc;
• subject to the provisions of the Environmental Impact Assessment Act 1992, carry out
environmental impact assessment of navigation and other dredging activities within the
inland water and its right of way;
• undertake erection and maintenance of gauges, kilometre boards, horizontal and
vertical control marks; and
• clear water hyacinth and other aquatic weeds.
The Federal Ministry of Environment is the overall umbrella for the protection of coastal
and marine environments in Nigeria. The State Government through the State
Environmental Ministries/Protection Agencies play significant roles in the maritime states.

July, 2012
1.9.5 Nigerian Content Act

The Nigerian Local Content law was created to enhance utilisation of the country’s human
and material resources for the provision of goods and services to the petroleum industry.
• Nigerians shall be given first consideration in the award of oil blocks, oil field licenses,
oil lifting license and shipping service as well as projects for which contracts are to be
awarded in the industry;
• there shall be exclusive consideration for Nigerian indigenous services to the oil and
gas industry subject to the fulfilment of specified conditions;
• every multinational oil company operating in Nigeria is to domicile a minimum of 10%
of its annual profit in Nigerian banks;
• Nigerian insurance companies are to do all aspect of insurance in the oil and gas
sector except where local capacity has been exhausted;
• one percent of every contract awarded in Nigeria’s oil and gas sector to be set aside
for capacity building;
• at least 50% of the asset of any company seeking to execute oil and gas contract in
Nigeria must be domicile in Nigeria, among others.
1.9.6 Other National Regulations

Other national regulations on environmental protection relevant to the proposed project
are:
Land Use Act

The Land Use Act of 1978 states that “ it is public interest that the rights of all Nigerians to
use and enjoy land in Nigeria and the natural fruits thereof in sufficient quality to enable
them to provide for the sustenance of themselves and their families be assured, protected
and preserved”.
Endangered Species Act

The Endangered Species Act (Control of International Trade and Traffic) Cap.108 Law of
Nigeria, 1990 prohibits the hunting, capture and trade of endangered species.
Criminal Code
The Nigerian Criminal Code makes it an offence punishable with up to 6 months
imprisonment for any person who:
• violates the atmosphere in any place so as to make it noxious to the health of persons
in general dwelling or carry on business in the neighbourhood, or passing along a
public way; or
• does any act which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, likely to
spread the infection of any disease dangerous to life, whether human or animal.
There are also other regulations including:

• Wild Animals Preservation Act Cap 132 LFN 1990;
• River Basins Development Authority Act, 1987; and
• Natural Resources Conservation Act Cap 286 LFN 1990.

July, 2012
1.9.7 Nigeria Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC)

This is an independent regulation agency for electricity in the form of a regulatory
commission. It has many functions some of which include:
• electricity regulation for grid connected services.
• Issuing of licenses to the companies operating in the Nigeria Electricity Supply
Industry.
1.9.8 National Statutes on Electrical Installation and Electricity Supply

The relevant Nigerian laws on electrical installation and electricity supply governing the
proposed project including penalties for breaches of regulations are:
Electricity Act
The Electricity Act, Cap 106 of 1990 contains regulations pertaining to permit for electrical
installations, placement of overhead lines, construction of substations and switching
stations, penalties for breaches of licenses and regulations etc. The specific part and sub
parts relevant to the Transmission Line project are:
• Part VI: Regulations appertaining to overhead lines and restrictions to placing electric
lines above ground. This section stipulates that:
o Except under and in accordance with the terms of a written authority granted by the
Minister no electric lines (other than service lines) shall be placed above the
ground and no support carrying electric lines shall be erected unless such line or
support complies with the provisions of these regulations.
o Any electric line or support so placed or erected shall be so maintained that it
complies with the provisions of these Regulations
o Every support carrying electric lines shall be made of wood, steel or reinforced
concrete or any combination of any of such materials or any other approved
materials and in the case in which wood or steel is used in the construction of the
support, such wood or steel or any other approved materials shall be, so far as is
reasonably practicable, protected against decay, corrosion or other deterioration
o Every support shall be so constructed and placed as to withstand the transverse,
horizontal and vertical loads calculated in accordance with Regulation 48 without
exceeding the materials strength limits as set out in Regulations 53.
o In no case shall the strength of a support in a direction parallel to the overhead line
be less than one quarter of the strength in a direction transverse to the said line.
o All overhead electric lines shall be attached to suitable insulators carried on cross-
arms or brackets of suitable materials and cross-section, and they shall be so
attached to the insulators, or guarded, that they cannot fall away from the supports
in case they become detached from the insulator, but will fall on the cross-arm or
insulator support.
o All lines at angles shall be attached to the insulator so that the insulator, and not
the binding wire takes the strain.
o The transverse load on any support carrying an electric line shall be calculated in
accordance with the requirements of Regulation 47(2) and the appropriate wind
pressure on any electric line shall be calculated in accordance with its average

July, 2012
height above ground throughout its span, and the wind pressure on the leeside,
side of lattice steel or other compound structures shall be deemed to be one half of
the pressure on the leeward side. The vertical loads on supports shall comprise
the weight of the supports themselves and any insulators and fittings attached
thereto, together with the loads imposed by the electric lines and their fittings.
o The foundations shall be so constructed and placed, taking into account the
reaction of the soil at times of the year in which they are embedded to the load that
they are to carry, as to withstand the transverse, horizontal and vertical loads
calculated in accordance with Regulation 48 without exceeding the material
strength limits set out in Regulation 53.
o Every electric line shall be made of copper, aluminium or steel, or any alloy or
combination of any of such materials, subject to the approval of the Minister.
o Every electric line shall have a copper equivalent cross-section area of not less
than 16 square millimetres and an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 4 kilo
Newtons.
o Every electric line, other than an earth wire permanently connected with earth,
shall be:
Insulated by glass, porcelain, or composite insulators to support, suspend or
terminate the electric lines and designed and constructed for the voltage at
which it is to operate.
Effectively insulated with respect to any part thereof, which is ordinarily
accessible from the ground or from a building or structure.
o Overhead electric line supports, in conjunction with stays and struts, if provided,
shall withstand the longitudinal, transverse and vertical loads due to fittings,
conductors and wind loadings under the most adverse temperature conditions and
with the factors of safety specified below;
Live and earth conductors based on the ultimate tensile strength of the
material;
Mid-span joints and termination based on the ultimate tensile strength of the
conductor (comparative safety factor between the ultimate tensile strength of
the mid-span joint and the ultimate tensile strength of the mid-span joint and
the ultimate tensile strength of the conductor);
Complete insulator units based upon the electro-mechanical strength of the
material (comparative safety factor between the ultimate tensile strength of the
mid-span joint and the ultimate tensile strength of the insulator string and the
ultimate tensile strength of the conductor);
Stay wires and auxiliary materials based on ultimate tensile strength;
Insulator metal fitting based upon elastic limit;
Lattice steel supports (or other compound structures) based on the crimpling
load of members in compression, the elastic limit of members in tension and
the shear bearing deformation at joints;
Steel tubular poles based on the ultimate breaking strength in handling of the
material;

July, 2012
Impregnated wood poles in accordance with Nigerian Standard No. 43 based

on 90% of the strength of corresponding to the ultimate extreme fibers stress or
for the poles supported with stays 90% of the crippling strength
Impregnated wood poles in accordance with Nigerian Standard No. 43 and
supported with stays based on 90% of crippling strength;
All untreated poles based on 90% of the strength corresponding to the extreme
fiber stress;
All untreated poles supported with stays based on 90% of crippling strength;
All types of concrete poles based on the strength corresponding to failure;
Foundation for supports against overturning lateral shearing, toe compression
and uprooting under maximum simultaneous working loads based on soil
bearing strength;
Under a single broken electric line or earth wire condition the factors of safety
for supports and foundations shall not be less than –
Support: 50% of the factors of safety given in Regulations 53(f) to 53(l),
Foundations: 50% of the factors of safety given in (m) above.
o For design purposes the average minimum and maximum ambient temperatures
shall be 50C and 450C respectively.
o Unless otherwise authorized by the Minister in writing the following working
conditions shall be assumed for design purposes –
Minimum ambient temperature of overhead line conductors 50C
Maximum temperature of overhead line conductors 1000C
Average ambient temperature of overhead line conductors 350C
For all design purposes the reference temperature shall be the minimum
temperature 50C.
Regulations appertaining to permits for installation, requirements for safety, substations

and switching stations as well as penalties for breaches of licenses and regulations are
detailed in Part II, Part III, Part VII and Part XVI respectively.
1.9.9 Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environment and Mineral Resources (AKSMEMR)
The State Ministry of Environment have the responsibility of environmental protection
within the state. The functions of the Ministry include:
• Routine liaison with FMENV in order to achieve the National Policy on Environment.
• Co-operation with FMENV and other relevant National Directorates/Agencies in the
promotion of environmental education of the citizenry.
• Responsibility for monitoring compliance with waste management standards.
• Responsibility for general environmental matters in the state including the negative
effects of soil degradation due to flooding and erosion, mineral and oil exploitation and
exploration, deforestation, physical planning (amusement parks, gardens and
beautification programmes, sewage matters, water quality and pollution control).
• Monitoring of the implementation of the EIA and the Environmental Audit Report (EAR)
guidelines and procedures on all development policies and projects within the state.

July, 2012
The provision of AKSMEMR Law No. 8 of 200 that relates to environmental protection in
respect to the proposed transmission line project states that:
• No person shall cause any waste generated in the process of manufacturing or

business operation to be discharged without treating or purifying it in accordance with
the standards approved by the ministry;
• No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged untreated human waste into any
public drain, watercourse, gorge storm water, drainage or into Any land or water;
• No person shall discharge into air inadequately filtered and purified industrial gaseous
waste containing substances injurious to life and property, such as sulphur dioxide,
oxides of metallic dust, particulate and injurious gases;
• No person shall dump or burn or cause or allow to be buried in any land or water any
toxic, hazardous substance or harmful waste.
1.10 PHCN Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) Policies

Transmission Company of Nigeria Policy on Occupational Health and Safety
• employ and provide proper resources to ensure competent advice on occupational
Health and Safety matters;
• continue to develop and implement procedures and safe working practices;
• maintain systems for reporting and controlling safety performance and for monitoring
and accessing health in the workplace;
• continue to provide standard personal protective wears and equipment for members of
staff that are deemed exposed to hazards in the work place;
• continue to maintain a system of sensitizing both staff and the public on health and
safety matters;
• continue to maintain an appropriate framework for joint consultation with employees,
representatives on effective measures for promoting healthy working conditions for
employees at all levels so as to ensure their effective participation and contribution on
measures for promoting health and safety in the workplace.
• it is also the company’s policy to ensure that its contractors abide by similar standards
in respect of their employees working on the company’s sites.
PHCN Environment Policy

The mission is to harness natural resources on which our operations depend with utmost
possible care. Achieve environmental excellence in our operations as well as satisfy
customers demand for electric energy in a safe and environmentally friendly manner. This
can be achieved through the following strategies:
• ensure openness and commitment to environmental issues related to power

development;
• enhance environmental protection by taking the future generations into consideration
when carrying out development projects;
• continuously train and motivate all employees to perform their duties in an
environmentally responsible manner;

July, 2012
• create and enjoy the confidence of staff, customers and other stake holders in our
actions and operations.
1.11 International Policies, Guidelines and Conventions

In addition to the national laws/regulations, Nigeria is signatory or party to several
international conventions and treaties that support the use of EIA as the key tool for
achieving sustainable development. Some of these include:
World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

The World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Standards emphasises the
importance of managing social and environmental performance throughout the life of a
project (any business activity that is subject to assessment and management). It provides
operational procedures for a project’s social and environmental management system as a
dynamic, continuous process initiated by management and involving communication
between the client, its workers, and the local communities directly affected by the project
(the affected communities). The standard therefore applies to projects with social or
environmental risks and impacts that should be managed, in the early stages of project
development, and on an ongoing basis.
The primary objectives are:

• to identify and assess social and environment impacts, both adverse and beneficial, in
the project’s area of influence;
• to avoid, or where avoidance is not possible, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for
adverse impacts on workers, affected communities , and the environment;
• to ensure that affected communities are appropriately engaged on issues that could
potentially affect them;
• to promote improved social and environment performance of companies through the
effective use of management systems
In addition, the World Bank has developed specific safeguard operational policies that
identify various aspects of the environment that a developmental project may likely impact.
The policies applicable to this project and the potential impacts are discussed below.
Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.01: Environmental Assessment

This policy helps ensure the environmental and social soundness and sustainability of
investment projects. It supports the integration of environmental and social aspects of
projects in the overall decision-making process.
Environmental assessment is a process whose breadth, depth, and type of analysis

depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of the proposed project. It
evaluates a project's potential environmental risks and impacts in its area of influence;
examines project alternatives; identifies ways of improving project selection, siting,
planning, design, and implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or
compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts; and

July, 2012
includes the process of mitigating and managing adverse environmental impacts

throughout project implementation.
An environmental assessment takes into account the natural environment (air, water, and
land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, indigenous
peoples, and physical cultural resources); and trans-boundary and global environmental
aspects. The assessment considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way. It
also takes into account the variations in project and country conditions; the findings of
country environmental studies; national environmental action plans; the country's overall
policy framework, national legislation, and institutional capabilities related to the
environment and social aspects; and obligations of the country, pertaining to project
activities, under relevant international environmental treaties and agreements.
The Bank does not finance project activities that would contravene such country
obligations, as identified during the assessment. An environmental assessment is initiated
as early as possible in project processing and is integrated closely with the economic,
financial, institutional, social, and technical analyses of a proposed project.
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed transmission line project has
been carried out in order to identify and evaluate potential environmental impacts of the
project on its environment, examine project alternatives, choose options with the least
adverse impacts on the environment, proffer mitigation measures for the impacts that
cannot be eliminated or avoided, and possibly enhance positive impacts as well as
document the process of managing adverse environmental impacts throughout project
implementation.
Operational Policy 4.04: Natural Habitats

This safe guard policy seeks to ensure that World Bank-supported infrastructure and other
development projects take into account the conservation of biodiversity, as well as the
numerous environmental services and products which natural habitats provide to human
society. The policy strictly limits the circumstances under which any Bank-supported
project can damage natural habitats (land and water areas where most of the native plant
and animal species are still present).
Specifically, the policy prohibits Bank support for projects which would lead to the
significant loss or degradation of any Critical Natural Habitats, whose definition includes
those natural habitats which are either:
• legally protected,
• officially proposed for protection, or
• un-protected but of known high conservation value.
None of above listed areas was identified in the course of this study. It is therefore not
anticipated that the proposed transmission line would pass through or affect any critical
natural habitat.

July, 2012
Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.36: Forests

The Bank's current forests policy aims to reduce deforestation, enhance the environmental
contribution of forested areas, promote afforestation, reduce poverty, and encourage
economic development.
In line with the Bank’s current and anticipated approach to forest issues, and in recognition
of the fact that forests play an increasingly important role in poverty alleviation, economic
development, and for providing local as well as global environmental benefit and services,
the proposed project impact on forest resources was planned to be as minimal as
possible. The routing and project activities were determined after thorough environmental
evaluations that were targeted to minimize impacts on forests and the environment at
large. Details of the environmental alternative analysis are provided in chapter two.
Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.11: Physical Cultural Resources

Cultural resources are important as sources of valuable historical and scientific
information, as assets for economic and social development, and as integral parts of a
people's cultural identity and practices. The loss of such resources is irreversible, but
fortunately, it is often avoidable.
The objective of the Physical Cultural Resources policy is to avoid, or mitigate, adverse
impacts on cultural resources from development projects that the World Bank finances. No
physical or cultural resources were identified along the proposed project route. The project
will therefore have no impact on such resources.
Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.10: Indigenous Peoples

The World Bank policy on indigenous peoples underscores the need for Borrowers and
Bank staff to identify indigenous peoples, consult with them, ensure that they participate
in, and benefit from Bank-funded operations in a culturally appropriate way and that
adverse impacts on them are avoided, or where not feasible, minimized or mitigated.
The people along the proposed transmission line route are of the Ibibio ethnicity - of Akwa
Ibom State in the Niger Delta area of Nigeria. Their ethnicities are traceable to the Ekid,
Ibibio and the Andoni / Obolo origins. These people have lived in their present locality as
far as pre-colonial era.
Consultations with these people have been ongoing to ensure that they are aware of the
project and familiar with its prospects and aspects. Consultation progressed from the
highest recognized authorities in communities’ administrations to the individuals that will
be directly affected by the proposed project. Detailed discussions on consultations are
included in Chapter four and evidence of the meetings attached in Appendix 4.5.

July, 2012
Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.12: Involuntary Resettlement

This policy is triggered in situations involving involuntary taking of land and involuntary
restrictions of access to legally designated parks and protected areas. The policy aims to
avoid involuntary resettlement to the extent feasible, or to minimize and mitigate its
adverse social and economic impacts. It promotes participation of displaced people in
resettlement planning and implementation, and its key economic objective is to assist
displaced persons in their efforts to improve or at least restore their incomes and
standards of living after displacement.
The policy prescribes compensation and other resettlement measures to achieve its
objectives and requires that borrowers prepare adequate resettlement planning
instruments prior to Bank appraisal of proposed projects.
The proposed project route was chosen after a thorough alternative analysis of various
options to ensure that indigenous people are not displaced in the course of the project and
its execution. The chosen routing was approved because it provides the path of the most
minimal disturbance to the indigenous people. Consequently the project will not involve
involuntary resettlement.
IFC Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines

The 2007 version of this guideline provides general technical approach towards achieving
Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) in the implementation of environmental, health
and safety risk potential projects. The guidelines contain the performance levels and
measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities / projects by
existing technology at reasonable cost.
United Nations Guiding Principles on the Human Environment

The United Nations (UN), concerned about negative environmental trends since its
formation, published two major concept documents: Guiding Principles on the Human
Environment, 1972 and the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development. Ten of
these Guiding Principles were defined as formal declarations that express the basis on
which an environmental policy can be built and which provide a foundation for action. The
principles relevant to the proposed Project are summarised below.
Principle Two
The natural resources of the earth, including the air, water, land, flora and fauna and
especially representative samples of natural ecosystems, must be safeguarded for the
benefit of present and future generations through careful planning or management, as
appropriate.
Principle Three
The capacity of the earth to produce vital renewable resources must be maintained or
improved/restored as the case may be.

July, 2012
Principle Six
The discharge of toxic substances or of other substances and the release of heat, in such
quantities or concentrations as to exceed the capacity of the environment to render them
harmless, must be halted in order to ensure that serious or irreversible damage is not
inflicted upon the ecosystems.
Principle Seven
States shall take all possible steps to prevent pollution of the seas by substances that are
liable to create hazards to human health, to harm living resources and marine life, to
damage amenities or to interfere with other legitimate uses of the sea.
The Rio Declaration on Environment and Development

The UN Conference on Environment and Development met at Rio de Janeiro in June
1992, at which time it reaffirmed the 1972 declaration on the Human Environment, and
sought to build upon it. This is with the goal of establishing a new and equitable global
partnership through the creation of new levels of cooperation among States, key sectors of
societies and people. It is also to aid work towards international agreements, which
respect the interests of all, protect the integrity of the global environmental developmental
system, and recognise the integral and interdependent nature of the earth. The UN thus
added additional principles to the originals, the more relevant being:
Principle Ten
Environmental issues are best handled with the participation of all concerned citizens, at
the relevant level. At the national level, each individual shall have appropriate access to
information concerning the environment that is held by public authorities, including
information on hazardous materials and activities in their communities, and the opportunity
to participate in decision-making processes.
States shall facilitate and encourage public awareness and participation by making
information widely available. Effective access to judicial and administrative proceedings,
including redress and remedy, shall be provided.
Principle Thirteen
States shall develop national law regarding liability and compensation for the victims of
pollution and other environmental damage. States shall also cooperate in an expeditious
and more determined manner to develop further international law regarding liability and
compensation for adverse effects of environmental damage caused by activities within
their jurisdiction or control to areas beyond their jurisdiction.
Principle Seventeen
Environmental impact assessment, as a national instrument, shall be undertaken for
proposed activities that are likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment
and are subject to a decision of a competent national authority.

July, 2012
World Heritage Convention

The World Heritage Convention (1978), which seeks to set aside areas of cultural and
natural heritage, the latter defined as areas with outstanding universal value from the
aesthetic, scientific and conservation points of view.
Other Conventions to Which Nigeria is Signatory

Other international conventions to which Nigeria is signatory to include but not limited to:
• 1985 Vienna Convention on the Protection of the Ozone Layer;
• 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone Layer;
• 1973 Washington Convention on International trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora (CITES),
• 1974 Convention on International Trade on Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and
Flora
• 1979 Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals
• 1972 United Nations Guiding Principles on the Human Environment
• 1996 International Union for Conservation of nature and Natural Resources (IUCN)
Guidelines
• 1989 Basel Convention on the Control of Tran boundary Movements of Hazardous
Wastes and their disposal;
• 1996 Protocol on the 1972 Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by
Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter
• 1992 Convention on Biological Diversity; and the
• 1992 United Nations’ Convention on Climate Change.
1.12 FMENV EIA Approval Process in Nigeria

The Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV) is statutorily responsible for the processing
and approval of EIA reports. The EIA Act stipulates that no major project shall be
undertaken without prior consideration, at early stages, of their environmental effects.
Appropriate mitigation measures for potential significant impacts shall be stated before the
commencement of the project.
The formal approval process for the project would follow the normal procedures, which will
involve the following steps:
• Finalisation of the baseline and environmental impact studies.
• Proponent’s Management informs the communities about the extent and processes of
the project.
• Proponent submits required copies of the EIA report to FMENV for assessment.
• FMENV appoints an independent review panel, comprising academicians and
professionals to review the EIA report.
• FMENV distribute the EIA report to the review panel members.
• FMENV publicly displays the EIA report in Abuja, Uyo and five (5) affected Local
Governments to enable any interested members of the public to read and comment
upon.
• FMENV places advertisement in some National Dailies to inform the public about the
display of EIA report.

July, 2012
• FMENV convenes a public hearing in Uyo after the display of the EIA reports, backed
by state-wide radio announcement.
• Proponent gives a presentation to the public at the review session giving details about
the project and its environmental management, followed by a questions and answers
session.
• The review panel members, and representatives present their comments on the EIA
report.
• Proponent responds to all comments and takes note of the public and panel member's
observations for incorporation in to the final EIA report.
• Upon fulfilment of the environmental requirements, recommendation for provisional
approval will be made by the review panel members.
• FMENV will communicate the granting of a provisional approval to proponent and
requests the incorporation of the panel's comments into the final EIA report before a
final approval of the EIA report. After that the permit is granted.
1.13 EIA Report Structure

This EIA report is presented in eight chapters preceded by an executive summary.
• Chapter one contains the introductory part: project background, and outlines the
objectives, scope and EIA methodology, and legal framework / data sources.
• Chapter two discusses the project setting, and presents the need / benefits,
sustainability as well as the project alternatives and options.
• Chapter three describes the technical elements, components and processes of the
proposed Transmission Line activities from design through construction and operation
as well as scheduling.
• Chapter four describes the existing ecological (climatic, bio-physical and biological)
and Socio-economic baseline condition of the area.
• Chapter five describes the associated and potential environmental, social and health
impacts of the proposed project on the environment.
• Chapter six documents the mitigation measures accrued to the identified potential and
associated impacts of the project on the environment.
• Chapter seven presents the environmental management plan to be adopted
throughout the project life cycle. It also recommends the environmental monitoring
program and the waste management plan.
• Chapter eight summarises and concludes on the study findings, making appropriate
recommendations.

July, 2012
CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT JUSTIFICATION

CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT JUSTIFICATION
2.1 General
The need for, benefits of, and sustainability of the proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi
Transmission Line Project are presented in this chapter. Also included is a summary of the
various project alternatives that were considered during project planning.
2.2 Need for the Project

Electricity plays a very important role in the socio-economic and technological
development of every nation. The electricity demand in Nigeria far outstrips the supply. It
is widely accepted that there is a strong correlation between socio-economic development
and the availability of electricity.
For over twenty years prior to 1999, the power sector did not witness substantial
investment in infrastructural development. During that period, new plants were not
constructed and the existing ones were not properly maintained. In 2001, generation went
down from the installed capacity of about 5,600MW to an average of about 1,750MW, as
compared to a load demand of 6,000MW. Also, only nineteen out of the seventy-nine
installed generating units were in operation (Sambo, A. S., 2008).
To alleviate this situation and to further support the future vision 2020 plan which will
greatly require adequate and effective electricity supply to be matched by demand, the
Federal Government of Nigeria (FGN) has decided to explore and capitalise on gas
utilisation as alternative source of electricity generation. In this regard, the FGN is
embarking on the construction of number of gas power plants in partnership with major oil
and gas multinational companies around the country. The power plants as conceived will
support the achievement of governments’ target of 20,000MW by the year 2020.
The proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project is therefore being
undertaken as part of the governments power scheme and is specifically required to
adequately evacuate power that will be generated at the planned QIPP Power Plant in
Ibeno to the national grid via connection at a power substation to be constructed at Ikot
Abasi.
2.3 Project Development Concepts and Alternatives

This section describes the various project concepts that were considered and the rationale
for the selected alternatives. This section also discusses the alternatives with respect to
facility locations. The development options considered for the proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi
Transmission Line including the extension of the Ikot Abasi 330kV/132kV are hereby
discussed.
Chapter Two Final Draft Report Page 1 of 17

July, 2012
2.3.1 Transmission Line Alternatives

The various transmission line route alternatives considered for implementation in this
project as well as the selected option are discussed below.
“Option 1: Maintain the Status Quo of Power System in the State”

The existing power network in Akwa Ibom State consists of three 132kV/33kV substations
in Itu, Uyo and Eket, and two 132kV “single circuit” transmission lines from Itu substation
to Uyo substation and then to Eket substation. One 330kV / 132kV substation is under
construction since 2011 and shall be ready in 2012 together with the feeding 330kV
transmission line from Ikot Ekpene. Also, the existing power system in the State is of four
voltage classes (132kV, 33kV, 11kV, and 415V).
There is presently one power plant in the state, run by Ibom Power Company Ltd. (IPC) in
Ikot Abasi which is connected via an 132kV Transmission Line to the 132 kV Substation in
Eket. The power plant is planned to be expanded and connected to the new 330kV Ikot
Abasi Substation. Also the needed power is supplied from Abia State in the north and
Cross River State in the east through 132kV transmission lines to the substation in Uyo
and then to Eket substation. The power acquired from these States is stepped down to
33kV at the two substations and then transmitted to 415V users via 33kV and 11kV power
distribution networks. Also, the existing “single circuit” radiating power network is known to
have a pronounced vulnerable framework with limited operational reliability.
Maintaining the existing power transmission infrastructure would retain the associated
limited operational reliability. It would also mean that the planned QIPP Power Plant at QIT
would not be optimally utilized to boost the power generation and supply system in the
State. Other implications include the fact that land will not be acquired; there will be no
disturbance of the people and structures as a result of the proposed project. This would
also be at variance with the industrial development initiative of the State and is therefore
not a favourable project option / alternative.
“Option 2: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Eket Substation via a New
132kV Line and Routing”
The planned power project would on completion have a total power generation capacity of
500MW. This option would entail the installation of a new transmission line that would
transmit the excess power from the Proposed Power Plant at QIT to the PHCN substation
at Eket for distribution. The new line would be a “double circuit” radiating system with self-
supporting transmission towers. It would be 132kV which is the operating voltage of the
Eket substation and would require significant upgrades and new installations of the facility
operating since 1970. Also the power generated cannot be exported with only one line, the
current carrying capacity is not sufficient for that and this would require a second 132kV
Transmission line to be installed in parallel.

July, 2012
It would run along a new right of way (ROW), either going through Eket or around Eket.
This option would result in fresh land take, and significant socio-economic impacts
especially with respect to disturbance and displacement of persons. It was also found that
the existing 132kV lines via Itu and Uyo substations to Calabar do not have the capability
and reliability to export the power to the Nigerian grid. Figure 2.1 shows the overall layout
of the Nigerian grid status quo with circuits in vicinity of the project location
Figure 2.1: Nigeria Grid - Circuits in Vicinity of the Project Location
Also the transmission system from Calabar is on its limits and could not export the power
to the consumers. Therefore due to size of the proposed power plant, it is necessary to
connect directly to the Transmission Company of Nigeria (TCN) 330 kV grid and in order
to comply with TCN’s security of supply requirements; a double circuit connection is
required. This option using 132kV transmission lines has therefore been rejected.
“Option 3: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Ikot Ekpene or Calabar

Substation via a New 330kV Line and Routing”
Calabar 330 kV substation was suggested as a point of connection. The reason for
considering this alternative connection location is that there is a risk that Ikot Abasi 330 kV
substation and the associated transmission lines to Ikot Ekpene would not be completed.
The 132 kV circuits between Ikot Abasi and Calabar will not be capable of supporting the
output from the proposed power plant and therefore it would be necessary to build 330 kV
circuits between QIPP and Calabar. The straight line distance between QIPP and Calabar
is estimated at 60 km. However, the terrain is swampy and there are major rivers that
would need to be crossed. The route by road between QIPP and Calabar goes via Eket,

July, 2012
Uyo and Itu, which is also the route of the 132 kV circuits. The circuit distance via this
route is approximately 135 km. Evacuation of the QIPP output via Calabar would be
contingent on completion of the Ikot Ekpene-Calabar 330 kV circuits. Also there is limited
scope for absorbing power at Calabar and therefore most of the output from QIPP would
flow back to Ikot Ekpene. Furthermore, the capacity of the Ikot Ekpene - Calabar circuits
will become stretched once both the QIPP and Calabar NIPP power plants are operating.
With either option, the output from QIPP will flow into the network via Ikot Ekpene. Under
while for the Calabar connection this distance increases to 213 km. For the above
reasons, it seems that Calabar does not represent a rational alternative point of
connection for the QIPP.
The most viable alternative would be a direct connection from QIT to Ikot Ekpene over a
distance of 120 km. This option would entail the installation of a new transmission line that
would transmit the excess power from the proposed power plant at QIT to the PHCN
substation at Ikot Ekpene for distribution. The new line would be a “double circuit” radiating
system with self-supporting transmission towers. It would run along a new right of way
(ROW), adjacent to and to the south of the existing Ikot Abasi - Eket Federal road and
then in the vicinity of Ikot Abasi turn north to Ikot Ekpene. This option would result in fresh
land take, but would assure a stable power transmission framework as well as optimal
utilisation of the excess power to be generated from the proposed power plant at QIT. Due
to the potential for significant environmental and socioeconomic adverse impacts among
others, his option was not adopted.
“Option 4: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Ikot Ekpene PHCN Substation
via a New Line and Routing and a New Substation Location”
Regarding an alternative routing, various routes in the vicinity of Ikot Abasi have been
considered shown in Figure 2.2.
Figure 2.2: Existing 132 kV T - line Eket to Ibom (blue), Recommended 330 kV T-
line QIT – Ikot Abasi SS Alternatives (red)

July, 2012
Analysis revealed that route C with a possible tie-in location north east of Ikot Abasi would
result in less environmental and socioeconomic impacts as follows:
• having to construct shorter transmission lines means less construction schedule

durations.
• Environmental and social impact reduced since it is a shorter distance, transverse
through less environmentally sensitive areas such as mangroves, and affects less
persons than the others
Grid study alternatives showed that there was no possibility of a tie in, so it was not
reviewed or considered as a possible alternative by PHCN. Hence at the time of the grid
study, the exact routing of the NIPP 330 kV TL from Ikot Ekpene to Ikot Abasi and its
substations was not known, this has not been taken into consideration. Accordingly, the
potential tie-in location northeast of Ikot Abasi was neither known nor studied.
It was found that it is not possible to tie-in along the Ikot Ekpene Line to Ikot Abasi TL
because of the following reasons:
• Due to fault level protection considerations for the TL. It would require a complete
switchgear protection system at the new tie-in location including a manned control
room and associated civil works.
• Since PHCN did not endorse the practice of unmanned substations this would entail a
separate manned substation at the new tie-in location. Two substations in close
proximity to each other (approx. 10 KM) were not deemed a practical solution.
• The land for the NIPP 330kV substation being built to the southeast of Ikot Abasi
(proximity to Ibom Power and ALSCON) had already been purchased February 2009.
Land acquisition alternatives including resettlement constraints and socio-economic
impacts of land take were considered in the NIPP EIA where the Ikot Abasi substation
was accommodated. Construction works on that site had already commenced.
The idea was brought up to acquire the land for the new tie-in substation to be located to
the northeast of Ikot Abasi and that the under-construction substation at Ikot Abasi could
be moved to the new proposed tie-in location. However, since the substation was being
built under NIPP projects the procedural difficulties in relocating the substation from the
current southwest of Ikot Abasi location to the northeast of Ikot Abasi far outweighed the
cost savings as the completion time of the NIPP project was a major consideration for
FGN.
Also PHCN opined that because of possible connections of industrial stakeholders in the
future (ALSCON, Ibom Power Phase II), there would be little to no support within the NIPP
project, PHCN or the FGN to move the 330kV substation from its current location on the
southwest side of Ikot Abasi to the northeast.
Accordingly, PHCN advised to connect the TL to the NIPP Ikot Abasi substation. It was
agreed that it would be the best to tie into the planned NIPP Ikot Abasi substation thereby
reducing land take in terms of resettlement constraints and socio-economic impacts.

July, 2012
“Option 5: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Ikot Abasi PHCN Substation
via a New Line and Routing”
The most viable alternative was determined as a direct connection from QIT to Ikot Abasi
over a distance of 58 km. This option would entail the installation of a new 330kV
transmission line that would transmit the excess power from the proposed power plant at
QIT to the PHCN substation at Ikot Abasi for distribution. The new line would be a 330kV
“double circuit” radiating system with self-supporting transmission towers.
It would run over approximate 58 km from the power plant in western direction to Ikot
Abasi. The foreseen route departs at the Power Plant in northern direction for about 4km,
continues in west-north-western direction where is traverses a little portion of the Stubbs
creek forest reserve and crossing over the Douglas Creek, passing south of Eket and Eket
airfield in greater distance and crossing Qua Ibo river, before turning west in order to reach
Ikot Abasi after approximately 40km. The proposed transmission line is expected to
traverse through some ecologically important areas like the Stubbs creek forest reserve as
earlier mentioned. Also secondary palm forests around Onna and Mkpat Enin axis are
expected to be traversed, Minor River system around Ikot Abasi, where pockets of
mangrove vegetation have been identified have also been enlisted to be traversed by the
transmission line. In comparison with the other options considered, it provides the path
with least impacts on the environment and on the people.
The TL shall go straight for a big part of the route. It meets the existing 132kV Eket to
Ibom Power TL and to be built 330kV Ikot Ekpene – Ikot Abasi TL at a corner of the route
corridor. The TL run parallel and the Ikot Ekpene TL turns first north into Ikot Abasi SS,
close to Alscon Smelter.
The 330kV QIT - Ikot Abasi has to cross the 132kV Eket- Ibom Power TL by turning north
and follows parallel, the 330kV Ikot Ekpene Line into the SS. Both lines will enter Ikot
Abasi SS from the west Figure 2.3.
Figure 2.3: Preliminary 330kV Transmission Line Route QIT – Ikot Abasi

July, 2012
The route runs across mainly flat but densely vegetated and swampy terrain, which may
be difficult to access by vehicle or by foot.
This option would result in fresh land take, but would assure a stable power transmission
framework as well as optimal utilisation of the excess power to be generated from the
proposed power plant at QIT. It reduces impact by utilizing and sharing the same routing
corridor with the existing 132kV and under construction 330kV Lines.
Figure 2.4: Preliminary Route - Crossing Location near Alscon Smelter in Ikot Abasi
The 330kV TL from QIT – Ikot Abasi is shown in red. The existing 132kV TL in blue will be
crossed. The yellow line is a second 330kV TL to be build from Ikot Ekpene to the Ikot
Abasi Substation. This option was chosen because it uses synergies and existing facilities
to a maximum extent possible and therefore has the least socio-economic and
environmental impacts..
“Option 6: Transmit Power from Proposed QIPP PP to Ikot Abasi via the existing
132kV corridor”
Although, this option appears to require a fairly new and short ROW from QIPP to Eket,
and at Eket, the 330 kV line could follow the existing 132 kV corridor, this approach goes
contrary to the recommendations of PHCN. According to PHCN/TCN Nigeria
Transmission Line specifications, the 330 kV Right-of-Way (ROW) corridor must be
at least 50 meters wide. The existing 132 kV ROW is 30 meters wide, and
therefore more ROW (20 meter width) would have to be acquired down the length
of the existing corridor. In any case, 330 kV towers would not be allowed to share
the same centerline as the 132 kV towers, unless the 132 kV line was
decommissioned and removed. In reality therefore, the ROW would have to be
widened by 50 meters (plus a safety margin buffer) to install the 330 kV line
alongside the 132 kV routing.
It will not be possible to raise 330 kV towers through (higher than) the existing
energized 132 kV lines because of clearance requirements and safety concerns.

July, 2012
The proposed project endeavored to roughly follow the existing 132 kV routing with
the proposed 330 kV ROW for most of its length, though a few kilometers south.
For the last 5+ kilometers, the 330 kV line is immediately parallel to the existing
132 kV ROW, with a modest 10 meter buffer to allow construction and
maintenance safety. High population areas, such as where the 132 kV traverses
Eket, were avoided in designing the 330 kV route.
The existing 132 kV routing contains many angle towers and shorter distances
between towers. To utilize the existing 132 kV ROW, adding 20 meter width, and
raising 330 kV towers much higher, would necessarily add several more 330 kV
towers than the current design, and complicate the construction process hence the
rejection of this option. The proposed 330 kV line routing, is largely a straight line
and allows greater distances between the towers with fewer angle towers. To
reroute alongside the 132 kV line would add several more kilometers in length and
subsequently more towers. Figure 2.3 shows the relationship between QIPP, Eket, Ikot
Abasi, and the existing 132 kV line and the proposed 33kV ROW.
2.4 Environmental and Socio-economic Considerations of Preferred Options

The approximately 58 km new transmission line from QIT – Ikot Abasi would have a total
of 13 tower turnings. The various environmental and socio-economic as well as carried on
board in the routing of the new line at various points are presented in this section.
Generally, the main principles adopted in the selection of the transmission line route were
to:
• stay south of the Ikot Abasi – Eket Federal highway

• stay south of the IBOM Power – Eket 132 kV transmission line
• avoid villages and isolated buildings;
• minimise the number of road crossings;
• minimise the number of turning points; and
• minimise the number of rivers, creeks and open water crossings and the use of
marshy and water logged areas.
• avoid swamps and wet area where feasible to avoid impacts on biodiversity, natural
habitats, forests, etc (as stated in the world bank safeguard policies for environmental
protection, see chapter one);
• avoid the approach zone of the Eket Airport
All the constraints have been summarized in a constraint map (Figure 2.5) after the option
was selected showing the restricted areas. This lead to a defined corridor where the
transmission line would run without significant impacts to the above constraints
(ecological, physical structures, existing infrastructures, etc).

July, 2012
Figure 2.5: Transmission Line – Constraints Map
Details of the incorporation of these considerations at various sections along the new TL
route are presented below. With the help of detailed satellite images of the region and later
in the project detailed photogrammetric pictures it was possible to optimize the route and
refine it to a very high level of details considered. The photogrammetric pictures have
been taken by overflying the transmission line route corridor with a plane during the project
and geo-referencing the recorded pictures.
This new pictures helped to mitigate a lot of environmental and socio-economic impacts
during the design phase as highlighted below.
Rain Forest, Swamp, Water Ponds, Streams, Rivers, Ditches, and Undulating Terrain
North of QIPP
The aerial survey showed that the land north of QIPP and south of Eket is hilly with
swampy and ponding areas as well as plenty of river channels and luxuriant trees and
bushes. However, to avoid villages and buildings along the preferred run the routing has
been adjusted from the preliminary routing. Several Houses and small settlements have
been found on the detailed pictures and therefore avoided. PHCN requirement is that no
structure is in a radius of 50m from the tower legs and 25 meter to either side of the
centerline. The old preliminary routing has been optimized and updated to reflect this
during the design phase of the transmission line.
Settlements / Structures on Southern Side of Highway

Detailed aerial survey revealed the presence of settlements / structures on the southern
side of existing Federal highway where the preliminary routing was planned to go. This
has been considered. The old preliminary routing has been optimized and updated to
reflect this during the design phase of the transmission line Figure 2.6.

July, 2012
Old Preliminary Routing (red). Updated Preliminary

Routing 330kV QIT (orange) showing reduction of line
length, and avoidance of significant settlements south of
the road, and increasing the line going over dry land by 1
km instead of going trough mangrove area
Figure 2.6: Preliminary Route – Settlements and Structures Avoided
Rain Forest, Swamp, Water Ponds, Streams, Rivers, Ditches, and Undulating Terrain
South of Alscon Smelter in the Ikot Abasi Area
Detailed aerial survey revealed the presence of swamps, ponds, streams and Rivers on
the southern side of the existing Alscon Smelter facility where the existing 132kV Line is
running. This has been considered by routing the line in parallel with the existing 132 kV
line and therefore utilizing synergies by running in the same routing corridor Figure 2.7.
Updated 330kV QIT (orange), 132 kV TL Eket – Ibom Power I (blue),

tentative routing 330kV Ikot Ekpene I (yellow)

July, 2012
Figure 2.7: Updated Routing – Approaching Substation near Alscon Smelter
The objective was not to have too much impact on the environment by having the route
going to swamp and mangrove areas, therefore the dry land has been chosen for tower
locations as much as feasible.
Ease and Convenience of Line Construction, Operation and Maintenance

The need to minimise difficulties in construction as well as operation and maintenance
activities was of major consideration in the decision to route the proposed line to south of
the existing road. The TL will terminate at the existing Ikot Abasi Power Substation. The
various options considered in the substation upgrade are therefore discussed in the
following subsection.
In total, the following has been optimized and considered already during the preliminary
design phase for the project:
• Transmission line route of the project was changed to reduce potential significant
impacts on humans and houses, wildlife, mangroves and other vegetations.
• In addition to the significant reduction of environmental impacts due to the change in

route, the initiative also reduced the transmission line distance and especially the
distance going trough wet lands resulting in noticeable economic savings.
• The reduced numbers of tower sites in wet lands reduced the requirement for pile
foundation which have significant health, safety and environmental impact.
• After receiving sophisticated imagery data, it was feasible to optimize the route to
run in a corridor having no impact on local buildings and structures to be relocated
or demolished.
• The usage of existing access roads to the tower site and the transmission line route
was increased to the maximum feasible, to avoid new bush cutting and therefore
destruction of flora and fauna.
2.5. Summary of Transmission Line Route Alternatives

Table 2.1 summarizes the major impacts highlighted with different colours. Red highlights
not feasible or high impact, orange represents feasible or medium impact and green
feasible or no impact.
Table 2.1: Route Alternative Summary

Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5
Power export feasible No No Yes No Yes
Distance of fresh 0 Approx. 213km / 43km 58km
landtake 20km 120km
Major Rivers crossed 0 0 3/0 0 0
Major Communities 0 1 several / 0 0
crossed several
Shares existing TLine - 0km 135km / 0km 7,5km
corridor 78km

July, 2012
Based on this summary it can be seen that the option with the least overall impact is
option 5. With option 5 it is feasible to export the power, it has medium impact to fresh
land take, no impact due to major river crossings, no major communities to be crossed
and the benefit of some distance routed in a shared route corridor with an existing
Transmission Line.
2.5.1 Connection to National Grid
The Ikot Abasi Substation is a National Integrated Power Project (NIPP) development
under Niger Delta Power Holding Company of Nigeria (NDPHCN) a subsidiary of PHCN.
The Substation will be upgraded and additional busbars will be installed in the existing
Substation. This activity has been covered in the NIPP Ikot Abasi Substation EIA.
Therefore the termination point of the transmission line will be the gantry structure in Ikot
Abasi.
Figure 2.8: Preliminary Route – Connection to Ikot Abasi Substation

July, 2012
Ikot Abasi substation layout, with the

QIPP 330kV line (orange) joining in
from the south west.
Figure 2.9: Proposed Ikot Abasi Substation
2.5.2 Transmission Line Type Options

PHCN has two different voltage level to evacuate power above longer distances, these are
132kV and 330kV.
To evacuate the power with two transmission lines with 132kV voltage level could be
considered as alternative, however due to the doubled impact on the environment and no
significant benefit to the project in terms of reliability and maintainability it was not selected
for implementation.
For this project the 330kV transmission line allows to export the power generated by
QIPP-PP in accordance with national requirements by PHCN and NERC. This alternative
was chosen for implementation.
2.5.3 Tower Options

Towers shall be self supporting type of vertical / barrel configuration and are designated as
suspension towers, tension towers, transposition towers and special towers.
As per PHCN standard 2007 volume 3A, the type of towers is governed by the voltage
level. A similar design used for all projects in the nation allows for higher reliability and
maintainability. For this project PHCN requests a 330 kV double circuit transmission line
tower design as per their standards. Therefore PHCN would not allow a different type of
tower design be applied for this project.
2.5.4 Cable Options

Underground High Voltage Cables buried in a defined corridor as alternative for Energy
Transmission via Overhead Transmission Lines has not been considered due to the fact
that Overhead Transmission Lines are widely used and proven technology in Nigeria, with
low maintenance and long operational experiences. Overhead lines are much more
effective in case of occurring faults. The Transmission line can operate after a fault as
before, however might require none or small maintenance. High Voltage Cables are more

July, 2012
sensitive to occurring faults and in case of faults require replacement of the defect section,
leading to less reliability and operability of the system. Also the impact to the environment
is higher, hence the cable need a free corridor in which they are laid in soil which has to be
kept free during operation. In contrary to Transmission Lines, under which certain flora and
fauna can grow to a certain extent as long it is not impacting the operability and
maintainability of the line.
2.6 No Development Option

The “no development” option will result in zero land take, zero health, safety and
environmental impacts. No development options are usually considered in cases where the
proposed development will have significant negative impact that cannot be effectively or
satisfactorily mitigated.
To maintain the status quo is the do-nothing approach. By not taking any action, PHCN will
not effectively evacuate power that will be generated from the proposed QIPP-PP. This
can pose a major setback on the federal government’s plans to increase power generation
and transmission as well as its vision 2020 of being amongst the top economies. This
option is therefore ruled out because it would neither supply the projected demand for
electricity nor optimise the existing infrastructure. PHCN has taken all measures to date to
ensure that the existing transmission line network will be utilised to its full capacity. If the
approximately 58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line is not constructed, PHCN will be
unable to meet load demand requirements or maintain quality of supply.

July, 2012
Most impacts of the proposed transmission line can be effectively mitigated to reduce their
significance to acceptable levels and in view of the need for more power supply to support
economic growth and development in the country, these impacts are not of sufficient import
to prevent the implementation of the project.
2.7 Development Option

The construction of approximately 58km QIT-Ikot Abasi line is a major development project
that could have negative impacts on the biophysical and social environments. However, if
duly mitigated and planned the project will enhance the economic potential of the country,
while impacting minimally on the affected environment.
All the significant impacts identified have been thoroughly investigated during the impact
assessment phase. None of these impacts are impossible to mitigate and manage with a
detailed EMP in place. The approximately 58km QIT-Ikot Abasi, i.e. Option 5, is the
‘preferred option in terms of environmental, social and economic impacts and it is
recommended that this project be approved due to the obvious benefits as highlighted
below:
• Accommodate an increase of national power generation capacity;

• Provide for improvement of electrical transmission in the country as a whole;
• Add value to the nation’s economic growth;
• Transfer technology and improve local know-how, through the adoption of a reliable
state of art power transmission process;
• Provide direct and indirect employment opportunities, including training;
• Improve the socio-economic standing of the host communities;
• Indirectly reduce/eliminate considerable percentage of air pollutants emissions due to
consistent use of power generators by individuals to support poor state of power
supply; and
• Reduce/eliminate noise generation in cities and local communities associated with
power generators by individuals and industries.
Besides the above benefits the project would indirectly facilitate other positive benefits,
including the commercialisation of Nigerian natural gas resources for the benefit of the
Nigerian population, skills development and enhancement, and increase in tax revenues to
the national and state government.
2.8 Envisaged Sustainability

Sustainability can be viewed in terms of economic, environmental protection and social
stability as well as technical viability. These aspects are further discussed below:

July, 2012
Environmental Protection and Social Stability

Early in the EIA process several visits to the study area were undertaken during which the
proposed ROW were thoroughly examined in order to obtain a detailed understanding of
the potential impacts and key issues associated with the construction and operation of the
transmission line. Issues associated with the construction and operational phases were
identified separately (see chapter five).
These impacts (adverse and beneficial) were addressed in consultation with identified
stakeholders, through an investigative process based on past similar projects,
environmental screening process (using GIS among other tools), as well as an
environmental evaluation based on knowledge of the study area. Detailed impact
identification, evaluation, and mitigation is provided in chapters 5 and chapter 6.
As highlighted above, the project in some ways will impact negatively on the environment.
However incorporating the findings of this EIA, and effectively implementing the
environmental management plan (EMP) at the planning, design, construction, operation
and decommissioning stages of the project will ensure undesirable impacts are mitigated
and managed to extents reasonably practicable.
PHCN the owner and operator of the transmission line will make efforts to enhance its
relationship with the communities that are in proximity of the planned project.
Consultations will be maintained with the local communities during the engineering (e.g.
site visits and surveys) and construction efforts as well as during the operational phase to
identify concerns as they arise and address these concerns with appropriate remedies.
Economic and Employment Growth

Economic growth and structure of the economy are major driving parameters in electricity
demand projections of a country. The transmission line project should help to ease
immediate power supply constraint on economic growth and will contribute to a new
restructured power sector, reversing the current drain on the national budget.
The project will also provide employment and skill acquisition opportunities for Nigerians
through direct and indirect involvement of contractors, consultants, suppliers and other
professionals during the permitting, construction and operational phases of the project.
Direct employment opportunities will likely include a large portion of the estimated 200
worker positions that will be needed to construct the transmission line towers and to string
the lines. Additional direct employment will go to persons that will be employed to provide
security at tower sites and other work areas. Indirect employment and associated
economic effects will be derived from the fabrication and coating of transmission line tower
components in Nigeria.

July, 2012
Contracting for other goods and services required for the construction will be consistent
with good business practices, transparent and in line with the Nigerian local content law.
Overall the project when operational will stimulate the growth of small, medium and large
scale industries in the gridded communities and Nigeria as a whole.
Technical Sustainability
PHCN is Nigeria’s sole leader in power generation, transmission and distribution with
robust experience in power evacuation design, construction and operation in diverse
environmental conditions. Egbin power project in Nigeria as well as the Ajaokuta and other
proven and operating assets are some of the facilities operated by the PHCN.
The design of the proposed Transmission Line is tailored with technology, which would
facilitate simple operation and maintenance. Also, the proposed project is sustainable in
view of the proven power line technology and strict adherence to internationally and
nationally accepted engineering practices that shall be adopted at all stages of the
development.

July, 2012
CHAPTER THREE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER THREE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.1 General
The value and need as well as technical, economic and environmental sustainability
together with several project development alternatives of the proposed transmission line
project have been justified, established and discussed in Chapter two of this report.
This chapter thus describes the key elements and planned activities of the proposed
project. These include but not limited to: design requirement, project overview and layout,
construction, operation requirement and associated utilities. The understanding of the
project activities scope and extent will enable comprehensive identification of the
environmental aspects for the associated and potential impact analysis in Chapter five.
3.2 Project Scope

The construction of the approximately 58km 330kV QIT - Ikot Abasi transmission line will
involve:
• clearing of vegetation from essential parts of the ~290 hectares for the Transmission Line
Right of Way. Vegetation shall be cleared as required for safe construction/operation as
well as erosion control (e.g. trees shall be cut off at max 30cm above ground level);
In dry land areas, clearing and grubbing shall be performed prior to any construction
works. After removal of topsoil, the underground shall be checked on wet or soft spots or
any other areas unfavourable for foundation and construction works. Wet and/or soft spots
shall be excavated and refilled.
The determination of type and size of a tower foundation uses soil details from
geotechnical investigations, complemented with additional investigations where required.
All foundations shall make adequate provision for horizontal shear forces at the ground
line. Towers of overhead power lines consist of tower body, earth wire peaks and cross-
arms. The towers dominate the aesthetic impact of an overhead line, and govern the
operational reliability. They need to withstand reliably the conductor forces and external
loads. The transmission line is going to be a 330 kV two to four circuit TL. Each pair of
circuits comprises of twin Bison conductors, ACSR 380/50, 431 mm2 or any other as
approved by PHCN.
Road access to the construction site shall be provided on the shortest way from public
roads to avoid creating a travel route along the TLine towers. For temporary road
construction, clearing and grubbing shall be performed only for the actual width of the
road.
Chapter Three Final Draft Report Page 1 of 42

July, 2012

Foundations shall be designed according to PHCN standards. Pile foundations or
(combined pile and) raft foundations are required in swampy areas. Soil bearing capacity
shall be checked.
• filling or dredging of marsh and mangrove areas to provide water access for ROW
clearing, tower installation and line maintenance activities;
Where a wetland that must be traversed is located across the TLine right-of-way, the
access way shall be located so as to provide the narrowest practical crossing. Multiple
access ways shall be established only to avoid environmental impact to specific areas of
the right-of-way.
• provision of associated digital communication facilities at the substations;

Effective and functional communication systems shall be installed to facilitate supervision
of the operation of the project and communication between Ikot Abasi and QIPP
substations.
The Transmission Line Right of Way to be acquired for the project is approximately 58km
in length and 50m wide, thereby giving a total area of about 2,900,000m2 (290Ha).
3.2.1 General Facilities Layout

The blueprint showing the main transmission single line with interconnection to PHCN
facility as well as the existing substation is attached overleaf on A3.

July, 2012
3.3 Design Basis

The design intent of the proposed power transmission facilities is to develop
environmentally sustainable facilities that satisfy applicable regulations, industry standards
and codes.
Furthermore, the design, construction and operation of this project shall be conducted in
order to:
• protect the safety, health and security of project and operations employees, suppliers’
employees, customers, the public and other involved parties;
• maintain environmental integrity;
• comply with applicable laws and regulations;
• apply sound geo-science, engineering, technical and commercial best practices;
• focus on flawless execution with minimum re-works;
• meet the reasonable aspirations of the project-impacted communities;
• maximize Nigerian content consistent with the project objectives;
• achieve facility performance objectives.
The project objectives can be summarized as follows:
• Safety and security - nobody gets hurt during project planning and execution. Safety and
security are the project’s highest priorities and are everyone’s responsibility;
• Quality - quality is the foundation of safe, operable & reliable facilities;
• Business Conduct and Controls - we will conduct our business with the highest level of
integrity;
• Environment / Regulatory / Permitting - project design and work are performed in a
manner that meets the high performance expectations of Nigeria;
• Community Relations - foster an effective, productive relationship with communities;
• Operability & Reliability - ensure facilities meet business objectives (O&M Costs, operating
performance, plant durability, operational flexibility, reliability, and availability) to ensure
safe, environmentally sound, and cost effective operations;
• Nigerian Content – foster continued development of Nigerian-based industry with a view to
meet FGN requirements outlined in the applicable Nigerian Content Legislation;
• Stakeholder - stakeholder alignment is necessary for project success;
• Commercial Agreements - execute commercial agreements and secure fiscal terms to
achieve project schedule.
3.3.1 Design Conditions

The Environmental, as well as the actual design conditions, considered for the proposed
transmission line and ancillary facilities are presented in Table 3.1.

July, 2012
Table 3.1: Environmental Design Conditions

Environmental Conditions
Altitude 10m
Climate Outdoor desert / tropical
environment
Maximum Ambient Temperature 350C
Minimum Ambient Temperature 210C
Average Maximum Temperature 250C
Air Cooler Approach Temperature 100C
Mean Annual Rainfall 193mm
Relative Humidity (Maximum) 85%
Relative Humidity (Average) 72%
Maximum Hourly Wind Speed 25m/s
Maximum 3 Seconds Gust Wind Speed 35m/s
Actual Design Conditions
Minimum Temperature 10 °C
Maximum Temperature (For the calculation of the 45 °C
conductors sag)
Average Temperature 25 °C
Maximum design wind speed 32 m/sec
Wind Pressure 96.614 daN/m²
3.4 Applicable Codes and Standards

The concept and basic design of the proposed TL facilities and system are based on
PHCN specifications and are in line with national and international standards/codes.
These cover various aspects as electrical, mechanical, civil, transmission and distribution
lines. Some of the codes and standards applied to the proposed project are detailed in
Appendix 3.1.
3.5 Transmission Line Design

The transmission line project is designed to be a 330kV double circuit, with two systems
sharing one tower. The TL project is designed to run from the Ikot Abasi substation
outgoing line bay to the QIPP substation incoming line bay, a total length of about 58km.
The design of the transmission line took into consideration several constraints along the
proposed route. These constraints have been summarised in a general constraints map
(Figure 2.5, chapter two). Specifically the detailed constraints areas for the QIT heliport
and the Eket field and their distances to the proposed transmission line are shown in
Figure 3.1 below.

July, 2012

July, 2012
Figure 3.1: T-Line Route Design – QIT Heliport and Eket Field Constraints
3.5.1 Foundation Design

The foundation design for the transmission towers is based on the principle of safety,
reliability, economy and reasonability. Three foundation types (mass concrete, pad and
pile foundations) shall be used in the proposed project. The mass concrete, and pad
foundation types shall be used for foundations with small and large loads respectively
under normal soil condition while the pile foundation shall be used in areas where the
mass concrete and pad foundations are considered unsuitable.

July, 2012
3.5.2 Tower Design

The tower types are designed to meet the requirements of the conceptual design for a
330kV double circuit transmission line and shall be in line with the PHCN requirements.
The standard tower type from experiences of local operation shall be used in view of
economy, suitability and short completion schedule.
The tower design will be such of self supporting type of vertical / barrel configuration and
the towers designated as suspension towers, tension towers, transposition towers and
special towers. The requirement of transposition and special towers does not arise for this
transmission line.
A summary of design parameters provided for the towers are presented in Table 3.2
below.
Table 3.2: Tower Design Parameters
Tower Type Angle Insulator type
AAH 0-2° Suspension
BBH 0-10° Tension
CCH 10-30° Tension
DDH 30-60° Tension
EEH 60-90° Tension
FFH 0-90 Tension
Note:
The angle (in degrees) is the degree deviated from the forwarding line.
3.5.3 Steel Class and Strength for Towers

Rolled steel section, flats, plates, bolt and nut bars will, consist of steel. High strength
(tensile) steel where approved shall be used where required.
3.5.4 Protection and Earthing System Design

In the proposed project, each transmission line structure shall be grounded so as to obtain
a low resistance to ground. The resistance permitted at each tower is 10 Ohms in
accordance with the PHCN standard. In recognition of the peculiar location of the project
(tropical zone with frequent lightening), the values have been lowered to 5 Ohm for the
facility.
An Isokeraunic Level (strokes/ year) of 150 is stated at an altitude of 1000 m in Nigeria.

Based on the information provided by Meteorological Department, Nigeria.
Digital protection system shall be applied for the new 330kV transmission lines with two
different protection panels one for each TL system, which shall be installed in the control
room of the substations.

July, 2012
3.6 Project Activity Sequence

The project activity order for the proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi transmission line is given
below. This does not however show the interdependencies of the activities.
• EPC contract award
• Mobilisation
• Check survey of EPC contractor
• Transmission line detail design
• Material production ( conductor, insulator, line hardware)
• Material testing
• Material shipment
• Tower production
• Tower testing
• Tower shipment
• Clear and grub site along transmission line corridor
• Foundations for tower installation
• Tower erection
• Conductor stringing
• Commissioning and testing
• Reinstating and clean up
• Demobilization
• Ready for handing over
3.6.1 Pre-Construction Engineering Studies and ROW Acquisition programme

During FEED (Front End Engineering Design) Phase 1, several site studies have been
performed to be used as indicators and basis for engineering works. These studies shall
be considered as preliminary studies and no claim on completeness of these documents
can be raised. For detailed engineering, information given herein and described in the
reports will be considered during detail design and construction works.
• FEED
• Topographic Survey
• Crossing Study
• Conceptual Design of Transmission Line
3.6.2 Centre - line and Topographical Survey

Topographical survey has been performed on site. The site is generally flat, with a gentle
gradient from the coast line at QIPP Power Plant site (elevation approximately 3 masl) to
Eket (elevation approximately 13 masl) and Ikot Abasi (elevation approximately 18 masl).
According to the results of the topographic survey the TL route and ROW are determined.
River crossings, TL crossing and determination of structures in the area of the TL have
been performed according to topographic survey results.
All topographical survey works included the establishment of any survey control, needed in
addition to the existing survey control.

July, 2012
The complete topographic information for the survey areas use a maximum point interval /
grid spacing of 25 m to describe the current local conditions in acceptable accuracy. The
locations and elevations of the following minimum scope of data have been determined:
• all topographic surface information and features (high / low points, break lines,
streams, river banks, swamps, vegetation, etc.);
• all manmade, civil structures (roads, tracks, buildings, foundations, walls, fences, etc.);
• all existing third party facilities (piping, cabling, process installations, telecom, power
lines, utility markers etc.);
• all geotechnical points to be set out / surveyed;
• temporary access roads, camp sites, fabrication-/storage yards and the MPN airfield,
as required.
A routing team consisting of environmental, a geotechnical engineer, an ROW expert have

explored the area of the presently foreseen route. Upon their identification of the area’s
suitability a preliminary route got marked by navigational positioning.
Referring to the evaluation results, the final route has been confirmed on site during a
second routing campaign. The centre-line got marked. However, in sections, where the
centre-line approximates any constraints, the required minimum clearances have been
assured. The route maps have been updated, now showing the confirmed route and being
reference for the sub-sequent route clearance from vegetation.
Upon confirmation of the final TL route the following was performed:

• clearance of the route from vegetation over a corridor width of 1.5m to 3.0m;
• establish required survey control along the TL route;
• set-out and permanently mark the centre-line at an accuracy specified for the TL;
• survey a longitudinal profile of the centre-line, with specific focus on high / low points,
start / end of swamps, road and water crossings;
• survey all special points not limited to structures, buildings and obstacles 50 m either
side of centre-line to meet PHCN standards for horizontal clearances;
• capture additional topographic data at tower locations (15m x 15m), dedicated for
towers (and definition of leg extensions);
• update and finalize the route maps by adding all of the above survey data.

July, 2012
3.6.3 Geotechnical Survey

Geotechnical investigation for the project is proposed to be carried out side by side with
the construction activities.
3.6.4 Foundation Construction

For this project the determination of type and size of a tower foundation soil details from
geotechnical investigations shall be used and complemented with additional investigations
where required. All foundations shall make adequate provision for horizontal shear forces
at the ground line.
The foundation types chosen for the proposed TL project shall be constructed using
concrete and reinforcement as major materials. Due to the possibility of the corrosion of
foundation materials by underground water, surface water and soil, the following shall be
used:
The foundation protection thickness shall be enlarged to over 50mm while the top of the
foundation shall be minimum 500mm above ground level.
• High strength concrete shall be used.
• Antiseptic such as bitumen shall be applied on the area that shall have direct contact
with the soil.
• Specific high-grade cement shall be used in the concrete mixture.
Standard Foundations
Standard foundations for towers shall be concrete pad and chimney. The height of the
chimney shall be determined according to expected buoyancy (e.g. floods, tidal water level
changes). The use of displacement method for calculating bearing pressure in pad and
chimney foundation reducing the unit weight of concrete in account of excavated earth
overburden shall not be accepted.
Special Foundations
In areas of low soil bearing capacity, special foundations will be required for the set-up of
TL towers. Special foundations comprise but are not restricted to:
• Pad and chimney with enlarged pad (soil bearing capacity!)
• Raft foundations (soil bearing capacity!)
• Pile foundations,
• Combined pile and raft foundations
For design of these foundations, special considerations shall be made concerning water
levels, buoyancy, concrete quality, etc.

July, 2012
3.6.5 Tower Construction

For this project the hexagonal (or drum type) tower type shall be used. The conductors are
vertically arranged, and the earthing conductors are above conductors.
Towers of overhead power lines consist of tower body, earth wire peaks and cross-arms.
The transmission voltage, the number of circuits, the height of the towers and other
aspects determine the tower design and material, whereby galvanized steel is used. The
towers dominate the aesthetic impact of an overhead line, govern the operational
reliability. They need to withstand reliably the conductor forces and external loads.
• Suspension towers carry the conductors in a
straight line. They are equipped with suspension
insulator sets. During normal operation, they do not
transfer conductor tensile forces to the towers and,
therefore, the suspension towers can be designed
relatively light-weight. Since they represent the
most favorable conductor support so far investment
is concerned, line sections as long as possible
equipped with suspension towers are aimed at; Suspension Tower
• Strain and Angle-strain towers carry the

conductor tensile forces in line direction or in the
resultant direction, respectively, and serve
additionally as rigid points in the line. It is common
practice to use angle-strain towers at practically
each angle point of the line. This eases the
conductor installation as well. In case of long
straight line sections strain towers should be
arranged in distances from 5km to 10km
(according to TCN standard ) to provide rigid points
in the line thus limiting cascading failures; which Tension Tower
might start at suspension towers. They are
equipped with tension insulator sets;
• Dead-end towers carry the total conductor tensile

forces in line direction on one side. Frequently,
dead-end towers are additionally loaded by the
conductors leading to the substation portals which
act often under a large angle to the horizontal and
with conductor tensile forces caused by the short
distances to the portal. These load conditions may
lead to unfavorable loads of individual members of Dead-end Tower
lattice steel towers and need to be considered
during design.

July, 2012
Bolts and Nuts

All tower members shall be connected by bolts and nuts. Tightening and flat washers shall
be used for all nuts. The minimum bolt diameter shall be 12mm. The bolt hole diameter
made in members shall not be over 1.5mm of respective bolt diameter. The thread part
shall not enter the shearing section between supports. The allowable shearing stress for
bolts for mild steel, and for high tensile steel shall be observed during construction for this
project.
In order to prevent theft/sabotage, the threads of all bolts with their parts beyond the nuts
shall be hit three times for tightening, from the ground level to the place of 3m above the
ground.
Galvanisation
Galvanisation shall be made for all steel supports upon completion of sawing, shearing,
boring, punching, filing and blending. All exposed ferrous materials and at least the top
seven hundred and fifty millimetres (750 mm) of stub (embedded in concrete) shall be hot-
dip galvanized after fabrication according to BS729. Galvanized metal shall be free from
burrs, sharp edges, lumps and dross and shall be smooth so that interconnecting parts will
fit properly and parts may be assembled and disassembled readily. Threaded parts shall
be galvanized after being threaded and excessive zinc shall be removed from the threads.
Nuts and locknuts shall be re-tapped after being galvanized and shall be capable of being
threaded the entire length of the threads without the use of tools.
The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not adversely affect the
mechanical properties of the coated material. The coat of galvanisation shall be bright, of
even thickness, and without faults.
Hot galvanisation or other accepted workmanship shall be made for all bolts, rods of bolts
(including the thread area), and nuts. The thread area shall be oiled.
Anti-climbing Guards and Step Bolts

Anti-climbing guards shall be provided for all towers, and fixed at 3m above the ground
level. Step bolts shall also be provided for one leg of each tower, with 380mm intermediate
distance, fixed at both sides of the member one after each other from the anti-climbing
guards to the top of the tower. In case of reasonable arrangement of bracing and
members, step bolts cannot be used. Below the anti-climbing guards, holes shall be
arranged for removing the step bolt at both sides of tower members, with distance of not
over 380mm. As a further measure to check vandalisation, the bolts and their threads shall
be tack welded with their parts at 3m above ground.
Warning and marking plates shall be designed and fixed as per PHCN requirement.

July, 2012
Insulator and Fittings

The insulators are overhead line components installed between live conductors and
earthed parts of the structures, being simultaneously subjected to mechanical and electric
stresses. The insulation performance needs, therefore, to be designed for the most
adverse operating conditions resulting from climatic impacts, such as ambient
temperatures, humidity, dew, fog, rain, as well as pollution by deposits of dusts, salts,
firing residuals and industrial gases. The mechanical resistance should be so high that
every incident load is carried with enough operational security. Disruptive strength and
electrical arc resistance should be large enough to withstand the resulting stresses.
Cap and Pin Insulators

In the past cap-and-pin toughened glass insulators have been used in Nigeria as an
alternative to porcelain insulators for overhead lines. The insulating body is made of
molten silica oxide and other mineral salts. The glass dielectric part is obtained through
melting the raw materials by a continuous process which guarantees homogeneity of the
chemical composition of the insulating unit. Glass cap-and-pin insulators are produced at a
fully automatic production line by means of completion cementing between the socket or
clevis caps and the pins or tongues to the glass bodies.
The caps are made of galvanized malleable cast iron, the pins or tongues are made of
galvanized heat treatable steel. The highly automated production of the glass cap-and-pin
insulators has proved to be commercially profitable. When it is deemed necessary for
applications in polluted areas, the pin is protected against corrosion by pressing around
with a zinc alloy sleeve to form a sacrificial electrode.
After completion of the production process including hardening of the cementing and a
mechanical routine test, the insulators are stored for some weeks, since the
heterogeneous distribution of the stresses within the insulator bodies leads to noticeable
self breaking during the subsequent weeks. However, the fragments within the cap, due to
their increased volume, keep the cemented pin within the cap with a force of about 90 % of
its original value, which would practically prevent separation of the insulator strings
whenever damage occurred during operation. Cap and Pin insulators are designed to be
put together in insulator strings with other accessories to reach the values for the
mandatory creepage distance.
Long-rod Composite Insulators

For this proposed project it is foreseen to use a different insulator material, so called long-
rod composite insulators due to certain advantages as described below.
For many years, plastic or synthetic resins of diverse compositions have been used,
besides ceramic and glass, for the insulation of electric installations. Insulating materials
such as aromatic and aliphatic epoxide reactive resins, teflon (PTFE -
polytetrafluoroethylene) as well as silicone rubbers are used. Besides the usual insulating
characteristics necessary in case of overhead applications, high resistance against

July, 2012
ultraviolet radiation is required for the plastic or synthetic resins. Insulation for higher
voltages is also highly stressed from the mechanical standpoint, thus requiring composite
insulators with glass fibre reinforced cores (GFC) of cast resin to be used. In order to
obtain the necessary creepage path, sheds of diverse materials such as resin-epoxy,
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) or silicone rubber are
arranged around the cores.
Composite insulators can be formed by individual sheds fixed on a core rod with or without
an intermediate layer or alternatively by a cover of sheds applied on the core rod in one or
several production steps. The composition of materials used and the production process
vary from manufacturer to manufacturer
Composite insulators present several advantages, such as low weight, high mechanical
strength, considerable reduction of required creepage distance through a hydrophobic
surface, durability especially under critical pollution conditions, high resistance against
vandalism and optimum ability to comply with project requirements by means of their
modular fabrication system; in view of such outstanding characteristics, composite
insulators have been more and more accepted by users. Due to their insulating capacity,
composite insulators have been often used to replace conventional insulators in critical
areas.
Composite insulators can be manufactured as a unit piece to replace existing long

insulator sets, thus: reducing the total length of the insulator set and making them
especially appropriate for up-rating of lines, without the need to modify tower dimensions
or rights-of-way whenever higher system voltages are adopted.
The advantage presented by composite insulators with respect to their weight is prevalent
at the High voltage level and higher. Composite long rod insulators:
Advantages:
• Low weight
• Hydrophobic insulator surface
• Creepage path, insulator length and load capacity can be adapted easily to the project
requirements
Disadvantages:
• Mechanically sensitive silicone surface of the GFC rod
• High technical production efforts, silicone materials are expensive
• Higher sensitivity to ageing
Insulators Hardware
• Suspension insulator sets will consist of one or more insulator strings composed of
Suspension insulators and accessories. Multiple insulator sets are applied where
required by the operational loads as well as in other cases when a higher security is

July, 2012
desired, e. g. at crossings. Double insulator sets are commonly used, in particular in

densely populated areas. Transversally arranged double insulator sets result in lower
dynamic stresses to the remaining sound string in case of failure of the other one. Due
to the advantage, double insulator sets are preferably arranged in line direction
particularly when frequently loaded by high wind. The individual insulator strings
should be attached directly to the cross-arms. The U-bolts, shackles or hinges used to
attach the strings result in a universal mobility. To protect the insulators from power
arcs with temperatures ranging up to 12,000 K, the insulator strings can be equipped
at both ends with protective arcing fittings, starting sometimes at voltages of 36 kV.
The arcing protection horns should be installed at suspension sets such that the final
burning positions are directed outwards from the tower.
• Tension insulator sets, to attach the conductors to angle-strain, strain, section or
dead-end towers, multiple insulator sets are used, whose insulator strings should be
directly connected to the cross-arm by means of hinges or shackles.
The information presented in the context of suspension insulator sets concerning load
transfer after failure of an individual string applies as well for tension insulator sets.
The dimension of the yoke plate in direction of the insulator set axis should be so large
as to reduce impact loads after failing of an individual string. In case of triangular yoke
plates, the height should be larger than the width. A connection between conductor
bundle and insulator set by one pivot only is advisable for bundle conductors since the
failure of one insulator string will not alter the geometry of the bundle.
On the other hand, a trapezoidal yoke plate leads to shorter design lengths of insulator
sets and might be advantageous with regard to the load transfer. The insulators are
transported in standardized boxes to the installation sites and should be stored there
on wood supports and adequately protected. For assembling the insulator strings,
special care should be taken, such as:
o The insulator sets should be assembled in accordance with the design drawings.
o Pins of shackles and clamps, when installed vertically, should be inserted from top
to bottom such that they cannot get lost.
The suspension insulator sets are lifted and installed before conductor stringing. Protective
cradles should be used for multiple insulator sets to avoid clashing of individual strings.
The stringing blocks are fixed to the insulator sets to prepare the conductor stringing. The
insulator sets should be in a vertical position after the conductor sagging.
Suspension Clamps
To attach conductors to suspension insulator sets fittings are adopted. Within the
suspension clamp and in its vicinity, the conductor is subjected to mechanical stresses
higher than in the free span, static tensile stress due to conductor tensile forces and dead
weight are superimposed by static bending stresses due to the conductor curvature, static
compression stresses resulting from conductor clamping and alternating bending stresses
due to conductor vibration. To keep the dynamic strain of the conductor low in the range

July, 2012
of the suspension clamps, the body of the clamps should be light-weighted and pivoted to
be able to follow asymmetrical modes of conductor vibrations as far as possible
unhindered. A clamp body suspended articulately at a pair of straps supports the
conductor, which is fixed by means of the clamp cover. Radius and length of the groove
have to be designed such that also in case of large conductor down strain angles the
conductor will not be bent sharply at the end of the body. The pivot of the articulation
should be arranged approximately at the same level as the conductor axis to keep the
alternating bending strain low when the clamp is swiveling.
Tension Clamps
Conductors will be terminated by dead-end clamps. Attachments of conductors at tension
insulator sets must be able to carry the conductor tensile force occurring at the individual
line or support. The requirements on the mechanical performance depend on the type of
clamp, on the TCN standards or on the project specification.
• Compression-type or wedge-type clamps are predominantly adopted for phase

conductors of high- voltage lines. Wedge-type clamps do not require special tools for
installation and are relatively simply to be fitted. A correction of conductor sag can be
achieved by shifting the clamp. Wedge-type clamps are in particular suited to single-
material conductors and to compound conductors with more than one aluminum or
aluminum alloy layer and, therefore, low steel content.
• Compression dead-end clamps are suited to terminate all standard types of
conductors available in the market. They are designed to achieve ultimate terminating
forces up to the rated tensile strength (RTS) of the conductors. Shifting of the clamp
after installation is not anymore possible. Special tools, namely a hydraulic press and
corresponding dies, are required for installation of compression dead-end clamps.
They are designed with one metal sleeve for single material conductors and with two
sleeves for composite conductors. In our case with compound conductor Bison, at first
the steel sleeve is crimped onto the steel core on a corresponding length after cutting
back the aluminum strands. Afterwards, the outer sleeve made of aluminum alloy is
crimped on one end with steel terminal of the clamp and on the other end with the
entire conductor consisting of aluminum and steel layers. The manufacturer's
instructions should be followed when installing compression clamps. The length,
thickness and material of the sleeve, as well as the position and number of crimps,
affect the ultimate terminating force to a great extent. After terminated the conductor
an adjustment of sag is only possible by the use of a turn buckle.
Turn buckles are arranged in dead-end insulator sets to compensate tolerances in lengths
of elements in parallel or of sub-conductors in bundles. They have been standardized
according to their characteristic forces. Due to the notch sensitivity of the threaded spindle,
special requirements apply for the partial factors according to. Turn buckles may not be
loaded by bending.
According to PHCN/TCN standards, compression dead end clamps shall be used for
termination of conductor. However during the project the request came up to use Wedge-

July, 2012
Type Dead End Clamps which was acceptable and so a change of the specification for
compression Dead-End Clamps to Wedge type Dead-End Clamps was made. Using the
Wedge type instead of the Compression clamps will provide the following advantages:
• no special tools for installation are needed (hydraulic compression gripper with diesel
and power engine)
• easy correction of conductor sag, which Dead End clamps do not allow
• improved maintainability during conductor replacement in the future
• low conductor deformation by safe conductor embedding in between the wedge and its
connected opposing part (will be permanently deformed with other clamps)
• increased safety for Line-men at work, easier assembling, higher operability and
maintainability, with a marginal increase in cost.
In summary the Wedge-type Clamps provides a higher assembling, operating and

maintaining advantages over and above the compression clamps. Also the possibility of oil
and diesel spills get reduced significantly hence no hydraulic compression tools are
required for installation of dead-end clamps.
Connectors (Joints)
Connectors are fittings jointing one of more phase conductors or earth-wires (ground-
wires) to each other or producing a conductor branch-off. Tension-proof and non-tension-
proof connectors can be discerned. For mid-span joints, the voltage drop and the electrical
resistance along the connector may not exceed that of an equivalent conductor length.
The same requirements apply for tension-loaded conductor joints as for dead-end clamps.
Compression-type connectors are predominantly adopted today, the design, function and
installation of which are equal to those of compression dead-end clamps. In particular, for
medium-voltage lines preformed splices are used made of preformed rods having the
same function as preformed dead-end rods.
Pressing of Connector (Mid Span Joints) Hydraulic Pressing Machine
Figure 3.2: Typical Connectors Pressing

July, 2012
Spacers for Bundle Conductors

Bundle conductors, consisting of two sub-conductors, are adopted for transmission lines
with high voltages. The spacers keep the subconductors within a span and in jumper loops
at designed spacing to avoid damage caused by clashing, twisting or entwining. The
number of spacers and their spacing should be adjusted to the span length and the
damping requirements, if any. twisting or entwining of subconductors will be less probable
and the retaining moment will be enhanced if the subspan length starting with for example
15 m at the towers increases in steps of 5 m up to 70 m in midspan. According to their
function, it is discerned between rigid spacers, keeping the subconductors at a constant
distance at the location of installation, flexible spacers, permitting small relative
displacements of the subconductors at the location of installation, and spacer dampers,
which reduce the vibration level by energy dissipation in rubber-elastic elements, thus
avoiding fatigue damage of conductors.
Spacers should ensure the designed subconductor spacing at the location of installation in
all operational conditions, also during wind action. In case of a short circuit, they have to
withstand high dynamic loads and to limit the damage of subconductors without being
themselves permanently deformed. Hinges and insulating elements cannot conduct
currents between subconductors in normal operation. The distancing element of a spacer,
therefore, does not suit as a fixing point for earthing devices in case of maintenance. The
corresponding design should ensure that no inadmissible discharges or radio interference
occur and audible noise is avoided.
Spacer Dampers for Bundle Conductors

Spacers for bundle conductors can be designed such that they suppress vortex-induced
conductor vibrations. Usually, the spacer consists of a rigid frame, at the corners of which
the connection with the conductors is provided by means of hinges with clamps. The
hinges are lined with rubber-elastic cushions made of silicon or ethylene-propylene rubber
(EPDM), thus providing a remarkable damping capacity. They enable the clamp to follow
the conductor movements and dissipate energy to an amplitude-depending extent. The
amount of damping power of one hinge can correspond roughly to that of 100 m of
conductor. The oscillating movement of the sub-conductors is reduced by the dissipation
of energy. Number and location of spacer dampers should be optimized and verified by a
study for each individual application. The optimum distribution of spacer dampers along
the span varies depending on span length, wind velocity regime and local topography.
OPGW Accessories
The special functions of OPGW require also corresponding special accessories for their
attachment at suspension and strain towers. The fittings should prevent damage or
deformation, harming the function of the optical fibers. Damping fittings, in particular,
should take care of the optical fibers. Preformed dead-end rods distribute the radial
compression forces required for the friction locking on a longer section than dead-end
clamps and, therefore, are in particular suitable for terminating metal-reinforced cables
with optical fibers (OPGW). Preformed dead-end rods comply with all the requirements on
conductor terminations. They can be simply installed bare hand without tools and are

July, 2012
widely used worldwide. They consist of several helically-formed circular metal rods, the
inner diameter being somewhat smaller than the outer diameter of the conductor to be
terminated. The tensile forces are transferred onto the conductor through the helices by
means of friction generated by radial pressure. Length and shape of the preformed dead-
end rods keep the radial pressures at a low level and thus avoid any damage of the
conductor. The inner surface of the preformed dead-end rods is sand-covered to increase
the ultimate terminating forces.
3.6.6 Arching Devise
Arcing device is used for the insulation strings of suspension and tension type to avoid
electric discharge along the insulator skirt so the insulator string is protected. This shall be
used in the project
3.6.7 Lighting protection and Earthing System
The earth wire conductor shall be used as lightning protection measure for the 330kV
transmission line. One earth wire conductor and one OPGW shall be installed for the
entire line of this project. To protect the line and towers against lightning, the angle of
shield for 330kV double circuit towers shall be 0°. The mid span clearance between upper
conductor and ground wire for 330kV lines shall be 6.5m respectively.
Earthing System for Towers

The Towers and the ground-wires are a major part of the earthing TLine system. The
ground wires are clamped electrically to the towers. The towers are connected with the
earth in and around the foundations. The system is used for lightning protection, earthing
faults and during maintenance works to earthen the individual electrical circuits.
Earthing holes shall be arranged for the four legs of a tower, with bolt diameter of 12mm.
Four earthing devices made of galvanized steel wire with 7/3.25 specification or copper
wire with 7/2.97 would be used. 7/3.25 steel wire is preferred due to the predominant
swamp environment of the line route with lower soil resistance as well as cheapness of the
wire. The earthing devices shall be buried in ditches with depth of over 750mm, dug in a
straight line and backfilled.
Earthing System for Foundations

Where necessary, TL towers are equipped with earthing installations to conduct failure
and induction currents as well as currents from lightning strikes into the earth. For this
purpose, horizontally arranged electrodes, named counterpoises or earthing rods will be
installed in the soil. Horizontally arranged electrodes will be installed radial or as rings in
manually or tool assisted excavated trenches in depths between 0.6 m and 1.0 m. The
earthing conductor or strap is conductive connected to the tower leg members. Earthing
straps should be installed end up in the trench such that the backfilled soil touches the
earthing strap on both sides. Low earthing resistance is achieved in cohesive soil. Stones
or coarse gravel directly at the earth electrode increase the earthing resistance to a large
extent. Earthing rods are driven manually or by tools as deeply as possible into the soil. In
case of shallow foundations, they can be driven into the soil from the excavation pit sub
face before starting of concrete placing.

July, 2012
The earthing of both Dead End Towers will be connected with the earthing system at the
substation. The ground-wire and the OPGW will be connected to the gantry and the
foundation earthing of the Dead End Towers will be connected to the foundation earthing
of the substation.
The earthing resistance is measured by means of an earth tester. If the required earthing
resistance is exceeded, the earthing properties need to be improved by additional earth-
electrodes. To achieve low transition resistance, metallic bright connections between earth
connectors and towers should be envisaged and supervised.
3.6.8 Transmission Line Construction
The transmission line shall be a double circuit 330kV type with a total length of about
58km, between the existing PHCN substation at Ikot Abasi and the substation at QIPP.
The proposed line route (Figure 3.3) is on the southern side of the existing road from Ikot
Abasi to Eket. Impact on buildings and other properties shall be avoided and minimized,
the line shall be constructed within swamp and large waters. However, efforts shall be
made to avoid land of swamp and large waters as much as possible while also avoiding
buildings and other properties.
The route of the TL runs over approximate 58 km from the power plant in Westerly
direction to Ikot Abasi. The outgoing line shall begin from the gantry of QIPP substation to
the terminal tower at a distance of 80m from the gantry. The foreseen route departs from
the power plant in Northern direction for about 4 km, continues then in west-north-westerly
direction for about 14 km, passing the city of Eket in greater distance at the South and
crossing the Qua Iboe River, before turning West in order to reach Ikot Abasi after
approximately 40 km. The route runs across mainly flat but densely vegetated and
swampy terrain, which may difficult to access by vehicle or by foot. The line shall traverse
ALSCON land, village lands, ditches, valleys and rivers, swamps and ponding areas and
shall terminate in the terminal tower approx. 80m from the Ikot Abasi substation.
3.6.9 Fault Detection, Response System and Control

The Ikot Abasi and QIPP substations use protective devices which have the ability to
instantly detect a fault on the transmission line. The control switch, indication light,
ammeter, voltage meter and alarm window will be on the control panels in the substations.
A control panel will be located in the control rooms of both stations. For the new 330kV
overhead lines, a set of kWh metering will be in the substations. An audio; and visual
alarm system will be on the control panel in the Ikot Abasi and QIPP substations.
Premonition and fault signal for all equipment will be at the Ikot Abasi and QIPP substation
to synchronise the 330kV line from Ikot Ekpene with the 330kV line from QIPP.

July, 2012
Safety Criteria
The design of the TL system (routes and layouts) have been carried out taking into
consideration corporate safety rules to assure safety, prevent accidents and reduce risks
level to as low as practicable. Further safety and operability studies would be carried out
on final transmission route, tower foundations and general technical drawings to verify
safety systems and integrity of installations to possible changes in environmental
conditions.
Supervision and Communication

Effective and functional communication system shall be installed to facilitate supervision of
the operation of the project and communication between Ikot Abasi and QIPP substation.
One set of power carrier system will be installed for communication between the Eket
substation and Ikot Abasi Power Station. Also PHCN requires a Fibre Optical Ground Wire
(OPGW) which will serve as additional communication channel.
3.7 Procurement of Materials and Fabrication Summary

The Materials and Equipment will be procured with respective reliable suppliers, locally or
internationally. Depending on the location the Materials and Equipment will be
manufactured in their plants according to the required standards. Factory acceptance test
will be performed to prove the quality and compliance with the standards.
For tower test, a prototype tower test shall mean successful loading test of a completed
prototype tower first to verify that the tower will meet without failure the specified loads,
and second to ascertain the maximum withstand loads prior to tower failure. The Test
should validate that the static calculations are correct and any shortcomings potentially
given in the structure be recognized.
If the material and equipment is sourced abroad it will be imported to Nigeria to a possible
international harbor.
The equipment has to be transported either
• from the Customs Yard/Storage in Nigeria or

• from the manufacturer in Nigeria (if material was sourced in country and did not need
to be transported, stored, repacked etc. in the Customs Yard/Storage) to site.
No heavy weight equipment has to be transported for the TL, for which transport by
waterway is necessary. Moreover the transport of normal load equipment and bulk
material by waterway should be avoided. Therefore it is expected that all equipment for the
TL will be transported per truck to site.
For the transport by road already existing roads can be used (existing main road along TL
see Figure 3.3 below).

July, 2012
Figure 3.3: Alignment of Existing Major Road and the Transmission Line Corridor
Furthermore connection roads to the actual sites have to be built and existing roads have
to be reinforced respectively.
The party which does the transport to site has to be responsible for all related issues
including the following (applies for transport by waterway and road):
• Loading equipment on transport device

• Dimension and the selection of the suitable transportation device (e.g. amounts of
axles)
o Transport device can either be a device (Trailer) which is pulled by another vehicle
or which is self-propelling
• Fastening of load
• Get permission and authorization for transport according to local regulations ( e.g.
roadblock for transport, night transport etc.)
• The particular local regulations have to been considered
• Security issues and insurance (e.g. community issues, noise disturbance)
• Seasonal constraints - make provision for meeting his needs without detriment to the
program or disruption to public services and highway
• Routing to site
o E.g. identify potential obstacles like railway crossing, highway crossing, bridges
etc.
o E.g. critical truck curves turning radius
o E.g. load carrying capacity of particular streets
• Constructing and maintaining all access ways and temporary roads necessary for
transporting of equipment (will require to undertake a full logistics evaluation, to ensure
only suitable access roads are used)

July, 2012
3.8 Mobilisation
The following items and personnel will be mobilized during the process:
• Fence and Security provision

• Construction of marshalling yards and lay-down areas set-up
• Construction and setup of office
• Construction vehicles / machines / equipment mobilization
• Construction material provision
• Infrastructure for operation of construction site
• Drainage set-up
• Communication provision
• Manpower mobilization
• Coordination between the power projects
Personnel to be mobilized will include:

• National labour
• Local National labour
• National experts
• Foreign experts´
There will be opportunities of engagement and development of community members, and

the community at large via the project. It is anticipated to employ local labor as much as
feasible. The construction labor force for Transmission Line is expected to average about
70 professional staff consisting of EPC construction management, expatriate construction
supervisors, project team representatives and owner representatives including about 280
national labor personnel.
EPC Contractor will develop a ‘Community Relations and Engagement Plan’ which will
detail strategies for fair and representative engagement of local labour from the affected
communities. This plan will be reviewed and approved by PHCN in line with the Nigerian
Local Content Act and labour laws before approval. The approved plan will also be used to
monitor activities of the EPC in this regard. Also consultation between the EPC and the
respective stakeholders (local leaders, youths, etc.), to be mediated by PHCN will be held
to reach agreements on the employment of local labour. A Community Liaison Officer
(CLO) will be engaged to liaise between the EPC, the Communities and PHCN.
Efforts will be made to accommodate non-indigenous project personnel to as close to the

work site as possible and they will be bussed to and from the project site each day. At a
minimum, a security convoy will be provided for the buses travelling to and from the
workers’ camp. These movements will be coordinated by the logistics team of the project.
The CLO shall be responsible for coordinating local labour activities.
Working hours will normally be daylight hours from 7:00 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. In the event that
evening hours are worked, emphasis will be placed on proper lighting, safe job procedure
and overall safety.

July, 2012
During the project Stop Aids and Malaria program will be implemented to ensure safe and
healthy practices at site. These are enlightenment programs that educate personnel on
preventive and management strategies as well as on the use of repellents, nets, and other
preventive measures. Malaria is recognized as one of the major causes of deaths in the
country. Although these are not legal requirements, they have been included to safeguard
the health of personnel.
3.9 Site Preparation
Clearing and grubbing of all vegetation will only be carried out for access roads and tower
footprints while selective clearing will be utilized for the rest of the ROW. After removal of
topsoil, the underground shall be checked for wet or soft spots or any other areas
unfavorable for foundation and construction works. Wet and/or soft spots shall be over
excavated and refilled. Refill shall be placed and compacted thoroughly in layers to
acceptable standards.
The construction area shall be filled with appropriate material to relevant construction level
and shall be compacted to required density. In dry land areas a slight inclination of the
ground line from the center of the foundation towards the outer edges is considered
sufficient for drainage of precipitation. Around the foundation a small ditch shall be for the
discharge of surface water to an artificial basin or runoff.
After clearing and grubbing works, ditches shall be dug around the individual construction
site and across the area to drain the surface. Where the natural gradient is not sufficient
for gravitational discharge, a pump sump shall be dug in few meters distance to the work
site.
After removal of topsoil, the site shall be kept dry and dewatering systems shall be
checked regularly on water flow and the area shall be checked on moist content. Soft
spots or any other areas unfavorable for construction works shall be excavated and refilled
before construction of any foundation. Refill shall be placed and compacted thoroughly in
layers to acceptable standards.
Brush and vegetation will be piled and discarded into local disposal sites in accordance
with applicable Nigerian regulations and Projects waste management standards and
practices. Woody debris and cut trees may be placed at the edge of the Project site with
access provided to the local community members to remove the material for their personal
use.
For pile construction the work area around the foundation shall be stabilized by the use of
geostructures (e.g. Durabase, Geowebs, wood etc) for heavy equipment access. After pile
construction the area shall be filled with appropriate material and compacted to relevant
construction level. Around the foundation a small ditch shall be foreseen for discharge of
surface water from the foundation and water from the surrounding area to an artificial
basin or runoff.

July, 2012
3.10 ROW and Access Corridor Clearing

Prior to construction works, selective clearing will ensure that only trees, vegetation,
debris, roots, and other material interfering with the construction process are cleared from
the site. Vegetation shall be cleared only along ROW and areas marked for construction of
access roads.
Figure 3.4: ROW Clearance along the Transmission Line
Trees shall be cut off at max 30cm above ground level and the stumps left in place for
erosion control. The following shall be considered:
• No interference with the line from tree bending, growing, swinging, or falling toward the
conductor
• No interference from vertical or horizontal conductor movement and increased sag as a
result of thermal and wind impact
• No deterioration or physical damage to the root system, trunk, stem or limbs, and/or the
direction and lean of the tree
• Fire risk
Organic material shall be classified into following categories and piled respectively.
• For structural use
• Fire wood (to be given to locals)
• To be disposed off
Any debris shall be collected and disposed of through the use of an approved waste
disposal contractor. Topsoil shall only be stripped in the areas of tower foundations,
associated access roads, and marshalling yards. Care shall be taken to avoid mixing
topsoil and subsoil.

July, 2012
Site Reclamation after Completion

After completion of all construction works all temporary structures, laydown areas,
temporary roads, temporary drains and ditches, etc. shall be removed. Material used for
these structures shall be recycled or disposed off. Temporary erosion controls shall be
maintained (or replaced if necessary) until vegetation covers approximately 70% of
disturbed areas.
After the site has been cleared of construction material and other debris, topsoil shall be
reapplied and watered. Where subsoil’s are severely compacted, the underlying layers
shall be loosened or scarified with a plough or rake before applying topsoil.
Re-vegetation plan shall be based on federal, state, and local guidelines and
specifications for site stabilization.
The effectiveness of the reclamation work will be evaluated after initial seeding and when
planting works are finished. Areas where seeding is not effective or where further planting
works are required will be identified and remediated also.
3.11 Construction / Installation Strategy

Utilities
Throughout the construction period, bottled drinking water will be imported to the job site
by means of a tractor trailer truck for use by construction labor. Non-potable water for
construction purposes will be obtained from the onsite wells at the adjacent Power Project
site which will be installed.
Temporary portable sanitation units will be employed for construction labor. The Project
will be responsible for pump-out and disposal of all sanitary waste. The Project will also be
responsible for the management and disposal of all office wastes, construction wastes and
construction labor camp wastes generated as a result of the Project.
The management and disposal of all construction generated waste streams will be
conducted in accordance with all applicable Nigerian waste management regulations
including project waste management and disposal standards. To ensure compliance with
this commitment, the Project will contractually require its EPC contractor to develop and
implement a waste management plan (WMP) consistent with its waste management
standards and practices. The EPC contractor’s WMP and any subsequent revisions will
require approval from the Project. To further ensure compliance, the Project will conduct
periodic assessments of the EPC contractor’s waste management activities. The EPC
Contractor will be required to promptly resolve any findings from these assessments to the
Project’s satisfaction.
Construction lighting will be accomplished by relying on mobile light towers, mainly

required to illuminate the site each night for security.
Temporary diesel electric generators will be used to provide office lighting and service
other light loads. It is expected that temporary construction power will be provided by the
EPC contractor using tow behind diesel generators for the construction period.

July, 2012
Temporary Site Facilities

Temporary offices facilities essentially construction trailers will be established. Connex
boxes will be used to store, dispense and secure consumables, small tools and small
equipment.
The Transmission Line laydown area will be about 30,000 m2. This area will be used
during all the stages of the Project. It will aid in keeping materials dry and to provide a
surface suitable for vehicle traffic. Later during the construction phase, construction
materials and equipment like foundation reinforcement steel or steel tower metal bars will
be stored in the area.
Figure 3.5: Lay-down Tower Materials Storage
Security at the lay-down area is expected to consist of a combination of expatriate security

managers and local national guards some of whom will be recruited from the host
communities. Perimeter security, entry control points as well as roving security patrols will
likely be used.
Towers
Lattice steel structured towers consist of galvanized angle-profiles and plates of different
dimensions with drilled or punched holes to be connected by galvanized bolts, spacers,
washers, snap rings and nuts with different dimensions and performances. Bolts and Nuts
should be ordered tower wise packed.

July, 2012
To meet the timeframe for each tower to be erected activities have to be done before
erection. A large area has to be rented to store the delivered materials. Packing is
optimized for over-sea freight. The tower material is not arriving tower by tower or tower-
section by tower-section. For each type of tower the bill of materials and the workshop
drawings have to be studied and all parts for a specific tower type have to be picked and
separately stored and marked per tower type.
After all material for tower types is sorted out, the specific tower of specific type has to be
sorted out. If body extensions or leg extensions are needed the material has to be picked
and stored the same way. The completed material of one tower has to leave the store not
before the tower erection gang has been established on the specific tower site No X.
During picking and sorting tower related materials should be stored on wood supports in
yard and on site. Bolts and nuts delivered per tower should be unpacked and prepared so
that bolt, washer, snap-ring and nut are screwed together and packed again to be carried
with tower No X to site.
3.11.1 Tower Erection Method

• Erecting by mobile hydraulic cranes
• If cranes are available (330 kV: 120 ton crane required minimum size) and the access
roads are sufficient to drive on site the use of hydraulic cranes to erect towers in
parts/sections is the most effective way
• Erecting by means of helicopters
• Helicopters to carry loads for non military use might not be available in Nigeria. The costs
for helicopters are very high. Method is used in high mountain areas and at very critical
locations.
• Erecting by winch and derrick (gin-pole)
• The winch and derrick method can be used at most of the locations. Small winches are
needed for lifting the materials and the derrick itself. Anchors, guying ropes and tirfors are
used to position the derrick. Towers will be erected in parts/panels/sections.
o Use of derrick inside the tower base - If the tower base on the ground leaves
enough space to handle and attach the derrick in a proper way, the derrick will be
centered in the middle of the tower and attached to all tower-corners by steel-
guying ropes. See Figure 3.6.
o Use of derrick at one corner of the tower - To be used only if the tower base at the
ground is too small to leave enough space to handle the derrick. For this use the
top of the derrick has to be connected to anchors in four directions each by 90
degrees around the tower.
o Erecting piece by piece - This method is the oldest method and can be used at
every location. It is the most time consuming method.

July, 2012
Setting of the Swinging Gin-

Tower Erection by Gin-Pole
Pole inside the tower base
Setting of the Swinging Guying Ropes Gin-Pole with High Yielding

Gin-Pole Resistance Made of
Aluminum Alloy
Figure 3.6: Tower Erection Process

July, 2012
3.11.2 Tower Erecting Standard

All towers shall be vertical within a tolerance at the tower top of 0.3% of the tower height
before conductor erection.
The bolt tightening torque shall be submitted to the assigned engineer for approval.
Wrenches used for the bolt tightening shall be subject to the approval of the assigned
engineer. The use of a wrench which may deform the nut or cut or flake the galvanization
will not be permitted.
In order to prevent pilfering, all bolts and nuts which are not anti vandal type at less than 3
meters above ground shall be secured by means of punching the bolts threads 3 times at
the emergence from the nut.
After erection of all towers, the steelwork within 150mm of the upper surface of the
concrete, or other encasing materials and the upper surface of the concrete itself within
150mm of the projecting steel shall be painted with two coats of bituminous or other
approved paint.
Proper precautions shall be taken to ensure that towers are not strained or damaged in
any way during erection. Whenever wire slings or ropes are liable to abrade a support
member, the member shall be suitably protected by heavy Hessian bags or strips, pieces
of wood or by some other approved method.
Where derricks (gin-poles) are used for lifting panels they shall be securely guyed and
shall be supported only at approved locations on the legs. Suitable ladders shall be used
whenever necessary during erection of the towers. All ladders and removable step bolts
shall be removed when erection work is not in progress.
After erection all towers shall be cleaned of all foreign matter.

3.12 Stringing of Conductors and Shield Wires
3.12.1 Conductor
All the power will be evacuated to the 330kV Ikot Abasi Substation via the 330kV
transmission line from QIPP Power Plant.
The transmission line is going to be a 330 kV two to four circuit TL. Each pair of circuits
comprises of twin Bison conductors, ACSR 380/50, 431 mm2 or any other as approved by
PHCN.

July, 2012
3.12.2 Stringing Methods

Stringing of conductor shall not be performed until 28 days after finished concrete works
for foundations or as approved. The tightening of the tower bolts has to be completed and
inspected.
Stringing of conductor and related operations shall be performed during daylight hours.
During stringing (and sagging) a reliable radio connection or some other approved means
of communication shall be kept to coordinate operations within the group of line-men and
operator of puller- tensioners.
When the stringing of the conductor / earth-wire is about to be carried out the requisite
notice to the appropriate authorities of the date and time at which the work shall be
conducted will be made (Road authorities, Telecommunication utility, Power distribution
utilities, Water authorities, Power Plant operators, private power distribution utilities, etc.).
If necessary the traffic shall be controlled and guided.
By appropriate routing and earthing and by protective measures it shall be ensured, that
neither persons nor animals, nor installations are endangered by the inductive effect from
the TL. This applies equally to construction, undisturbed normal operation and to disturbed
faulty operation of a TL.
All necessary arrangements with communities or landowners before entering private land
for the transport of materials, and access to the site from the road shall be made.
Clearance shall be provided by trimming of trees and other vegetation to obtain enough
clearance from the nearest conductors in order to protect them from damages during
construction and later operation of the TL.
Clearing operations shall be conducted in such a way as to prevent damage to existing

structures and installations and to those under construction, as well as to provide for the
safety of employees and the public and avoid any risk during crossing process.
Where necessary, scaffolding shall be provided at such times as may be convenient to the
requisite authorities.
Conductors shall not be pre-stressed above sagging tension during the pulling operation.
The puller- tensioners should be set to maintain sufficient tensions to clear all obstructions
by 2 to 3 m yet remaining considerably below the sagging tension. This clearance shall be
confirmed by observation. Conductor joints are not permitted at spans crossing over TL.
The placing of tensioning and pulling equipment during the stringing operation shall be
such that the combination of loads on a tower cross-arms multiplied by the appropriate
overload factor, shall not be more than the maximum design load of the tower.
Stringing Preparations
Before conductor stringing, the tension towers should be properly anchored. Each cross-
arm and the tops of the towers should be anchored at both sides. The anchor ropes shall
be fixed on the cross-arms and the tops of the tower and fixed on the anchor bore. The
anchor bore are connected to concrete blocks, these blocks are in addition to their weight

July, 2012
partly dug into the ground to stand tension force of anchor rope. The distance between the
tower and the anchor bore should be such that the angle between rope and the ground is
30° at maximum. Anchors should be taken off after f inishing erection works.
The wheels (pulley-block for bundle, see Figure 3.7)

guiding the pilot wire and later on the conductors will
be put on cross-arms and single ones at the tops (for
pilot, earth-wire and OPGW) of every suspension
tower in the section.
Figure 3.7: Pulley - Block
Wheels for tension stringing shall be neoprene or teflon lined (coated) bull wheel-type. The
design shall be such that when the designed tension is obtained, the same constant
tension will be held as long as the brakes are left at this setting.
Start of Stringing
The first pilot rope should be stringed by hand or helicopter, beginning from the first reel
and through the wheels on every following tower. After the first pilot rope has arrived at the
end of the section a stronger pilot wire will be connected and pulled to the other side. The
other end of the rope should be fixed to the puller tensioner. The bigger sizes will go from
the reels through the puller- tensioners and be pulled by the machines not by hand. If a
pilot wire has arrived that can take the tensile forces of the double bison a running board
(see Figure 3.8) will be connected to the pilot wire.
Running Board for Two or Three Bundle Conductors
Running Board in use
Figure 3.8: Running Board

July, 2012
Start of Stringing with a Helicopter

If the time frame (window) is tight, it is
feasible to string the pilot wires by
helicopter. Use of helicopter guarantees
better timing and transfer of the first pilot
wire. However this special way of pilot
wire stringing is more cost intensive. But
it is also the safest way to string the pilot
wire over a live operating TL.
Figure 3.9: Helicopter Pulling a Pilot Wire
The helicopter starts at the drum-stand with the rope and flies backwards. The drums are
not heavy and the resistance is not high. The pilot flies right or left of the tower. If he
comes closer to the first tower, he passes the tower on right or left side to have a secure
distance of the tower. If pulley blocks with an open frame and helicopter pull-in aid are
available, the pilot moves the helicopter more to the center-line and pushes the rope into
the center wheel of the pulley block. If only closed blocks are available a line-man will
open the block and push the rope in the center wheel. During this action the helicopter
shall not move. When the line man has closed the block again, he gives a signal to the
pilot and the pilot moves to the next tower.
Pilot and line-men should have experience in doing the stringing job of pilot-ropes.
Stringing of Conductors
The empty reels (for pilot-wire) will be taken out of the two hydraulically tensioned / driven
drum-stands or out of reel-stands positioned near the puller- tensioner working on this side
of section as a tensioner. Two conductor drums will then be loaded to the drumstands.
Figure 3.10: Drum- Stand with Hydraulic Drive and Disc Break

July, 2012
The position of the drum on the drum-stand should enable unwinding of the conductors on
the upper side. The conductors will be guided through the puller- tensioner (see Figure
3.10) always on the upper side and connected with mush sockets (cable-grips) and
swivels to the running board.
Figure 3.11: Puller- Tensioner during Stringing of 3 Bundle Conductors
The stringing of the first phase with two Bison conductors can start. The puller-tensioner
on the other side will start to pull. The puller-tensioner connected to the drumstands will
be used as a break, to safeguard that the conductors will be stringed so strongly that
touching the ground and / or other objects is prevented.
Clamping of Conductors
When the bundle arrives at the puller’s side and the running board goes through the last
pulley block, working clamps are installed to tighten the conductors to the cross-arm.
Lines-men will then drain the pulley block to the ground, lift and attach the insulator strings
on cross-arm, install conductors to final tension clamps at the insulator tension strings and
release the working clamps to be removed.
The conductors will be cut with long ends for the jumper-loops (electrical connection from
one section to another). After the conductors are clamped into the tension clamp the
puller- tensioner that has been used as a break will now be used as a puller and re-tension
the conductors close to the sag that shall be finally adjusted. Working clamps will be set by
the lines-men and the same process will start according to the other side of the section.

July, 2012
Figure 3.12: Strain Tower, Clamping 3 Bundle Conductors - Jumper Loops Unfinished
Five (5) additional phase bundles have to be strung and pre-sagged in the same way while
clamping operations are done on other phases simultaneously.
Stringing of OPGW and Earth-wire

Steel ground-wire has to be strung and pre-sagged like the conductors using a single
wheel instead a pulley-block.
Installation of the OPGW shall be performed like all stringing activities. Supervisor shall
confirm stringing method. Free length of OPGW, corresponding to the tower height of
+10 m, shall be left onto the tension towers, to enable the connection / splicing of the
optical fibre cable. This length shall be taken into account during determination of OPGW
lengths in the design stage of the project. Special precautions should be taken to prevent
twisting or scratching of OPGW during installation. At all times during stringing, sagging
and clamping operations, the conductors, reels, drums and hauling equipment shall be
effectively grounded, movable earthing (travelling grounds) shall be put onto the OPGW in
front of the machines. Puller- tensioner on the pulling side has to be equipped with tensile
force recorder to capture the data needed as evidence in a warranty case. Tolerable
tensile forces are mentioned in the manufacturer’s documentation.
The strung wire shall be adequately grounded at the tower and shall stay grounded until
finishing the construction works. All such grounds have been removed before the TLines
are offered for provisional acceptance. Working personal shall be protected through the
individual ground connecting on every working place.
At all times during stringing, sagging and clamping operations, the conductors, reels,
drums and hauling equipment shall be effectively grounded, movable earthing (travelling
grounds) shall be put onto the conductors in front of the machines and the operators stand
on conductive ground mats, every third pulley-block has to be grounded to the tower.

July, 2012
Sagging of Conductors
When stringing is finished, final tensioning (sagging) will start. During this process, the air
temperature at 5m above ground should be measured. If the day is hot, wire temperature
is higher than the air temperature and this should be taken into account. The best
measuring instrument is a contact thermometer. For each section the sag values will be
taken out of the sag template for the specific situation. Sagging should be done by sighting
and by theodolite.
To avoid loss of minimum ground clearance, the conductors shall be tensioned to a higher
tension than the nominal design tension. On a stringing chart this is reflected in selecting a
tension corresponding to a lower temperature. For example, when the air temperature is
30 C, the tensions/forces and sags shall be taken from the stringing chart for 20 C. This
means that the conductor is over-tensioned by 10 C and this difference is called
“temperature shift”.
Sagging spans shall be selected so that one span length is as close to the equivalent span
as practicable. Spans shall be selected so that one is near the tension tower and one or
two near the centre of the section. When sagging of all wires is finished, the wires should
stay on wheels for another 24hours in order to equalize the straining on all spans (not
needed if crossing is between two strain towers). Before putting the wires into suspension
clamps, the sags shall be checked again. After fixing the wires into suspension clamps,
suspension insulator assembly shall be in the vertical position. The spacers for the bundle
conductors will be installed using line-cars or line-bicycles.
Sagging of OPGW should be done according to data from sagging templates and
approved span method. The instructions of the manufacturer are to be taken into account
during the installation of OPGW itself and associated equipment.
Crossing of other Transmission Lines

Scaffolds are installed to protect crossed objects during conductor stringing. Low-duty
scaffolds made of wood are suited to protect or fences small structures etc. They need not
to withstand the stresses due to conductor failure because the damage to objects would
be limited in such an event. Scaffolds for protecting roads, railway lines, low- and medium-
voltage lines, telephone-lines etc. should withstand the loads that might occur after failure
of a conductor or of a connector during stringing activities, thus excluding any contact with
objects under the line. In special cases, e. g. if motorways cannot be blocked for a longer
period, plastic or metallic nets are in-stalled over the crossed object.
A Transmission Line will be crossed in the vicinity of Ikot Abasi Substation, namely the
existing 132 kV Transmission Line from IBOM Power generating facility to Eket. This has
been considered in the conceptual design.

July, 2012
3.13 Embankments, Levelling and Drainage

The top surface of the concrete slabs for single or raft foundations shall be slightly inclined
to the outer edge to drain off water. Ditches for rain water shall surround every structure
and shall be designed to drain water away from the structure (e.g. into the next available
natural pond) or into a small basin erected close by.
3.14 Power Transmission Line Operations

The transmission line will be operated by PHCN. The operability philosophy is to ensure
the safety requirements and avoid undue line failures by proper design for weather -
lightning and wind. Additionally, the monitoring of electrical parameters and protection of
the TL during operation, a quick response to emergency situations should be
implementable, which is buttressed through prior training and adequate stock of
replacement parts.
The operations of the transmission line should be such that the system can function or
perform satisfactorily even when prevalent conditions are off-design such as component
malfunction on one of the circuits and/or high electrical currents.
The various parameters that can cause system failure should be monitored in a way that
they are easy to understand. Best practices are to be considered in evaluating access to
and viewing of operating data, manipulation of controls, removal and replacement of
equipment and components of the TL.
3.15 Maintenance
The Transmission Line will be maintained by the proponent. The TLine shall be designed
to facilitate maintenance – e.g., climbing aids, use of wedge clamps instead of
compression clamps, use of steel (and not copper) ground wires.
When TLine is to be maintained, the downtime should be minimal, and failed or faulty
components are to be replaced as needed and expeditiously. Any component of the
transmission line that appears in multiples are to be identical and from the same
manufacturer. All components must be safe, of good quality, of required design capacity
and readily available.
The tower structures and foundations are to be safe and easily accessible by any means
employed. Access to the line (conductors, insulators and line hardware) and its
accessories has to be safe and easy, but restricted to avoid undue access.
3.16 Commissioning
Commissioning shall be in accordance with national standards of the Transmission
Company of Nigeria (TCN) standard 2007 edition, or latest version. The line shall be
energized at full working voltage before acceptance. Approved procedures and tests shall
be completed accordingly and certified.

July, 2012
The following Performance Tests shall be carried out:

• Measurements of tower earthing resistance
• Power losses and electrical resistance of conductors
• Line energizing test
• Other tests as defined in the national standards
3.17 Turnover
The transmission line shall be considered complete for acceptance and turnover when:
• All the material for the project has been shipped and all the installation is completed.
• The Towers, Foundation, Conductors, OPGW and accessories have been successfully
tested.
• All the Mandatory Spare Parts have been delivered to the designated yard.
• The clean-up and final inspection is completed.
• All the regulatory / obligatory approvals from the designated authorities for commercial
operation of lines are secured (ROW, Access roads).
• All system commissioning requirements have been completed and documented as
evidenced by the approval of System Turnover Notices
• All outstanding punch list items are cleared
• All manuals, calculations, drawings, documentation, software, licenses, as-built
documentation, etc. are delivered
3.18 Project Supervision and Surveillance

There will be different stages during the whole project; the first part is the engineering and
then the construction activities. Therefore the surveillance or supervision is split up in
these two parts.
Engineering Surveillance
The objectives of the Engineering Surveillance and Supervision are to:
• Confirm that detailed engineering complies with the Contract, and all applicable
government regulations,
• Confirm that the engineering is executed according to the Quality Plan
• Assess compliance with its engineering plans and procedures,
• Verify engineering in accordance with PHCN standards and expectations expectations,
• Guide Project Team engineers conducting surveillance work,
• Outline a procedure for the initial and periodic assessment of the engineering
processes and performance.
Construction Surveillance
The objective of the Construction Surveillance is to:
• Verify that the constructed facilities are according to the Contractual engineering basis
(e.g., Project Specifications, Industry Standards and Codes, and applicable regional
government regulations).
• Manage changes that are made at site to ensure that the design intent is not
compromised and ensure that Coordination Procedures (e.g., Management of Change,
Design Verification, etc.) for the site are functioning effectively.
July, 2012
• Guide the Site Engineering Team conducting surveillance work.

• Provide engineering expertise and oversight to support the Construction and System
Completion Teams to achieve the project execution objective (e.g., safety, quality,
schedule, cost, operability and handover).
• Provide a framework for defining EMDC Function and other third party involvement in
site engineering surveillance.
3.19 Safety, Health, Environment and Security Issues

Particular consideration shall be given to the Safety, Health, Environment, Security
(SHE&S) and Regulatory (SHES&R) of all project personnel at all stages of planning,
execution and management of the project. The following sections identify how the project
shall be planned to achieve SHE&S objectives, through the implementation of procedures
relating to SHE&S Planning and Execution.
SHE&S is the Project's highest priorities and the responsibility of every individual
associated with the Project.
The SHE&S Philosophy is:

• Nobody Gets Hurt during project planning and execution.
• Safety and security are the project’s highest priorities.
• Any work performed at a facility must be done in the safest manner possible.
• Safety is an integrated part of SHE&S policies, procedures and requirements and
those are required to safely operate and maintain operating facilities.
• Safety is everybody’s concern and responsibility.
The Construction SHE&S Management System is to be established prior to construction

based on the above philosophy and the requirements of following at minimum:
• OHSAS18001:2007 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems

Requirements;
• ISO9001:2008 Quality management systems: Requirements
• ISO14001:2004 Environmental management systems: Requirements with guidance for
use;
• Local Norms, Rules and Regulations for Health, Safety and Environmental Protection;
• Environmental Guidelines and Standards for Petroleum Industry in Nigeria, Ministry of
Petroleum Resources- "Revised Edition 2002";
• Workmen’s Compensation Decree/1987;
• Electrical Regulations/1988.
The objectives and strategies for the construction phase of the Project are aligned with the
overall Project Objectives and Strategies (POS). Construction Objectives are:
• Improve Project Safety, health, security, environmental protection/performance,
particularly during construction
• Assure Project Quality

July, 2012
• Reduce Project Life-Cycle Costs

• Reduce Project Schedules
• Properly plan logistics to ensure minimum rework caused by poor
engineering/construction coordination
• Properly plan the contracting and procurement activities while supporting field
construction requirements to ensure the reduced schedule and cost impacts are
realized.
• Enhance Management of Risk
• Involve local communities in the construction process
• Foster an effective relationship with communities
These objectives will be achieved through:
• Effective collaboration within the Project Team

• Involvement of all Project Team members as active participants in, contributors to, and
owners of the process
• Ownership and stewardship by specific project team members
• Inclusion of the Program as an integral part of the culture and work processes for the
Project
• Early use of construction knowledge and experience during planning and design to
ensure the Construction Execution Plan is consistent with design, practical, cost
effective and conforms to the overall project goals of safety, quality, cost, schedule,
execution and site-management resources.
• A systematic approach for incorporating construction expertise in detailed engineering,
procurement and other execution activities to:
o Foster interface communications
o Reduce project cost by fostering a fit-for-purpose construction philosophy
o Forecast labor requirements, assess availability and produce proactive plans
around the forecast
o Actively promote preassembly and modularization
o Identify and resolve issues, as well as identify and capture opportunities
Special attention shall be given to work at height and during tower erection and conductor
stringing.

July, 2012
3.20 Fuel Transport, Storage and Dispensing Programme

Fuel shall be purchased locally at fuel stations and suppliers. Shortages in the local
market shall be taken into consideration and planning shall avoid any shortage. All sorts of
fuels used in TLine construction processes will be stored at specified equipment staging
areas. Where practical, refueling will be conducted at the staging areas. Fuel shall be
stored in special protected storage areas, such as shelters, protected against rain, with
restricted personnel access, good illumination, concrete foundation and bunds to avoid
any unexpected spills and soil contamination.
If refueling along the right-of-way is required, fuel will be trucked in using appropriate
equipment.
Gases for welding are supplied to site in steel bottles and must be stored open air in a
safe, sun protected bottle holder secured at all times by chains / restraining straps.
3.21 Site Decommissioning / Environmental Restoration

Site Clean up
Upon completion of the construction/installation and pre-commissioning tests of the
proposed TL project, all work sites shall be thoroughly cleaned with the complete
dismantling and removal of every temporary facility. In addition, de-vegetated areas that
are not required for operations and maintenance works shall be re-vegetated
Site Decommissioning
The proposed project has a lifespan of 25 years.
Equipment and structures that are certified safe will be reused. The transmission line and
facilities shall be decommissioned and abandoned in accordance with FMENV Guidelines
for infrastructures with particular reference to power transmission lines as at the time of
decommissioning. The transmission wires, towers and substation facilities shall be
dismantled and removed from positions. Adequate re-vegetation shall also be carried out
along the transmission route, access roads and substations where applicable.
Generally, decommissioning activities shall be planned and executed with a combined

team to be drawn from FMENV, PHCN and other relevant bodies and/or as practiced
during the time of decommissioning.
3.22 Project Waste Management Plan

A project specific waste management plan (WMP) has been developed for the
transmission line project and is discussed under the WMP section in chapter seven of this
report.
3.23 Project Schedule

The proposed transmission line construction shall be completed within 36 months. A Gnatt
chart showing a schedule of activities for the project is shown in Figure 3.13 below

July, 2012
Figure 3.13: Project Schedule

July, 2012
AP6
AP3
9
3
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4 8
3
5
4
AP5
6
4
7
4
7
3
8
4
AP2
9
4
6
3
0
5
1
5
2
5 5
3
4
3 3 2
3 1
3 0
3
3
5
4
5
9
2
6
5
AP7
8
2
7
5
8
5
7
2
AP4
9
5
0
6
6
2
1
6
2
6
5
2
3
6
4
6
4
2
5
6
3
2
7
6
8
6
9
6
2
0
7
1
7
2
7
3
7 1
2
4
7
5
7
6
7
0
2
8
7
9
7
0
8
9
1
1
8
2
8
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
4
1
%%ULEGEND
3
1
2
1
AP1
1
TO IKOT ABASI S/S

0
1
TLINE PRELIMINARY ROUTE

7
6
RIGHT OF WAY CORRIDOR
DE1
QIPP
QIT
10 28.02.11 IB ISSUED FOR USE JB
ANGLE POINT CHAINAGE (m)

DE1 391031 503516 0.0 UNKNOWN
QUA IBOE POWER PROJECT
AP1 390560 506112 2638.4 57°45'59''(L)
AP2 384518 508547 9152.6 8°47'7''(L) TRANSMISSION LINE
AP3 381910 509157 11830.9 13°15'34''(L)
ELECTRICAL
AP4 380102 509154 13638.9 24°0'23''(R)
PRELIMINARY TLINE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN FOR IT
AP5 378751 509753 15116.8 29°6'29''(L)
ATTACHMENT 1
AP6 374716 509386 19168.5 6°21'25''(L)
ROUTE OF LINE IN SCALE 1:50000 (SHEET 1 OF
AP7 373904 509220 19997.3 5°34'36''(R)
C658 PO4500596437
NONE 1:50000
2
8
3
8
4
8
5
8
6
8
7
8
9
8
0
9
1
9
2
9
3
9
4
9
5
9
AP8
6
9
7
9
8
9
0 0
1
0 1
1
0 2
1
0 3
1
0 4
1
0 5
1
0 6
1
0 7
1
0 8
1
0 9
1
1 0
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
%%ULEGEND
1 6
1 7
IKOT ABASI AP9

1 8
TO IKOT ABASI S/S

1 9
(CONTINUED FROM SHEET 1)

2 0
1
DE2
yre a
d
n
sa
2 1
1
TLINE PRELIMINARY ROUTE

AP13
yre a
d
n
sa
AP14
2 2
1
RIGHT OF WAY CORRIDOR

3 3
1
3 2
1
2 3
1
AP12
3 1
1
yre a
d
n
sa
yre a
d
n
sa
yre a
d
n
sa yre a
d
n
sa
2 4
1
3 0
1
2 5
1
2 6
1
2 7
1
2 9
1 2 8
1
AP11 AP10
10 28.02.11 IB ISSUED FOR USE JB
ANGLE POINT CHAINAGE (m)

AP8 348174 506526 45867.9 18°10'48''(L)
QUA IBOE POWER PROJECT
AP9 344988 505097 49359.7 22°8'52''(L)
AP10 344216 504289 50477.2 42°14'21''(R) TRANSMISSION LINE
AP11 342556 504171 52141.4 54°56'8''(R)
ELECTRICAL
AP12 342316 504466 52521.7 40°17'41''(R)
PRELIMINARY TLINE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN FOR
AP13 342321 504712 52767.8 51°27'9''(R)
ATTACHMENT 1
DE2 342605 504929 53125.2 13°38'0''(R)
ROUTE OF LINE IN SCALE 1:50000 (SHEET 2 OF
C658 PO4500596437
CHAPTER FOUR
EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

CHAPTER FOUR
EXISTING ENVIRONMENT
4.1 General
This chapter describes the characteristics of the ecological environment along which the
proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi transmission line project activities described in
chapter three will be carried out. The socio-economic profiles of the communities closest
to the proposed project are also presented in this chapter.
The discussion below describes the environment in the study area in terms of prevalent:
• Physical and chemical environment, e.g., meteorology, geology, sediment type
distribution, surface water characteristics etc;
• Biotic environment, geographical location and distribution of e.g., plankton, benthos,
fish, birds, vegetation and wildlife etc;
• Socio-economic and health conditions, of communities close to the project activities
(describes the demographic structure, culture, social and economic health conditions
as well as results of consultation processes within the communities during the EIA
studies).
The summary of conditions (baseline) presented in this chapter is based on information

from literature as well as findings of a two season field sampling programme, laboratory
analyses and socio-economic and health surveys specifically for this EIA. The data
acquired will be used in the project design, operation and in making general management
decisions as well as in the assessment of the potential and associated impacts of the
proposed project activities on the host environment (ecological and socio-economic).
4.2 Baseline Data Acquisition methods

Baseline data acquisition involved a multidisciplinary approach and was executed within
the framework of Fugro Nigeria Limited (FNL) management system approach. Elements of
this approach include literature research, designing and development of field sampling
strategy to meet regulatory requirements; confirmation of the sampling design and
locations by PHCN; pre-mobilization activities (job hazard analysis, sampling
equipment/materials calibrations and checks) and mobilization to field; fieldwork
implementation, sample collection (including field observations), handling, documentation
and storage protocols and procedures, demobilization from field, transfer of sample
custody to the laboratory for analysis. A detailed description of baseline data acquisition
including sample collection and handling methodologies and laboratory processes are
presented in Appendix 4.1.
4.2.1 Literature Research

This was carried out prior to field data gathering campaign in order to obtain relevant
background information on the soil, water, and air of the study area. Further research was
also conducted at the end of the field data gathering exercise in order to compare
literature information with generated field data and for additional information on the study
Chapter Four Final Draft Report Page 1 of 111

July, 2012
area. Generally, literature research involved consulting relevant textbooks (e.g Edmunds,
J. 1978; Prescot et al., 1999), research environment as well as technical presentations.
Specific examples of previous studies consulted in generating comparative based data for
describing the existing environment of the project area include but not limited to the
following:
• Environmental Impact Assessment of Ibom Power Plant (2005): Ibom Power Company
Limited.
• Environmental Impact Assessment of 46km Ikot Abasi – Eket Transmission Line
(2005): Ibom Power Company Limited.
• Environmental Impact Assessment of Qua Iboe Field Development Project (2005):
Network E&P Nigeria Limited.
• Environmental Impact Assessment of 78km Ikot Abasi – Ikot Ekpene Transmission
Line (2007): National Inteegrated Power Project.
4.2.2 Environmental Field Survey

In order to effectively characterize the ecology of the study area, a two season
comprehensive field data gathering exercise was carried. The wet season field exercise
was carried out between August 4th and September 9th 2011, while the dry season field
exercise was between the November 11th and 15th December 2011. The overall goal of the
field exercise was to generate environmental baseline data that would be sufficient to
characterize the ecological, socio-economics and health status of the project area and
provide sound basis for the EIA of the proposed project. The specific objectives and scope
of the fieldwork ensured that all aspects of the environment within the project area were
completely characterized.
Sampling Design
The sampling design and methods were selected in the context of the project objectives,
relevant (FMENV, 1995, ASTM 2005, etc.) regulations and guidelines, environmental
sensitivities, and with consideration to expected surface, sub-surface / geologic conditions,
access constraints and local equipment availability and costs.
The QIT – Ikot Abasi field sampling design is in line with the FMENV guidelines for EIA. A
total of 23 (SS1 to SS23) sampling stations were designated for samples collection. These
stations were distributed to adequately cover the entire study area (Attachment I). The
coordinates of sampling stations, sampling requirements and codes are presented in
Table 4.1.

July, 2012
Table 4.1: Sampling Co-ordinates and Requirements

Station X Y Requirement
SS1 8.017689 4.5547 soil, air quality, surface water, sediment,
plankton, benthos and vegetation/wildlife
SS2 8.014072 4.574551 soil
SS3 8.00702 4.580751 soil, air quality, surface water, sediment, plankton
and benthos
SS4 7.975522 4.593437 soil
SS5 7.951704 4.601806 soil
SS6 7.926443 4.605578 soil, air quality, surface water, sediment,
plankton, benthos and vegetation/wildlife
SS7 7.903185 4.610608 soil
SS8 7.877946 4.608265 soil
SS9 7.855727 4.605264 soil
SS10 7.830177 4.602537 soil, air quality and vegetation / wildlife
SS11 7.804106 4.599754 soil
SS12 7.781543 4.597345 soil
SS14 7.73346 4.592209 soil
SS15 7.707511 4.589435 soil
SS17 7.660048 4.58436 soil
SS18 7.634816 4.58166 soil, air quality
and benthos
and benthos
SS21 7.581876 4.565826 soil
SS22 8.017601 4.55901 soil
During the sampling exercise, field observations were made and documented in field
notebooks and still photographs (details of these are presented in subsequent sections of
this chapter). Features observed include water and soil characteristics, biodiversity, and
socio-economic setting. The environmental components sampled include soil, surface
water, sediment, air, and biodiversity and socio cultural features.
Soil sampling stations were established to ensure the major soil types that characterize
the TL corridor were adequately covered. Also surface water and sediment sampling as
well as hydro-biological studies were carried out in line with applicable procedures. Air
quality / noise were sampled along chosen sensitive sampling points. Furthermore, socio-
economic and health surveys were conducted within identified host communities along the
TL corridor in all six affected local government areas (LGA) in Akwa Ibom State (details of
the sampling methodology are presented in Appendix 4.1,

July, 2012
Overall, sampling in 23 soil stations, 5 surface water / sediment stations, 10 air quality /
noise level stations as well as socio-economic, health and public consultations in six (6)
Traditional Ruling Councils, nine (9) Clan Councils and fifty (50) Villages.
Sampling Location
The various sample stations (on land and water) were located by the aid of hand held
Global Positioning System (GPS). The sampling points were logged into the GPS prior to
mobilization.
Sampling Procedures
Sample collection was done in line with recommended procedures and practices for
environmental data collection in Nigeria. An overview of sampling procedures for each
parameter and observation made are discussed in the following sub-sections (see
Appendix 4.1 for more details).
Vegetation
A reconnaissance survey provided insight into the selection of appropriate location,
number, size, position and orientation of the transects. The study was conducted in the 6
belt transects, 1000m x 10m = 10,000 m2, each. Transects were established at intervals of
approximately 10 km, alternating on the right and left flanks of the proposed route and
including, as much as possible, all vegetation types along the proposed route
Within each transect the associated vegetation was characterized using the segmented
belt transect techniques (Oosting 1956; Odu et al, 1985; Okpon et al 1998), to ensure
maximum chances of finding most of the component species in the area. Blocks of 5m x
5m were laid on randomly chosen sides of each transect for detailed studies. Such
alternately spaced observation points which cover the entire area as demarcated by these
transects are generally more efficient statistically, than the contiguous or 100%
assessment on smaller length of transect (Odu, et al 1985). Among the parameters
investigated in each transect were floristic composition, community structure, relative
density and percentage frequency of occurrence, maximum tree height (using an
altimeter), stocking density, pathological conditions and percentage litter cover. For each
transects, there followed photographic records of representative segments.
After assessing the general condition and status of the vegetation, all the plant species
were, as much as possible, identified and listed on the field. The taxonomically difficult
forms that could not be identified with certainty were collected with a secateur (including
the twig, flower, fruits, etc.), properly labeled and taken to the Herbarium, Rivers State
University of Science & Technology, Port Harcourt, in black polythene bags, for further
keying and identification. All identification followed the keys of Hutchinson and Dalziel
(1968) and Keay et al (1964) for trees, and Akobundu and Agyakwa (1998) for weeds.

July, 2012
Wildlife
Studies on the wildlife diversity occurring along the proposed transmission line were
conducted between 7am and 6.00pm local time by a consortium of herpetologists,
ornithologists and mammalogists. Thus, various conventional techniques; both direct and
indirect methods (Moshby 1974; Dasmann 1964; Sutherland 2000; Davies 2002, etc) were
adopted. Pricipal objectives were to produce a comprehensive checklist of fauna,
determine their distribution and conservation status (prior to commencement of the
project), against which future changes and magnitude of change in wildlife populations
would be detected. Considering the dependence of wildlife on vegetation for shelter, food,
perching, nesting site, etc, sampling stations were established along vegetation transects.
Critical habitats and microhabitats such as log, litter, forest undergrowth, crevices and
burrows were ransacked with the aid of 1m long probe to dislodge any hiding
herpetofauna and mammals (Heinen, 1992). To increase the chances of sighting wild
animals or their evidence of presence, the search was carried out radially, along the
northern, southern, eastern and western axis of each transect. With respect to
amphibians, Visual Encounter surveys (VES), Dip-netting (DN), Acoustic encounter
surveys (AES), were applied, while Pitfall traps with drift fence were used for reptiles, and
ground-running mammals such as rodents (in the way of Heyer, et al, 1994; Rodel and
Ernst, 2004, Nago et al, 2006, and Akani, 2008).
Each transect was sampled for about two hours, five times (once in two days) during the
period, between 7am and 6pm local time.
All dislodged and sighted animal were identified to possible taxonomic levels, using the
exquisite field guides and Keys of Happold (1987), Kingdon (1997), and Powell (1995) for
mammals; Peterson (1980) and Borrow and Demey (2001) for birds; Branch (1988) and
Spawls and Branch (1995) for reptiles; and Schiotz ( 1963,1969), and Rodel (2000) for
amphibians. When and wherever possible, photographs were taken to demonstrate field
observations.
Further information on diversity and conservation status of wildlife in the prospect area
were acquired from (i) biodiversity reports of tertiary institutions and forestry departments
in Akwa Ibom state, (ii) previous biodiversity reports of environmental assessments within
the area and of similar habitats (iii) through inspection of animals displayed for sale in
bushmeat markets at Onna, Mkpat-Enin and Ikot Abasi areas etc. and (iv) by interviewing
hunters concerning the variety of wildlife captured in the area, local names, dates of last
kill or sighting, sites of high faunal density, seasonal abundance, hunting techniques and
degrees of success. At their homes hunters were urged to present for examination and
identification any preserved animal remains or trophies such as – skin, skull/skeleton,
horn, hoof, scale, shell, etc - in their bags, caught in the area, as well say the last time they
sighted or killed each animal discussed.

July, 2012
Soil
Composite soil samples were collected at designated soil stations with the aid of hand
auger. Samples were collected from 0-15cm and 15-30cm depth at each sampling point.
Sub-samples for microbial analysis were taken in sterilized 100ml McCartney bottles and
stored in a cool box. Samples for physico-chemical parameters were stored in polythene
bags. Details of sampling approach and procedures are documented in Appendix 4.1.
Surface water / Sediment

Surface water samples were gotten from the river surface using a beaker. The beaker was
lowered into the river, and water was drawn to the surface. Water samples were
transferred directly into appropriate containers for preservation and subsequent analysis.
In-situ analyses were immediately carried out to determine the following parameters with
short holding time; pH, turbidity, conductivity, total dissolved solids and dissolved oxygen.
Water samples for heavy metal analysis were collected in 2ml plastic bottles and acidified
with 10% HNO3.
Sediment samples from the river bed were collected in corresponding surface water
stations along the transmission line route using an Eckman grab (ASTM 2005).
Zooplankton samples were collected by dropping and pulling plankton net with mesh size
of 0.063mm vertically on the surface of the river. A weight (iron rod) was attached to the
cord holding the net; it was lowered into the river and then pulled back to the surface for
collection.
Phytoplankton sample collection was done by lowering the plankton net to about 0.5m on
the water surface and towed (horizontally) on the waterway at a speed of about 1.5knots
per hour for 5 minutes.
Benthic macro fauna samples were obtained by washing residual sediment samples
through a 1 mm-mesh sieve using water obtained from the river on board the sampling
boat. The benthos samples obtained were placed in a plastic container and preserved in
20% buffered formal saline and stored in the ice coolers.
Air Quality / Noise

Air quality and ambient noise studies were conducted at 10 desiganated air quality / noise
stations along the proposed transmission line route. Measurement methods and principles
adopted for each parameter were based on sensitivity, stability, repeatability and capability
for calibration during analysis. The methods adopted for ambient air quality measurements
along the study area are tabulated below.

July, 2012
S/N Parameter Measurement Method

1 Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) In situ source pointer probe (Aerocet)
2 Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) In situ PID probe
3 Hydrocarbons (CxHy) In- situ Protassen probe
4 Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) In- situ Protassen probe
5 Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) Ogawa pad absorbents
6 Nitrogen Diooxide (NO2) Ogawa pad absorbents
7 Ammonia (NH3) Ogawa pad absorbents
8 Sulphur Oxide (SOx) Ogawa pad absorbents
8 Noise Pulsar II Leq / percentile frequencies
Socio-economics / Health Studies

Socio-economic and health assessment involves studying affected host communities in
the six identified LGA (Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot – Abasi).
Information on socio-economics and community health data was acquired using
household questionnaires as well as other relevant socio-economic and health survey
tools (Appendix 4.7). Key informant interviews and focus group discussions, physical
evaluation of health status as well as consultations with the various sections of the host
communities provided relevant information on socio-economics and health profile of the
area.
Laboratory Analysis
Laboratory analysis was generally in line with international American Society for Testing
and Material (ASTM) and American Public Health Association (APHA) as well as FMENV
Standard protocols. Quality Assurance/ Quality Control (QA/QC) measures adopted for
laboratory analyses are in Accordance with FMENV recommendations. Other QA/QC
measures adopted are:
• the use of trained personnel at all phases of the study;

• written analytical standard operating procedures were followed during analyses and
• routine auditing and checking of analyses results, including control solutions and mid-
point standards, were introduced into every batch or ten samples as applicable, and
analyses for which deviation of these quality control / mid –point standards are
outside 90 to 110% of expected value were repeated.
A summary of data collection and analytical methods together with test equipments
employed for the study are shown in Table 4.2 below, while discussions and details are
provided in Appendix 4.1.

July, 2012
Table 4.2: Ecological Components, Analytical Methods and Test Equipment

Sample Matrix Parameter Test Method Test Equipment
Water pH APHA 4500H+B multi 340i/set Meter
Water Temperature (oC) APHA 2550B multi 340i/set Meter
-
Water Chloride APHA 4500 Cl Titration
Water Nitrate EPA 352.1 Uv/ Visible light
Water Sulphate APHA 4500-SO4 Uv/ Visible light
Water Magnesium APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 FAAS
Water Potassium APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 FAAS
Water Sodium APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 FAAS
Water Calcium APHA 3111D FAAS
Water Cadmium APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Total Chromium APHA 3111C FAAS
Water Copper APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Total Iron APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Lead APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Nickel APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Zinc APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Silver APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Manganese APHA 3111B FAAS
Water Mercury APHA 3112B AAS / Hydrite unit
Water Vanadium APHA 3111D FAAS
Water salinity APHA 2520 multi 340i/set Meter
Water DO APHA 4500-OG multi 340i/set Meter
Water Turbidity APHA 2130B Dr / 890 colorimeter
Water Redox Potential ASTM D1498 HANNA Multimeter
Water TOC BS 1377 Titration
Water TDS APHA 2510A multi 340i/set Meter
Water TSS APHA 2540D Gravimetry
Water BOD5 APHA 5220D WTW oxitop
Water COD APHA 5220D Titration
Water Total Hardness APHA 2340C Titration
Water Oil & Grease ASTM D 3921 FTIR
Water/Soil/Sediment BTEX EPA 8240 GC/MS
Water Microbiology ASTM D5465-93 Microscope
Water Zooplankton APHA 10200 G Counting (microscope)
Water Phytoplankton APHA 10200 F Counting (microscope)
Soil/Sediment pH ASTM D 4972 multi 340i/set Meter
Sediment PSD ASTM D 422 Hydrometer / water bath
Soil/Sediment All heavy metals USEPA 6200 XRF
2-
Soil/Sediment Extractable Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO4 E UV /visible spectrphoto
Soil/Sediment Extractable CAEM/APHA 4500 PD
Phosphate UV /visible spectrphoto
Soil/Sediment Microbiology ASTM D5465-93 Microscope
Sediment Macrobenthos APHA 10500C Microscope
Soil/Sediment TOC BS 1377 Titration
Soil/Sediment THC ASTM D 3921 FTIR
Soil Microbiology ASTM D5465-93 Microscope
Assessment Methods
floristic composition,
relative density and Segmented belt transect
Vegetation As required
percentage frequency techniques
etc
checklist distribution
Wildlife Direct and indirect methods As required
& conservation status
Socio-economic and Sampling procedure based on
Socio-economics & health status of convenience samples.
As required
health affected communities Primary (FGD, GGD, IDI),
along the route secondary (literature research)
Source: FNL Laboratory 2010;
FAAS – Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer, GC – Gas Chromatography, UV – Ultra violet / Visible
Spectrophotometer, ASTM = American Society for Testing and Material (1999 Edition), APHA = American Public Health
Association (20th Edition 1998), EPA = Environmental Protection Agency (2nd Edition 1996), BS = British Standard, CAEM
= Chemical Analysis of Ecological Materials 2nd Edition 1989, FGD = Focus Group Discussions.

July, 2012
4.3 Description of Ecological Baseline Conditions

Ecological baseline conditions studies covered climate / meteorology geology, and
hydrology, as well as surface water, soil and sediment physical, chemical and biology
characteristics.
4.3.1 Climate and Meteorology

An overview of the climate and meteorological data (relative humidity, ambient air
temperature, rainfall and wind) of the study area are presented in the subsequent sections.
Climatic and meteorological information described are primarily on literature/desktop
research and climatic data information obtained for Uyo Town from Nigerian
meteorological Agency (NIMET) as well as MPN Qua Iboe Terminal (QIT) Meteorological
Observations.
The study area which is in the Niger delta region of Nigeria, is situated in the tropics and
experiences a fluctuating climate which is characterized by two distinct conditions of wet
and dry seasons. The wet season occurs between April and October with a brief break in
August, while the dry season occurs between November and March.
4.3.2 Air Temperature

Temperature is a dominant climate factor that varies from place to place over a period of
time at a given location. The spatial distribution of temperature over the earth is influenced
by; amount of insulation received, nature of surface, distance from water bodies, relief,
nature of the prevailing winds and ocean current.
The minimum mean annual temperature (lowest temperature measured for a day) is given
as 210C, while the maximum mean annual temperature (highest temperature measured for
a day was 350C. Data on average air temperature obtained for the area (between 1991
and 2009) is presented in Figure 4.1.
Figure 4.1: Minimum and Maximum Temperature

July, 2012
Ambient Air Temperature

Ambient air temperature values measured (range of 22-270C) for both seasons were
slightly higher than the minimum values obtained from NIMET and QIT, but were lower
than the maximum values. The temperature measured in-situ is presented in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3.Ambient Air Temperature

Parameter Sample Station Result
Wet Season
SS1 SS3 SS6 SS10 SS13 SS16 SS18 SS 19 SS20 SS23
Ambient 22.4 23.5 25.4 27.9 24.5 25.4 24.3 26.0 25.3 25.4
Temperature Dry Season
o
( C) 26.4 25.4 27.4 30.0 30.1 30.0 31.4 33.2 31.0 30.1
Source: FNL Field Survey 2011
From the results of ambient air temperature measurements, it is observed that there were
recorded differences along the sampling stations. This can be attributed to the seasonal
regimes of the area (the cool and rainy wet season characterised by low temperature
values and the dry and often hot dry season characterised by higher temperatures).
4.3.3 Relative Humidity

Relative humidity is popularly used to measure air humidity. The recorded value for the
study area indicated high relative humidity in the early hours and evening time. This could
be attributed to: occurrence of cloud cover; and influence of the south-west trade winds
which dominate the area (Derek and Oguntoyinbo, 1987).
Average relative humidity values obtained from NIMET and QIT a period of 1991 - 2009 is
presented below in Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.2: Relative Humidity
Average RH values from the figure above ranges from 52 to 85%. This percentage is
typical of the Niger-delta regional humidity.

July, 2012
4.3.4 Rainfall
The hydrological cycle depends fundamentally on the inter-relationship between the
circulation of the ocean, terrestrial water bodies and the atmosphere. Water is withdrawn
from these water bodies into the atmosphere by the process of evaporation which is
dependent on factors such as air/ temperature, wind strength and humidity.
Rainy season commences in the study area around April and extends to October with
June as the peak month, while the dry season occurs between November and March,
reaching its peak in January when the harmattan wind sweeps across the entire area
(Ayoade, 1988). Rainfall data obtained from NIMET over a period of 1991 – 2009 shows
the same pattern as shown in Figure 4.3.
Figure 4.3: Rainfall
Steady increase in rainfall was noticed from March till June, followed by a sharp drop in
July - August which regained impetus between September and October (wet season), and
a steady decline from November to February which coincided with the dry season period.

July, 2012
4.3.5 Wind
The average wind speed data obtained for from NIMET (Uyo) over a period of 1991 - 2009
is given as 4Knots Figure 4.4.
Figure 4.4: Wind Speed
The study area is characterized by two major winds: (North –easterly and South- easterly)
separated by a continuous belt of low pressure called Equatorial Trough, also known as
inter Tropical Convergence Zones (ITCZ). The North-easterly trade wind blows from the
northeast in the Northern hemisphere bringing harmattan to the region between December
and March, while the South-easterly wind comes from the southeast in the Southern
hemisphere, bringing rainfall for most part of year.
The strongest winds (referred to as the South-West Trade Winds), with mean monthly
speed of about 5 m/s and the weakest Winds (referred to as the North-East Trade Winds),
with mean monthly speed of about 2.5 m/s, occur in the wet and dry seasons respectively.
4.4 Air Quality Characteristics

Air makes up the Earth’s atmosphere-the gaseous envelope surrounding the Earth-and
represents a mixture of several gases up to altitudes of approximately 90 km, fluctuating
winds and general atmospheric turbulence in all directions keep the air mixed in nearly the
same proportions.
Air pollution is a major environmental health problem affecting developed and developing
countries around the world. Increasing amounts of potentially harmful gases and particles
are being emitted into the atmosphere on a global scale resulting to effects on human
health and the environment. It is therefore important to establish the ambient atmospheric
condition of an area prior to development in order to monitor any changes.

July, 2012
The ambient concentrations of the air pollutants (SPM, SOx, NOx, NO2, VOC, CxHy, H2S
and NH3) measured in the study area are presented in Table 4.4. Generally, recorded
measurements indicated that the ambient air was free from pollution by these measured
parameters as at the time of study as well as compared well with national limits for air
quality standards.
Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality Characteristics

Parameter Sample Station Result WHO FMENV
SS1 SS3 SS6 SS10 SS13 SS16 SS18 SS 19 SS20 SS23 Mean Limits Limits
3
SPM (mg/m ) Wet 0.048 0.031 0.021 0.029 0.025 0.028 0.028 0.058 0.024 0.021 0.03
0.10-0.25 0.25
Dry Season 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.023
o 22.4 23.5 25.4 27.9 24.5 25.4 24.3 26.0 25.3 25.4 25.01
Temperature ( C) NL NL
26.4 25.4 27.4 30.0 30.1 30.0 31.4 33.2 31.0 30.1 29.5
82.4 87.3 87.5 74.6 85.4 86.0 86.4 78.0 86.4 87.5 84.15
RH (%) NL NL
69.0 89.3 89.7 69.7 69.8 64.8 65.9 64.8 74.3 74.3 73.16
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
VOC (ppm) NL 0.06
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
CxHy (%) NL NL
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
<0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 0.10
H2S (ppm) 0.15 NL
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
<0.00 0.001 <0.00 <0.00 0.000 <0.00 <0.00 0.000 0.000
NA NA
001 44 001 001 47 001 001 62 26
NOx (ppm) 0.04 0.04-0.06
<0.00 0.000 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 0.000
001 62 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 071
<0.00 <0.00 0.000 <0.00 0.000 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 0.000
NA NA
001 001 15 001 23 001 001 001 4
NO2 (ppm) 0.04 0.04-0.06
<0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 0.000
001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 01
<0.00 <0.00 0.000 <0.00 0.000 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 0.000
NA NA
002 002 09 002 18 002 002 002 04
NH3 (ppm) 25 0.0002
<0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 0.000
002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 002 02
0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.002 0.001
NA NA
53 69 76 62 67 56 53 22 36
SOx (ppm) NL 0.01
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.001 0.00
82 44 30 70 20 85 55 028 37 80 083
Source: FNL Field Survey 2011
NL: No Limit
Dry Season Data Wet Season Data
Suspended Particulates
Particulates are tiny solid or liquid particles in the air. These particles are seen as smoke
or haze. Other pollutants as gas or vapour are not visible except in the case of nitrogen
dioxide which is a brownish gas. Particles may carry any or all of the other pollutants
dissolved in or adhering to their surfaces (Bernard 1990). Particles raging from aggregate
of a few molecules to pieces of dust, readily visible to the naked eye are commonly found
in the atmosphere. High concentrations of suspended particulate matter (SPM) are known
to irritate the mucous membranes and may initiate a variety of respiratory diseases. Fine
particulates may cause cancer and aggravate morbidity and mortality from respiratory
dysfunctions (CCDI, 2001).
The mean SPM levels recorded in the study was 0.03 mg/m3 for the wet season and 0.023
mg/m3 for the dry season. This value was within the FMENV guideline (daily mean of
hourly values) concentration of 0.25 mg/m3. The proposed transmission line project may

July, 2012
result in exhaust emission during the constructions and mobilisation phases, which may
lead to increase in SPM levels of the area.
Sulphur Oxide
It is also produce from the combustion of sulphur-containing fuels, smelting, and
manufacture of sulphuric acid, incineration of refuse as well as production of elemental
sulphur. The gas is known to be a harsh irritant, and is capable of aggravating asthma,
bronchitis and emphysema. It can also cause coughing and promote impaired functions in
the human system (CCDI, 2001).
Also sulphuric acid aerosols (formed from dissolved sulphur dioxide) will readily attack the
insulators to be installed on the towers, especially those containing carbonates such as
marble, limestone, and mortar. This might pose a problem to the proper functioning of the
transmission line in areas with high concentrations. Recorded values were however,
consistent with their natural environment and compared well with the FMENV limits for air
quality pollution.
Nitrogen Oxides
Nitrogen oxides are a family of highly reactive gases called nitrogen oxides or oxides of
nitrogen, which are formed during combustion processes. Nitrogen oxides (NOx) are
produced from natural sources, motor vehicles and other fuel combustion processes in the
air to produce photochemical smog.
NO2 results when fuel is combusted at high temperatures and occurs mainly from motor
exhaust and stationary sources such as electric utilities and industrial boilers (SIEP, 1995).
It is the only oxide of nitrogen that has been shown to have significant human health
effects, with exposure to concentrations higher than 0.5ppm (1mg/m3) triggering changes
in pulmonary function in human health (SIEP, 1995). NO2 levels in the study area for both
seasons were generally below equipment detection limit and compliant with FMENV
regulatory limit for human exposure.
Hydrocarbons
Hydrocarbons (CxHy) are organic compound consisting entirely of carbon and hydrogen,
they can be straight-chain, branched chain, or cyclic molecules. They are mainly grouped
into aliphatic and aromatic organic compounds. The majority of hydrocarbons found
naturally occur in crude oil, where decomposed organic matter (fossil) provides an
abundance of carbon and hydrogen which when bonded can catenate to form limitless
chains.
Hydrocarbon vapour in the atmosphere arises from fugitive emissions, vents organic
chemical production, and distribution of natural gas, transportation and processing of
crude oil. Others are incomplete combustion of fuels, particularly where fuel to air ratios
are too high. Most members of this group are significantly toxic and exposure to high
concentrations in the atmosphere (about 100ppm or more) could result in interference with

July, 2012
oxygen intake (Canter, 1977) and acute leukaemia (SIEP, 1995). Hydrocarbon
concentrations were below equipment detection limit of <0.01% for both seasons in the
study area. This implies that the atmospheric environment is free of hydrocarbon pollution.
Hydrogen Sulphide
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) is a toxic, odorous and corrosive gas, which is rapidly oxidized to
SO2 in the atmosphere. Its presence in the atmosphere could result from storage tank and
process vents. Exposure to concentrations in excess of 500 ppm can be fatal (SIEP,
1995). Data indicates that exposures to even relatively low concentrations of H2S are
hazardous.
The recorded level of H2S within study area was below equipment detection limit of
<0.1ppm for both seasons indicating absence of the pollutant gas.
Ammonia
Ammonia is a colourless, pungent gas that is highly soluble in water. It is an important by-
product of the manufacture and combustion of fuel gases. Ammonia is found in trace
quantities in the atmosphere, being produced from the putrefaction (decay process) of
nitrogenous animal and vegetable matter.
Ammonia is used to scrub SO2 from the burning of fossil fuels, and the resulting product is
converted to ammonium sulphate for use as fertilizer. Ammonia neutralizes the nitrogen
oxides (NOx) pollutants emitted by diesel engines.
The recorded level of NH3 within the study area for both seasons were generally below
equipment detection limit and compliant with the FMENV regulatory limit of 0.0002ppm.
4.4.1 Noise Characteristics

Noise is a periodic fluctuation of air pressure. The range of sound pressures encountered
is very large and to keep numbers in manageable proportion, noise levels are measured in
decibels (dB), which has a logarithmic scale.
In addition to causing disturbances, excessive noise can damage health and have
physiological effects. Environmental noise concerns in the study area are related to
disturbances to personnel and terrestrial life. Effects on personnel generally relate to
annoyance / nuisance and negative effects on health caused by both short and long-term
sound levels. Prolonged exposure to noise frequencies higher than regulatory limits can
either cause temporary hearing loss (temporary threshold shift), which disappears in a few
hours or days, or permanent loss (permanent threshold shift) SIEP, 1995). Noise can also
be stressfull and cause stress related damage on health. Disturbance of terrestrial life
(fauna) by noise may be of significance particularly where noise sensitive species are
present. The major source of noise expected in the study on course the proposed project
will be generated by automobile engine, noise producing work equipment, human noise
and noise from other mechanical equipments and processes.

July, 2012
The mean energy equivalent sound level (Leq) as well as the other noise percentile levels
(L10, L50 and L100) along the sampling stations showed seasonal variations which may be
attributed to meteorological factors such as wind intensity (see Table 4.5). However mean
noise levels are in line with reported values for the area and conducive for human health.
Table 4.5: Noise Levels Along Study Area

Parameter Sample Station Result
Mean
SS1 SS3 SS6 SS10 SS13 SS16 SS18 SS 19 SS20 SS23
Wet Season - Noise dB(A)
Leq 68.8 - 53.4 59.3 38.5 50.1 35.6 47.8 46.1 53.4 50.3
L10 50.8 - 51.0 47.2 36.1 49.9 33.8 35.7 32.6 44.1 42.3
L50 43.2 - 45.8 43.8 33.7 47.4 32.4 32.1 28.5 30.4 37.4
L90 34.3 - 36.3 34.9 32.1 44.3 31.5 26.6 26.0 28.2 29.4
Dry Season - Noise dB(A)
Leq 75.7 87.8 77.9 72.2 74.3 70.7 78.2 64.7 62.3 67.8 73.1
L10 72.9 85.8 72.7 68.5 69.3 67.0 73.8 61.2 58.5 64.1 69.3
L50 68.5 73.6 57.1 57.3 55.8 97.2 59.1 49.5 46.0 57.3 62.1
L90 65.4 61.5 46.7 47.5 47.0 50.3 42.6 41.3 41.0 54.9 49.8
Leq is a measurement unit applied to an average number of decibels over a specified period of time. The noise
measurement carried out for each station was over a 3omins frequency range period.
Noise levels as recorded along the route were below FMENV permissible noise level
(industrial areas) of 110 dB (A) for a 30mins working period (FMENV, 1991). However
apart from stations SS1, SS3 (QIT/Ibeno Bridge Area) and SS20 (Alson Facility/NIIP
Substation Construction Area) which can be termed industrial areas, Leq noise values
during the dry season was relatively above both the FMENV and WHO values of 55 dB (A)
for residential areas.
Also it should be noted that there are no settlements apart from temporary farm structures
in the vicinity of the ROW. In addition, intense lumbering activities with the use of high
noise producing motor-saws during the dry season are considered to have played a
significant factor in the spikes recorded for Leq measurement along SS6, SS10, SS13,
SS16, SS18 and SS19. However percentile records for L50 and L90 in both wet and dry
seasons were relatively compliant to limits set for non-industrial areas. The FMENV
permissible noise limits are listed below
Duration per day, hour Permissible limit dB (A)

8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1.5 102
1Hr 105
30mins 110
15mins or less 115
Noise impact is dependent on the proximity to the source and sensitivity of the receptor.
The WHO has recommended (level to prevent community annoyance) a limit value of
55dB for 16 hours exposure. However the design of the transmission line route avoided

July, 2012
built up areas and settlements thereby mitigating noise impact on humans during project
activities (see Figure 2.6). The closest the route is to any built up area is approximately
between 150m to 300m along some sections in Eket and Onna. However all other
settlements and built up areas are about 1km to 2.5km away from the ROW.
Noise level along the transmission line route is expected to increase on a short term
during the construction period (from piling, foundation, and other construction activities).
The WHO guideline value for community noise in industrial, commercial, traffic and
outdoor areas is set at 70dB–110dB for 24 hour exposure. It is not expected to have
significant impact on the public as there are no residential houses or settlements close to
the route. Noise from construction works may however, disturb sensitive fauna groups
within the construction site, which may disperse away from the source but return at the
end of construction activities. Typical noise level for some equipment to be used during the
construction phase of the transmission line is shown below.
Equipment Noise level dB(A) at Operator’s position

Cranes 78 – 103
Backhoes 85 – 104
Loaders 77 – 106
Dozers 86 – 106
Scrapers 97 - 112
Trenchers 95 – 99
*Pile drivers 119 – 125
Compactors 90 – 112
Chainsaws 100 – 115
Concrete saw 97 – 103
Compressors 85 - 104
Generally, newer equipment is quieter than older equipment.
+ Pile drivers generate intermittent or ‘impulse’ sound.
Source: Construction Health and Safety Manual (2008): Construction Safety Association of Ontario
4.5 Regional Geology of the Niger-delta

Many major depositional episodes can be distinguished in Nigeria; among this is the:
Cenozoic Niger Delta complex (Figure 4.5) which developed as a regressive off-lap
sequence.

July, 2012
Figure 4.5: Niger-delta Sedimentary Basins
The land portion of the Niger Delta province is delineated by the geology of southern
Nigeria and south-western Cameroon. The northern boundary is the Benin flank-an east-
northeast trending hinge line south of the West Africa basement massif. The north-eastern
boundary is defined by outcrop of the Cretaceous on the Abakaliki High and further east-
south-east by the Calabar flank—a hinge line bordering the adjacent Precambrian.
Beginning in the Paleocene and through the recent, the Akata Formation formed during
lowstands in the terrestrial organic matter and clays were transported to deep water areas
characterized by low energy conditions and oxygen deficiency it is estimated that the
formation is up to 7,000 meters thick. The formation underlies the entire delta, and is
typically over-pressured.
Deposition of the overlying Agbada formation, the major petroleum-bearing unit, began in
the Eocene and continues into Recent. The formation consists of paralic siliciclastics over
3700 meter thick and represents the actual deltaic portion of the sequence. The clastics
accumulated in delta-front, delta-topset, and fluvio-deltaic environments. In the lower
Agbada Formation, shawl and sandstone beds were deposited in equal proportions,
however, upper portion is mostly sand with only minor shale interbeds. The Agbada

July, 2012
Figure 4.6: Niger-delta Depobelts
Formation is overlain by the third formation, the Benin Formation, a continental latest
Eocene to Recent deposit of alluvial and coastal plain sands that are up to 2000 m thick
(Wright et al, 1985).
4.5.1 Hydrogeology
The project area (between Ikot Abasi and Ibeno) is within the elongated northwest –
southeast rectangular basin known as the Imo-Kwa lbo River Basin. The basin is
principally underlain by the Deltaic, Benin, Ogwashi-Asaba and Ameki formations, and
then by the Imo Shales, in that order (Offodile, 1992). The major aquiferous units are the
Benin and Ameki formations. The Imo-Kwa lbo Basin is confined to the northern edge by
the Imo Shales while the Benin formation and the alluvial deposits of the Niger Delta
appear to be in hydrological contact (and thus provide combined aquiferous horizons) to
the south.
Generally, the depth to water table in the area ranges between 1.5m and 6.0m below
ground level (IPC, 2005). The aquifer extends to depths of about 220m below ground
level with yields of up to 6,480lit/hr/m. This is attributed to the permeability of the soil in
the project area, and recharge of the aquifer by groundwater as it flows continuously in a
seaward regional pattern (Offodile, 1992).
Drainage
There are two permanent river systems within the project area namely Qua Iboe and Imo
River systems. Qua Iboe River is located at the Eket - Ibeno end of the proposed TL route
while Imo River is located at the Ikot Abasi end. Both rivers are fed by a complex network
of numerous creeks and fresh (white) and black water streams. The other remarkable

July, 2012
features of the natural drainage system in the project area are the pockets of low-lying
swamps that dot the landscape.
The proposed TL route would cross Qua Iboe River. However, this portion of the Qua
Iboe River is quite far from the Atlantic Ocean and is fed only by a few major creeks. The
proposed TL route would not traverse Imo River but would cross a number of small creeks
that ultimately drain into the river. Most of these creeks are seasonal (i.e. do not exist in
the dry season) but are all influenced by tide. The frequency of occurrence of these tiny
creeks at the Ikot Abasi end of the route is high. The fraction of land submerged under
water in the project area typically increases by as much as 5 - 10% at the peak of the wet
season and some of the creeks and creeklets are subsumed into the flooded swamps.
As one travels away from the coast (towards Eket) the frequency of occurrence of creeks
reduces rapidly and the drainage system is characterised mainly by black water streams.
All the streams are permanent water systems and ultimately drain into either Imo or Qua
Iboe Rivers.
The hydrodynamics of the entire area is greatly influenced by tidal regimes. Data from
hydrographic measurements showed that current velocities range between 0.1 and 1.6m/s
in the rivers and major creeks. These values are within the range of 0.5 to 2.4m/s
reported as typical of onshore waters in the Niger Delta region (Nwankwo et al 1998).
4.6 Surface Water

4.6.1 Surface Water Physico-chemistry
A total of five (5) surface water samples were collected for physico-chemical and biological
analysis. Surface water sampling was carried out using a water sampler.
A summary of surface water samples physico-chemical characteristics for both seasons

from the study area are presented in Table 4.6 while detailed result are in Appendix 4.2.
There are no established limits for physico-chemical parameters, hence the use of natural
limits where available and baseline from previous studies around the area for comparison.

July, 2012
Table 4.6: Surface water Physico-chemistry

Wet Season Dry Season EIA – IPC 48km TL Natural
Parameter (2005) Limits
Range Mean Range Mean Range Range (Allen, et al)
pH 6.09 - 6.86 6.46 5.41 - 6.53 6.16 4.86-5.29 5.14-5.73 6.50-7.40
o
Temperature ( C) 25.8 -27.6 26.64 28.3 - 30.1 29.16 26-26.6 25.0-26.1 -
Elect Cond (µS/cm) 12.1 -439 117.46 7.71 - 543 136.14 11-1018 10.3-22.6 -
Salinity (ppt) 0.1 -0.1 0.1 0.1 - 4.4 1.10 - 5.20-12.2 -
DO (mg/l) 5.56 -5.95 5.76 3.6 - 5.46 4.50 2.80-5.80 4.00-5.60 5.0
Turbidity (NTU) 15 -34 25 12 - 39 24.00 2.00-8.00 3.00-7.00 -
Redox Potential 1.55 -168 113.31 125 - 170 147.20 1.00-241 238-276 -
TOC (g/l) 1 -1 1 1-1 1.00 - - -
TDS (g/l) 7.25 -235 63.69 6.6 - 4620 1004.78 5.00-552 5.67-12.4 -
TSS (mg/l) 2 -7 5 3 - 17 10.20 2.00-6.00 10.0-24.0 25
BOD5 (mg/l) 0.5 -20 6.3 0.5 - 80 32.20 0.50-1.23 <1.00-3.33 -
COD (mg/l) 0.8 -30.8 9.82 0.8 - 112 48.32 0.80-1.84 <1.00-5.00 -
Total Hardness (mg/l) 1.92 -42.2 13.05 1 - 176 74.35 - - -
Oil & Grease (mg/l) 1 -1 1 1-1 1.00 - - -
Chloride (mg/l) 1.76 -120 29.99 1 - 2421 509.42 - - -
Nitrate (mg/l) 0.14 -0.33 0.23 0.02 - 0.17 0.06 0.95-1.13 0.71-2.53 0.05-3.0
Sulphate (mg/l) 0.12 -9.25 2.31 0.1 - 13.5 3.05 - - 2.0-150
Magnesium (mg/l) 0.36 -6.46 1.85 0.15 - 161 34.34 <0.10 0.01-0.41 10.5-20
Potassium (mg/l) 0.73 -3.46 1.54 0.4 - 94.6 21.82 0.13-0.68 0.26-1.43 0.5-10
Sodium (mg/l) 1.69 -41.6 13.26 0.55 - 1761 370.47 0.44-0.63 0.45-0.96 -
Calcium (mg/l) 0.8 -2.7 1.34 0.71 - 34.6 9.16 <0.10-0.98 0.24-0.48 1-100
Cadmium (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 - - -
Total Chromium (mg/l) 0.1 -0.1 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.10 - - -
Copper (mg/l) 0.05 -0.05 0.05 0.05 - 0.05 0.05 - - 0.002-0.05
Total Iron (mg/l) 0.84 -4.18 2.17 0.44 - 2.46 1.67 0.34-1.31 0.06-2.67 0.05-1.00
Lead (mg/l) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 - - 0.002-0.2
Nickel (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - 0.05-0.1
Zinc (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 - - 0.005-0.05
Silver (mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - -
Manganese (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - 0.001-0.1
Mercury (mg/l) <0.0002 0.0002 <0.0002 0.002 - - 0.0003-0.003
Vanadium (mg/l) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 - - 0.0001-0.003
Source: FNL (PHCN QIT – Ikot Abasi TL) Field Survey 2011
EIA – IPC 48km TL (2005) = Ibom Power Company Limited EIA 48km Ikot Abasi Eket Transmission Line, 2005.
Allen et a.,l (1974): Chemical Analysis of Ecological Materials.
pH
pH is an important variable in water quality assessment as it influences many biological
and chemical processes within a water body and all processes associated with water
supply and treatment. It is a measure of the acid balance of a solution and is defined as
the negative of the logarithm to the base 10 of the hydrogen ion concentration. The pH
scale runs from 0 to 8 (i.e., very acidic to alkaline), with pH7 representing a neutral
condition. At a given temperature, pH (or the hydrogen ion activity) indicates the internist
of the acidic or basic character of a solution and is controlled by the dissolved chemical
compounds and biochemical processes in the solution.
In unpolluted waters, pH is principally controlled by the balance between the carbon

dioxide, carbonate and bicarbonate ions as well as other natural compound such as humic
fulvic acids. The nature acid-base balance of a water body can be affected by industrial
effluents and atmospheric deposition of acid-forming substances. Change in pH can
indicate the presence of certain effluents, particularly when continuously measured and
recorded, together with the conductivity of a water body. The pH of most natural water is

July, 2012
between 6.0 and 8.5, although lower can occur in dilute water high in organic content, and
high values in eutrophic waters, groundwater brines and salt lakes (UNEP, 1992).
The recorded pH values in surface water samples from the study area ranged from 6.09-
6.86 with a mean of 6.46 in the wet season and 5.41 - 6.53 in the dry season. These values
are within established pH range for fresh waters and compared well with previous baseline
studies within the study area.
Temperature
Temperature influences the rate of chemical reaction, buoyancy mechanism
(density/viscosity), stability of water column, and toxicity of many parameters. The
temperature of the surface water measured in-situ across the stations averaged 26.64 and
29.16 (oC) for the wet and dry seasons respectively.
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Conductivity

TDS are the aggregate of inorganic salts that are dissolved in water. It is an indication of
the quantity of salt and solids dissolved in water. There is a direct relationship between
TDS and conductivity as they are both a measure of the dissolved inorganic compounds
unfavourable physiological reactions in aquatic organisms. The recorded TDS levels in
surface water sample varied between 7.25 -235g/l with a mean of 63.69g/l for the wet
season and 6.6 – 4620g/l and a mean of 1004.78g/l for the dry season. The variation in
values from the wet and dry season can be attributed to the dilution factor of surface water
bodies experienced during the wet season across the study area.The values were within
the natural limits and consistent with reported values from previous studies around the
project area.
Conductivity, or specific conductance, is a measure of the ability of water of conduct an

electric current. It is sensitive to variations in dissolved solids, mostly mineral salts. The
degree to which these dissociate into ions, the amount of electrical charge on each ion, ion
mobility and temperature of the solution all have an influence on conductivity. Conductivity
is expressed as microsiemens per centimetre (µS/cm) and for a given water body, is
related to the concentration of total dissolved solids and major ions.

July, 2012
The conductivity of most freshwater ranges from 10 to 1,000 µS/cm but may exceed 1,000
µS cm-1, especially in waters, or those receiving large quantities of land run-off. In addition
to being a rough indicator of mineral content when other methods cannot easily be use,
conductivity can be measured to establish a pollution zone, e.g. around an effluent
discharge, or the extent of influence of run-off waters.
The conductivity of surface water samples from the study area ranged from 12.1 -
439µS/cm with a recorded mean of 117.46µS/cm in the wet season. The range for dry
season conductivity values was recorded as 7.71 – 543 µS/cm with a mean value of
136.14µS/cm. Conductivity values also were in compliance with the natural limits and
compared well with previous baseline values around the area. Figure 4.7 shows the
interrelationship between conductivity and TDS in surface water collected from the study
area for both seasons.
Wet Season Dry Season

Figure 4.7: TDS / Conductivity Correlation
From the graph above it can be deduced that there is a correlation between the TDS and
conductivity characteristics across surface water samples within the study area.
Salinity
Salinity is a measure of the amount of dissolved inorganic (salts) in an aquatic medium.
Salinity affects vapour and osmotic pressure, viscosity and temperature
(http://icp.giss.nasa.gov.htm). Salinity concentration measured for wet season was 0.1ppt
across the samples stations as at the time of study. Dry season salinity values ranged
from 0.1 - 4.4. This suggests that the generality of water bodies encountered along the
study area are fresh water bodies. Also the salinity values were within the natural limits for
fresh water bodies and compared well with provious baseline data across the study area.
Dissolved oxygen
Dissolved oxygen (DO) measures the amount of gaseous oxygen (O2) dissolved in an
aqueous solution. Dissolved oxygen averaged between 5.56 -5.95mg/l during the wet
season. Dry season values of dissolved oxygen ranged from 3.6 - 5.46. These values
compared well with natural limits expected for fresh water bodies and were consistent with
reported baseline values for the area.

July, 2012
Turbidity / TSS
Turbidity is a measure of the extent to which light passing through water is reduced by
scattering, induced by suspended and colloidal materials. It is of general concern in water
due to aesthetic considerations, filterability and disinfection. As turbidity level increases,
the aesthetic value decreases, and filtration of water is rendered more difficult and costly,
reducing the effectiveness of disinfection procedure. The mean turbidity level of surface
water samples collected in the area was 25NTU for the wet season and 24NTU for the dry
season.
Total suspended solids (TSS) are made up of inorganic fraction (silts, clays, calcium,
potassium, calcium, bicarbonates, chlorides etc.) and an organic fraction (algae,
zooplankton, bacteria and detritus) that are within the water column (GEMS, 1992). TSS
can clog fish gills which could consequently kill them or reduce their growth rate. They also
reduce light penetration, thus reducing the ability of algae to produce food and oxygen. A
positive effect of the presence of suspended solids in water is that toxic chemicals
(pesticides and metals) tend to adsorb to them or from complexes with them, thus making
the toxics less available to be absorbed by living organisms (Kentucky water watch, 2001).
The mean level of TSS in water samples from the study area was recorded as 5mg/l
during the wet season and 10.20mg/l during the dry season. This result was found to be
within natural limits of fresh water ecosystems and consistent with baseline values for
previous studies around the area.
The correlation between turbidity and total suspended solids across surface water in the
study area is presented in Figure 4.8.

Figure 4.8: Turbidity / TSS Correlation
Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)

BOD is an indirect measure of the amount of biologically degradable organic materials in
water and is an indicator of the amount of dissolved oxygen that will be depleted from
water during natural biological assimilation of organic pollutants (Kielly, 1998; Nebel,
1990). Excess BOD in water therefore could adversely affect aquatic organisms and by
extension humans. BOD level in surface water samples from the study area ranged from
0.5 -20mg/l with a mean of 6.3mg/l in the wet season and 0.5 – 80mg/l with a mean of

July, 2012
32.20 in the dry season. The values of 80mg/l and 60mg/l representing SS1 and SS2
respectively might have been influenced by anthropogenic activities (e.g clothe washing or
possible indiscriminate waste disposal by residents along the Douglas creek area in
Mkpanak town) along the banks of these stations. Moreso seasonal variation from high
rainfall dilution experienced in the wet season around this part of the Niger-delta could be
responsible.Values from other stations were however within natural limits and compliant to
limits set by the WHO and Fmenv. These values were also consistent with previous
baseline data and are as required for proper functioning of natural water habitats.
Total Hydrocarbon Content (Oil and Grease)

Amongst the source of hydrocarbon in the river system are spills arising from inland water
transportation using ferries and speedboats. Other major sources include the atmosphere
and municipal/municipal/industrial waste (municipal wastes, refineries, non-refining
industrial waste, urban run-off, river run-off and river dumping). Hydrocarbons were not
detected in the surface waters of the area (detection limit was <1.00mg/1) for both
seasons. This suggests that the water body was not contaminated with hydrocarbon as at
the time of the survey.
Nutrients
Sulphate ions (SO42-) and nitrate ions (NO3-) are the ionic forms of the essential nutrients
of sulphur, nitrogen respectively.
Sulphate
Sulphate is naturally present in surface waters as SO42-. It rises from atmospheric
deposition of oceanic aerosols and the leaching of sulphur compounds, either sulphate
minerals such as gypsum or sulphide mineral such as pyrite, from sedimentary rocks. It is
the stable, oxidized form of sulphur and is readily soluble in water (with the exception of
lead, barium and strontium sulphates which precipitate). Industrial discharges and
atmospheric precipitation can also add significant amounts of sulphate to surface waters.
Sulphate can be used as an oxygen source by bacteria which convert it to hydrogen
sulphide (H2S, HS-) under anaerobic conditions.
Sulphate concentration in surface water samples ranged from 0.12 -9.25mg/l with mean of
2.31mg/l in the wet season. Dry season values were reported with a range of 0.1 - 13.5
and a mean of 3.05. These values are within report values for natural waters around and
within the study area.
Nitrate
The nitrate ion (NO3-) is the common form of combined nitrogen found in natural waters. It
may be biochemically reduced to nitrite NO2-) by denitrification possesses, usually under
anaerobic conditions. The nitrite ion is rapidly oxidized to nitrate. Natural sources of nitrate
to surface waters include igneous rocks, land drainage and plant and animal debris.
Nitrate is an essential nutrient for aquatic plants and seasonal flutuations can be caused
by plant growth and decay. Natural concentrations, which seldom exceed 0.1 mg/1 NO3- N,

July, 2012
may be enhanced by municipal and industrial waste-waters, including leachate from waste
disposal sites and sanitary landfills. In rural and suburban areas, the use of inorganic
nitrate fertilizers can be significant source.
The nitrate concentration in water samples from the study area were 0.14 -0.33mg/l with a
mean of 0.23mg/l for the wet season. The dry season values ranged from 0.02 - 0.17mg/l
and a mean of 0.06mg/l. These values showed that samples surface water body was free
from pollution as at the time of survey.
Heavy Metals
The heavy metals analyzed for surface water samples from the area were Cadmium (Cd),
chromium (Cr), copper (Cu), Iron (Fe), lead (Pb), nickel (Ni), Zinc (Zn), silver (Ag),
manganese (Mn), mercury (Hg), and vanadium (V). The availability of trace metal in water
are controlled by physical and chemical interactions which is affected by factors like pH,
redox potential, temperature, CO2 level, the type of concentration ligands and chelating
agents, as well as type and concentration of the metal ions. Trace or heavy metals in an
environmental perspective have potential of bio-accumulation and concentration in aquatic
organisms. These may enter the food chain in the process and can affect man (GEMS,
1992).
The mean concentrations of all heavy metals (except for total iron in both seasons) were
all below their respective detection limits. These values recorded showed that the surface
water within the study area as at the time of sampling was free of heavy metal
contamination. Heavy metal concentration were within natural ranges for fresh water and
compared well with previous baseline data around the project area.
4.6.2 Surface Water Microbiological Characteristics

Micro-organisms are essential components of the aquatic ecosystem and are involved in
the synthesis of new organic matter from carbon dioxide and other inorganic compounds
during primary production as well as the decomposition of this accumulated organic
matter. They are constantly in competition for available nutrients hence; their presence in
the aquatic environment is limited by factors such as energy in the form of light and
chemical compounds, temperature, nutrients, pressure, pH and salinity. In response to
oligotrophic environments (low nutrient level) and intense competition, many
microorganisms become more competitive in nutrient capture and exploitation of available
resources (Prescott, et.al., 1999).
Surface water microbial analyses of the study area is summarised in Table 4.7 below,
while details of results are presented in Appendix 4.2.

July, 2012
Table 4.7: Summary of Surface Water Microbiology Characteristics

Parameter Dominant Species Concentration Range
(cfu/ml)
Wet Season
2 3
Heterotrophic bacteria (HB) Pseudomonas and Bacillus sp 6.40 x 10 – 1.59 x 10
Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria Pseudomonas sp
3.7 x 101– 1.24 x 102
(HUB)
Heterotrophic fungi (HF) Mucor sp, Candida sp
Rhodotorula sp, Aspergillus sp 1.1 x 101 – 6.7 x 101
Hydrocarbon utilising fungi Candida and Mucor

7 – 6.2 x 101
(HUF)
Dry Season
Heterotrophic bacteria (HB) Pseudomonas and Bacillus sp 8.00x102 –1.56x103
2.5x101 – 6.5x101
(HUB)
Heterotrophic fungi (HF) Mucor sp, Candida sp
Rhodotorula sp, Aspergillus sp 4.0 - 1.3x101
Hydrocarbon utilising fungi Candida and Mucor
3.0 – 9.0
(HUF)
HB are non-coliform species of bacteria that utilize an organic substance for its
development. HB can be widespread along a water system but does not serve as an
indicator that the water presents a health risk (Sharon O et al, 2008). However they are
naturally occurring microbes in water and their relative presence suggest a healthy state of
the aquatic environment (Kelly A, 1999).
The results as deduced from the table suggests that the surface water bodies as sampled
from along the transmission line route also compared well with preveious baseline (EIA,
IPC 48km TL; 2005, EIA, NIPP 78km TL:2007) surfacewater micribiolofgical
characteriastics in the area.
4.7 Sediment Physico-chemical Characteristics

Samples were obtained from corresponding surface water stations using an Eckman grab.
The results of the sediment physico-chemical characteristics are summarised in Table 4.8
below while detailed results are presented in Appendix 4.2. There are no established
limits for physico-chemical parameters, hence the use of baseline from previous studies
around the area for comparison.

July, 2012
Table 4.8: Summary of Sediment Physico-chemical Characteristics

EIA–NIPP
Parameters 78km TL (2007)
Range Mean Range Mean Range
o
pH @ 22.7 C 3.79 - 5.21 4.63 5.17 - 6.63 6.196 3.59-6.52
Electrical Conductivity
20.7 -2330 934.14 -
(µS/cm) 101 - 202 144.4
TOC (g/kg) 0.53 -25 11.23 8.91-40.6 26.222 5.98-66.7
THC (mg/kg) <10 <10 <10 <10 <10.0-72.6
Redox Potential (mV) -81 --22 -44 -75 --25.6 -49.32
PSD
2 -30 19 0-25
Clay (%) 5 -10 8
Silt (%) 10 -44 19.2 10 -25 14 0-33
Sand (%) 31 -82 61.8 70 -80 78 42-100
Nitrate (mg/kg) 1.28 -1.84 1.626 0.9 -1.18 1.0025 -
Ext Sulphate (mg/kg) 100 -1325 470 169 -224 198.6 -
Ext Phosphate (mg/kg) 1.49 -3.64 2.618 1.37 -17.2 7.91 -
Magnesium (mg/kg) 347 -3914 2552.2 637 -3919 2458 214-1,174
Potassium (mg/kg) 4680 -12250 8366 4731 -13400 8487.6 40.2-814
Sodium (mg/kg) 3000 -7320 4884 2700 -7660 4182 388-2,323
Calcium (mg/kg) 10 -2620 916.6 10 -3558 1204.2 13.1-1,370
Cadmium (mg/kg) 2 -2.6 2.12 2 -2 2 <0.02
Total Chromium
7.8 -22.3 15.04 2.5 -99 45.68 <0.10-12.9
(mg/kg)
Copper (mg/kg) 2.3 -8.1 5.12 0.5 -0.5 0.5 0.23-7.98
Total Iron (mg/kg) 9674 -32610 21052.8 10010 -30200 21576 334-29,810
Lead (mg/kg) 7 -11.3 9.46 3.9 -8.9 5.94 0.57-11.12
Nickel (mg/kg) 3.1 -24.3 13.14 20.6 -52.3 34.22 0.61-9.75
Zinc (mg/kg) 6 -28.9 18.5 5.5 -87.5 29.12 0.42-22.1
Barium (mg/kg) 2 -350 114.46 2 -161 55.6 <0.03-82.3
Silver (mg/kg) 1.9 -2 1.98 2 -2 2 <0.10
Manganese (mg/kg) 79.2 -306 149.28 89.7 -375 197.74 <0.10-234
Mercury (mg/kg) 1 -1.3 1.06 1 -1 1 -
Vanadium (mg/kg) 1 -56.3 27.46 1 -76.3 34.18 -
EIA – NIPP 78km TL (2007) = National Integrated Power Project EIA 78km Ikot Abasi – Ikot Ekpene Transmission Line,
2005.
pH
The pH of the sediment obtained from the study area ranged from 3.79 - 5.21 with a mean
value of 4.63 in the wet season. Dry season range of values was given as 5.17 - 6.63 with
a mean of 6.196. The pH value obtained for the study area indicates a moderate acidic
riverbed.
THC
The total hydrocarbon concentration in sediment samples from the study area was below
equipment detection limit of <10.mg/kg for both seasons. This implies that as at the time of
the study, sediment as sampled from corresponding surfacewater stations were free of
hydrocarbon contamination. The results also compared well with previous baseline data of
studies around the project area.

July, 2012
Sediment Particle Size Distribution

The sediment particle size distribution (PSD) was found to be consistent across the
sampling stations with sand and silt dominating, followed by clay. Figure 4.9 shows the
sediment particle size distribution across the study area.

Figure 4.9: Sediment – Particle Size Distribution (PSD).
The particle size distribution suggests that the river bed of streams and surface water
systems along the transmission line route are basiclally sandy-silt. This is typical of this
environment and consistend with previous PSD data around the project area.
Nutrients
The range value obtained for nitrate (NO3-), sulphate (SO42-) and phosphate (PO43-) in the
sediment samples are given as: 1.28 -1.84mg/kg, 100 -1325mg/kg, and 1.49 -3.64mg/kg
respectively for the wet season. Dry season were given as 0.9 -1.18mg/kg, 169 -
224mg/kg, 1.37 -17.2mg/kg. These values are typical of fresh water systems within the
Niger-delta as reported in previous baseline studies (IPC, 2005).
Heavy Metals
The heavy metals analysed for sediment samples from the area were cadmium,
chromium, copper, iron, lead, nickel, zinc, barium, silver, manganese, mercury and
vanadium.
The recorded levels of heavy metal concentration across sediment samples within the
study area were found to be within reported values (see Table 4.8) for similar environment
and compliant to levels required for optimal functioning of a typical freshwater ecosystem.

July, 2012
4.7.1 Sediment Microbiological Characteristics

Sediment microbial analyses of the study area is summarised in Table 4.9 below, while
details of results are presented in Appendix 4.2. There are no established limits for
microbiological parameters, hence the use of baseline from previous studies around the
area for comparison.
Table 4.9: Summary of Sediment Microbiology Characteristics

Parameter Dominant Species Concentration Range (cfu/g)
Wet Season
Heterotrophic bacteria (HB) Pseudomonas sp 2.00 x 104– 6.40 x 105
Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria Pseudomonas sp 2 2
1.80 x 10 – 9.60 x 10
(HUB)
Heterotrophic fungi (HF) Mucor sp, Aspergillus sp, 1 2
Candida sp 2.0 x 10 – 9.10 x 10
Hydrocarbon utilising fungi Mucor sp Aspergillus sp 2
4 – 4.00 x 10
(HUF) Candida sp
Dry Season
Heterotrophic bacteria (HB) Pseudomonas sp,
1.34x105– 9.10x105
Chromobacterium sp
2.20x102– 1.28x103
(HUB)
Heterotrophic fungi (HF) Mucor sp 1
4.0x10 – 3.50x10
2
Hydrocarbon utilising fungi Mucor sp and Candida sp 1 2

4.0x10 – 1.80x10
(HUF)
Bacteria
Heterotrophic bacterial (HB) population and Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria (HUB) in the
sediment samples obtained from the study area were predominantly Pseudomonas spp.
Fungi
Heterotrophic fungi (HF) and Hydrocarbon utilising fungi (HUF) in study area were
dominantly Mucor and Candida spp.
These results suggest that these water bodies may not have been significantly affected by
industrial activities in the area. Microbial composition and load values are also consistent
with baseline data reported around the project area (Network E&P, 2005).

July, 2012
4.8 Soil Physico-chemical Characteristics

The soils from the study area are predominantly sandy in texture and brownish in colour. A
summary of the physico-chemical characteristics of surface soil samples (0 – 15cm)
collected from the study area is presented in Table 4.10 below while detailed results for
surface and subsurface soils are presented in Appendix 4.3. There are no established
limits for physico-chemical parameters, hence the use of natural limits where available and
baseline from previous studies around the area for comparison.
Table 4.10: Summary of Surface Soil Physico-chemical Characteristics

Dry Season EIA – IPC 48km TL Natural
Wet Season
Parameter (2005) Limits
Range Mean Range Mean Range Range (Allen, et al)
pH @ 23.0oC 4.4 - 5.2 4.7 3.2 - 6.8 5.7 3.58-5.8 4.05-7.51 6.00 – 9.50
Elect. Cond (µS/cm) 18.8 -166.0 71.1 28.4 - 225.0 94.4 11.1-2220 30.6-218 -
TOC (g/kg) 3.2 -28.2 9.6 1.0 - 33.6 11.7 1.68-49.5 93.0-105 -
THC (mg/kg) 0.0 -40.0 10.9 10.0 - 10.0 10.0 -
Redox Potential (mV) 11.0 -102.0 53.3 14.0 - 104.0 56.7 51.0-163.0 -
PSD Clay (%) 0.0 -28.0 5.0 0.0 - 19.0 3.7 - - -
PSD Silt (%) 0.0 -21.0 7.3 0.0 - 20.0 5.8 0-10.1 - -
PSD Sand (%) 65.0 -100.0 87.7 70.0 - 100.0 90.3 89.9-100.0 100 -
Nitrate (mg/kg) 0.2 -1.8 0.9 0.0 - 5.2 1.4 4.55-7.77 3.54-6.69 1 - 20
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) 10.0 -18.7 12.6 0.0 - 24.3 1.1 - - -
Ext. Phosphate (mg/kg) 0.7 -17.0 5.2 0.2 - 11.4 4.7 - - -
Magnesium (mg/kg) 271.0 -2839.0 840.7 299.0 - 1469.0 770.3 8.0-74.0 48-271 400-5000
Potassium (mg/kg) 1277.0 -12180 5648.9 1461.0 - 10830 5053.0 16.0-118.0 0.10-578 500-5000
Sodium (mg/kg) 1860.0 -6950. 3495.2 1570.0 - 4800.0 3440.9 5.0-79.0 69.9-255 200-2000
Calcium (mg/kg) 10.0 -2910.0 435.1 10.0 - 2320. 446.6 1.0-181.0 0.10-32.9 100-2000
Cadmium (mg/kg) 2.0 -2.4 2.0 2.0 - 2.0 2.0 0.02-0.02 <0.02 3-30
Tot Chromium (mg/kg) 2.5 -23.4 11.0 1.0 - 139.0 42.0 0.1-4 1.0-13.0 10 - 200
Copper (mg/kg) 0.5 -13.1 4.4 0.5 - 15.1 2.9 1.0-6.0 <0.05-6.0 1-30
Total Iron (mg/kg) 1,435- 3,863-
3331.0 -28350 12473.0 -
4627 - 34630. 13493.3 3,827 26,230
Lead (mg/kg) 3.4 -14.6 6.9 1.0 - 11.4 4.1 1.0-31.0 <0.20-9.0 2 - 20
Nickel (mg/kg) 0.5 -29.3 9.6 18.2 - 58.0 31.1 0.1-690 <0.10-4.0
Zinc (mg/kg) 3.3 -46.1 14.6 0.5 - 73.4 23.8 6-117 0.05-66.0 1-40000
Barium (mg/kg) 2.0 -241.0 30.1 2.0 - 2.0 2.0 0.03-13.0 <0.03 -
Silver (mg/kg) 2.0 -2.0 2.0 2.0 - 2.0 2.0 - - -
Manganese (mg/kg) 49.0 -281.0 121.7 53.4 - 297.0 131.6 - - -
Mercury (mg/kg) 0.0002- -
1.0 -1.6 1.0 1-10
1.0 - 1.0 1.0 0.55
Vanadium (mg/kg) 1.0 -81.0 16.2 1.0 - 92.6 23.1 0.2-64 0.20-23.0 2-100
EIA – IPC 48km TL (2005) = Ibom Power Company Limited EIA 48km Ikot Abasi Eket Transmission Line, 2005.
Allen eta al (1974): Chemical Analysis of Ecological Materials.
pH
pH is a most commonly measured soil quality parameter. It shows the acidity, neutrality or
alkalinity of a particular soil and indicates the availability of exchangeable cations (e.g.,
Ca2+, Mg2+, K+ etc). The pH of the surface soil samples collected from the study area was
generally acidic with a pH range of 4.4 - 5.2 and 3.2 - 6.8 for the wet and dry seasons
respectively. The values were within the natural limits and consistent with reported values
from previous studies around the project area.

July, 2012
Particle Size Distribution

PSD showed that the particle size varied in relation to heterogeneity of the soils along the
ROW. Also not much seasonal differences were recorded in the particle size distribution of
the soils sampled along the transmission line.
Figure 4.10: Soil – Particle Size Distribution
Conductivity
The measurement of electrical conductivity (EC) is used as a means of appraising soil
salinity. EC increases with soluble salt content of the soil. The EC of 4000µS/cm which
corresponds to an osmotic pressure of 3 – 5 atmosphere in the soil solution at field
capacity, is generally accepted as the limit above which the yield of most sensitive crops
start to be affected (Odu et al, 1985).
The conductivity of surface soil samples for the wet season was between 18.8 -
166.0µS/cm with a mean of 71.1µS/cm. Dry season values ranged between 28.4 - 225.0
µS/cm with a mean of 94.4 µS/cm. Conductivity values were within natural limit ranges
and consistent with results from previous studies around the area.
Total Organic Carbon

Total organic carbon (TOC) is the amount of carbon containing compounds in a medium
and provides a means for determining the degree of organic contamination.
The TOC level obtained from the study area during the wet season ranged between 3.2 -
28.2g/kg, with a mean of 9.6g/kg. The dry season TOC range of values was given as 1.0 -
33.6g/kg with a mean of 11.7g/kg. TOC ranges for both seasons were within natural limits
and results were found to be consistent with previous studies in similar ecosystem.

July, 2012
Macro Nutrients
Phosphates and Nitrates
Amongst the essential nutrients in the soil, required for plant growth are phosphorus and
nitrogen. They are represented in the form of phosphate (PO43-) and nitrate (NO3-)
respectively.
Chlorophyll, plant proteins and nucleic acids are nitrogen compounds which play a major
role in plant growth. Phosphorus compounds form an essential part of nucleo-proteins that
control cell division and growth and are major constituents of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA)
molecules (Donahue et.al, 1990). They are also essential in energy storage and chemicals
transfer in plants. Sulphur occurs in proteins and is required for plant vitamins.
The nitrate and phosphate concentration in soil samples collected from the study area
ranged from 0.2 -1.8mg/kg and 0.7 -17.0mg/kg respectively for the wet season and 0.0 -
5.2 mg/kg and 0.2 - 11.4 mg/kg for dry season. These values were consistent with typical
levels for Niger-delta soils and were within natural nutrient ranges permissible for tropical
soils.
Heavy Metals
The recorded levels of heavy metal concentration across soils within the study area were
found to be within reported values for similar environment and compliant to levels required
for optimal functioning of the ecosystem. Values also suggest that soils within the study
area as at the time of the study were generally free of heavy metals contamination. Heavy
metal levels in soils along the transmission line were within their respective natural limits
indicating non-contamination of soils by heavy metals. These values were also consistent
with results of previous baseline studies in similar areas.
4.8.1 Soil Microbiological Characteristics

Bacteria
Heterotrophic bacteria (HB) population in the soil samples obtained from the study area
ranged between 1.74x104 cfu/g and 1.13x106cfu/g during the wet season and 6.00x104
cfu/g and 1.98x106 cfu/g for the dry season.
The bacterial species encountered in the soil samples obtained from the area were
Pseudomonas, Bacillus and Actinomyces and Chromobacterium.
Fungi
Hydrocarbon utilising fungi (HUF) ranged from 4 to 7.30x103cfu/g during the wet season
and 1.0x101 to 7.90x102cfu/g during the dry season. The three predominant fungal
species in the soil samples from the study area were Mucor, Candida and Aspergillus
species.

July, 2012
4.9 Hydrobiology Studies

The analyses and assessment of biological structures of water bodies within the study
area as well as their interconnection with the internal and external cycle of materials are
discussed in the following sub-sections.
4.9.1 Planktons
Plankton are small animals/ plants which live in water and driven about by prevailing wind
and currents. The numbers and forms of planktonic animals (zooplankton) and planktonic
plants (phytoplankton) are used as indices of polluted water and also as very useful
indices of primary productivity of water. Plankton was collected from all surface water
sampling stations within the study area.
The detailed result of plankton diversity as well as abundance is presented in Appendix

4.4.
Phytoplankton
The plant community is the basis of life in the aquatic ecosystems. Phytoplankton includes
all drifting or floating marine plants, which are usually, single celled and autotrophic. As
primary producers, they contribute appreciably to total production within aquatic systems
(Canter and Hill, 1977) the proliferation of phytoplankton depends on water temperature,
light penetration and the supply of nutrient salts to the surface layer. However, biomass of
plankto decreases with depth and distance from the coastline.
The Diatoms dominated the spectrum of phytoplankton species compositions during the
wet and dry seasons with higher abundance representing 72% and 55% respectively.
Phytoplankton composition and abundance has also been found to be consistent with
previous results of phytoplankton survey around the project area (IPC 2005, Network E&P
2005 and NIPP 2007).
Figure 4.11: Percentage Abundance of Phytoplankton
The dominance of Diatoms in the water bodies is similar to what obtains in many Nigerian
Rivers. Ecologically, diatoms are significant not only as important ultimate source of food

July, 2012
for zooplankton and fish but also serve as indicators of water quality and pollution. Cross
sections of phytoplankton species from the study area as observed from an investigative
microscope are shown below.
Melosira sp and Spirulina sp Microcystis sp and Melosira sp
Pediastrum duplex – Green algae Osscilatoria sp – Blue green algae
Figure 4.12: Phytoplankton Species along Study Area
Zooplankton
These include small animals of weak or no swimming ability that are free flowing or drifting
biota. They include the holoplankton (e.g., copepods) and the meroplankton (such as the
larval stages of invertebrates and the eggs and larvae of most fish species). In the aquatic
food web, zooplankton are the initial consumer of energy fixed by the phytoplankton and
by themselves, and they provide a link between primary production following fertilization
usually results in greater zooplankton abundance.

July, 2012
The dominant zooplankton taxa encountered in the study area were the
Arthopods/crustacean species which dominated with 71% abundance in both seasons.
Rotifers followed with 20% to 24% for the dry and wet seasons respectively, while least
occurrence with 4% to 2% are represented by the chordates, molluscs and nematode
species. These values correlate with previous zooplankton baseline survey (IPC, 2005)
and is characteristic of a typical freshwater environment in the Niger-delta region.
Figure 4.13: Percentage Abundance of Zooplankton
The dominance of the arthropod zooplankton community in both seasons is in conformity

with findings of previous researchers and reports that have in the past shown the
dominance of crustaceans amongst the zooplankton community of aquatic ecosystems
Waiffe and Frid (2001), and hallegraff (1995). Figure 4.14 below shows some zooplankton
species observed within the study area.
Copepod nauplius Keratella sp
Figure 4.14: Zooplankton Species along Study Area

July, 2012
4.9.2 Benthic Communities

Riverbed sediments consist of rock particles and organic remain at varying composition
depending on depth, distance from coastline and local variant (biological and geological
activities). Organisms that live on the bottom of riverbed include some fish, clams, oysters,
crustaceans, sponges, sea anemones etc. These organisms together with their
surrounding water and sediment make up the benthic ecosystem.
Sediment type of an area is very important in determining the kind of benthic community
that develops, sediments tends to shift and move, making it difficult for large plants or
algae to become established, clams, burrowing worms, and small crustaceans however,
make use of sediments as suitable habitat (Sanders and Hessler, 1969).
Benthic macro-invertebrates or benthos are those organisms that lack vertebrae and
occupy the bottom layer of water body for all or part of their life cycle (Roseenberg and
Resh, 1993). Generally, they are visible to the naked eyes and play a variety of crucial
roles in aquatic ecosystem. Benthic deposits are bottom sediments that originate from
dead or decaying organic materials. They are biological indicators of water quality or
habitat condition in aquatic environment since the bed collects the sediment from the
water. Most macro-benthic communities are sedentary and reflect the quality of their
immediate environment.
Community structure and distribution of macro-benthos in the study area was evaluated
and it revealed that annelids were the dominant benthos species recorded across
sampling stations with the occurrence of one mollusc specie during the dry season.
4.10 Vegetation and Wildlife

The synopsis of vegetation characteristics as well as wildlife studies carried out across the
project area during the sampling exercise is presented in the subsections below.
4.10.1 Vegetation
The proposed power transmission line would traverse various habitats including several
secondary lowland forests, seasonal freshwater swamps, cultivated farmlands, bush
fallows, and mangrove forests (at Ibeno, Eket, and Ikot Abasi areas) on the left flank of
Eket – Ikot Abasi road.
A map showing the general vegetation characteristics along and in the immediate vicinity
of the proposed transmission line route is presented in Figure 4.15.

July, 2012
Figure 4.15: Vegetation Characteristics

July, 2012
Also delineated on the map are areas where the vegetation and wildlife transects were
designated during the biodiversity studies.
Table 4.11: Features of Vegetation / Wildlife transects

Vegetation Transect size Nearest locality/landmark LGA
Transect
SS 1 1000m X 10m North-West of QIT premises Ibeno
(proposed QIPP area)
SS 6 1000m X 10m Eket Bridge Area Eket
SS 10 1000m X 10m Ukpana Rd in Ikot Edor town Onna
SS 13 1000m X 10m Off Akwa Ibom State University Mkpat Enin
(Main Campus)
SS 16 1000m X 10m Ikwa town (East) Ikot Abasi
SS 23 1000m X 10m East of ALSCON Plant Ikot Abasi
The transmission line right of way cuts through the Stubbs Creek forest reserve (see
Figure 4.15). The Stubbs Creek Reserve from the vegetation field survey falls within
Transect 1 (around the QIT area, east of the transmission line route). However planned
project activities (during construction) have put in place mitigation and management
practices to reduce loss of habitat as well as disturbances to vegetation cover to the
bearest minimum taking into consideration the Worldbank operational policies on natural
habitats and forests. An edict on MPN’s (Mobil Producing Nigeria Limited, an international
oil company and operator of the Qua Iboe Terminal) occupancy and status of the Stubbs
Creek Forest Reserve is presented below.
Stubbs Creek Forest Reserve – Current Status

The Stubbs Creek Forest Reserve was established in 1931 under Order 45 and
subsequently amended in 1941, 1955 and 1962. This Reserve is one of the last remaining
significant, but highly disturbed forest reserves in the Niger Delta region. The proposed
QIPP-PP will be located in the southwestern corner of the Reserve, while the QIPP-
Transmission Line will cut across the reserve approximately 4.9km NW. The Akwa Ibom
state government is responsible for managing the Stubbs Creek Forest Reserve in
accordance with Order 45. The Order allows local inhabitants access to the reserve so as
not to deprive them of their historical use of the associated forest such as hunting, fishing,
and extracting water.
Project Site Boundaries

MPN has certificates of occupancy documents which jointly encompass the land tract
boundary for the QIPP-PP and some part of the QIPP-Transmission Line facilities. As
stated earlier despite the fact that the area was initially designated as a forest, the
Nigerian context does not consider a forest reserve as a conservation area. It is rather
utilised for for timber production. The area is therefore not a critical natural habitat.

July, 2012
SS 1
This transect is accessible through Ukpenekang Road and traverses a mangrove swamp
situated on the eastern flank of Exxon-Mobil’s QIT premises. The transect is largely
dominated by the exotic Nipa palm, (Nypa fructicans), with a frequency of occurrence of
over 95%. Interspersed in the luxuriant Nypa community are few scattered stands of
Rhizophora sp, Avicennia africana and Phoenix reclinata (a wild date palm with prickly
pinnate leaves). Although the Nypa palm community generally attained a height of 3.7m,
the transect’s maximum tree height of 5.2m was recorded on the red mangrove,
Rhizophora racemosa. At the periphery of the swamp were clusters of the mangrove-
associated forbs like Dalbergia ecastaphyllum, Drepanocarpus lunatus, the fern,
Achrosticeum aureum and sedges such as Paspalum vaginatum and Cyperus sp. The
stocking density estimate was 7 plants /m2 and litter cover was less than 45%. Figure
4.16 show segments of SS 1 transect.
Figure: 4.16: Mangrove Vegetation – QIT Axis (Ibeno)

July, 2012
SS 6
VEGT-6 transect passes through a secondary riparian forest near Eket Bridge. The forest
shows 2-layer stratification, and was co-dominated by Raphia, Hallea and Anthocleista
spp. With a maximum tree height of 24m recorded on an oil palm tree, the forest had the
greatest diversity of woody flora throughout the sampled stations. Common among the
trees and shrubs were:
Pandanus candelabrum (Screw Pine) 20%

Musanga cecropoides (Umbrella tree) 20%
Anthocleista vogelli.(Cabbage tree) 40%
Cleistopholia patens 10%
Elaeis guineensis (Oil Palm tree) 30%
Raphia sp (Raffia palm) 40%
Hallea ledermanii (Abura) 40%
Dracaenea arborea (Boundary tree) 40%
Alstonia boonei (Stoolwood) 30%
The undergrowth measuring about 2.5m high was highly diversified, with thickets of
shade-tolerant and flood-tolerant weeds , namely, Nephrolepis biserata, Pteridium
acquilinum, Selaginella myosurus, Triumfetta cordifolia, Costus afer, Aspilia africana,
Ageratium conyzoides, Chromolaena odorata, Panicum repens, Paspalum scrobiculatum,
Desmodium scorpiurus, Paliosota hirsuta, Aframomium melegueta, Croton lobatus,
Combretum hispidum, Emilia practessima, Asystasia gangetica, Mitracarpus villosus, and
creepers such as Heterotis rotundifolia, Smilax anceps and Luffa cylindrica. The weeds
also included grasses and sedges such as Cyperus sp, Mariscus sp., Fimbristyllis sp etc.
Thus, the stocking density was boosted to 54 plants /m2 and the percentage litter cover
reached 75%. No serious pathological was detected, except for a mild case of leave
variegation on the Christmas tree, Alchornea cordifolia due to the grasshopper, Zonocerus
variegatus. A segment of SS 6 transect is shown in Figure 4.17.

July, 2012
Figure: 4.17: Secondary Riparian Forest – Eket Axis
SS 10
This transect was accessible through Ukpana road in Ikot Edor in Onna LGA. It traverses
a seasonal freshwater swamp (dominated by Raphia sp) and a cassava farmland in the
neighborhood. The cassava farm was disclosed to be about 6 months old by the local
farmer during field studies. The transect’s maximum tree height of 22m was measured on
an oil palm tree. No distinct stratification was observed. Among the common trees were:
Harungana madagascariensis 30%

Calamus deeratus (Cane ) 10%
Dracaena arborea 20%
The wetter floor of the forest interior had thickets of weeds composed primarily of
Selaginella myosurus, Nephrolepis biserata, Pteridium aquilinum, Cyrtosperma
senegalense, Lycopodium sp., and Triumfetta cordifolia while the drier outskirt was more
diversified with clusters of Aspilia africana, Ageratium conyzoides, Costus afer,
Chromolaena odorata, Panicum repens, Paspalum scrobiculatum, Synedrella nodiflora,
Desmodium scorpiurus, Culcasia scandens, Croton lobatus, Combretum hispidum,
Asystasia gangetica, Mitracarpus villosus, Heterotis rotundifolia, Sida acuta, Urena lobata
and Sertaria barbata. As a result a high stocking density of 58 plants/m2 and percentage
litter cover of 85% was recorded in this transect.

July, 2012
In the farmland segment (which included crops like cassava, Manihot esculenta;
Cocoyam, Colocasa sp; Yam, Dioscorea sp and Maize, Zea mays; Melon, Citrullus
vulgaris; Okro, Abelmoschus sp, Garden egg, Solanum sp, Red Pepper, Capsicum sp and
Telfairia occidentalis) the stocking density and percentage litter cover were much lower
(12 plants/m2) as the farm was tendered. Some of the Okra leaves had the powdery
mildew, Oidium abelmoshii with an incidence of 10% and severity index of 2 (=moderate
infection) while others were attacked by the leaf roller, Sylepta derogata , with an
incidence of 5% and severity index of 1(=mild infection). Figure 4.18 show segments of
SS 10 transect.
Figure: 4.18: Secondary Forest – Onna Axis
SS 13
This transect is situated in Ekim area, opposite Akwa Ibom State University Main Campus,
in Mkpat Enin LGA. It passes through a degraded gallopy freshwater swamp at one end,
and a bush fallow at the other. There was neither a distinct stratification nor interlocking
canopies. The transect’s maximum tree height of 23m was recorded from an oil palm tree.
Among the common trees and shrubs were:

Alstonia boonei 10%
Bambusa vulgaris 10%

July, 2012
The undergrowth of this transect was characterized by thick thickets of sedges, grasses,
creepers and herbaceous forms among which were - Cyperus sp, Mariscus sp,
Fimbristyllis sp., Sertaria barbata, Emilia practessima, Selaginella myosurus, Heterotis
rotundifolia, Ipomea sp, Smilax anceps, Luffa cylindrica and ferns like Nephrolepis
biserata, Pteridium acquilinum, Pteris sp and Lycopodium sp, Stocking density estimate
was about 35 m2 . Because of the flooded condition of the transect, assessment of litter
cover was impracticable. However, overall, the flora was lush and free of pathological
conditions, with Aspilia africana, Ageratum conyzoides and Triumfetta cordifolia in bright
flowers. Figure 4.19 presents a segment of SS13 transect.
Figure: 4.19: Palm Forest – Mkpat Enin Axis
SS 16
Accessible through Ikwa town (in Ikot Abasi LGA) this transect is situated 187m off the
main road on the eastern flank. It passes through a degraded secondary forest and
cassava farmland. There was no distinct stratification, as the trees were scattered all over
the place. The transect’s maximum tree height of 25m was measured on an oil palm tree.
In this transect, the undergrowth about 1.5m high was composed of herbaceous weeds
such Aspilia africana, Ageratium conyzoides, Phyllanthus amarus, Costus afer,
Chromolaena odorata, Panicum repens, Urena lobata, Paspalum scrobiculatum,
Andropogon, Desmodium scorpiurus, Croton lobatus, Combretum hispidum, Asystasia
gangetica, Mitracarpus villosus, Heterotis rotundifolia, Sida acuta, and Sertaria barbata.
Stocking density estimate and percentage litter cover were estimated at 28 plants/m2 and
90% respectively. No pathological condition was detected.

July, 2012
SS 23
Situated on the eastern flank of ALSCON, this transect is accessible through ALSCON
premises. It traverses a secondary forest dominated by oil palm trees and a cultivated
farmland dominated by cassava. The transect’s maximum tree height of 28m was
recorded on a lanky oil palm tree. Interspersed in the Oil-Palm community are the
following trees in descending order of abundance.
Musanga cecropoides 40%

Dracaena arborea 40%
Anthocleista vogelii 20%
Gmelina arborea 20%
Alstonia boonei 20%
Among the shrubby components were Cnestis ferruginea, Manniophyllum fulvum and
Loncocarpus griffifornis. The undergrowth reached a maximum height of 1.2m and
consisted of a wide variety of weeds such as Aspilia africana, Chromolaena odorata,
Triumfetta cordifolia, Urena lobata, Costus afer, Ageratum conyzoides, Nephrolepis
biserata, Pteridium acquilinum, Selaginella myosurus, Smilax anceps, Caladium sp.,
Vernonia sp and Phyllanthus amarus. Clusters of grasses and sedges were common in
the undergrowth, including Panicum maximum, Cyperus sp., Paspalum sp., Fimbristyllis,
Mariscus sp., Kyllinger sp, Bracheria sp., and Commelina sp. Thus, the stocking density
was fairly high, up to 42 plants /m2 and the percentage litter cover was well above 75%.
Cases of chlorosis and necrosis were recorded on Anthocleista vogelli and Musanga
cecropoides respectively. The chlorotic conditions had an incidence of 5% and severity
index of 1 (= mild infection) were traced to insufficient supply of light to the plant from
affected angles, while the necrotic conditions were traced to Fusarium infection with an
incidence of 15% and severity index of 3 (= severe).
At the cassava farmland segment of transect SS 23, these weeds were also recorded but
at much lower densities, as the farm was tendered. Other crops of the farm were
cocoyam, pepper, yam, okra, garden egg and vegetables like fluted pumpkin, Telfairia
occidentalis; Green, Amaranthus sp, and Water leaf, Talinium triangulare.
Farmlands across the area irrespective of the sampling transects are first cultivated at the
end of the dry season, when the rain begins to fall. Farmers plant their crops after the first
or second rain in the month of March, and sometime in April. The periodic rainfall pattern
before the peak in June enables farmers to cultivate various crops including maize,
cassava, melon, groundnut, yam and others. Specifically oil palms are either of wild
groves origin or cultivated in small scales and are left often untended along the area.

July, 2012
Palm Forest – Substation Area
Cassava Farm – Substation Area Mangrove Swamp – Uta Ewa, Ikot Abasi
Figure: 4.20: Vegetation Types – Sub-station Axis (Ikot Abasi)
Bordering one end of the farmland is a small tidal creek, which branches off from Uta ewa
in the south. Mangroves such as Rhizophora sp, Avicennia and the fern Achrosticeum
aureum and a few stands of Nypa fructicans marked the shores in low densities. Table
4.12a shows a checklist of specific conservation status for identified flora along the project
area. Although the list identifies six of the species as endangered and 43 as vulnerable,
the ranking is based on IUCN standards as these species are locally abundant.

July, 2012
Table 4.12a: Flora Conservation Status

Species Family IUCN Status
Acanthus montanu Acanthaceae LC
Acrostichum aurenm Ceratopteridaceae LC
Albizia ferruginea Fabaceae EN
Albizia adianthifolia Fabaceae VU
Alchornea cordifolia Euphorbiacea VU
Alstonia cogensis Apocyanaceae LC
Alstonia boonei Apocyanaceae VU
Anogeissus leiocarpus Euphorbiacea LC
Anthocliesta voegilii Loganiaceae LC
Anthonotha macrophylla Fabaceae VU
Anthostema aubryanum Euphorbiacea VU
Avicennia africana Avicenniaceae LC
Bligha sapida Sapindaceae LC
Canna indica Cannaceae LC
Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae LC
Ceratophyllum demersum Ceratophyllaceae LC
Clistopholis patens Cupressaceae EN
Cnestis spp DC. Vonnaraceae LC
Cocos nucifera Arecaceae VU
Codiaeum variegatum Euphorbiaceae LC
Cola millini Sterculiaceae DD
Combretum racemosum Combracaceae LC
Crescentia cujete Bignonanceae DD
Croton hirtus Eupphorbiaceae VU
Croton lobatus Eupphorbiaceae VU
Cyperus papyrus Cyperaceae VU
Crytosperla senegalense Araceae LC
Desmodium salicifolium Fabaceae LC
Dissotis spp Melastomataceae VU
Dracaena arborea Dracaenaceae LC
Ecastophyllum brownii Fabaceae DD
Eichhornia crassipes Ponterderiaceae LC
Eleais guineensis Arecaceae VU
Elaeocarpus pyriformis Elaeocarpaceae VU
Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae VU
Ficus exasporata Moraceae VU
Funtumia elastica Apocynaceae VU
Grewia auriculata Tiliaceae VU
Guarea cedrata Meliacea VU
Hallea ledermannii Rubiaceae EN
Heterotis rotundifolia Melastomataceae LC
Homalium dalzielii Salicaceae VU
Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae NT
Irvingia wombulu Irvingianceae LC
Lantana camara Verbenaceae LC
Laportea ovalifolia Urticaceae LC
Lemna minor Lemnaceae VU
Lophira alata Ochnaceae VU
Lophira procera Ochnaceae LC

July, 2012
Lovoa trichiliodes Meliaceae VU

Macaranga barteri Euphorbiaceae VU
Mallotus oppositifolia Euphobiacee VU
Manniophyton fulvum Euphobeaceae VU
Marantochloa purpurea Marantacea VU
Merremia aegyptia Convolvulaceae LC
Mimosa invisa Fabaceae VU
Mimosa pudica Fabaceae LC
Momordica charantia Cucurbitaceae LC
Monodora myristica Annonaceae DD
Musanga cercropodes Urticaceae VU
Mussaenda polita Urticaceae LC
Myrianthus arborea Urticaceae VU
Nauclea diderrichi Rubiaceae EN
Nesogordonia papaverifera Malvaceae VU
Nymphaea odorata Nymphaeaceae LC
Oldfieldia africana Euphorbiaceae VU
Ouratea spp Ochnaceae VU
Pandanus candelabrum Pandanaceae VU
Parkia bibliogosa Fabaceae LR
Pentadesma butyracea Clusiaceae VU
Peporomia pellucida Piperaceae LC
Phyllantus amarus Euphobiaceae LC
Physalis micrantha Solanaceae LC
Pimenta racemosa Myrtaceae VU
Piptadeniastrum africanum Fabaceae VU
Pistia stratoites Araceae LC
Platostoma africanum Lamiaceae VU
Pterocarpus mildbraedii Fabaceae EN
Pterygota macrocarpa Sterculiaceae VU
Raphia africanum Arecaceae DD
Raphia hookeria Arecaceae DD
Rhizophora racemosa Rhizopharaceae VU
Sacoglottis spp Celastraceae VU
salacia pyriformis Celatraceae VU
Salvinia molesta Salvinaceae LC
Schnwenkia americana Fabaceae LC
Serindeia warneckei Leguminosae DD
Spathandra blakeoides Melastomataceae VU
Stachytarpheta jamaicensis Verbanaceae LC
Sterculla tragacantha Sterculiaceae LC
Symphonia globulifera Guttiferaceae VU
Terminalia catappa Terminaliaceae EN
Alternanthera maritima Amaranthaceae LC
Xylopia rebescens Annonaceae VU
* E=endemic; EN= endangered; VU=vulnerable; LR=low risk; LC=least concern; NT=not threatened; DD=data
deficient.

July, 2012
4.10.2 Wildlife
A comprehensive checklist as well as their local, national (Act 11 of 1985) and
international (IUCN) conservation status of wildlife known along the proposed QIT – Ikot
Abasi power transmission line is presented in Table 4.12b.

July, 2012
Table 4.12b: Wildlife Diversity and Conservation Status
Ref Abundance Date last Conservation Status

code Class Family Species Ibibio name Index (AI) Sighted Local IUCN WCMC Act 11
M/01 Cricetomys emini Oyiot XXX Aug-11 S - - -
Cricetidae
Giant Rat
M/02 Xerus erythropus Adua/Ato-toi XXX Aug. 2011 S - - -
(West African ground Sqirrel)
squirrel)
M/03 Soricidae Epixerus ebii Ikara XXX Aug,2011 S - - -
(Palm Squirrel)
M/04 Helioscuirus rufobrachium Ikara XX May, 2011 S - - -
(Red-legged Sun Squirrel)
M/05 Thryonomys swinderianus Ineh XXX Aug. 2011 S - - -
Thryonomidae (Cane Rat or Grasscutter)
M/06 '' Atherurus africanus Ebiong XX Aug. 2011 S - I Sch.1
(Brush-tailed Porcupine)
Mammalia
M/07 Cephalophus maxwelli Ukem XX Aug. 2011 S - K -
Maxwell's Duiker
M/08 Tragelaphus scriptus Ediop XX Aug. 2011 V - K -
( Bushbuck)
Bovidae Aug. 2011
M/09 Tragelaphus spekei Ediop X V - E Sch 1
( Sitatunga)
M/10 Hymenoschus aquaticus X Jun., 2008 V - - Sch 1
(Water Chevrotain)
M/11 Neotragus batesi Esorh XX Aug. 2011 V - - Sch 1
(Bate's Pygmy Antelope)
M/12 Potamochoerus porcus Edi-Ikot XXX Apr., 2010 S - - -
Suidae
(Bushpig)
Viverridae
Aug-11
M/13 Viverra civetta Ekiko XX S - - Sch 2

July, 2012
Table 4.12b: Wildlife Diversity and Conservation Status Cont’d

(African Civet Cat)
M/14 Genetta poensis Eyiet X May, 2011 V - - Sch 2
(Forest Genet)
M/15 Nandinia binotata Atan X June, 2011 V - - Sch 2
(Two-spotted Palm Civet)
M/16 Herpestes ichneumon - X Jan-11 V - - Sch 2
(Egyptian mongoose)
M/17 Aonyx capensis ??? X Sep-10 V Sch. 1
Mustelidae
(Cape clawless otter
M/18 Manis tetradactyla ???? X Nov, 2010 V - - Sch 1
Manidae (Long-tailed Pangolin)
M/19 Mammalia Manis tricuspis X Apr.2008 V - - Sch 1
(Tree Pangolin)
M/20 Cercopithecus mona Ebuk XX Jul-11 V - - Sch 2
(Mona Monkey)
M/21 Cercopithecidae Cercopithecus nictitans Ebuk X May, 2011 V - - Sch 2
(Putty-nose monkey)
M/22 Cercopithecus erythrotis Ebuk X Oct.2009 V - Sch 2
Red-eared guenon
M/23 Perodicticus potto Adue X April,2008 I - - Sch 2
Loridae
(Bosman Potto)
M/24 Galagos sp ??? X Nov.2008 I - - Sch 2
Galagonidae
Bush Baby

July, 2012

Afm/B,
Aug. 2011
AV/25 Milvus migrans Mukpo XXX S PM - Sch 1
(Black Kite)
RB,
''
AV/26 Kaupifalco monogramicus Okwukwor XXX S ?Afm - Sch 1
Accipitridae (Lizard Buzzard)
''
AV/27 Accipiter erythropus Okwukwor XXX S R(B) - Sch 1
Chicken Hawk)
AV/28 Gypohierax angolensis Ntrukpom X '' V RB - Sch. 2
(Palmnut Vulture)
AV/29 Tokus fasciatus Ekpang XXX '' S RB - -
Bucerotidae (African Pied Hornbill)
AV/30 Ceratogymna fistulator Ekpang XX '' V RB - -
Aves
(Piping Hornbill)
AV/31 Bulcubis ibis XXX '' S RB - Sch.2
Ardeidae (Cattle Egret)
AV/32 Egretta garzetta XX '' S RB - Sch 2
(Little Egret)
AV/33 Corvus albus Ekong XXX '' S RB - -
Covidae
Pied Crow
AV/34 Halcyon malimbica X '' S RB -
(Blue-crested Kingfisher)
AV/35 Halcyon senegalense XX '' S RB -
Alcedinidae
(Woodland Kingfisher)
''
AV/36 Megaceryle maxima X V R(B) -
(Giant Kingfisher)

July, 2012

AV/37 Merops pusillis X '' S RB -
Meropidae
(Little Bee-eater)
Enuen- RB,
''
AV/38 Apus affinis Enyang XXX S PM -
Apopidae (Little Swift)
AV/39 Cypsiurus parvus XXX '' S RB -
(African Palm Swift)
AV/40 Dendropicos pyrrhogaster X '' S RB -
Picidae
Fire-bellied Woodpecker)
AV/41 Ploceus cucullatus Nsa-sak XXX '' S RB -
(Village Weaver)
AV/42 Ploceidae Ploceus ocularis Nsa-sak XXX '' S RB -
Aves (Spectacled Weaver)
AV/43 Ploceus melanocephalus Nsa-sak XX '' S RB -
(Black-headed Weaver)
AV/44 Pycnonotus barbatus XXX '' S RB -
Pycnonotidae
(Common Bulbul)
AV/45 Pscittacus erithacus XX Jul-11 V RB Sch.1
Pscittacidae
(Grey Parrot)
AV/46 Centropus senegalensis Odudu XXX Aug-11 V RB -
Cuculidae
(Senegal Coucal)
AV/47 Streptopelia semitorquata XXX '' S RB -
Columbidae
(Red-eyed Dove)
AV/48 Francolinus bicalcaratus XX Jun-11 S -
Phasianidae
(Double -spurred francolin)

July, 2012

RE/49 Agama agama Okpok XXX Aug.2011 S - -
Agamidae
(Rainbow Lizard)
Ewa-
''
RE/50 Mabuya affinis Ngwang XXX S - -
(Blanding's snake)
Scincidae skink)
Jun.,2008
RE/51 Lygosoma fernandi X V - -
(Red/Fire Skink)
RE/52 Varanus niloticus Utai X May, 2009 V - -
Varanidae (Nile Monitor)
RE/53 Osteolaemus tetrapsis Ibah XX June, 2009 V VU Sch.1
(Short-nosed Crocodile)
RE/54 Reptilia Chameleo sp Akube XX July, 2009 V - Sch.1
Chamaeleonidae
(Chameleon)
RE/55 Python sebae Asabor X Nov.,2008 V - Sch. 1
(African Rock Python)
Ntene
Boidae Jan., 2009
RE/56 Python regius Asabor X V - Sch.1
(Royal Python) .
May, 2009
RE/57 Calabaria reinhardtii ??? X V - Sch. 1
(Calabar Python)
RE/58 Causus maculatus XX Feb., 2009 V - -
Viperidae
(Night Adder)
''
RE/59 '' Bitis gabonica Ibom XX Nov., 2008 V - -
(Gabon Viper)

July, 2012

RE/60 Bitis nasicornis Ibom XX April,2009 V -
(Rhinoceros Viper)
RE/61 Naja nigricollis Ibere XX Aug., 2009 S - -
(Spitting Cobra)
RE/62 Elapidae Naja melanoleuca X June, 2008 S -
(Forest Cobra)
RE/63 Dendroaspis jamesoni Asak X Nov-10 S -
(Green Mamba)
RE/64 Reptilia Gastropyxis smaragdina ??? X Apr-11 S -
(Emerald Green Snake)
RE/65 Colubridae Grayia smythii ???? X Aug-11 S - -
(Smyth's Water Snake)
RE/66 Boiga blandingi X Oct., 2009 S -
(Blanding's snake)
RE/67 Kinixys erosa Ikut X Aug-11 S -
Testudinidae
back-hinged tortoise
RE/68 Pelusios niger Ekit inyang X May, 2011 S DD -
Pelomedusae
(Freshwater terrapin)
AM/69 Bufo maculatus Ekwat XXX Aug-11 S LC -
Amphibia Bufonidae (African toad)
AM/70 Dicroglossus occipitalis Edong XX '' S LC -
(Bull-frog)

July, 2012

''
AM/71 Ptychadena mascariensis Edong XXX S LC -
Ranidae (Mascariene Frog)
''
AM/72 Ptychadena aequiplicata XX S LC -
( ? )
Silurana (=Xenopus)
Amphibia ''
AM/73 Pipidae tropicalis ??? XXX S LC -
(Claw-toed Frog)
AM/74 Hyperolius sp Mme X '' V LC -
Hyperolidae (Tree frog)
AM/75 Afrixalus dorsalis Mme X '' V LC -
AM/76 Arthrolepidae Arthrolepis sp ? X '' V LC -

(Common name in parenthesis)
S = Satisfactory; E= Endangered; V= Vulnerable; K = Suspected to be in E or V categories; I = Indeterminate ;? = Probably
present
IUCN : International Ranking in 2006 IUCN Red list
WCMC: National Ranking in WCMC's 1988 Nigeria Biodiversity Report
Act 11: Ranking in Federal Endangered Species Act 11 of 1985 (Schedule 1 & 2)
Abundance Index (AI): X = Few ; XX = Common ; XXX = Abundant
IUCN Red List Category Key Avian Migratory and breeding Habit
EX = Extinct RB = Resident Breeder
EW = Extinct in the Wild R(B) = Resident, but Breeding unproved
CR = Critically Endangered PM = Palaearctic Migrant
EN = Endangered Afm = Migrates within Nigeria
VU = Vulnerable AfM/B = Migrates to and from Nigeria to Breed in Nigeria
LR/cd = Lower Risk; Conservation Dependent V = Vigrant
LR/int or NT = Near Threatened PM = Palaearctic Migrant
DD = Data Deficient Afm = Migrates within Nigeria
LR/lc or LC = Least Concern (Not Considered to be red listed) AfM/B = Migrates to and from Nigeria to Breed in Nigeria

July, 2012
The table reveals that there are at least 76 vertebrate species (excluding nocturnal
species like - mice, bats, owls, etc), presently resident in the freshwater swamp forests,
dry secondary forests, bush fallows and farmlands sampled. A breakdown shows that
there are approximately 24 mammalian species belonging to 11 families; 24 avian species
belonging to 14 families. Reptiles are represented by 20 species from 10 families, while
amphibians had the lowest number of species with 8 species from 5 families. Locally, 8
mammalian species are not threathened, while 13 are vulnerable. The status of two
species, the Bush baby, Galagos sp and Bosman Potto, Perodicticus potto is unclear due
to insufficient data.
Following the ranking of Act 11 of 1985, about 28 species are nationally endangered with
16 belonging to schedule 1 category and 12 to schedule 2. Among the mammals of
schedule 1, are the Brush-tailed porcupine, Atherurus africanus, the Sitatunga,
Tragelaphus spekei, Water Chevrotain, Hymenoschus aquaticus, Cape’s clawless otter,
Aonyx capensis and the Pangolins, Manis tetradactyla and Manis tricuspis, while all the
primates belong to schedule 2. However, according to the National Ranking in WCMC’s
1998 Nigeria Biodiversity report, Maxwells Duiker (Cephalopus maxwelli), Marshbuck
(Tragelapus speki) and Neotragus batesi are locally considered to be under threat. This is
also consistent with findings from biodiversity studies around the project area (NIPP 2007,
BLNG 2008).
Among the aves, 19 species locally, have satisfactory conservation status while 5 are
vulnerable, namely – Gypohierax angolensis (Palmnut Vulture), Ceratogymna fistulator
(Piping hornbill), Megaceryle maxima (Giant Kingfisher), Psittacus erithacus (Grey Parrot)
and Centropus senegalensis (Senegal Coucal). By IUCN classification, many of the birds
are Resident Breeders (RB) and of which none has been classified as endangered by the
international conservation body. A few species like Milvus migrans (kite) and Kaupifalco
monogramicus (Lizzard Buzzard) migrates within Nigeria, while others are Palearctic
migrants e.g, Apus affinis.
Obviously common and ubiquitous reptiles in the area are the Agama lizard, Agama
agama and the skinks, Mabuya affinis. The conservation status of snakes could not be
determined precisely with certainty because of their secretive nature, however biodiversity
studies around the project area (NIPP, 2007) reported no endangered reptilian species in
line with the IUCN ranking. But the high frequency of killings and encounter by hunters and
farmers indicate that such forms like the Bitis gabonica, (Gabon Viper), Naja nigricollis,
and Psammophis philipsi are common or abundant.

July, 2012
Mammals
Result of Investigations into mammalian diversity reveal that mammals commonly caught
in the prospect sites are Cricetomys emini, Thryonomys swinderianus, Atherurus
africanus, Cephalopus maxwelli, Tragelaphus scriptus, Neotrogus batesi, Potamochoerus
porcus, Viverra civetta and Cercopithecus mona.
Mona Monkey - Cercopithecus mona Bushbuck – Tragelaphus scriptus

Photo Source: BLNG (2008) Brass Biodiversity Study
Figure: 4.21: Mammals Along Project Area
Evidence of wildlife presence, such as footprints, trails, scats, skeleton, sloughed skin, etc
were encountered in the farmlands and bush fallows, where they forage, as well as
shorelines of freshwater swamps where they drink, the ecology, distribution and
conservation status of these mammals have been discussed in earlier works in the Niger
Delta (BLNG, 2008).

July, 2012
Aves
The bulk of the birds commonly sighted along the proposed power transmission route
during the period were mainly, the diurnal birds of prey, seed-eaters and scavengers such
as Ploceidae (Weavers), Covidae (Pied Crow), Accipitridae (Kites, Hawks, Palm nut
vulture), Bucerotidae(Hornbills), Ardeidae (Egrets), Alcedinidae (Kingfishers), Apopidae
(Swifts), Hirundinidae (swallows), Pycnonotidae (Bulbuls), and Columbidae (Doves).
Figure: 4.22: Little Egret (Egretta garzetta) – Douglas Creek Area
These birds appeared to have activity peaks in the morning and evening hours. They often
alight from the forest edges, and their nests to feed in farmlands and bush fallows, while
kites and hawks hover over burning bushes to hunt for offal. By wet season many birds
remain perched most times; taking shelter or tendering their young. The reverse was the
case during the dry season studies, as more birds were sighted.
Reptilia
The reptilian fauna of the area are diverse. During the wet as against dry season
observationsminimal acitivity was obsereved for most species, thus they could only be
sighted when they were basking. Lizards and skinks were abundant in all the transects
and none of the identified species are classified as threatened or endangered in the IUCN
ranking (see Table 4.12); skinks were more frequently encountered in the interior of
forests than lizards and areas where timber, oil palm fruits and refuse were dumped. The
occurrence of poisonous snakes like the Gabon Viper, Bitis gabonica; Spitting Cobra, Naja
nigricollis, Forest Cobra, Naja melanoleuca, and Jameson’s Mamba, Dendroaspis
jamesoni, in the thick forest and bush-fallows was commonly reported by the hunters.

July, 2012
Swamp fishers also reported the take of the non-poisonous water snake, Grayia smythii in
their basket traps. They also confirmed that ground-racing snakes like Psammophis
phillipsi, Blanding’s snake, Toxidryas (=Boiga) blandingi) and the Emerald Green snake,
Gastropyxis smaragdina are commonly encountered in farms and bush fallows on drier,
warm days. Three boids are known in the area, namely – the Royal Python, Python regius,
the African Rock Python, P. sebae, and the Calabar Python, Calabaria reinhardtii. The first
two prey on mammals in the forest, while the Calabar python lives in burrows in the
swamp and feeds on ants. By wet season when the swamp is inundated, it migrates to the
periphery and remains there till dry season. Figure 4.23 shows a tortoise caught by one
hunter in Ekim (Mkpat Enin LGA,) during the survey.
Figure: 4.23: Tortoise –Hunters Bag in Mkpat Enin Axis

Amphibia
Amphibians commonly found during the survey were the African toad Amietophrynus
(Bufo) maculatus, and the frogs, Ptychadena mascariensis, and P. aequiplicata, The black
clawed frog, Silurana (Xenopus) tropicalis and the Bullfrog, Hoplobatrachus (=
Dicroglossus) occipitalis are restricted to the swamps where they constitute important
component of the fishery. Records of tree frogs such Hyperolius sp and Afrixalus dorsalis
(Figuren 4.24) were taken on the littoral shrubs and herbs of the swamp, especially,
Cyrtosperma senegalense, which provide enough shade and substrate.
Photo Source: BLNG (2008) Brass Biodiversity Study

Figure: 4.24: Tree Frog - Afrixalus dorsalis

July, 2012
The humid condition in wet season enables them to come out in high numbers, especially
at night.
Conservation Issues
Poaching is the primary route to wildlife depletion in the area, as it is an important source
of income for the rural people, especially around the villages. The incentives of the
business are the diversity of game animals in the area and the high patronage by
bushmeat sellers. Bushmeat is a delicacy in the area, and conservation awareness is very
low, hence trade on it goes on, inspite of the provisions of Act 11 of 1985. Data from the
field as shown in Table 4.13 indicates that sitatunga, bushbucks, and bush-pigs are the
most expensive animals followed by monkeys, grasscutters and porcupines. The project
mitigation and management provides clear measures that prohibit poaching, hunting,
trapping and killing of wildlife by project personnel.
Table 4.13: Cost of Game Animals Along Study Area

Common name Ibibio name Price range
(Naira)
Giant rat, (“Rabbit”) Oyiot 950 - 1300
Cane rat Ineh 3,800- 4,500
(“Grasscutter”)
Porcupine Ebiong 3,500-4,500
Maxwell’s Duiker Ukem 5,800-7,000
Bates Antelope Esorh 4,500-5800
Bushbuck Ediop 43,000-47000
Sitatunga Ediop 42,000-46,800
African Civet Cat Ekiko 8,850-11,500
Genet Edue 800-1,500
Two spotted Palm civet Atan 800-1,200
Monkeys Ebok 4,000-5,000
Bush-pig Edi-Ikot 34,000-36,200
Tortoise Ekit 4,800-6,000
Terrapins Ekit-Inyang 4,800-6,000
Nile Monitor Utai 6,600- 8,500
Crocodile Ibha 9,840-10,900
Most of the hunters uphold that the upper limits of the market price ranges are reached in
festive seasons, like new yam festivals, masquerading season, Easter, and Christmas.
The high prices of duikers and antelopes, according to respondents, are due to the fact
their skins are useful for indoor decorations, chieftaincy decorations, and for the
construction of tom-tom and base drums, and their parts (skull, teeth, hoofs, etc) are often
used in certain traditional medicine.
Information as obtained from field interviews with the chiefs, traditional custodians and
local hunters was that pythons (locally called Asabor) are culturally protected in line with
historic traditional beliefs. Also at Ikot Ebidang in Onna LGA, the bush pig, Potamochoerus
porcus and Bosman Potto, Perodictitus potto, are treated as totemic animals. However

July, 2012
there were no records, as observed during biodiversity consultations, of any sacred

grooves around the project area.
Hunters also report that hunting successes are much higher in wet season than in dry
season, hence hunting is carried out primarily in wet season. Hunting successes are
reduced in dry season, because it is difficult to travel quietly through the bush, without
noise of trailing steps on the dry leaves alerting the animals.
Hunting is carried out both by day and night and the hunter will often stay several days in
the bush, if there is abundant evidence of wildlife in the area besieged. At night carbide
lamps are used, which dazzles the prey with light, providing the hunter with a clearer
vision for accurate shot. During the day, specially tamed hunt – dogs may be used to
“rake” the bush and challenge the wild animals out of their hide-outs, for the hunter to
shoot. The majority of hunters use “dane-guns”, locally manufactured single barrel 12 bore
shotguns, and cartridges used are British made and sell for a few hundreds of naira.
Trapping is carried out both as a means of vertebrate pest control around cultivated areas
and also as an income earning activity in the forest. The traps or snares are constructed
from wire and placed on animal tracks and runs. Around farms, short drift fences or
barricades are constructed from bamboo or palm fronds (with the round wire traps located
at intervals of 4 meters) to compel the animals drift into the traps. The major species
trapped are porcupine, grass-cutter, antelope (bushbuck), monkey and duiker. Occasional
catches include snakes like the python, Gabon viper, and spitting cobra.
A trapper’s drift fence may be 2-5 km long and could have 100 – 200 traps set, usually
during wet season. They are inspected every two or three days. In a day as many as 8
animals of two or more species may be trapped. Where the hunter is not disposed to
inspect his numerous traps, he delegates a teenage boy. On his return, the boy would
have some share from the animal brought home for the hunter. Otherwise the trapped
animals would rot and waste in the bush, or devoured by scavengers like vulture and Civet
cat.
Hunting activities along the project area cannot be termed widespread. For instance
hunting activities as documented from interview sessions are at a lower spread in the
more coastal areas of the route like Ibeno, and Esit Eket than when compared to hunting
spread in Mkpat Enin and Onna. This information is supported by the fact that in the more
coastal areas of the line apart from the Ikot Abasi axis, fishing is a more prominent -activity
of the locals. The construction and operation of the line is not expected to have significant
impacts on hunting activities as access to hunting grounds will not be prohibited except for
prohibitions to poaching and killing of wildlife by site workers.

July, 2012
4.10.3 Fish and Fisheries

Fishing is important in Ibeno LGA, Eket and some creeks in Ikot Abasi LGA, where, tidal
waters of the Bight of Bonny bring in a variety of fish, namely sardines, mullets, croakers,
tilapia, baraccuda, shine nose (Parachana africana)etc
They are commonly caught with basket traps which have non-return valves. A sample of
the freshwater fish landing as well as types of fishing gears used within the area is shown
in Figure 4.25. The clariids constitute the major component of the catch.
Figure: 4.25: Fish Gears and Fish Types
The freshwater swamp fishery at Onna and Mkpat Enin include - Clarias, Heterobranchus
sp, Malapterurus electricus, Schilbe sp, Mormyrus sp, Calamoichtyes calabaricus, etc.

July, 2012
4.11 Socio-Economics
In line with the corporate policy of PHCN and its commitment to meeting its social
corporate responsibilities, it was necessary to undertake socio-economic and health
conditions survey of communities in the proposed project area. The study is an integral
part of the environmental and social impacts management and overall sustainable
development arrangement. Consequently, a detailed socio-economic and health status
survey of the communities within the proposed project area has been undertaken.
Various consultation exercises were conducted with the purpose of intimating those from
affected areas of the proposed project, its objectives, potential impacts, and management
strategies. Meeting dates, times, and agendas were agreed with the leadership of each
group to be consulted who in turn notified those who were to be in attendance ahead of
the schedules. The meetings would start with introductions of participants, the objectives,
and the programs for the meeting. Agendas include the proposed project description,
areas likely to be affected, potential impacts, and planned mitigation and compensation
strategies. Attendance lists are passed around while the meeting is in progress and
photographs of all attendees taken at the end of each meeting. Issues discussed and
matters arising are documented by nominated representatives of the group and the
consultant.
The continuous consultation exercises include interactions with community members and
stakeholders to ensure that the right and sufficient information about the project and its
associated activities is provided, their views are considered, ambiguous issues are
clarified, while their concerns and expectations are noted for appropriate considerations in
the project planning and due provision of feedback. So far, a total of about (65) different
meetings have been held with varying categories of persons, groups, and families among
whom are leaders and youths members of the community in addition to persons directly
affected by the transmission line route. An estimate on the total no of persons that will be
affected by the project (Project Affected Persons – PAPs) will be provided upon conclusion
by PHCN of its enumeration/valuation and census program along the ROW. The
enumeration and valuation process commenced on the 30th of May 2012 and should be
completed in the last week of September 2012. The specific number of persons and
properties to be affected as well as the anticipated budget for compensation will be
determined at the end of enumeration and valuation program. PAPs will be impacted
directly or indirectly through loss of properties which will generally include farmlands,
temporary farm structures like farm huts, fish ponds, and fallow lands etc. Consultation
sections as described in above paragraph have been carried out with identified
stakeholders including potential PAPs to enlighten them on the project as well as capture
and address their needs and concerns in relation to the development. Copies of
attendance sheets are attached in Appendix 4.5 and pictures provided along with
respective consultative discussions. These consultations are anticipated to continue
throughout the project life cycle.

July, 2012
4.11.1 Scope of Study

The proposed transmission line will traverse through 6 LGAs of Akwa Ibom State, namely;
Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi. The study however covered fifty
communities, nine clans councils and six identified Traditional Ruling Councils (TRC)
(Table 4.14).
Table 4.14 No of Consulted / Surveyed Groups

S/NO LGAs No of No of No of Surveyed No. of
Consulted Consulted Communities Respondents
TRC Clan
Council
1 Ibeno 1 1 2 24
2 Esit Eket 1 1 3 19
3 Eket 1 1 4 53
4 Onna 1 1 6 84
5 Mkpat Enin 1 2 14 88
6 Ikot Abasi 1 3 21 150
Total 6 6 9 50 418
A total number of 418 respondents (Table 4.14) were also consulted. However, it should
be noted that prior to detailed socio-economic survey across affected communities, PHCN
had carried out in depth sensitization and consultation activities at the three levels of
traditional organisation in the area. i.e the traditional ruling council, the clan council and
village council levels. Evidences of such consultation activities as well as those carried out
during the socio-economic gathering exercise are presented in Appendix 4.5.
Table 4.15: Socio-economic Survey Program

Date LGA COMMUNITY CONTACT PERSONS REMARKS
10/8/11 Mkpat Ikot Akpa Okop Eteidung Obot Akpan – Acting Clan Head Socio Economic
Enin of Ukpum Minya and 4 others = 5 team introduced by
the PHCN Officials
10/8/11 Ibeno Mkpanak Chief Edmund N. Okon – Village Council FGD conducted
Chairman;
Rt. Hon. Nkpouto Essien – Village Council
member and 7 others = 9
Ibeno Clan Owong (Dr.) Effiong Archianga – Clan council
Council Paramount Ruler Elect; consulted
Chief Okutinyang – Secretary Ibeno Clan
council and 7 others = 9
17/10/11 Eket Ebana Chief Emmanuel Eshiet III – Village Head IDIs Conducted
and
Inspector Nsien S. Nsien (Rtd.) – Village
Coucil Sect.& 7 others = 9
Esit Urua Chief Wilson Etop Itok – Village Head and FGD Conducted
11 others = 12
Ede Obuk Chief Assam M. Assam – Village Council FGD Conducted
Chairman;
Mr. David Willie Etuk – Village council
Sect. and 19 others = 21
18/10/11 Eket Afaha Eket HRM Edidem N. J. E. Oduenyie – FGD/IDIs
Paramount Ruler; Conducted
Chief Etinyang J. Udofa (JP) – Afaha Clan
Admin. Secretary and 7 Others = 9
18/10/11 Onna Ikot Akpatek Eteidung Okon Idem Mboso – Village FGD Conducted
Head;
Mr Monday Sampson Idem – Village
Council Sect.

July, 2012
And 7 others = 9
Ikot Ebidang Bishop Rex A. Uko – Vice Chairman FGD Conducted
Advisory Committee and 22 others = 23
Ikot Annang Eteidung Udo Sampson – Village Head FGD Conducted
and 23 others = 24
Mkpa Eto Eteidung Akpaqn A. Inyang – Village FGD Conducted
Head and 7 others = 8
Ikot Eko Ibon Eteidung (Hon.)Emem D. Nwa II and 11 IDI Conducted
others = 12
31/10/11 Onna Ikot Edor His Eminence Akwa Edidem (Dr.) Akpabio IDI Conducted
Udo Ukpa JP/FCE, Oku Ibom Ibibio III and
Par. Ruler & 1 other = 2
12/11/11 Mkpat Ikot Ekong Eteidung (WO) Raymond Udia Rtd. – FGD/ IDIs
Enin Village Head Ikot Ekong; Conducted
Chief (Hon.) Bassey I. Ekong – Village
Head Elect Ikot Umoh Ekong;
Chief Paul D. Ekpoffiong – Village Head
Elect Odoroinyang and 22 others = 25
Ndon Eteidung Okon Udo Ekpo – Village Head FGD Conducted
and 6 others = 7
Ibotio Eteidung Joseph U. Imoh – Village Head IDI Conducted
& 3 others = 4
12/11/11 Mkpat Ikot Enin Eteidung Akpan Nelson Ekpo - Village IDI Conducted
Enin Head & 5 others = 6
Ekim HRH Obong P. N. John Udoh (JP) – IDI Conducted
Village Head/Clan Head of Ikpa Ibom & 1
other = 2
Ikot Oyoro Eteidung Sylvester A. Inyang – Village FGD Conducted
Head & 7 others = 8
14/11/11 Mkpat Ikot Obio Ndoho Chief Anthony Ukpong – Village Council FGD Conducted
Enin Chairman
And 9 others = 10
Ikot Aba Eteidung M. S. Akpan – Village head and FGD Conducted
5 others = 6
14/11/11 Ikot Ikwa Eteidung Chief Akpan J. Ekpe – Village IDI Conducted
Abasi Head & 4 others = 5
Ikot Ataha Eteidung Akpan N. Ntia – Village Head & IDI Conducted
6 others = 7
Ikot Umiang Okon Eteidung Ufot S. Ufot – Village Head &14 FGD Conducted
Others = 15
Iman Ekabom I & Chief Friday Attat – Village Head and 28 FGD Conducted
II others = 29
Obiokama; Ete; Eteidung A. O. Ekpe- Village Head and 21 FGD Conducted
Ubeneke I & II others = 22
15/11/11 Mkpat Ikot Akpan Okop Eteidung Obot Akpan – Village Head and FGD Conducted
Enin 4 others = 5
Ikot Ekpang and Elder Eyop George – Village council FGD Conducted
Ikot Aka Speaker and 15 others = 16
15/11/11 Esit Akpambiet Edo Chief Akpan A. Ibok; Chief Okon Tom FGD Conducted
Eket Community Ekwere; Chief Joshua W. Edemidiong
(Village Heads) and 8 others 11
Edida Edo Chief Johnson Assam Etidem – Village IDI Conducted
Head & 3 others = 4
Oniok Edo Elder Abia Jonny Abia – Village Council IDI Conducted
President & 3 others = 4
16/11/11 Ikot Abasi Ute (5); Chief (Barr.) C. M. Ikotidem, - Acting Clan FGD/ IDIs
Abasi Abiaran (7); Head and other Village Heads/ Chairmen conducted
Odiono Isoutibe of Village Councils = 48
(6); Essien Etuk
(5); Urua Essien
Etuk (4); Okpoto
(5); Adaha Ukim
(6); Ikot Etenghe
(5) and Ekpuk
Inang (5)
Ikot Etetuk Mr. Uduak Udo Tom – Village Council IDI Conducted
Chair & 5 others = 6

July, 2012
Ikot Essien Elder Ufot Akpan Nathaniel and 7 others = FGD Conducted
8
Ikot Akpan Ata Chief Aniefiok Akpan Usoro and 4 others FGD Conducted
=5
Ikot Abasi Village Chief Akpan Monday Okubre and 4 FGD Conducted
others = 5
FGD: Focus Group Discussion
IDI: In Depth Interview
4.11.2 Consultations
Consultations is a major feature of the socio-economic component of the Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) process for any intended project, which in this case incorporates
all individuals and communities that may be directly or indirectly affected by the proposed
project. Consultations aim to inform relevant stakeholders about the intentions / plans of
project proponents. It also attempts to record the concerns and views of all stakeholders
and helps to minimise potential conflicts that could arise during project implementation.
The consultation programme for the proposed project consisted of a two-tier process.
• Reconnaissance visits to key LGA and Clan level stakeholders (political leaders /
traditional rulers / civic leaders). This was done for legitimation purposes, as to secure
permission and cooperation for the study. Specifically, notification visits were carried
out to the LGA council authorities of Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot
Abasi. Visits at the TRC level of the local governments as well as identified clans
within the LGAs were also carried out. This phase of consultation was initiated
between February to August 2011, giving way to the next level of consultations.
• Direct consultation with identified stakeholders. This phase was conducted by the SIA /
H team from the 10th of August till the 16th of November, 2011 (10/08/2011 –
16/11/2011). It consisted of visits (3 phased visits, TRC level, clan level and village
levels) to the various communities/settlements which had been earlier identified by
PHCN, as areas over which the proposed power transmission line will traverse.
Participatory tools were thereafter utilised to elicit information from stakeholders on
community baseline data, expected impacts (direct/indirect, adverse/beneficial,
short/long term etc). Attempts were also made to ascertain stakeholders’ concerns as
well as identify the benefits of the proposed projects can be enhanced for the affected
communities. A total of about 115 visits covering both phases of consultations have
been carried out so far.
Public Forum
Public participation plays an important role in the EIA process and the planning, design
and implementation of any development. PHCN organised a public forum on the 28th of
March, 2012 involving as many potentially interested and affected parties (including,
federal, state and local government stakeholders, traditional ruling councils, clan councils,
village councils, youths, women, middle age, NGO, press etc) as possible. The comments
received and the issues arising from the public forum have been used extensively in this
EIA. Attendance list from the public forum as well as a panaroma of photos are presented
in Appendix 4.5.

July, 2012
4.11.3 Socio-economic Survey Methodology

Socio-economic data gathering/survey involved a multidisciplinary approach. Experts in
various aspects including health and agricultural economics were inclusive in the overall
socio-economic / health baseline profile of the study area.
Socio-economic baseline data gathering was carried out as an independent aspect of the
consultation / sensitization programme of this project. The socio-economic / health team
were however present during majority of the consultation program to give clarity and
document information arising as a result of the public disclosure activities. This was the
situation in Mkpanak area of Ibeno where the socio-economic team carried out data
gathering exercise side by side with consultation, sensitization and notification exercise by
PHCN to the chiefs, youths, women group, middle age, community development group
and other age groups within Mkpanak community.
Detailed socio-economic data gathering exercise for the project affected area commenced
August 2011 and lasted till November 2012, while PHCN detailed consultation, notification
and sensitization programmes across the project area was initiated in June 2011 and is
still ongoing and expected to last throughout the project life span.
For the Socio-economic/health data gathering a non-probability purposeful sampling

procedure based on convenience sampling (Akpabio-2008, AKSG-2005) was utilized to
pick respondents (groups/individuals) for the data gathering activities. Convenience
sampling is a typical socio-economic data gathering method where the community
leadership and/or key stakeholders (most especially of prone areas) assign to the SIA
team members of the community knowledgeable in relevant areas of expertise (e.g,
traditional custodians, the aged, hunters, celebrated farmers, women leader, etc) to ease
the socio-economic investigations. This dealt with participatory choice of survey
communities/areas by representatives of project proponents, in conjunction with
community/local government stakeholders. It also involved visits to identified communities
and eventual interviews and correspondence with community indigenes gathered at either
the community hall or the residence of the village head or village council chairman. The
survey team was thereafter taken on guided tours to specific locations of interest to
community stakeholders. These tours were guided by delegated members of the
community or group, appointed by the traditional leadership to assist the team.
Data Collection Techniques

The study utilised both primary and secondary data. Primary data collection was through
Focus Group Discussion (FGD), General Group Discussion (GGD) and In Depth Interview
(IDI) sessions (see Appendix 4.6) of community representatives and stakeholders
(stakeholders as much as possible covered all groups within any such identified
community, including the chiefs, age groups, the youths, the aged, women wings, middle
aged as well as community development committees) Figure 4.26.

July, 2012
IDI - Village Head of Ikot Akpan Okop, Ikot FGD- Mkpanak Village Council - Ibeno
Abasi
IDI – Ikpa Ibom Clan Head & Clan Council IDI – Paramount Ruler of Onna
Figure: 4.26: Examples of meetings with local representatives
This was facilitated with the aid of participatory tools like FGD/ GGD guides and IDI
schedules including the use of map guides. Non-participatory observation techniques and
visual photography sessions were utilised as complementary data collection tools. . There
is a rich collection of literature and official records about the study area (AKSG-2005,
Ekpenyong, R. E 2007, NBS-2006, NBS-2009, NBS-2011, NPC-1991, NPC-2006). Such
secondary data was mainly utilized to complement (clarify and enrich) submissions from
the interactive phase of the field study. Descriptive statistics were utilised to analyse
collated data. These included basic statistic tools like means, percentages, frequency
tables and charts.
4.12 General Description of Akwa Ibom State

The proposed project will take place in Akwa Ibom State. The state occupies the South-
South fringe of Nigeria.
The state is bounded on the North by Abia and Cross River States and on the South, by
the Atlantic Ocean. On the East, the State shares its boundary with Cross River State
along Okpokong River and on the West, by Rivers and Abia States. The State is divided
into 31 Local Government Areas, covers a total land area of 7,245,935sq.km, representing
about 0.87 percent of the country’s total land area (NBS, 2009). It is the 15th most
populous state in Nigeria with a high population density, ranging between 285-400
persons per square kilometre.
More than 80% of the peoples from the six LGAs identified to be affected by the project
are Christians with very few traditional worshippers. The culture including faith and beliefs

July, 2012
of the people are to a very great extent homogenous (they are basically Ibibios with a
common culture and traditional way of life). This uniform ethnicity and cultural background
defines their lifestyles and is important in describing anticipated impacts in relation to the
work and ethic ways of the locals. This Ibibio group on the coastal axis of Akwa Ibom state
have been exposed to several developmental projects over the years including oil and gas
activities. The people are used to modern infrastructures as well as basic stages in
developmental projects. They have worked amicably well overtime with foreigners as well
as neighbours in various projects such as the QIT development by Exxonmobil, Alscon
Smelter, Ibom Power Project, etc. It is expected that there would be no much impact to the
project and its host peoples resulting from the cultures and ethics of the people.
4.12.1 Ibeno LGA

Ibeno LGA has its headquarters at Upenekang. It is located at the Southern end of Akwa
Ibom State, occupying a vast coastal area of over 1,200sq. km. It stretches from Okposo 1
at the Eastern flank, bordering Mbo Local Government Area and Bakassi Pennisula to
Atabrikang village on its Western flank. It is bounded in the South by the Atlantic Ocean
and shares border with Eket, Esit Eket, Onna and Eastern Obolo local government areas.
Ibeno LGA is made up over 25 gazetted villages and 43 un-gazetted ones. The Qua-Iboe
river estuary forms the major body of water in addition to the Atlantic Ocean. The Local
Government Area is located in the mangrove forest belt of the Niger-Delta region of
Nigeria, often referred to as “strand coast”. Ibeno is the host community of Exxon-Mobil
Producing Nigeria.
Ibeno people are basically of the Obolo/Andoni origin. The common dialect of Ibeno
people is Ibeno/Obolo language prominently spoken by Ibeno and Eastern Obolo people
in Akwa Ibom State. By ethnic composition, Ibeno indigenes constitute between ½ to ¾ of
the total population. The Ibibios, Andonis, Annangs, Orons make up slightly less than half
the remaining population, while the Ghanaians and Ilaje’s – make up the total number of
residents. Ibeno people are rich in cultural heritage
With reference to religion, inhabitants of the study area are Christians – (about 90
percent). Traditional religion however persists and many people still practice both
Christianity and traditional religion, through pouring of libation and appeasement of natural
deities, especially among fishermen, water transport operators and traditional rulers.
Major traditional gods in the study area include: “Asuakasi”, “Ogbomo” and “Iso-abasi
Ibeno” – all of whom are reputed to serve purposes of community and individual protection
and survival, especially for those who ply their trade on the high seas. December is the
period of festivities and apart from the modern Christian oriented festivals of Easter,
Christmas and New Year; during which even traditional cultural displays like Ekpe and
Akata; may also feature, each community also celebrates a special home-coming day (eg
Upenekang day, Iwuoachang day, etc) which occur at the latter days of December and
during which sacrifices are made to traditional gods for individual and communal
protection. The people have many age-long traditional institutions like Ekpe, Obon, Uke,
Ekong, Akata, Eka-Ebitu, Ubom Isong, Oluo, Ikini and the age-grade system is highly

July, 2012
recognized and practiced in Ibeno. Major market in the area is the Iwuoachang market
which holds once in every week. i.e every six days interval. Traders and buyers from Esit
Eket and minority from Onna patronise the Ibeno market as there are no comparable
major markets as such in these areas. Major market days along the affected local
governments vary and for close to 50years have been planned not to coincide with each
other. For example if Ibeno holds its major market on a Tuesday, on a Wednesday or
Thursday that of Eket and Ete (Ikot Abasi) may hold. Also it should be noted that there are
no specific days of the week for these major markets, it is sequential. If it holds on a
Thursday the next market is automatically scheduled for a Wednesday thus complying
with the six days interval put in place for each.
Cultural sites of importance in the L.G.A. include the Stubbs Creek and the Ibeno beach
which has witnessed an appreciable level of modernization. Two communities in Mkpanak
and Upenekang were surveyed in Ibeno LGA.
4.12.2 Esit Eket LGA

Esit Eket LGA was created from the former Uquo Ibeno by the Local Government and the
people are of Ekid stock. It is situated by the Western Atlantic coast line with boundaries
with Ibeno, Eket and Nsit Atai Local Government Areas. The LGA has 10 wards and 2
clans. It has a land area of 411,700 sq km. Apart from the majority Ekid stock there are
many migrant fishermen of Ghananian and Ilaje (Yoruba) stock. Esit Eket Local
Government Area is presently made up to two clans namely: Eket Offiong and Eket Afaha,
which are held together by common tradition, customs and ancestry relationship. The
Local Government Headquarters is at Uquo. There are 23 recognized villages in the local
government area, although some omitted villages are yet to be gazetted. These villages
are spread across the three geo-political zones making up of Uquo and the development
zones A, B and C.
Christianity is the dominant religion in all the communities. Despite the large influence of
Christianity in the areas, some nominal Christians are involved in one form of traditional
belief as dictated by the culture of the people.
The socio-cultural and traditional life of the people of Esit Eket local government is well
displayed in dances, songs, plays and mythology, oracles, cults and festivals. The
picturesque representations of these are manifested in Ekpe masquerade and in
traditional dances, story- telling and plays. Traditional plays include Ekpe, Ekong, Obon,
Ekong Isong, Nyoho, Akata, Ntok Odio Odio, Atia Ata, Ebre and Ikara. There are also
taboos and totems, some of which are no longer observed because of the influence of
Christianity. The principal deities in Esit Eket include the Atara, Akuki, Yokho, Nsoabasi,
Idim Itiet, and Isemin Odiong. Each of these presides over a number of pantheons and has
a messenger popularly called Nsong Edoho.
The deities are still regarded as protectors and keepers of peace and order in the society.
Even though deity worship is minimal, some people still regard these deities as the

July, 2012
pervading and guiding spirit in the communities. Three communities were surveyed in Esit
Eket LGA viz; Akpambiet Edo, Edida Edo and Oniok Edo.
4.12.3 Eket LGA

Eket LGA is one of the oldest administrative headquarters in the southern part of the
country as it has served as an administrative headquarters since the early 1950’s even
before the creation of the defunct South-eastern state. It is located about 5km off the
Northern coast of the Atlantic Ocean and is flanked by Onna and Nsit Ubium LGAs on the
Western and Northern borders respectively and Ibeno and Esit Eket LGAs on its eastern
and southern boundaries.
Eket consists of 11 clans, 71 recognised villages and many omitted ones. By virtue of
their natural habitat, the people of Eket were traditionally hunters and fishermen and were
also engaged in subsistence farming, pottery and foundry works. However by the end of
the third quarter of the 20th century, oil exploration and exploitation made a tremendous
impact on the lives and culture of the people more so with the commencement of
operations by Mobil (precursor of Exxon-Mobil) the lives and fortunes of the inhabitants of
this ecological zone experienced mixed fortunes. Eket people are however generally
meticulous, intensely religious to high standards, and exhibit an urbanised demeanour.
They are therefore an invaluable asset for sustainable community development.
Although Eket is one of those communities that embraced Christianity early, traditional
religious practices are still prevalent such as the Supreme God (Abasi Ibom/ Abasi
Anyong) other deities like Edoho – “Abasi Isong”. Some of these deities were said to have
sacred shrines but none of which located along the proposed ROW from Ibeno to Ikot
Abasi. This information was as obtained from discussions with locals during the socio-
economic / health baseline data gathering. In the communities, affiliates of Christian faith
are in the majority. This is reflected by the number of churches that are prevalent in each
of the communities. In these communities, there are in existence different deities or
shrines which the people believe to have some protective duties/power over their
communities. This belief and perhaps relevance of these known deities is fast becoming a
myth among the people. Therefore, emphases on these deities and shrines have greatly
reduced as well as performance of appeasement rites.
Eket is blessed with a rich and enviable cultural heritage. “Ekid,” is the ethnic language
and it conveys a unique culture and identity to the people. Eket has a plethora of cultural
displays such as Ekong, Eka-Ekong, Mbok, Obon, Ekang, Ibang-Isong, Akata, Nnabo,
Ibem, Ekpe-Obon, Nkuho, Ekpe, Ntok Unaidi. There are also many cultural practices and
ceremonial prevalent in Eket and which have a defined pattern. These include burial
ceremony, coronation, marriage, status initiation, land-holding, extended family system,
harvesting of palm fruits, births and child-naming ceremony. In Eket the major market is
the Orafionto market holding every six days interval. It is located in Afaha Ukwa area of
the town. Peoples from Onna, Esit Eket and some times Ibeno patronise this market.

July, 2012
Four communities in Esit Urua, Ebana, Ede-Obuk and Afaha Eket were consulted. Esit
Urua is made up of three gazetted villages (Esit Urua, Idung Imose and Idung Adiakot),
while Afaha Eket is also constituted by three villages of Atibe, Atai Ndon and Ekpene
Nditia
4.12.4 Onna LGA

Onna LGA has its headquarters at Abat. It shares common boundaries with Mkpat Enin
and Etinan LGAs in the West; Ibeno and Eket LGAs in the North; and the Atlantic Ocean
and Qua Iboe rivers in the South. Onna`s name derives from an acronym of the three
clans that make up the LGA: Oniong, Nnung Ndem, and Awa. The LGA consists of 3
clans, 41 villages and 12 political units.
The people are very enterprising and are involved in various economic endeavours. The
people are however predominantly fishermen and farmers. Some are also engaged in
trading, craft making and artisanship. Onna LGA is endowed with enormous quantity of
rich mineral and other natural resources, including clay deposits, gravel and sand. Oil
deposits are also found in commercial quantities in the rock base of the Atlantic ocean and
the Qua Iboe marshes.
For ethnic background, the findings reveal that 3/4 of the respondents are Ibibios, while
Annang and Oron make up the remaining 1/4. A lot of stranger elements inhabit these
areas, however, indigenes and strangers live together in the community. As regards
religion, most of them are Christians. Only very few practice traditional religion, that is why
they have the following gods; “Ubo”, which they claim is god of war located at Ikot Ubo.
“Akpan Abasi” – god of the sea located at Atlantic Coast. “Iso Ekpenyong” god of the farm,
located at the forest farmland and “Akankan” god of the fish located at the river (forest).
A total of six (6) communities of Ikot Ebidang, Ikot Akpatek, Ikot Annang, Mkpa Eto and
Ikot Eko Ibon were surveyed in Onna LGA.
4.12.5 Mkpat Enin LGA

Mkpat Enin LGA was excised from Ikot Abasi LGA. It has a land mass of about 488.9sq
km. The LGA is bordered by Ikot Abasi, Eastern Obolo, Oruk Anam, Etinan and Onna
LGAs. The LGA has 4 clans, 14 political wards and 87 gazetted villages. It is located on a
level – gently undulating sandy plain with shallow depressions, some of which form
seasonal lakes. Major occupations of the people include: farming, fishing and trading.
Ibibios make up more than 98% of the population while the remaining 2% are either
itinerant Ibo traders or Annang indigenes. Christianity is the dominant faith although the
people still uphold some traditional religious tenets like pouring of libation. There are also
a myriad of deities, with particular peculiar reference to different communities while
traditional festivals include “Ekpo and Ekong” which take place around September and
October; “Udia eduek” which takes place around the second week of February, to mark
the beginning of bush clearing; and “usuk udia” festival which marks the beginning of the
harvest period and is marked around October.

July, 2012
The level of observance of these traditional festivals is however very low. Lots of cultural
sites of importance dot the natural landscape of each community but none has been
destroyed nor damaged over time.
Fifteen (15) villages were surveyed in Mkpat Enin LGA. These are; Ibotio, Ndon, Ikot
Ekong (a community of three gazetted villages: Ikot Ekong, Ikot Umoh Ekong and Odoro
Inyang), Ikot Enin, Ikot Akpaden, Ikot Oyoro, Ikot Obio Ndoho, Ekim, Ikot Aba, Ikot
Ekpang, Ikot Akan, Ikot Akpan Imo and Ikot Akpa Okop. Majority of the Makpat Enin
people patronise the Ete market in Ikot Abasi which holds once in every week.
4.12.6 Ikot Abasi LGA

Ikot Abasi LGA is one of the oldest of such in the country, having started as a Native
Administration /county council and was formerly called Opobo. In 1976 however the name
Ikot-Abasi was adopted following the excision of former Obolo county council from the
Opobo division of the former Cross River State. Ikot-Abasi LGA consists of five clans,
namely; Ikpa-Ibekwe, Ukpum Ete, Ukpum Okon, Edemaya and Ikpa Nung Asang. Ikot-
Abasi is bounded on the South and West by the Imo River, Atlantic Ocean and Eastern
Obolo LGA, on the North by Oruk Anam LGA and on the East by Mkpat-Enin LGA. The
LGA lies within the Mangrove swamp and the high rain forest belt and therefore
experiences heavy rainfall. The main occupation of the people are fishing and farming.
The recently revived Aluminum Smelting Company of Nigeria (ALSCON) is also located
there and employs people from the host communities and from the region.
Ibibios make up more than 90% population of the study area. There is also a sprinkling of
Annangs and Ibos in the study area, while in the fishing settlements, there are a lot of
Ghanaians and Ilaje’s (Ondo State). A lot of people of Obolo indigenous stock also inhabit
Ikpa-Ibekwe, especially, Ikot-Abasi town, which hosts the LGA headquarters.
With respect to religion the Christian faith has taken tremendous roots in the study area,
with more than 98% indigenes involved in the faith. This does not however exclude the
pouring of libation to small deities and the knowledge of these small gods. The practice of
traditional religion is however limited to less than 2% inhabitants of the study area.
Common community gods however include – “Ntita Abeka” and “Okwok Oduk” and they
function mainly for protection purposes. However many cultural sites of importance have
been destroyed especially in Ikpa-Ibekwe, where most of their land have been
appropriated for industrial purposes.
Twenty one (21) villages were surveyed in Ikot Abasi LGA. These are Iman Ekabom I,
Iman Ekabom II and Ikot Umiang (Ukpum Okon clan). Ikot Essien, Ikot Abasi, Ikot Etetuk,
Ikot Akpan Ata and the omitted Ikpetim are in Ikpa Ibekwe clan. The remaining are in
Ukpum Ete clan. These are; Ikwa, Ikot Ataha, Ete village, Ikot Etenge Ete, Okpoto Ete,
Abasute, Essien Etuk & Urua essien Etuk, Abiaran Ubeneke I, Ubeneke 11, Obiokama,
Odiono Isoutibe, Adaha Ukim and Ekpuk Inang. Major market in the area is the Ete market
which holds once in every week. i.e every six days interval.

July, 2012
4.13 Traditional / Political Governance & Community Organisation

There are two levels of political organisation in the study area; (i) the formal government
and (ii) the local / traditional administration. At the formal governmental level, study area
communities / settlements fall under the administrative authority of the Local Government
Areas (LGAs) presently constituted by elected representatives of all constituent parts of
each LGA.
4.13.1 Traditional Organisation

The local traditional political organisation consists of five tiers of authority, consisting of the
Nuclear Family Heads; extended (lineage) Family Heads (Obong Ekpuk) and Village
Heads (Ete Idung) who superintend over various families Figure 4.27.
Paramount Ruler
Clan Head
Village Head
Extended Family Head
Nuclear Family Head
Figure 4.27: Traditional Tiers of Authority
They are aided by the Village Council, constituted by representatives of various families in
the village and may include the youth and women representatives. A collection of villages
(Oduk or Ikpa Isong) sharing some traditional bonds (deity, food prohibition etc) come
under the leadership of a Clan Head – who is chosen from the rank of Village Heads. The
highest office in the traditional LGA setting is that of the Paramount Ruler, who is chosen
from the rank of Clan Heads. There are also Traditional Rulers Councils at both the LGA
and State level.

July, 2012
Traditional Ruling Council - Onna LGA Clan Council – Ikpa Ibom Clan
Figure 4.28: Typical Traditional Organisation
4.13.2 Traditional Governance

In terms of traditional administrative duties and with reference to the family or lineage
level, the family head presides over family meetings, which are held on a particular market
day. During such meetings, land boundary disputes and other minor disputes between
family members are resolved. At the village level, the Village Head presides over Village
Council meetings. The Village Council is composed of mainly the different family heads
and other co-opted members, representing the different families, youth and (a times)
women groups. Above the Village level, the Clan Head exercises administrative and
judicial authority over his clan through the Clan Council (Esop Ikpa Isong). This council
has authority to settle all forms of conflict. The family council (esop ekpuk) and village
council (esop isong) are linked to the clan council by representatives of each village.
The economic base of the chieftaincy in the study area consists of tributes, gifts, fees,
fines, compensations and money accruing from settlement of cases. The Clan Council is
summoned occasionally to hear inter village cases, which contravene clan laws like
murder through alleged witchcraft, physical assault, arson and armed robbery. Other
intra-village and minor cases like petty theft, land dispute, matrimonial and debts
settlements are adjudicated at the family or village councils. However cases that cannot
be amicably settled at the lower tiers of authority are referred to the progressively higher
authorities, for possible solutions.
4.13.3 Community / Social Organisation

With regard to community organization, communities in the study area exhibit a high level
of cooperative tendency. The people also speak with one voice and bear allegiance to
their groupings of affiliation. At the local intra-communal level exists the village council,
youth and women councils. The youth are usually incorporated into the executive arm of
each village council. The village councils handle traditional and non-criminal issues. Also
important are the age-grades, church based societies and ubiquitous credit and thrift
groups (commonly known as etibe). The pre-cooperatives and etibe groups provide a lot of
financial assistance to needy members, at little or no interest, and group members

July, 2012
generally offer material, social and financial assistance to needy members and also render
moral support during the celebration of members’ joyous occasions. Leadership of various
traditional, civic and political settings may be through inheritance, nomination/consensus
and/or elective means.
With reference to social organizations, the people have realised the need to develop their
social and human capital through group formation and affiliation. In this wise, a lot of social
groups have arisen in the study area, including: rotatory savings schemes (etibe),
cooperatives, church societies, village, youth and women councils/associations. These are
the prevalent social groupings which attract maximum affiliation, obeisance and prestige.
These groups involve both male and female - sometimes in mixed groups and sometimes
in gender specific groups.
At the clan / LGA level, prominent groups include Ibeno Clan Council and Mboho Ndito
Ikot Abasi. The Afigh Iwaad Ekid is a powerful inter local government youth group. These
all serve functions of resources mobilisation, community administration and financial
assistance to members. These local groupings have been involved in a lot of projects over
time. These include: initiation and completion of council halls, electricity projects and bus-
stops. They are also involved in community sanitation activities and access road
maintenance, while larger and richer ones have awarded educational scholarship to
deserving sons and daughters.
4.14 Demography
4.14.1 Population Size
Akwa Ibom State has landmass of 8,412 sq. Kilometres. (AKSG, 2007).This area is
inhabited by a total population of 3,920,208 people made of up of 2,044,510 males and
1,875,698 females (Table 4.16).
Table 4.16: Population Characteristics of Surveyed LGAs

S/N LGA Total Male Female Dependency Sex Ratio (M:F)
Rate
1 Ibeno 75,380 41,311 34069 66.47% 1.2:1
2 Ikot Abasi 132,023 70,192 61,831 49.29% 1.1:1
3 Mkpat Enin 178,036 93,927 84,109 53.82% 1.1:1
4 Esit Eket 63,701 33,942 29,759 60.51% 1.1:1
5 Eket 172,557 88,635 83,922 51.23% 1.05:1
6 Onna 123,373 59,598 63,775 40.02% 0.9:1
7 Akwa Ibom 3,920,208 2,044,510 1,875,698 53.80% 1.09:1
Sources: (i) Federal Republic of Nigeria Official gazette 15th May 2007, (AK-BASES) 2005.
This gives the state a population density of 466 persons/sq. kilometres. Table 4.17 show
projected population figures for the surveyed communities in the study area. (Please note
that the NPC is yet to release 2006 population figures for various communities in Nigeria.
Population projections as derived from the NPC within the area are relatively aligned with
the population perspectives of the people.

July, 2012
Table 4.17: Projected Population Figures for Surveyed Communities

2011 PROJECTIONS 1991 FIGURES
S/N LGA COMMUNITIES TOTAL MALE FEMALE TOTAL MALE FEMALE
1 Ibeno Mkpanak
13166 6846 6320 6746 3508 3238
Ebana
925 486 439 474 249 225
Esit Urua (Now 3 villages: Esit
Urua; Idung Imose and Idung
Adiakot) 5678 2885 2793 2909 1478 1431
Ede Obuk
1889 997 892 968 511 457
2 Eket
Nditia
427 236 191 219 121 98
Atibe
16263 8216 8047 8333 4210 4123
Atai Ndon
3084 1544 1540 1580 791 789
Afaha Ekpene
1922 927 995 985 475 510
Ikot Akpatek
15032 6919 8113 7702 3545 4157
Ikot Ebidang
5348 2518 2830 2740 1290 1450
Ikot Ebekpo
3632 1780 1852 1861 912 949
3 Onna Ikot Annang
4321 2090 2231 2214 1071 1143
Mkpa Eto
1798 898 900 921 460 461
Ikot Eko Ibon
13076 6407 6669 6700 3283 3417
Ikot Edor
20299 10248 10051 10401 5251 5150
Ikot Ekong (now a community
of three gazetted villages of
6314 3318 2996 3235 1700 1535
Ikot Ekong; Ikot Umoh Ekong;
and Odoro Inyang)
Ndon Ibotio
3767 1897 1870 1930 972 958
Ibotio
5771 2818 2953 2957 1444 1513
Ikot Enin
1009 507 502 517 260 257
Mkpat Ekim
4 29645 1429 1536 1519 732 787
Enin
Ikot Oyoro & Enen Eyep
1626 798 828 895 409 424
Ikot Akpaden
4370 2157 2213 2239 1105 1134
Ikot Obio Ndoho
3146 1532 1614 1612 785 827
Ikot Aba
2496 1216 1280 1279 623 656
Ikot Akpan Okop
724 347 377 371 178 193
Ikot Ekpang and Ikot Aka
1454 703 751 745 360 385
Akpambiet Edo Community 1727 792 935 885 406 479
Esit Edida Edo
5 1333 566 767 683 290 393
Eket
Oniok Edo
3314 1602 1712 1698 821 877
Ikwa
3035 1649 1386 1555 845 710
Ikot Ataha
722 357 365 370 183 187
Ikot Umiang Okon
1653 747 906 850 383 464
Iman Ekabom I & II
Ikot 1596 751 845 818 385 433
6
Abasi Ete village
NA NA NA NA NA NA
Ikot Etenge Ete
1483 751 732 760 385 375
Okpoto Ete
986 439 547 505 225 280
Abasiute
3479 1639 1840 1783 840 943

July, 2012
Table 4.17: Projected Population Figures for Surveyed Communities Cont’d

2011 PROJECTIONS 1991 FIGURES
S/N LGA COMMUNITIES TOTAL MALE FEMALE TOTAL MALE FEMALE
Essien Etuk & Urua essien

Etuk 1438 675 763 737 346 391
Abiaran
798 396 402 409 203 206
Ubeneke I
NA NA NA NA NA NA
Ubeneke 11
NA NA NA NA NA NA
Ikot Obiokama
6 5937 1922 4015 1072 985 2057
Abasi Odiono Isoutibe
NA NA NA NA NA NA
Adaha Ukim
NA NA NA NA NA NA
Ekpuk Inang 2746 876 1870 509 449 958
Ikot Etetuk 1280 767 513 656 393 263
Ikot Essien 426 252 174 218 129 89
Ikot Akpan Ata 1794 894 900 919 458 461
Ikot Abasi Village 11093 5958 5135 5684 3053 2631
Sources; NPC, 1991; NPC 1996
Table 4.18: Respondents’ Consensual Perceptions on Demographic Characteristics

Parameter Local Government Areas
Demographic Structure Ikot Eket Esit Eket Mkpat Onna
IBENO Abas Enin
(a) Major Ethnic Group Ibeno

Ibibio Ekid Ekid Ibibio Ibibio
(b) Population Structure
(i) Children 50%–75%
75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
(ii) Youth
(iii) Middle-aged ≈ 25%
≈ 25% ≈ 25% ≈ 25% ≈ 25% ≈ 25%
(iv) Elderly
(c) Male/Female Ratio 50:50

43:57 47:53 46:54 49:51 50:50
(d) Marriage Mode: Poly/Mono 56:44
40:60 50:50 55:45 35:65 60:40
(e) Mean Household Size 11
8 9 9 7 8
(f) Mean No. of 9
6 7 7 6 6
Children/Household
(g) Literacy Level

≈ 25%
(i) Functionally ≈ 25%
≈ 25% ≈ 25% ≈ 25% ≈ 25%
literate
>50%
(ii) Academically ≈ 25%
<75% >50% >50% >50% >50%
literate >50%
<25% <25% > 25% > 50%
(iii) Non-literate
Source: Field Survey, 2011

Information obtained during baseline data gathering suggests that in recent times there has
been outward migration of locals from the rural areas (more interior villages) to the hub of
industrialisation activities. Of note are movements of youths from the interiors to Eket and
Ibeno due to oil and gas activities and to Ikot Abasi as a result of Aluminium smelting
activities by ALSCON as well as oil and gas activities.

July, 2012
4.14.2 Population Characteristics

Household Size
The mean household size was revealed to range from 7–11 people for all surveyed
communities, while the mean number of children per household was between a range of 6
to 9 for identified LGAs. Household size along the project area does not vary much from
village to village. The National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) Annual Abstract of Statistics
(AAS – 2009) however reports an average household size of 5-6 (5.1) for the study area.
Table 4.18 above also shows the general belief of respondents that the female folks are of
a higher proportion than the male folks in Ikot Abasi, Eket, Esit Eket and Mkpat Enin
LGAs; while the male: female proportion is adjudged to be equal in both Onna and Ibeno
LGAs. This does not corroborate with official statistics. Table 4.16 indicates a sex (male:
female) ratio of 109.0 (NPC, 2006) for Akwa Ibom State. This figure is quite close to the
national ratio of 105.0, meaning that generally, the male population is slightly higher than
the female population. This trend is similar for a majority of the LGAs under focus, except
for Onna LGA, where the female population predominate over the male.
Population Structure
With regard to population structure, Table 4.19 shows community perceptions to the effect
that the children and the youth constitute about three-quarters of the population of
surveyed communities, while the middle aged (41 – 60 years) and the elderly (more than
60 years) constitute the remaining one-quarter of the total population.
Table 4.19: Age and Sex Structure of Akwa Ibom State

Age Categories (yrs) Male (%) Female (%) Total
less than 15 32.22 33.34 32.77
15 – 24 26.12 25.42 25.78
1 – 24 58.34 58.76 58.55
25 – 34 14.52 15.80 15.15
35 – 44 9.88 13.21 11.52
25 – 44 24.40 29.01 26.67
45 – 54 9.71 9.02 9.37
55 – 64 5.22 2.27 3.77
45 – 64 14.93 11.29 13.14
65 years and above 2.32 0.94 1.64
Source: AK-BASES (2005) NBS (2009)
Official population structure information is shown on Table 4.19. The table shows that the
general study area exhibits the typical pyramidal structure characteristic of Akwa Ibom and
Nigeria, in general. Population is rather loaded for the lower range cohorts. With reference
to the table, the bulk of the population (58.6%) is made up of persons below 25years old.
Those of the 25–44 years age group make up 26.67% of the population, while the 44 – 64
years bracket constitutes 13.14% of the population. The implication of the loaded lower
range cohorts is a young and growing population with heavy burden on the adult
population, and a high dependency ratio.

July, 2012
Dependency Rate
This is the proportion of the working population (those between 15 and 64 years) to the
dependent (those under 15 years and those 65 years and above) population. Table 4.18
gives the dependency rate for the LGAs under consideration. The NPC (2006) however
reported a Dependency Ratio of 0.6%, which indicates that less than one person is
dependent on one economically active person; while the NBS-AAS (2009) reported an
increase to 2.3%, indicating that about 2 persons are dependent on each active worker.
This is still relatively lower than the national dependency rate of above 55%.
4.15 Marriage
Marriage is an important social institution in the study area. It is a basic social
phenomenon which exists in all the surveyed societies in many forms, guarded by sets of
regulations as to who may or may not marry each other. It is a legitimate union of man and
woman for begetting and bringing up children and for mutual aid and solace.
Monogamous and polygamous marriages exist in the study area. Although a monogamous
marriage involves marrying of one wife, which has to do with the Christian concept of “one
wife one husband” it was traditionally largely identified with poverty, implying that the man
could not afford to maintain a chain of wives. Any case of monogamy generally existed
either as a self denying ordinance in the sense that a man voluntarily renounced or
abstained from polygamy or it was dictated by the inability to afford more than one wife.
Polygamous marriage fits well into African structure and the traditional life of the people
and has been traditionally identified with wealth and prestige. The number of wives and
children one had, counted as a status symbol especially to the chiefs and elders. Also in
agrarian and fishing communities, there was need for many hands to ease farming and
fish harvest. Many wives therefore provided cheap labour and also served as potters in
transporting goods to distant markets.
Importance of Marriage
Marriage has been seen as a means of self preservation, in order to ensure the
perpetuation of peoples’ names and lineage in the world. Marriage provides family settings
in which grown up children properly assume the obligation of caring for their aged and
feeble parents. Marriage also provides emotional and financial security for the children
born to the family. The family is the structural unit of the community and nation.
Focus group discussions with regard to prevalent mode of marriage reveal that polygamy
(at least two wives / husband) and monogamy were almost equally practiced in the study
area. Polygamy is very common with mainly elderly / illiterate farmers and fisher folks,
while monogamy is becoming very popular among various segments of the educated
populace.

July, 2012
4.16 Education and Literacy

4.16.1 Education
Education is a major socio-economic variable which influences nearly every aspect of
human life. Education is generally a thriving industry in the study area, alike other parts of
the state, where parents / guardians (and children alike) are constantly in a struggle to
ensure that their wards attain, at least, the minimal level of educational requirement.
According to the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS-2004), primary and secondary schools
enrolment figures for the State peaked at 96.31% and 99.07% respectively in 2004. The
NBS (2006) Core Welfare Indicator Questionnaire (CWIQ) Survey for Akwa Ibom State,
however reported a reduction in net primary and secondary schools enrolment figures as
78.5% and 59.0% respectively. Table 4.20 shows some basic educational statistics of the
study area, including students and pupils enrolment figures.
Table 4.20: Primary and Secondary School Statistics

Primary Schools Secondary Schools
No. of No. of Pupils No. of No. of Students
Schools Teachers Enrolment Schools Teachers Enrolment
LGAs 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009 2008 2009
Eket 29 31 486 464 30,496 30,952 9 9 327 318 9,685 10,186
Esit
Eket 16 21 233 205 12,370 13,370 3 3 44 62 1,257 3,179
Ibeno 12 12 107 102 11,803 12,303 1 1 35 35 1,485 1,716
Ikot
Abasi 35 34 246 310 27,341 28,849 6 6 67 83 3,213 5,205
Mkpat
Enin 49 49 446 457 29,950 30,950 15 15 190 176 5,647 7,852
Onna 26 26 317 287 20,380 21,380 9 9 141 140 4,263 6,614
Source: Akwa Ibom State Universal Basic Education Board (2010)
The education and literacy level of those within the local governments in the project area
informed the methodology of communication adopted during consultation and public
disclosure activities. The peoples from the area can be said to be moderately literate.
More than 80% in all LGAs have at least attained basic primary education. The use of
English as standard communication language was employed throughout the project area.
However, where communication gaps were identified, a language that was easily
understood by the group under consideration such as Pidgin English language and the
local dialects. were engaged with the help of community nominated spokespersons.
Mkpat Enin has the highest number of primary schools (49) while Ibeno (10) has the
lowest number. Eket however has the highest number of primary school teachers for 2009
and it also shares the record of harbouring the highest number of pupils (30,952) with
Mkpat Enin (30,950).
With regard to secondary schools, Mkpat Enin has 15 while Ibeno has only one public
secondary school. Eket however records the highest number of students (10,186). More
recent figures (Table 4.21) show a trend of general increase in secondary schools’
students’ enrolment rates in the study area. Eket however, still retains its record for
highest number of teachers (290) and students’ population (1561).

July, 2012
Table 4.21: Secondary School Statistics - August 2011

S/ LG A No. of Total No. of Total No. of Public
N students teachers Sec. Schs.
M F M F
1. Eket 6316 8845 15161 97 193 290 9
2 Esit Eket 1602 1774 3376 28 18 46 3
3. Ikot Abasi 3686 3532 6626 37 35 72 4
4. Ibeno 1342 1388 2730 12 14 26 1
5. Mkpat Enin 4816 5133 9949 133 34 167 15
6. Onna 3997 3664 7661 83 36 119 9
Source: Akwa Ibom State Secondary Schools Management Board (2011)
It is pertinent to observe that high enrolment figures as depicted in Tables 4.20 and 4.21
do not automatically translate into, even minimal school attendance.
Table 4.22 shows a report by the NBS- Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey Report (2012) to
the effect that in 2010, Akwa Ibom State recorded the lowest Primary school completion
rate in the country.
Table 4.22: Completion Rate in Primary Schools

Pry. Sch. Completion Rate (Lowest Proportion) Akwa Ibom State (27.1%)
Pry. Sch. Completion Rate (Highest Proportion) Lagos State (98.7%)
Pry. Sch. Completion Rate (National) 67.5%
Source: Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS-2012)
The same report also revealed primary and secondary schools net attendance figures at
63.9% and 48% respectively, for the year 2010. In essence, according to the report, 36.1%
Primary schools students and 31.4% Secondary School students were out of school in
2010. The record however shows an improvement over the 18.1% and 19.3% respective
net primary and secondary schools completion rates reported by NBS (2006). A recent
study (Akpabio, 2008) revealed that secondary schools recorded higher dropout rates than
primary schools. Major reasons for this trend was found to include: long distance to
school, inability to pay fees and lack of facilities - for secondary schools; and
lack/absence of teachers and lack of class rooms - for primary schools.
4.16.2 Literacy Level

Literacy level (ability to read and write with understanding in English or any language) is
generally regarded as one of the indicators of level of socio-economic development of any
society. Table 4.23 shows the literacy rate in Akwa Ibom State as 75.1%, which is higher
than the estimated national rate of 68%.

July, 2012
Table 4.23: Literacy Rate

S/N LGA Literacy Rate (%)
Total Male Female
1 Eket 76.2 82.4 69.8
2 Esit Eket 58.7 67.3 50.1
3 Ibeno 88.8 93.3 83.6
4. Ikot Abasi 71.9 75.2 68.6
5. Mkpat Enin 56.6 63.9 49.3
6. Onna 70.2 75.1 65.2
7 Akwa Ibom State 75.1 79.7 70.2
8 Akwa Ibom (Youths) 92.3
9 Akwa Ibom (Adults) 75.1
10 Nigeria (Adults) 57.9 57.9 50.6
11 Nigeria (Youths) 76.3 81.0 71.4
Source: NBS National Literacy Survey (2010).
WIth regard to the specific study area, Table 4.23 shows that no LGA has a literacy level
of less than 56.6%. The highest literacy level of 88.8% is recorded for Ibeno LGA. This
finding contradicts information depicted on Table 4.21 to the effect that Ibeno has the
lowest number of primary and secondary schools in the study area
4.17 Contentious Issues and Conflict Management

Information on conflict management was obtained from interviews with traditional
authorities and FGD with members of host communities together with records of previous
studies around the area. Traditionally, conflicts arise at individual, family and community
levels. All social organizations and those directly involved in community governance play
various roles in conflict management depending on the nature of conflict.
Contentions from survey conducted are said to arise out of perceived uneven sharing of
political patronage (positions, money, scholarship awards, development activities etc),
ceding or usurpation of communal rights (in terms of job placements and contracts
awards) to (by) strangers such as visitors/investors, traders, etc or as the case may be;
usurpation of authority /infringement of rights/perpetuation of injustice (insults, thuggery /
battery / or political opponent / bodily violation / forced abduction, and the likes. In
essence, any intentional or unintentional perceived misdemeanour may become
contentious if not properly handled .
Intra communal tension may arise between the youth and community elders, when the
youth perceive the elders as trying to infringe on their rights, while the elders may feel that
the youth are attempting to undermine their constituted authority. When instances of this
occur, the youth would mobilize themselves and move to the central meeting point in the
community. From there, they either send representatives or move as a group to the house
ofa respected community elite or to the house of the offending party, to air their
complaints. As a last resort and after exhausting these pseudo peaceful moves they may
traverse the whole community, while chanting songs of protest.

July, 2012
When the youth are done, a higher authority – Clan council or Paramount Ruler-in-
Council, as the case may be – would embark on fence-mending measure, in order to
douse raised tensions. This is accomplished by inviting the leadership of the two
antagonising parties to the negotiating table. Valiant attempts are made to ensure
amicable resolutions-. If the restored rights bordered on income generating activities, the
relevant group (invariably the youth group) are expected to mobilize available resources
within a 2-3 weeks span and procure yams, goat and spirit drinks, for onward presentation
to the elders, who in the prevailing spirit of forgiveness also accept such gifts and go
further to pour libation and / or offer prayers to ward off or revert whatever curses that may
have been uttered against the youth, when the imbroglio persisted. Only in very few cases
do the youth embark on violent or destructive action and these arise when the elders
remain recalcitrant, even after third party involvement, or as reprisal attacks for earlier
unpremeditated attacks.
It is also pertinent to note that formal law enforcement agencies are rarely contacted to
adjudicate on contentious communal issues. They are only called in when traditional
conflict resolution mechanisms do not achieve desired effects. It may also be mentioned
that law enforcement officials would rarely enter a community to arrest alleged offence
perpetrators, without at least, informing the Community Head, either before or after the
arrest.
4.18 Economics
4.18.1 Income Generation Activities
The study area is located in the humid tropical zone with abundant vegetation and rich
soils, complemented with heavy rainfall. In essence, there is a very high level of
dependence on natural resources, especially on water, land and forest resources for
livelihood sustenance. The people of the study area are very industrious, enterprising and
resourceful and hence they identify themselves with many aspects of economic
endeavour. Crop farming, oil palm harvesting and processing, and fishing with locally
made canoes and nets; are major economic activities in the study area (Table 4.24). Other
traditional occupations include trading, hunting, wood carving, arts and craft, raffia works,
etc.

July, 2012
Table 4.24: Perceptions on Economic Scenario of Study Area

Parameter
Local Government Areas
Ikot Abasi Mkpat Esit Eket Ibeno Onna
Eket Enin
Economic Scenario
Palm fruit
(a) Major Occupation Fishing/ Farming, harvesting/ Fishing/ Fishing/ Farming,
trading / fishing processing, farming/ trading/ fishing
farming trading farming, agro collection of trading
artisanship Trading/ processin forest/water artisanship
Artisanship
Collection g products Collection
of Artisanshi / of
forest/water p/forest Artisanship forest/water
produce produce produce
(b) Estimated Monthly collection
Income
(i) < 1,000 10% 20% 25% 5% 10% 10%
(ii) 1,000 – 10,000 50% 75% 70% 75% 70% 60%
(ii) 10,000 – 50,000 30% 3% 3% 10% 10% 20%
(iii) > 50,000 10% 2% 2% 5% 10% 10%
(c) Savings
(i) Nil 35% 50% 40% 40% 40% 50%
(ii) Etibe 45% 25% 20% 40% 40% 25%
(iii) House 10% 20% 10% 15% 10% 20%
(vi) Bank 10% 5% 10% 5% 10% 5%
The women are involved in farming, the marketing and sale of raw and processed farm
and water produce and in the gathering of non-timber forest produce. The male are also
involved in artisanal occupations (masonry, carpentry, welding and mechanical and
electrical repairs) and in palm wine tapping and local gin distillation. In addition to the
above, the male youth undertake motorcycle transportation and sand dredging. They are
also offered essential services as hired labour on farms and at construction sites.
Agricultural Production
This is a very important activity in the study area as the state falls within the tropical zone
with a dominant vegetation of green foliage of trees, shrubs and oil palm tree belt.
Cassava is the main food crop planted although it is fast becoming a commercial
endeavour. Other commonly grown crops include: yam, cocoyam, plantain / banana,
vegetable crops (especially fluted pumpkin) and some perennial tree crops like oil palm,
bush mango (uyo) star-apple (udara) pear (eben), raffia palm tree, etc. Apart from other
artisanal trades and public employment, agriculture plays an important role in the
economies of the communities along the line. Farming of food and cash crops constitute
the bases of economic activities in the more hinterland communities of the project area,
e.h the Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi axis.

July, 2012
Cassava Farm – Ikot Abasi Oil Palm Farm – Mkpat Enin
Figure 4.29: Farmlands
Fish Production
Fishing activities occurs in the lakes, swamps and brackish waters which occur at the
banks of the main rivers and those of big streams. These kind of fisheries occur in all
the water bodies of the surveyed LGAs. Catfish (particularly Mud Catfish) tilapia, mullet,
feather back and electric fish are regularly harvested from these fisheries with the aid of
hooks, long-lines, traps, poisons, nets and drain. The coast of Akwa Ibom State is
characterised by extensive stretches of swamps and shallow waters, which are not
utilised for any profitable form of agriculture. Bonga, shad, catfish and mullet are
regularly harvested from these areas.
Private fish ponds exist in some parts of the study area. The pond sizes, stock and yields
do vary, but generally cultivated species include carp, tilapia, catfish, and Niger perch. The
pond generally consists of nursery, transition and production ponds. Only very few have
hatcheries. Constraints affecting fishery development in Akwa Ibom State, include:
mangrove ecosystem destruction by oil production, mangrove colonisation by nypa palm
and lack of motorized equipment for deep sea fishing (capture fisheries). Others are, lack
of finance, shortage of frys, fingerlings and feed supplements, etc.
4.19 Land Ownership / Land Use / Changes in Land Cover

Land in study area is joint property of the extended family system, leading to
fragmentation and small sizes of non-contiguous farm holdings. Land acquisition in
Akwa Ibom State, is by either of four means: outright purchase; leasing (oto-owo);
inheritance (Ikot ufok / ekpuk); and pledging (Ubiong ikot) in lieu of loan acquisition, and
which is returned to original owners after loan payment to creditors. Some conditions
may be attached to land acquisition (especially leased or pledged land). For example,
length of time of acquisition may be for a single or more planting seasons on leased
land; and in cases where oil palm trees are planted on pledged or leased land, the
temporary owner may be forbidden from harvesting produce thereof. In terms of family
land, family members may be barred from outright sale of their portion to non-family
members.

July, 2012
In essence, Individuals, families and the community could own Land in the study area.
Individual and family land holding are inherited from the forefathers and / or bought out
rightly from the original landowners. Communal land holdings (Ikot Isong) are a general
phenomenon in the study area. These form of holdings, which may have been former
sacred forests, contentious land holdings or just set apart and left fallow for future
community development purposes, are held in trust by the leaders / elders of particular
communities.
It is important to note that women retain limited rights of land tenure in the study area,
except through outright purchases. Family land may not be shared with daughters
because of the belief that they would be married out. On marriage, a woman controls
“Ikot ubok” plots, which are permanently allocated to her by the husband and remains
her bonafide property till death, after which the holding is apportioned to her children. A
woman has only temporary rights on “nno nkama” land, which is loaned to a wife by the
husband, for her management and is reclaimed after her demise. A landowner is
however free to sell-off his holdings or give such out on pledge (ubiong or nno nkama).
Soil in the study area is replenished through rudimentary bush fallows which may last
between 5 and 7 years. Population pressure may however lead to reduction of fallow
period. Average family farm size may range between 0.2 – 2 hectares. On farm tasks
performed by different gender and generation, it is a known fact that the female gender
is more involved in most aspects of farm work than the male gender. The children
perform assigned tasks especially in planting and weeding, but their active participation
may be constrained by school activities.
Changes in Land Cover

Lots of changes have been recorded in land cover pattern in the study area. Available
official records, as shown on Table 4.25 shows some changes in the available sizes of
various land formations and which has invariably affected the use to which land is put.
In particular is the area of land for mangrove forest and urban industrial built up.
Reductions in the described categories are very noticeable in the urban areas,
especially in Eket, Mkpanak, Ikot Abasi and Onna.
Table 4.25: Changes in Land Cover

Land Cover Type Area (1984) Area (2003)
Bare soil 2,551.13 38,817
Beach sand 135,946 127,539
Fallow land/ grassland 26,939.05 29,074.48
Mosaic farmland/ oil palm 8,464.60 10,662.29
forest
Fresh water swamp forest 9,922.95 7,545.29
Mangrove forest 3,739.45 1,644.91
Rivers/ natural water bodies 10,192.99 10,721.20
Urban industrial built up 895,995 3,028. 115
Source: Ekpenyong (2007)

July, 2012
4.20 Quality of Life

This attribute encompasses many indices, all aimed at ascertaining the level of well being
of the people inhabiting a particular community / area. These are as detailed below.
4.20.1 Settlement Pattern / Housing Structure / Tenure

Settlement Pattern
Participatory observation reveals that the study environment exhibits both the linear (along
road arteries and the banks of waterways) and nucleated (clustered) settlement patterns.
A relatively higher proportion of the houses in the towns are multi-tenement with shared
facilities, while owner occupied family houses are more prevalent in the more rural
settings.
Mkpanak - Waterside Ikot Ebidang
Ikot Akpan Ikot Aba
Figure 4.30 Housing Structures
Housing Structure
With regard to housing structure the Nigeria Bureau of Statistics (NBS, 2005) has given
statistical data (Figure 4.31) showing that 49.44% of dwelling houses in Akwa Ibom state
are made of cement / concrete mixture while 32.96% are made up of mud materials.

July, 2012
Mud Cement/Concrete Others
18%
32.96%
49.44%
Figure 4.31: Housing Structure - Percentage Distribution
These figures may also hold true for the urban / upland areas of the LGAs under focus as
depicted by Table 4.25.
Table 4.26: Description of Some Quality of Life Indicators

Parameter
Local Government Areas
Mkpat
Ikot Abasi Esit Eket
Eket Enin Ibeno Onna
Quality of Life/Std of Living

(i) Household Pattern
Mud wattle/zinc 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10%
Earth block/zinc 10% 20% 20% 25% 20% 20%
Cement block/zinc 60% 50% 50% 30% 30% 50%
Cement block/Asbestos 10% 10% 10% 5% 20% 10%
Mud/wattle thatch 10% 10% 5% 20% 20% 10%
(ii) Modern conveniences More than 50% 25% 25% 25% 25%
half
(iii) Proportion of poor 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
(iv) Proportion of jobless 75% 75% (disguised 75% 75% 75% 75%
unemployment)
(v) Most affected sub partially partially partially partially partially partially
group educated educated educated educated & educated educated
graduates
(vi) Expenditure pattern food/educ food/health/ education/ food & food / food/
ation education (75%) food75%) education health educatio
(75%) (75%) (75%) n 75%
With regard to tenure of dwelling houses, a related finding revealed that houses made of
cement blocks were permanent and may only have its parts renovated over time arising
from wear and tear, while houses made of natural materials were perishable and are
always replaced over time when individual economies improve.

July, 2012
4.20.2 Monthly Family Expenditure Pattern

Tables 4.25 and 4.27 reveal respective primary and secondary data results to the effect
that food, education and health take the lion share in the expenditure on various
necessities in Akwa Ibom State. The three items account for over 50% of the mean
monthly household expenditure. The Nigeria MDG Report (2010) reported that food
accounts for 63.3% household consumption expenditure.
Table 4.27: Monthly Expenditure Pattern Per Family (%)

Necessities
S/N Health Mean
LGA Food Water care Transportation- Education Rent Electricity Clothing salary/income(N)
1. Eket 31.4 2.9 11.5 8.5 21.9 8.9 3 12 18,743
2. Esit Eket 27.4 3.4 11.7 7 24.6 12.5 3.6 9.9 22,196
3. Ibeno 25.2 5 8.2 12.4 18.9 10.9 4.1 15.3 13,507
4. Ikot Abasi 31.8 3.1 10.7 10.2 18.9 7.6 3.9 13.8 16,999
5. Mkpat Enin 35.2 2.1 8.6 8.7 20 7.6 5.4 12.4 13,202
6. Onna 27.6 4 11.2 8.6 19.1 13.2 14.1 12.1 14,198
Akwa Ibom State 29.6 3.5 10.2 8.9 21.1 10.7 3.9 12.7 15,067
Source: AKBASES (2005)
4.20.3 Availability and Access to Household Conveniences

With regard to availability and general access to household conveniences AKBASES
(2005) reveals that clocks/watches (90% households) and radio sets (87% households)
as the most common and generally easily accessible household conveniences.
4.20.4 Availability and Access to Household Conveniences

Figures 4.32 and 4.33 also reveal that fuel wood and kerosene respectively, remain the
most popular materials utilized as fuel and light sources in Akwa Ibom households.
Firewood Charcoal Kerosine Others
1%
1% 13%
85%
Firewood for Sale - Mkpanak

Figure 4.32: Types of Fuel Used

July, 2012
Kerosine Electricity Firewood Others
3.70% 2.70%
22.10%
71.50%
Figure 4.33: Light Sources
4.21 Poverty and Inequality

Absolute poverty refers to deprivation in well being, reflected in the inability to attain a
minimum standard of living; while Inequality (relative poverty) is defined as unequal
distribution of income/expenditure across the entire population. The African Peer Review
Mechanism (APRM) Nigeria Country Report (2009) estimated that about 54.4% Nigerians
(76 million population) lived below the poverty line of 1.25 US dollars per day in 2008. This
figure has however increased to 70% (105 million Nigerians) in 2010, according to the
Governor of Nigeria’s Central Bank (Daily Trust, 2011). The MDG Report (2010) traces
poverty incidence in Nigeria, for the years 2000, 2004, 2006 and 2009; as 60%, 54.4%,
51.6% and 54.0% respectively. Estimates were based on people living below the poverty
line of 1 Dollar / day. For Akwa Ibom State, the NBS (2006) reported a 70.8% self
classified poverty status in 2005.
With regard to inequality, the UNDP (2009) declared that 20% of the Nigerian population
own 65% national assets, while 70% of the population are peasant rural workers and
artisans. AK-BASES (2005) also revealed the disparity in household expenditure between
the poorest and richest deciles in Akwa Ibom State. Total expenditure per capita for the
lowest 10% was revealed as N726.00, as against N6, 000 for the highest 10%.
It was generally observed that the poorest population segment spent more on food than on
non-food items, while the reverse held for the highest segment of households. A wide
disparity in food poverty level (measured by 2100 calories food intake) was also reported
for Akwa Ibom State, where 68.40% of the population exists below the minimal food
security level. Table 4.28 shows that in the study area, income poverty varies between
58.61% (for Eket) and 78.95% (for Ibeno).

July, 2012
Table 4.28: Income and Food Poverty Indices

S/No. LGA Income (%) Food (%)
1 Eket 58.61 19.44
2. Esit Eket 63.42 21.97
3. Ibeno 78.95 44.74
4. Ikot Abasi 65.74 29.63
5. Mkpat Enin 72.51 33.58
6. Onna 73.41 40.24
17 Akwa Ibom State 73.73 37.02
In essence, 59% of Eket people and more than 78% of Ibeno people cannot be sustained
by their monthly incomes. With regard to food poverty indices, the range is between
19.44% (Eket) to 44.74 (Ibeno). In essence, about 45% of Ibeno residents cannot access
adequate food for a functional life.
Table 4.29: Poverty / Inequality Highlights - Akwa Ibom State

S/N Indices Rate
1 Income poverty level 74%
2 Food poverty level 63%
3 Inequalities Indicators Richest decile Lowest decile
a Income 31.4% 1.3%
b Expenditure/capita N6,000 N726.00
c Expenditure on food N2,500 N313.00
d Expenditure on non – food items N3,677 N250.00
Sources: (AKBASES 2005; FOS 2004; USAID 2005; UNDP 2006; NBS, 2006)
4.22 Employment / Unemployment

4.22.1 Employment
AK-BASES (2005) reported that over one third (36.267%) of the employed people in Akwa
Ibom State are involved in extractive occupations (fishing/farming/logging/sand
excavation/collection of timber/non timber forest products etc) while 20.25% of employed
are traders. The Annual Abstract of Statistics (2009) stated that 28.53% of the employed in
Akwa Ibom State are involved in agricultural production. Both the Nigerian Bureau of
Statistics (NBS, 2005) and the Akwa Ibom Baseline Socio-Economic Survey (AK-BASES,
2005) have depicted the 25 – 54 years age category as making up more than 80.99% of
the working population in the study area.
4.22.2 Unemployment Rate

Unemployment (non-utilization of human resources, especially among the 15 – 64 years
age group or proportion of those who worked for at least 40 hours during reference period,
to the total currently inactive labour force population) in the study area is in tandem with
international human capital profile. Figure 4.34 shows a high unemployment situation
(53%) among persons aged 15 – 24 years.

July, 2012
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
15 - 24 25 - 34 35 - 44 45 - 54 55 - 64 Total (15-
Male(%) 64)
56.34 30.21 7.09 2.64 2.2 19.7
Female (%) 50.85 23.48 6.63 3.38 1.42 17.15
Mean(%) 53.6 26.85 6.86 3.01 1.81 18.43
Age Group in Years
Figure 4.34: Unemployment Rate
Unemployment is also relatively high (26.86%) in the 25 - 34 years age group. It is

important to note that the most economically active productive age group (15 – 34 years)
has the highest unemployment burden of about 80%. This is indicative of the wastes in
man power through unemployment that is facing the state. Also note that the
unemployment rate of the males exceeds the corresponding rate for the female
counterparts at every age group except the 45 - 54 years group. Related data reveals that
unemployment rate is highest among the unmarried females and young school leavers/
graduates (87.94%).In the same vein, The Sunday Punch newspaper of July 20, 2008
reported a statement credited to the Minister of youth affairs, to the effect that 80% of the
estimated 80 million Nigerian youths are unemployed, while 1.6 million of the estimated 16
million employed Nigerian youths are underemployed.
Field survey shows that the partially educated and post secondary graduates make up the
highest proportion of the unemployed in the surveyed communities, while Table 4.30
shows that national unemployment rate increased from 19.7% (209) to 21.1% in 2010. An
NBS (2010) survey put the unemployment rate for Akwa Ibom State at 25.8%

July, 2012
Table 4.30: National/ Akwa Ibom Unemployment Rates (%)

Year Unemployment Rate
2001 13.1%
2005 11.9%
2008 14.9%
2009 19.7%
2010 21.1%
Akwa Ibom (2010) 25.8%
Male 25.8%
Female 26.0%
Most Affected Age Group
15-24 years 35.9%
25-34 years 23.3%
Source: NBS Nat. Manpower Stock & Employment Generation Survey (2010)
4.23 Infrastructural Base

A broad picture of the infrastructural base of the affected communities along the proposed
transmission line is presented in Table 4.31.

July, 2012
Table 4.31: Community Infrastructure Base

Community Accessibility / Intra Road Market Water source Telecomm Health Facility Primary Secondary Electricity Others
Access Road Network unication School School
Mkpanak Eket - QIT road Major ones None, closest Rain ; Sachet MTN; Glo; One Primary One with One private Available Beach
Urban/Acces (dilapidated asphalted but at Iwuochang water and Private Airtel; Health Care functional technical and Resort;
sible asphalt but with poor Bore-holes Etisalat; centre classroom School. supplied Hotels;
reconstruction drainage Starcom; blocks Closest public from MPNU Commercial
contract and school at QIT banks
awarded) Visafone Upenekang
Ebana Eket - QIT Mainly Earthen None, land Streams; bore- MTN; Glo; Health Post One with None. Closest Available -
Rural/Acces road and maintained allocated for hole by MPNU; Airtel; and present on good five at Esit Urua but Erratic
sible (dilapidated by community the proposed Hand Pumps. Etisalat rented space blocks of (about 3km) supply.
asphalt but effort Evening Treated water but Permanent classes but and Afaha Provided by
reconstruction Market scheme ongoing Health Centre jointly owned Eket (bout MPNU in
contract by Pro-Natural building under with Ede 4km) 2002
awarded) Int’l and Frontier construction Obok
Oil Ltd.
Esit Urua Eket - QIT road; Mainly Earthen None Streams. Bore- MTN; Glo; None One with One built by Available in One Police
(3 villages: asphalted but, and maintained hole by State Airtel; average community some parts Post which is
Esit Urua; dilapidated - by community Govt. now non- Etisalat structures effort now of the non-functional
Idung Imose reconstruction effort functional managed by community.
& Idung contract The Apostolic Supply is
Adiakot) awarded and Church erratic.
Semi- on-going.
urban/Acces
sible
Ede Obuk Eket - QIT road; Mainly Earthen None, land Streams which MTN; Glo; None, closest One, with None Available
Semi asphalted but, and maintained allocated for are silting, two Airtel; being Poly- average with erratic
urban/Acces dilapidated - by community the proposed boreholes by the Etisalat Clinic, structures supply
sible reconstruction effort Evening State govt. and Upenekang and
contract Market MPNU General
awarded and Hospitals at
on-going. Upenekang and
Eket
Afaha Eket Afaha Eket Major ones are One Daily Private bore- MTN; Glo; One General Two public Two, with Available One School
(comprises 3 road; Marina asphalted since Market with holes and sachet Airtel; Hospital and primary inadequate with erratic of Nursing;
villages of road; Grace Bill these are roads lock-up stalls water. Public Etisalat; one Psychiatric schools with and dilapidated supply MPNU Staff
Atibe; Atai road and Afaha within Eket (Urua Nka); potable water no Starcom; hospital functional structures Estate; over
Ndon; and Ukwa road, all Urban. Some are one fruit and more functional and classroom five
Ekpene Asphalted. in a deplorable yam market; Visafone blocks commercial
Urban/Acces state. one timber banks; Major
sible market. Hotels in Eket

July, 2012
Table 4.31: Community Infrastructure Base Cont’d

Ikot Akpatek Ndon Eyo – Ikot All earthen, One evening Streams and one MTN; None. Nearest One with One with Available One civic
Akpatek – Odio maintain by and One bore-hole by Globacom; at Abat (PHC) three functional but needs centre
Urban/Acces road (asphalted community effort. weekly market LGA. Bore-hole Airtel and functional classroom extension (ongoing
sible but abandoned Some are with good open by the Federal Etisalat. classroom blocks to all part of since 2002 by
after the deplorable. and lock-up govt. non blocks the NDDC)
community - stalls (Urua functional renovated by community
rendering it Edere Obo MPP6 and
deplorable) managed by LGA
Onna LGA.
Ikot Ebidang Earthen and Earthen One daily Streams. Hand MTN, One Health One with None. Nearest Available Abandoned
deplorable Abat maintained by market with pumps are non- Globacom Centre good at Abat (about sponsored Ibom Rice
Semi- – Ikot Ebekpo – community effort open stalls functional. and Airtel abandoned with classroom 45minutes by the LGA Farm (a joint
urban/Acces Ikot Ebidang - constructed by dilapidated block walk) venture
sible Rice Farm road the LGA structure. project of
AKSG and
MPNU)
Ikot Annang Abat – Ikot Edor Earthen None. Nearest Stream and MTN, One Primary One with None Available
road maintained by is Edere Obo private bore- Globacom Health Centre three blocks
Rural/Acces community effort. about holes. Public and Airtel (PHC) of classroom
sible 30minutes bore hole not
walking functional
distance
Mkpa Eto Ikot Ebiere – Earthen One daily Streams and MTN, None. Closest One jointly None. Nearest Available. One Town
Ikot Edor - market jointly Bore-holes Globacom located at Ikot owned with one at Ekot Transforme Hall built by
Rural/Acces Mkpa Eto – owned with and Airtel Eko Ibon Ikot Eko Ibon Edor r jointly community
sible Ndon Ibotio – Ikot Edor. shared with effort.
Ikot Ekong road Stalls need Ikot Eko Structure
(Asphalt up Ikot renovation Ibon needs
Eko Ibon) renovation.

July, 2012

Ikot Eko Ikot Ebiere – Earthen and One daily Streams and two MTN; One Cottage One jointly None. Nearest Available Town Hall by
Ibon Ikot Edor - maintained by market with bore-holes by Globacom; Hospital. owned with ones at Ikot community
Mkpa Eto – community effort open stalls LGA and MPNU Airtel; and Functional with Mkpa Eto Edor and effort
Semi- Ndon Ibotio – Etisalat Medical Doctor Ibotio/Ndon Ongoing
urban/Acces Ikot Ekong road (Mkpat Enin
sible (Asphalt up Ikot LGA)
Eko Ibon)
Ikot Edor Ikot Ebiere – Earthen and One daily Streams and MTN; One Health One with One with good Available.
Ikot Edor - maintained by market jointly Bore- hole Globacom; Centre under good classroom Services
Semi- Mkpa Eto – community effort owned with Airtel; and construction classroom blocks much
urban/Acces Ndon Ibotio – Ikot Edor. Etisalat blocks improved
sible Ikot Ekong road Stalls need
(Asphalted up renovation
Ikot Eko Ibon)
Ikot Ekong Eket – Ikot Earthen One daily with Streams and two MTN; None. Nearest Jointly owned One with three Available
(3 gazetted Abasi (East – maintained by two open boreholes by Globacom; one at Ikot with Ikot Enin. classroom with
villages of West) road. community effort sheds by LGA and Airtel; and Akpaden It has three blocks. All improved
Ikot Ekong; Contract community Fadama III. Hand Etisalat dilapidated structures in services
Ikot Umoh awarded for effort and one pumps non classroom deplorable
Ekong; & dualization and weekly with functional blocks, state.
Odoro Ikot) on-going two sheds by laboratory
Fadama III and Technical
Semi project workshop
urban/rural.
OdoroIkot-
No easy
access
Ndon Ibotio Ikot Ekong – Earthen One daily with Streams. Bore MTN; None. Closet One jointly One jointly Available
Ndon – Ikot Eko maintained by two open hole by Shell BP Globacom; ones at Ikot owned with owned with but
Rural/Acces Ibon – Ikot Edor community effort sheds by non- functional Airtel; and Ebiere and Ikot Ibotio. Has Ibotio. transformer
sible – Ikot Ebiere community Etisalat Akpaden Good Structures shared with
road. Only effort. classroom dilapidated Ibotio
asphalted at blocks
Ikot Edor axis
Ibotio Ikot Ekong Earthen One shared Stream MTN; None. Closet One jointly One jointly Available
Ibotio- Ndon maintained by with Ndon Globacom; ones at Ikot owned with owned with but
Semi- road with community effort Airtel; and Ebiere and Ikot Ndon. Has Ndon. transformer
urban/Acces broken bridge Etisalat Akpaden Good Structures shared with
sible classroom dilapidated. Ndon Ibotio
blocks

July, 2012

Ikot Enin Eket – Ikot Earthen None Two bore – holes MTN; None. Closet None Jointly owned Available.
Abasi(East – maintained by by Indigenes Globacom; one at Ikot with Ikot Enin. Provided by
Rural/Acces West) road. community effort Airtel; and Akpaden It has three NDDC
sible Contract Etisalat dilapidated
awarded for classroom
dualization and blocks,
on-going laboratory and
Technical
workshop
Ekim Ikot Akpaden – Earthen - One daily/ Stream and MTN; None. Closet One with One with Available
Ndon Obodom maintained by Weekly market Bore- hole Globacom; one at Ikot good dilapidated
Rural/Acces – road community effort Airtel; and Akpaden classroom blocks
sible Abandoned Etisalat blocks
from the village
Ikot Oyoro Ikot Akpaden – Earthen - None. Stream and One MTN; None. Closet None None None
Okoroete road maintained by Bore- hole Globacom; one at Ikot
Rural/ Not (asphalted) and community effort Airtel; and Akpaden
easily Ikot Oyoro – Etisalat
accessible Ikot Ekong road
(Earthen and
Deplorable)
Ikot Obio Eket – Ikot Earthen and One weekly/ One bore – hole MTN; Health Post One with None. Nearest Available A community
Ndoho Abasi (East – maintained by evening and stream now Globacom; operational. good located at built Civic
West) road. communal effort market with polluted due to Airtel; and temporarily classroom Ekim Centre
Rural/Acces Contract dilapidated Gas pipe laying Etisalat located at blocks renovated
sible awarded for structures by Septa Energy Community and equipped
dualization and Civic Centre by an
on-going. illustrious
son.
Ikot Aba Ikot Akpaden – Earthen and One daily/ Streams; two MTN; None One with two None. Nearest Available. A standard
Ekim – Ikot Aba maintained by weekly market bore-holes; two Globacom; blocks of located at provided by civic centre
Rural/Acces – Ikot Eti – Eket communal effort with hand pumps. Airtel; and classrooms Ekim NDDC under
sible / Ikot Abasi road dilapidated One abandoned Etisalat since 2004 construction
( Earthen and trading sheds. bore-hole by by the LGA
deplorable) Cross River
Basin Authority

July, 2012

Ikwa Eket – Ikot One major One daily Streams; two MTN; One Missionary One Primary One jointly Available A religious
Abasi(East – (asphalted) while market hand pumps and Globacom; Hospital jointly owned ownewith Ikot group
Semi Urban/ West) road. others are one bore-hole. Airtel; and with Ikot Umiang Okon (Christian
Accessible Contract earthen and Etisalat Ataha Witness
awarded for maintained by Team) has
dualization and communal effort operational
on-going. base/
community
and real
estate
properties
within the
village
Ikot Ataha Eket – Ikot Earthen and None Streams and MTN; None One Primary None Available
Abasi(East – maintained by Hand pumps Globacom; jointly owned with erratic
Rural/Acces West) road. communal effort Airtel; and with Ikwa services
sible Contract Etisalat
awarded for
dualization and
on-going..
Ikot Umiang Odoro Atan – Earthen and None Stream; One MTN; One Health None One which the Available
Okon Ikot Umiang – maintained by bore-hole Globacom; Post yet to be compound is but erratic
Okon road. communal effort Airtel; and completed but usually flooded supply
Rural/Acces Asphalted, Etisalat operational during heavy
sible dilapidated with rains and
one abandoned structures
major bridge dilapidated
(now crossed
with a canoe) &
two smaller
bridges
Iman Eket – Ikot Earthen and One evening Streams MTN; none One primary One with Not
Ekabom I & Abasi(East – maintained by market Globacom; inadequate electrified
II West) road. communal effort Airtel; and structures
Contract Etisalat
Rural/Acces awarded for
sible dualization and
on-going.

July, 2012

Ikot Akpan Eket – Ikot Earthen and One weekly Streams; one MTN; None One, with two None Not
Okop Abasi (East – maintained by market with bore-hole by Globacom; classroom connected
West) road. communal effort open stalls LGA; one hand Airtel; and blocks built by to National
Rural/Isolate Contract pump by Septa Etisalat community grid
d Very hard awarded for Energy. One and British
to access- dualization and abandoned bore- Council.
Impassable on-going.. hole by Cross
during rains River Basin
Authority
Ikot Ekpang Odoro Atan – Earthen and One evening/ Streams which Airtel and None. Closest One whose None. Closest Not
and Ikot Aka Ikot Ekpang – maintained by weekly market are polluted MTN located at Ikot structures are located at connected
Ikot Iyang Okop communal effort with open provide Inyang Okop dilapidated Odoro Atan to national
Rural/Isolate – Elele road stalls erratic (just completed) which is a grid.
d Very hard (Earthen totally constructed by services and Ikot 1hour 30min.
to access- deplorable) community in Akpaden (a trekking
Impassable conjunction 1hour ride on distance
during rains with EU MPP6 motorcycle)
Akapmbiet QIT – Edo – Earthen and One weekly/ Hand Pumps MTN and None None One for the Available
Edo Uquo road maintained by evening Airtel entire Edo but erratic
Community (Asphalt) communal effort market with group of services
open stalls villages
Rural/Acces
sible
Edida Edo Edo -Akpambiet Earthen and None Streams; Private Airtel None One One for the Available
-Edida road maintained by bore-holes. established entire Edo but erratic
Rural/Acces (Earthen and communal effort by Lutheran group of services
sible deplorable) Mission villages
Oniok Edo QIT – Edo – Earthen and One daily Streams and MTN; One Primary One with One for the Available in
Uquo road maintained by Two functional Globacom; Health Centre good entire Edo some part.
Rural/Acces (Asphalt) communal effort bore-holes by and Airtel structure group of Services
sible NDDC and LGA villages erratic
Ikot Etetuk Eket – Ikot Mostly earthen Small Evening Public pump. MTN; One Primary One jointly None. Closest Regular
Abasi Road. and some market jointly Water supplied Globacom; Health Centre. owned with located at Ikot supply from
Semi urban abandoned by owned with from ALSCON Airtel; and Not equipped. Ikot Akpan Abasi Village ALSCON
setting/acce contractor Ikot Akpan Ata mains. Not Etisalat Ata but
ssible sufficient for the controlled
community by PHCN

July, 2012

Community Accessibili Intra Road Market Water source Telecomm Health Facility Primary Secondary Electricity Others
ty / Access Network unication School School
Road
Ete village; Eket – Ikot Majority are Two major Streams which MTN; None. Closest is Two primary One owned by Available One major
Obiokama; Abasi (East asphalted markets: one have been Globacom; located at Ikot schools the Methodist but service Motor Park;
Ubeneke I; – West) weekly and destroyed by gas Airtel; and Akan owned by the Church is epileptic one Civic
Ubeneke II; road. one daily pipes and Etisalat group of Centre
Abasi Ute; Contract Electricity villages (ongoing ) by
Abiaran; Odiono awarded for transmission NDDC; one
Isoutibe; Essien dualization lines. Only one commercial
Etuk; Urua and on- public bore-hole bank
Essien Etuk; going.. and two hand
Okpoto; Adaha pumps by Septa
Ukim; Ikot Energy are
Etenghe and functional. Bore-
Ekpuk Inang holes by DFRRI;
V-Mobile not
Combined functional.
urban/semi
urban/rural
attributes/easily
accessed
Ikot Essien Eket – Ikot Mostly earthen None. Nearest Dug wells and MTN; None. Closest is One jointly None. Closest Regular
Abasi Road and some is the one at Private bore - Globacom; the General owned with located at Ikot supply from
Semi urban abandoned by Ikot Abasi holes Airtel; and Hospital in Ikot Ikot Obong Abasi Village ALSCON
setting/accessibl contractor Urban Etisalat Abasi Urban but
e controlled
by PHCN
Ikot Akpan Ata Eket – Ikot Earthen and Small evening Streams MTN; None. Closest is One jointly None. Closest Uninterrupt
Abasi Road deplorable market Globacom; the General owned with located at Ikot ed supply
Semi Airtel; and Hospital in Ikot Ikot Etetuk Abasi Village directly
urban/urban Etisalat Abasi Urban from
setting/accessibl ALSCON
e
Ikot Abasi Village Eket – Ikot Some are One morning Private Bore- MTN; One General Two Primary One Regular Major Hotels
Abasi Road asphalted while market and holes Globacom; Hospital and schools with Secondary supply from in Ikot Abasi;
Semi some are either one Evening Airtel; and One Primary average Commercial ALSCON Ibom Dock
urban/urban abandoned or Market Etisalat Health Centre structures established by but Yard
setting/accessibl undergoing Late Justice controlled company;
e construction. Udo Udoma by PHCN Marine Police
(They form part base; Local
of the Ikot Abasi Govt. Council
Urban roads Secretariat;

July, 2012
In termsof road infrastructure most of the communities are accesed by the Fedral East-
West road. The transmission line is to run south of this road (see 4.23.2). As discussed
earlier majority of the communities are currently connected to the national grid system for
power supply. Major public health care facilities are located in Uyo, Eket and Ikot Abasi;
however as earlier presented smaller rural communities like Oniok Edo have primary
health care centres set up by the government. See sections below for interrelationship of
communities in terms of basic infrastructure.
4.23.1 Market Facilities

Major markets in the study area include Iwuoachang (Ibeno) Urua Nka (Eket), Urua Edere
Obo (Onna) Ukam (Mkpat Enin), Ete (Ikot Abasi). Some of these markets are held daily or
once every week. Other smaller communities depending on their proximity and teis to
where the major markets are sitauated patronise these markets as well as partake in
bringing their products for sale.
It is important to note that smaller evening markets exist in almost all communities of the
study area. It is also important to note the poor state of infrastructure in some of the major
markets like Ukam and Ete, where the few lock-up stores (whenever they exist) are in
dilapidated conditions. Electricity and potable water sources are either absent or non-
functional, while intra-market passages are soggy, marshy and sandy terrains that are
hard to traverse during the rains.
Edereobo Market - Ikot Akpatek, Onna LGA Market - Edor, Esit Eket LGA
– Ikot Abasi
Figure 4.35: Market Structures
4.23.2 Access Road / Public Transportation

Accessibility into all the surveyed LGAs / communities is through three major roads: (i) the
Eket – Ibeno Road, which is in a dilapidated condition, but currently undergoing
reconstruction; (ii) the Eket - Ikot Abasi Road (part of the East – West road chain) which is
fairly good but presently undergoing dualisation ; and (iii) the Ete - Ikot Abasi Road, which
is asphalted and in good condition. Some of the intra- LGA routes may be described with
adjectives like: good, good with failed portions, bad and abandoned, bad and undergoing
reconstruction activity, constructed but abandoned at a portion and bad
It is important to note essentially that land access also exists to these riverine settlements.
Inter LGA roads linking Uyo- the state capital- with the headquarters of the LGAs under

July, 2012
survey are in fairly good conditions. The same can be said about the roads leading to the
headquarter communities of these LGAs.
Cars and trucks in various passable states are utilized for the movement of goods and
commuters. Motorcycle machines, especially, large engine CG 115, 150 and 175 double
silencer types predominate. Popular brands include Nanfang, Frajend, Suzuki and Q-link;
which are all reported to be strong and hardy enough to traverse the rough, erosion
ravaged and poorly maintained road networks. Bicycles may serve for intra settlements /
communities movement. Human porterage on heads / shoulders is also a common
activity, especially by the female gender.
Access Road – Ede Obuk Rice Farm Road – Ikot Ebidang
Ikot Akpatek – Ikot Edor –Ikot Ekong Road Abat – Ikot Ebekpo – Ikot Ebidang Road
Intra Community Road - Mkpanak Abandoned NDDC Bridge – Ikot Umiang Okon
Figure 4.36: Road Infrastructures

July, 2012
4.23.3 Electricity Supply

Almost all the surveyed communities (apart from Ikot Ekpang, Ikot Aka, Ikot Akpan Imo
and Ikot Akpan Okop) are supplied with electricity. All are linked to the national PHCN grid,
where they have to contend with limited supply characteristics. Mkpanak is in Ibeno LGA
and is supplied electricity directly from the -MPN electricity mains in QIT. All the
communities in Ikpa Ibekwe clan of Ikot Abasi LGA are supplied electricity from the
RUSAL- ALSCON although controlled by the PHCN, the supply is dependable. Only Ikot
Akpan Ata has access to constant power - supply directly from the ALSCON.
The major towns in each LGA of the survey area are linked to the national grid.
Communities situated in difficult terrain (Ikot Ekpang and Ikot Akpan Okop) may not have
access to power supply from the national grid. Electricity generating plants are utilized by
very few relatively well off individuals and by bars and eateries. Bush lamps and candles
(rarely) provide illumination in the night. the issue.
4.23.4 Educational Facilities

Primary schools are easily accessed within a 1–5 km radius in the incident zone.
Secondary schools may not be so easily accessed. The introduction of free and
compulsory education in the study area, which has led to an influx of pupils and students,
has facilitated the provision and/or upgrading of educational facilities.
Primary School – Ebana, Eket LGA Secondary School – Ikot Ekong
Figure 4.37: Educational Structures
4.23.5 Postal / Telecommunication Facilities

The major GSM telecommunication providers (MTN, Airtel, Glo and Visafone) are
generally making in-roads into the area. The capital cities and other major towns in the
study area are fully covered by one or the other of these networks. It is therefore quite
easy to communicate socially and also carry out business transaction within any part of
the State. The settlements may not be as effectively covered by the GSM It is however
important to note the near absence of postal services – even in the major communities of
the survey area.

July, 2012
4.23.6 Water Supply

Boreholes, sachet water and streams, remain the major sources of water for household
utilization. More details are provided in the health section.
4.24 Health Facilities

There are 106 facilities that are accredited by the state Ministry of Health to provide health
care services to the people of the survey area. Table 4.32 shows that these include 70
public primary health care (PHC) facilities, 10 public secondary health (SHC) facilities and
26 privately owned clinics.
Table 4.32: Distribution of Accredited Health Facilities in the Study Area

S/N LGA PHC Institutions SHC Facilities Registered Grand
CHC Others Total Govt. Voluntary State Total Private Total
(HCs, owned Agency Govt. Clinics
HPs) Hosps. owned Clinics/
Dental
Centres
1 Eket 1 11 12 2 0 1 3 16 31
2 Esit Eket 0 9 9 1 0 0 1 1 11
3 Ibeno 0 13 13 1 0 0 1 2 16
4 Ikot 1 12 13 1 0 0 1 4 18
Abasi
5 Mkpat 1 11 12 3 0 0 3 2 17
Enin
6 Onna 1 10 11 1 0 0 1 1 13
Total 4 66 70 9 0 1 10 26 106
Source: Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Health, Uyo (2009)
N/B: CHC = Comprehensive Health Centre; HC = Health Centre; and HP = Health Post;
Health Centre – Ikot Umiang Okon Primary Health Centre – Ikot Ebidang
Figure 4.38: Health Facilities
4.25 Disease Prevalence

Interactions during FGDs, IDIs with various respondents reveal common diseases in the
study area to include malaria, typhoid, cholera, pneumonia, tetanus and whooping cough
(pertussis) etc. Various eye ailments have also been reported, mainly at riverine areas like
Mkpanak, Ikot Akpan Okop and Akpambiet Edo; arising from the exposure of unprotected
eyes to fish processing (especially smoking) activities.

July, 2012
IHealth survey also reveal that sources of treatment of the various ailments could be
traditional, with the aid of herbs or modern – predicated on visits to health centres and
hospitals; or spiritual – resort to churches / prayer houses. Essentially, visits to health
centres and hospitals for treatment is always the last resort of majority of persons who
claim to be discouraged by the cost of treatment and long queues in general hospitals, and
by the official documentation procedures and processes that have to be observed in health
centres, in order to access Medicare. Patent medicine stores/itinerant drug vendors are
therefore very popular Medicare avenues and thus enjoy a lot of support, even though the
quality of dispensed drugs cannot be ascertained.
Attached overleaf (integrated disease data sheet) presents records of disease trend
and patients’ attendance at public health facilities to seek curative action for the prevalent
ailments in the survey area. The table depicts that for the periods of January - December
2010 and January - May 2011, the malaria group of diseases were the most endemic in
the state. The table reveals that for 2010, common malaria (61,230 cases), malaria in
pregnancy (14,298 cases) and diarrhoea (with and without blood- 7881 cases) were
reported and treated as the most prevalent diseases in the various health care facilities in
the state. With regard to the specific study area, Mkpat Enin had the highest cases of
reported malaria ailments (4844).
The scenario for 2011 (January – May) involved common malaria (24,840 cases), malaria
in pregnancy (8,146 cases) and diarrhea (with and without blood- 1,952 cases) as the
most serious ailments. A detailed look at the record shows that diseases like new HIV /
AIDS, pneumonia, and tuberculosis, along with high blood pressure and typhoid fever are
emerging ailments with relatively high trend which are captured in the 2011 survey. Eket,
with 1459 reported malaria cases was highest for the study area.
4.26 Water Supply

Interactive sessions (FGDs and IDIs) revealed that level of potable water supply is low in
the general survey area. Major sources of water supply for consumption and domestic
uses are from rain water run-off – collected from thatched / woody / rusty iron sheet roofs.
These are invariably unhygienic and particles/germs infested. In the dry season, domestic
water supply is from shallow hand-dug wells, the liquid contents of which are separated
from the earth surface by rusty iron –wrought containers.
Water may also be collected from shallow unhygienic streams which become water logged
during the rains and from private and public bore holes. With regard to towns and villages,
only a small segment of the population of Eket and Ikot Abasi may lay claims to
government supplied, potable water sources. A majority of the residents may however
access privately provided boreholes which supply untreated water sources. Relatively
well-off individuals from the Island settlements who can withstand high cost of
transportation may access such water sources at a rate of about N50.00/20 litre jerry can.
In an attempt to improve on the water supply situation in the study area, the various LGAs,
state government, corporate establishments and illustrious citizens are making efforts to

July, 2012
drill boreholes in some communities. This informs why abandoned or uncompleted bore
hole projects are visible in some of the surveyed communities
Majority of the people in the study area source their drinking water from untreated water
sources like river, streams, and ponds. This is shown on Table 4.33. Water quality from
these streams and boreholes will undoubtedly be poor as interactions revealed that solid
waste disposal is into running streams/ stagnant water, while human waste is disposed off
into water channels in the coastal communities and in bushes surrounding streams in the
upland communities.
Hand Pump – Ikot Umiang Okon Borehole Project – Ede Obuk
FADAMA III Water Project – Ikot Ekong Abandoned Water Project – Ikot Akpatek
Figure 4.39: Water Supply Facilities
Table 4.33: Drinking Water Sources in the Study Area

Sources of Drinking Water
Hand Total
Piped in Public Pump Dug Spring/River/ Others
S/N LGA Dwelling Tap & Borehole Well Stream/Pond
1. Eket 10 10.8 44.6 0.5 33.8 0.3 100
2. Esit Eket 11.5 1.4 2.2 0.7 84.2 0 100
3. Ibeno 0 4.7 32.5 44.2 18.6 0 100
4. Ikot Abasi 0 6.3 8.8 5.3 78.8 0.8 100
5. Mkpat Enin 0 2.9 10.2 8.4 78.5 0 100
6. Onna 0.5 7.8 15.6 2.8 71.6 1.7 100
Akwa Ibom State 1.6 4.4 32.5 3 56.3 2.2 100

July, 2012
In essence the people may be prone to water borne diseases like cholera, typhoid fever
etc. About 33% households source their drinking water from mainly untreated boreholes.
Only 4% households obtain drinking water from public tap system. A related finding
reveals that more than 70% respondents access drinking water from a distance of less
than 1km. The NBS-MICS report (2012) corroborates the finding that boreholes remain the
major water supply sources in the general study area (Table 4.34).
Table 4.34: Improved Water Supply Statistics in Akwa Ibom State

% Using Improved Water Source 74.6% (2011)
58.9% (2009)
% Using Improved Drinking 33.6% (2011)
Water Source
% Without Sustained Access to 67.7% (2011)
Improved Water Source
Main Water Source Borehole - 55.5% (2011)
Well – 31.5% (2009)
Borehole -28.4 (2009)
Adapted from NBS- MICC (2012); NBS- Annual Abstract of Statistics (2009)
4.27 Refuse Disposal System

The most common refuse disposal system in the general study area (Table 4.35) is
through disposal pits dug within the compound of each house hold, followed by
unauthorized refuse dumps.
Table 4.35: Common Waste Disposal Systems

Disposal Systems
Refuse Bin Disposal Pit Unauthorized Outright
(Govt. / within
S/N LGA Private) Compound Refuse Dump Burning
1. Eket 9.2 40.7 26.6 23.5
2. Esit Eket 0.7 53.2 10.8 35.3
3. Ibeno 0 33.3 64.3 0
4. Ikot Abasi 5.4 64.9 9.6 20.1
5. Mkpat Enin 2.6 64.9 25.1 7.4
6. Onna 2.3 49.5 39.4 9
There are however variations within specific LGAs. For example in Ibeno (64.29%), the
norm is to dispose refuse into unauthorized places while outright burning of refuse is also
common in Esit Eket (35.3%). The ABS-AAS (2009) gives a more recent figure of 38%
national statistic of households that dump solid waste in unauthorized locations.
4.27.1 Toilet Facilities

The most common type of toilet facility in about 89.0% households in the study area
(Table 4.36) is the traditional pit latrine (covered or uncovered). It must be noted however
that this situation is peculiar to urban communities.
Toilet facilities may not be available in riverine rural terrains as residents may defecate into
stagnant or running water sources. On a nationwide basis, the ABS-AAS (2009) reports
that only 54.6% households utilize pit toilets for human waste disposal.

July, 2012
Table 4.36: Common Types of Toilet Facilities

Toilet Systems
Latrine Pit Pit No
Sewage Septic VIP with Latrine Latrine
S/N LGA System Tank Latrine Sanplat (Covered) (Uncovered) Facility
1. Eket 9.2 10.5 1.8 3.1 55.5 18.4 1.5
2. Esit Eket 1.4 0 0 0 84.2 13 1.4
3. Ibeno 7 0 0 0 25.6 7 60.5
4. Ikot Abasi 3.8 3.8 2.5 2.9 74.5 6.3 6.3
5. Mkpat Enin 0 2 0.2 2.7 74.6 20.1 0.4
6. Onna 2.3 2.5 0.5 3.4 73.6 17.2 0.5
4.28 Community Concerns

Notification of the host communities and other key stakeholders as regards the project by
PHCN was positively received. 80% of all stakeholders however expressed dismay at the
irregular power supply that attracts high bills which are decided by estimates instead of
with metered aids, and intermittent power surges that destroy their electrical appliances
both of which make life more difficult. The people complained that power generators have
become the main source of power for the rich citizens who can afford them while the
majority of people have resorted to the use of candles and lamps. The table below
summarises key concerns and expectations that arose as at the time of this report during
the project notification, sensitization and public disclosure (including consultations). Also
included side by side in the other column are responses provided by PHCN during such
meetings.
Stakeholders Concerns/Expectations PHCN Reposnses

Non availability of power to aid artisanship, PHCN informed group of artisans raising
thereby affecting basic life needs and this concern that it is the goal of the FGN to
catering for family. increase electricity availability to the nation
(reason for this and other power projects).
The transmission line would evacuate
power to a substation which will in turn step
it down before it is distributed through the
national grid where it would get to the
populace.
The issue of fair and adequate PHCN assured stakeholders that it has in
compensation was raised in virtually all place a ROW acquisition process which
communities for economic trees, land, includes enumeration, valuation and
structures, etc that may be affected by compensation. ROW and settlement
ROW strategies will be in line with OP 4.12 to be
detailed in the RAP for The World Bank’s
approval. PHCN shall be responsible for the
implementation of the approved RAP. ROW
acquisition and works shall not commence
until the approval of the RAP and
implementation shall be in line with The

July, 2012
World Bank’s approved process.

Employment opportunities to members of PHCN informed that a Community
host community. Relations and Engagement Plan will be
developed prior to project commencement
to cover all terms and modalities of
engagement and ensure that affected
communities are equitably represented.
PHCN Also informed stakeholders and

other community members that there would
be opportunities for contracting and
subcontracting activities which will benefit
stakeholders.
Some communities required upgrading of With regards to the upgrade on electrical
electrical facilities / extension of electricity facilities and provision supply to the
supply to other parts of their communities, communities mentioned, PHCN spokesman
while Iman Ekabom 1 and 11, Ikot Ekpang, during the consultation/sensitization
and Ikot Aka communities asked for programmes informed that the department
provision of electricity and subsequent responsible for connection to the national
linkage to the national grid. grid and distribution is different. However it
was agreed with stakeholders that this
complaint and expectations will be
communicated to PHCN appropriate
authorities in the Federal Capital Territory
(FCT) Abuja for further actions.
It is anticipated that the drive of the Federal Government to enhance the power situation in
the country will have significant influence in addressing the concerns of the communities.

July, 2012
CHAPTER FIVE
POTENTIAL AND ASSOCIATED IMPACTS

CHAPTER FIVE
POTENTIAL AND ASSOCIATED IMPACTS ASSESSMENT
5.1 General
This chapter outlines the methodology for predicting impacts of the proposed 58km 330kv
QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line project. It also identifies and discusses subsequent
mitigation measures recommended for each impact identified.
This assessment process involved the identification of the environmental aspects (i.e.
elements/activities of the proposed project that will interact with the air, water, sediment,
plankton, benthos and human population) as per project description (chapter three).
These aspects were then superimposed / interacted with the environmental components
(described in chapter four). The effects, nature, and extend of the impacts were then
evaluated and ranked.
Internationally and locally proven acceptable methods of impact prediction and evaluation
were used as basis for developing the assessment process for the proposed project
associated and potential impacts.
5.2 Impact Assessment Methodology

The methodology adopted in the assessment of impacts entailed identification of aspects
and impacts using source reference materials; defining impacts criteria and determination
of mitigation measures followed by the formulation of impact management plan.
Source Reference Materials Aspects and Impact Identification
• Project Environment Description
(Baseline data) • Direct
• FMENV EIA Sectoral Guidelines for • Indirect
Power Transmission Line Projects • Cumulative
• ISO 14000 Guidelines • Residual
• World Bank /IFC Environmental • Adverse
Assessment Sourcebook/Guidelines, • Beneficial
etc • Long term
• Short term
Impact Assessment Evaluation

Impact Criteria
Is the impact significant?
• legal/ regulatory requirements
In terms of:
• risk
• people and their health and safety
• frequency
• environmental pollution/
• importance
deterioration
• public concern
• asset/property damage
• statutory/ regulatory compliance
• imaqe and reputation
Impact Control
• Barriers to prevent adverse effect
• prevention strategy
• Control/reduction of escalation
• reduction strategy
factors
• control strategy
• Recovery preparedness measures
Impact Management Plan

• management responsibilities
• monitoring plan
• auditing and review
Figure 5.1: Impact Management Procedure
Chapter Five Final Draft Report Page 1 of 55

July, 2012
The impacts are analysed and discussed in detail in line with the EIA scope. All impacts
were first assessed without the necessary mitigation and the results presented in a
summarised impact table (Table 5.5), which form the core of the impact assessment.
Mitigation measures were thereafter recommended and discussed, with the aim of
enhancing positive impacts and minimising negative impacts.
5.3 Project Environmental Overview

The process adopted in the identification and assessment of the potential and associated
impacts of the proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line project
considered various phases of the project, namely:
• Pre-construction:- this will include mobilisation of materials and personnel,
community engagement, permit to work, site preparation activities etc;
• Construction / Installation:- foundations, tower construction, transmission line
erection and stringing and other associated earthen works;
• Commissioning and Operation / Maintenance:- project inspection, turnover,
commissioning as well as operations and subsequent maintenance activities;
• Decommissioning : - disusing/abandoning of project facilities
5.4 Impact Identification and Characterisation

Impacts can be induced during the construction of the facility, and later during its
operation. In the case of transmission line facilities, the main potential receptors are soil,
surface water bodies, flora and fauna, occupational health, in addition to socio-economic
amenities.
Impact assessment defines the criteria and processes against which potential project
impacts can be measured and mitigated. A multidisciplinary team comprising engineers,
scientist, environmentalists etc were involved in the identification and characterisation of
impacts of the approximately 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line project.
5.4.1 Impact Identification

An interaction matrix (Table 5.1) have been developed and populated to identify the
proposed project activities and components of the physical, biological and social
environment that may be affected as a result of planned and unplanned project activities.

July, 2012
Table 5.1: QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project Activities – Environmental Indicators Interaction Matrix
Pre-construction Construction & Installation Operation / Maintenance Decommis
Project Activities
Planned Activities Unplanned Planned Activities Unplanned sioning
Tower erection / stringing activities

Environmental
Indicators
(support, supply & servicing)
Abandonment / Restoration
Mobilisation of construction
Fuel / hazardous materials
Line element replacement

Recruitment / Community
Commissioning / Testing
Incidents and Accidents

Tower falling incidents
(piling, trenching, etc)
Incidents / |Accidents
Painting and coating
Power Transmission
Waste Management
Waste Management
(access & camping)
ROW maintenance
Transmission Line
Decommissioning
Onsite fabrication
Fires / explosions
Tower foundation
Site Preparation
(Metal works)
Geo-hazards
Engagement
elements
Logistics
Logistics
handling
Fires
Air Quality
Particulates X X X X X X X X X X X X
NOX, SOX, COX, etc X X X X X X X X X
Gaseous Hydrocarbons X X X X
Water Quality
Turbidity X X X X X X X
Water Physico-chemistry X X X X X X X X X
River-bed Physico-chemistry X X X X X X
Aquatic Ecology
Plankton X X X X X
Fishes X X X X X
Macro-benthos X X X X X
Terrestrial Ecology
Fresh Water Swamps X X X X X X X
Mangrove Swamps X X X X X X X
Rainforests X X X X X X X X X X
Avifauna X X X X X X X X X X
Rodents and Mammals X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

July, 2012
Table 5.1: QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project Activities – Environmental Indicators Interaction Matrix Cont-d
Pre-construction Construction & Installation Operation / Maintenance Decommis
Project Activities
Planned Activities Unplanned Planned Activities Unplanned sioning
Tower erection / stringing activities

Environmental
Indicators
Abandonment / Restoration
Mobilisation of construction
Fuel / hazardous materials
Line element replacement

Recruitment / Community
Commissioning / Testing
Incidents and Accidents

Tower falling incidents
(piling, trenching, etc)
Incidents / |Accidents
Painting and coating
Power Transmission
Waste Management
Waste Management
(access & camping)
ROW maintenance
Transmission Line
Decommissioning
Onsite fabrication
Fires / explosions
Tower foundation
Site Preparation
(Metal works)
Geo-hazards
Engagement
elements
Logistics
Logistics
handling
Fires
Soil Quality
Physico-chemistry X X X X X X X X X
Topography / Natural
X X X X X X X X X X
Drainage
Sensory Perceptions
Noise Disturbance X X X X X X X X X X X
Visual Intrusions X X X X X X X
Socio-Economics / Human
Health
Existing / Planned
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Infrastructures
Employment Opportunities X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Worker Safety /
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Occupational Health
Public Health X X X X X X X
Landuse X X X X X X
Fishing X X X
Traffic on Local Roads X X X X X X X
Macro & Micro Economics X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

July, 2012
5.4.2 Impact Characterisation

The checklist approach was adopted; this involved categorising the project into
activities/phases and then the project environment into various components.
The interaction between these two elements (the project and environment) may lead to
changes in the environment and is illustrated below:
[Environment] + [Project] {Changed Environment}
This change may be direct or indirect, adverse or beneficial, cumulative or residual, long
term or short term as described below.
Direct Impacts These are impacts resulting directly (direct cause-effect

consequence) from a project activity
Indirect Impacts These are impacts that are at least one step removed from a
project activity. They do not follow directly from a project activity
Adverse Impacts Adverse impacts are those that would produce negative effects
on the biophysical or socio-economic environment
Beneficial Impacts These are impacts that would produce positive effects on the
biophysical or socio-economic environment.
Cumulative Impacts These are impacts resulting from interaction between project
activities with other activities, taking place simultaneously.
Residual Impacts These are impacts that would still remain after mitigation
measures have been applied.
Long term These are impacts whose effects remain even after a specific
project activity (e.g. permanent vegetation loss due to forest
clearing)
Short term These are defined as impacts that will last only within the period
of a specific project activity (e.g. noise due to construction
activities ).
Table 5.2 presents a summary characterisation of some potential and associated adverse
and beneficial impacts of the proposed project.

July, 2012
Table 5.2: QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Impacts Categorisation

Project Activity/ Associated and Potential Impacts
Cumulative
Irreversible
Short term
Reversible
Environmental
Long term
Beneficial
Residual
Adverse
Aspect
Indirect
Direct
Pre- Employment opportunities arising from
construction recruitment of technical and non technical
• Permitting transmission line workers
• ROW Business opportunities for local contractors
Acquisition through sub contracting activities
• Mobilisation Local support services from road side supply
• Recruitment markets and shops etc
• Site Skill acquisition and enhancements to local
Preparation indigenes and workforce.
Improvement in quality of life for adequately
compensated individuals
Influx of people (migrant workers, sub-
contractors and suppliers) and increased
pressure on existing social infrastructure
Increase of communicable diseases due to
influx of people and poor living conditions
around pre-construction sites
Increase in social vices (like theft, prostitution)
resulting from increased number of people
Community agitations over compensations,
land disputes, wrong stakeholder
identification, leadership tussles, etc
Uncertainty and increased perturbation due to
a lack of information and communication.
Increased traffic during mobilisation on road
with risks of accidents leading to injury/death
and loss of asset.
Risks of armed robbery attack and hostage
taking leading to injury/ death of personnel.
Exclusion of vulnerable groups from
consultations which may lead to strife
Nuisance (noise and vibrations) due to
movement from heavy duty equipment and
vehicles affecting site workers and wildlife.
Increase of dust particles and vehicular
emissions.
Conflicts/community agitations over
employment issues (quotas and methods)
Disturbance of the vegetation cover / loss of
forest products (fuel wood, timber, medicinal
plants) due to site clearing and preparation.
Waste Disposal
• scrap metal, wood, sand, concrete,
paper, domestic waste
• Waste from laydown area and tower
sites from grubbing of ROW (Material
and wood)
Contamination of surface water as a result of
siltation caused by increased erosion, during
site preparation.

July, 2012
Table 5.2: QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Impacts Categorisation Cont’d
Cumulativ
Irreversibl
Beneficial
Reversibl
Residual
Environmental
Adverse
Indirect
Aspect
Direct
Short
Long
term
e
e
Workplace accidents from burns, cuts,
bruises, trips and falls, objects at height,
leading to injury or fatalities.
Employment of local labour and skills
acquisition for workers taking advantage of
new opportunities
increased business and economic activities
as well as diversification of income sources
due to supply contracting and sub-contracting
increase in revenue opportunities for local
population due to presence of non-resident
workers and travellers
Generation of dust and automobile / heavy
duty equipment emissions from construction
earth works.
Flora/habitat loss and disturbance through
vegetation clearing and earthworks along
ROW, access roads and at tower sites
Fauna disturbance and displacement as a
Construction / result of migration away from construction
Installation: activity area (this includes impact on birds)
• Tower Soil / groundwater contamination resulting
Foundation from accidental leakages and spills of
• Piling, hazardous substances (diesel, cleaning
trenching, agents, lubricants, hydraulic oil)
etc Risks of injury / death and loss of assets
• Tower resulting from accidents associated with road
erection transportation to and fro construction sites.
• Conductor Traffic diversion and congestion along local
wire stringing roads during installation at road crossings.
• Painting and Interruption of surface water flows and
coating potentials for salt-water intrusion in identified
• Transportatio tidal zones of Eket and Ikot Abasi areas
n and during construction.
logistics, etc Potential collapse of transmission towers as a
• Commissioni result of unsuitable geotechnical conditions
ng / Testing Reduction in wildlife population as a result of
• Turnover poaching due to easier access created by
• Waste ROW clearing
management Inhalation by onsite workers of cement dust
• Logistics and toxic fumes during foundation works and
welding of tower components
Noise nuisance (including impulsive noise)
from construction activities (e.g. piling)
resulting to temporary migration of sensitive
mammals and rodents.
Visual intrusion as a result of alterations to
normal landforms and aesthetic beauty of
construction sites
Risks of fire/explosions resulting from
accidental ignition of onsite diesel storage
tanks
Waste Disposal
paper, domestic waste
• used oil and replaced/obsolete
equipment pars that may contaminate
soil/groundwater
• Waste from laydown area and tower
sites from grubbing of ROW

July, 2012
Cumulative
Irreversible
Environmental
Short term
Reversible
Long term
Beneficial
Residual
Aspect
Adverse
Indirect
Direct
Workplace accidents from burns, cuts,
bruises, trips and falls, objects at height,
leading to injury or fatalities.
Soil / groundwater contamination resulting
from accidental leakages and spills of
hazardous substances (diesel, cleaning
agents, lubricants, hydraulic oil)
Traffic congestion during transportation of
demobilised equipments and personnel
Generation of dust and automobile / heavy
Demobilisation duty equipment emissions.
Reclamation of marshalling yards and
• Demobilisati laydown areas
on after Waste disposal (scrap metal, wood, sand,
construction concrete, paper, domestic waste)
phase Reclamation and restoration of tower
construction areas
Reclamation and restriction of access roads
to prevent unauthorised uses
Loss of employment and business
opportunities due to completion of
construction phase
Illegal access to transmission line towers
leading to accident, sabotage, asset damage,
and loss
Soil runoff and erosion resulting in
sedimentation problems
Increased electricity transmission and
distribution capacities within the national
grid
Increased business opportunities and
quality of life (small, medium, large scale )
due to enhanced power delivery
Improvement in environmental standards
due to reduced emission from standby
Operations diesel or fuel generators, use of fuelwood.
• Tower Reduced demand on petrol and diesel
inspection & used for power generation and further
Checks reduction in greenhouse gases and noise
• Line element emissions.
replacement Effects of electromagnetic radiation to
• ROW residents near the transmission line
Maintenance Injuries/fatalities of personnel due to air
and road accidents during tower
inspection and checks.
Risk of collision of air planes with
transmission towers and lines
Poor aesthetic appeal due to presence
and eventual operation of the
transmission line
Risk of contact of waterway vessels
with transmission line conductors

July, 2012
Cumulative
Irreversible
Environmental
Short term
Reversible
Long term
Beneficial
Residual
Aspect
Adverse
Indirect
Direct
Electric shock and burns to members of
the public in the event of tower collapse
or damage to transmission wires
Explosion and fire hazards at the
Operations
substation in Ikot Abasi
• Tower
Injury / mortality of birds due to collision with
inspection &
earth wires on towers.
Checks
Noise along the transmission line due to
• Line element
corona effects (humming sound)
replacement
Fatal electric shock and severe burns to
• ROW
workers during maintenance work
Maintenance
leading to land-use conflicts and accident.
Use of track corridors for other facilities
(TLine, communication cables as well as
water pipes etc)
Decommission Increased sedimentation process close
ing / river banks and floodplains along the
Abandonment tower sites.
• Unstringing Risk of accident and injury to worker
of conductor during demolition of structures
wires Increased dust and vehicular emissions.
• Tower / Risk of soil and adjoining surface water
facilities contamination from accidental oil and
removal hazardous substance leakages.
• Waste Traffic obstruction from transportation of
generation decommissioned structures and
equipments to receiving hub.
Availability of land for alternative uses
5.5 Impact Evaluation

The potential and associated impacts identified and characterized were evaluated. The
evaluation which was based on clearly defined criteria (legal/regulatory requirement, risk,
frequency of occurrence, importance and public interest/ concern) was used to determine
the significance of the impacts. The criteria and weighing scale adopted for the evaluation
are described below.
Legal/Regulatory Requirements
Here, the proposed project activities that resulted in impacts were weighed against
existing legal/regulatory provisions to determine the requirement or otherwise for permits
prior to the execution of such activities. Such legal/regulatory requirements were identified
from the laws/guidelines, which have been reviewed in chapter one of this report as well
as those guidelines in the source references relating to the proposed project activity as
presented in section 5.2. The weighting scale used is as follows:
Legal/Regulatory Requirements Criterion

Condition Rating
No legal/regulatory requirement for carrying out project activity Low (0)
Legal/regulatory requirement exist for carrying out activity Medium (3)

July, 2012
A permit is required prior to carrying out project activity which may

result in impact on the environment High (5)
Risk Posed by Impact

The health, safety and environmental risks associated with each impact were assessed
and ranked as "low", "medium" or "high", using the Risk Assessment Matrix (Figure 5.2).
Reference was also made to the source references listed in the previous sections. Three
criteria (consequence, probability of occurrence and severity) were used as basis for
ranking the risks of the impacts. Risk:-was measured based on risk assessment matrix
(RAM).
Consequence Increasing Probability
A B C D E
Environmental
Possibility of
Possibility of
Possibility of
Not Likely to
Reputation
Impossible
Practically
Sometime
Occurring
Severity
Repeated
Incidents
Incidents
Increasing Severity
Damage
Isolated
People
Occur
Effect
Asset
Slight Low
1 Slight Slight Slight
injury Risk
Minor
2 Minor Minor Limited
injury
Major Medium
3 Localised Localised Considerable
injury Risk
Serious
4 Major Major National
injury
Multiple High
5 Extensive Massive International
fatalities Risk
Figure 5.2: Risk Assessment Matrix
The risks (measure of the likelihood and magnitude of an adverse effect) associated with
power transmission line projects were evaluated in terms of:
• risk to human health;
• risk to the biophysico-chemical environment
Based on the matrix above, the weighting used was as follows:
Risk Attribute – Environmental, Human Health, Safety and Reputation

Low (1) This means that no further mitigation may be required
This means that the impact can be mitigated with additional controls and
Medium (3)
modifications
High (5) This means that the impact require avoidance or major control/mitigation
Frequency of Impacts Occurrence

Evaluation of the frequency of occurrence was rated as “high”, “medium” or “low” based on
the historical records of accidents/incidents, consultation with experts and professional
judgment. The frequency criterion is summarised below.

July, 2012
Frequency Criterion
Frequency Attribute – Environmental, Human Health and Safety
Major degradation in quality in terms of scale (>1% of study area or habitat within the
study area), appearance, duration (beyond duration of project)
Irreversible or only slowly recoverable (change lasting more than 1 year) degradation
High (5) of environmental ecosystem level (population, abundance, diversity, productivity)
High frequency of impact (occur continuously and almost throughout the project
execution period)
Geographic extent of impact (e.g. encompassing areas beyond the project area)
Degradation in quality in terms of scale (>0.1% of study area, habitat), appearance,
duration (a few months)
Effect beyond naturally occurring impacts variability
Slow reversibility (change lasting a few months before recovery), lasting residual
Medium (3) impact
Potential for cumulative impact
Intermittent frequency of impact (occur in only a few occasions during the project
execution period)
Limited geographic extent of impact (large area within project area)
Minor degradation in quality in terms of scale (<0.1% of study area, habitat, very
localized), appearance, duration (a few days to a month)
Effect within range of naturally occurring impacts, changes, dynamics
Rapid reversibility (change lasting only a few weeks before recovery), no lasting
residual impact of significance
Low (1)
No potential for significant cumulative impact
Low frequency of impact (occur in just about one occasion during the project
execution period)
Only very localised geographic extent of impact (e.g. not more than a few meters
from impact source point)
Importance of Impact
The importance of environmental component in respect of identified potential impact was
also determined and rated as “high”, “medium” or “low”. The ratings were based on
consensus of opinions among consulted experts including project engineers and other
stakeholders in the proposed project. The importance criterion is summarised thus:
Importance Criterion
Importance Attribute – Environmental, Human Health and Safety
Highly undesirable outcome (e.g., impairment of endangered, protected habitat,
species)
Detrimental, extended flora and fauna behavioral change (breeding, spawning,
High (5) molting)
Major reduction or disruption in value, function or service of impacted resource
Impact during environmentally sensitive period
Continuous non-compliance with international best practices
Negative outcome (e.g., loss time injury from minor burns)
Medium (3) Measurable reduction or disruption in value, function or service of impacted resource
Potential for non compliance with international best practices
non-detectable impact (e.g., emissions from automobile equipments)
Low (1) alteration in value, function or service of impacted resource that are not obvious
Within compliance, no controls required
Public Interest/Perception
Here, the interest/perception of the public on the proposed project and the identified
potential/ associated impacts were determined through consultation with proposed project
stakeholders. The ratings of “high”, “medium” or “low” were assigned based on consensus
of opinions among consulted known stakeholders. The public perception/interest criterion
is summarised below.

July, 2012
Public perception /interest criterion

Public Perception Attribute – Environmental and Human Health
Elevated incremental risk to human health, acute and/or chronic
Possibility of life endangerment for community inhabitants and site personnel
High (5) Major reduction in social, cultural, economic value
Continuous non-compliance with international best practices
Any major public concern among population in the project region
Limited incremental risk to human health, acute and/or chronic
Unlikely life endangerment for community inhabitants and site personnel
Medium (3) Some reduction in social, cultural, economic value
Possibility of adverse perception among population
Potential for non-compliance
No known risk to human health, acute and/or chronic
No known risk of life endangered for community inhabitants and site personnel
Low (1)
Minor reduction in social, cultural, economic value
Unlikely adverse perception among population
5.5.1 Consequence / Likelihood Evaluation

This impact assessment evaluates potentially significant impacts and prioritizes those
potential impacts that require mitigation. Each potential impact is assigned a level of
significance that reflects the significance of the consequence that could occur without
consideration of control and/or mitigation measures, although reasonable best practices
and planned control measures are assumed to be in place.
Tables 5.3 and 5.4 provide definitions for the impact significance designations for
environmental and worker/public consequences as well as environmental and
worker/public likelihood of occurrence respectively. Potential impacts may stem directly
from the proposed project or from secondary and cumulative effects.
Table 5.3: Consequence Criterion

Severity
Consequence Example – Environmental Example – Workers / Public
Rating
Dropped objects Slight injury (no medical /
Negligible 1 Small quantities of chemical or fuel first aid treatment
spilled (<100litres) required)
Minor injury (lost time)
Small chemical, fuel spill (about 1
Minor 2 Minor exposure to toxic
tonnes)
environment
Vehicle damaged, fuel spilled (<100
tonnes) Major injury (lost time)
Moderate 3 Moderate oil, fuel, chemical spill (50 Major exposure to toxic
tonnes) environment
Shoreline erosion
Fuel and hazardous chemical leaks , Single fatality
significant volume or ignited, less than Multiple major injuries
Major 4
15-day duration Pirate attack, multiple
Tanker lost,1500 tonnes of diesel spilled injuries, kidnapping
Major explosion,
Severe 5 Major fuel liquid release, 15-90 days Multiple fatalities
duration

July, 2012
Table 5.4: Likelihood Criterion

Likelihood /
Attribute – Environmental / Socioeconomic (workers/public)
Probability Rating
A No known occurrence in power industry (>1,000 equipment years)
B Has occurred in power industry (1,000 – 100 equipment years)
C Incident has occurred at PHCN (100 – 10 equipment years)
D Happens several times/year at PHCN (10 - 1 (equipment years)
E Happens several times/year in site location (10 - 1 (equipment years)
This consequence criterion (Table 5.3) is combined with a probability of occurrence (Table
5.4) to assess the potential significance of the routine or accidental impacts. Specifically
the process followed in this assessment resulted in categorising the identified potential
impacts into High, Medium and Low risk categories as shown in Figure 5.3 below.
Likelihood of Occurrence
A B C D E
No known Has occurred Incident has Happens Happens
occurrence in in power occurred at several several
power industry industry (1,000 PHCN (100 – times/year at times/year in
(>1,000 – 100 10 equipment PHCN (10 - 1 site location
equipment equipment years) (equipment (10 - 1
years) years) years) (equipment
years)
Negligible
1A 1B 1C 1D 1E
1
Minor
2A 2B 2C 2D 2E
2
Severity
Moderate
3A 3B 3C 3D 3E
3
Major
4A 4B 4C 4D 4E
4
Severe
5A 5B 5C 5D 5E
5
Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk
Figure 5.3: Consequence / Probability Risk Assessment Matrix

July, 2012
5.6 Results of the Impact Assessment

For each of the three main project phases (pre-construction, construction and operation),
the potential impacts and benefits were described using characterisation and criteria listed
above – for example: extent, duration, intensity, nature etc (Table 5.2) and Legal, risk,
frequency, importance, etc (section 5.5). The impacts were then assessed in terms of
their significance (major, medium, or minor).
The levels of significance for potential impacts of the proposed project were assigned as
those impacts to which the following conditions apply.
• Major significance =Impacts for which (L+R+F+I+P) is ≥15 with a consequence /

likelihood rating of: 3E, 4D, 4E, 5C, 5D and 5E.
• Medium significance = Impacts for which (L+R+F+I+P) is between 10 - 14 with a

consequence / likelihood rating of: 2D, 2E, 3C, 3D, 4B, 4C, 5A, 5B.
• Minor significance = Impacts for which (L+R+F+I+P) is ≤9 with a consequence /

likelihood rating of: 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A.
Table 5.5 summarizes the potential impacts on the physical, biological and socioeconomic
environments caused by the proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi transmission line project.

July, 2012
Table 5.5: Identified Potential and Associated Impacts of the Proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Project Activities / Impact
Frequency
Potential and Associated
Likeliho
Conseq
Environmental Significance
uence
Impacts
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
od /
Risk
Pre-Construction
Acceptance and co-operation/
participation from stakeholders
(communities and government) - - - - - - Beneficial
leading to peaceful and timely
execution of the project
Uncertainty and increased
Permitting & ROW Medium
perturbation due to a lack of Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) High (5) 3D
Acquisition (12 / 3D)
information and communication.
• Consultations
• Acquisition of Integration of men and women
- - - - - - Beneficial
license to operate concerns into the project design
• Stakeholder Exclusion of vulnerable groups
Medium
identification from consultations which may Low (1) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(11 / 3D)
• ROW Acquisition lead to strife
Community agitations over
compensations, land disputes, Major
Low (0) High(5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
wrong stakeholder identification, (16 / 4D)
leadership tussles, etc
Improvement in quality of life for
adequately compensated - - - - - - Beneficial
individuals
Increased traffic during mobilisation
Transport of on road with risks of accidents leading Major
Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4C
Personnel and to injury/death and loss of asset. (16 / 4C)
Construction Risks of armed robbery attack and
Elements Major
hostage taking leading to injury/ death Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4C
• Ikot Abasi – Eket of personnel
(16 / 4C)
Federal Highway Nuisance (noise and vibrations) due
• Eket – Ibeno road to movement from heavy duty Medium
• Inland water ways Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3C
equipment and vehicles affecting (10 / 3C)
(River crossing public and wildlife.
sites e.g. Qua
Iboe River). Increase of dust particles and Minor
Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Low (1) Low (1) 2C
vehicular emissions. (6 / 2C)

July, 2012
Table 5.5: Identified Potential and Associated Impacts of the Proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project – Cont’d
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Pre-Construction
Work place accidents/incidents
Transport of from the use of cranes, forklifts, Medium
Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3C
Personnel and etc. during loading and offloading (10 / 3C)
Construction of materials/equipment.
Elements Obstruction of/damage to existing
Medium
• Ikot Abasi – Eket roads due to increased usage during Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3C
(10 / 3C)
Federal Highway mobilisation.
• Eket – Ibeno road Interference with other road users
Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
Medium
• Inland water ways along mobilisation route. (10 / 3D)
(River crossing Leakage of fuel or lube oil onto land
sites e.g. Qua or into water bodies during Medium
Iboe River). Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
transportation and storage may lead (10 / 3D)
to increased chemical toxicity.
Employment opportunities arising
from recruitment of technical and non - - - - - - Beneficial
technical transmission line workers
Skill acquisition and enhancements to
local indigenes and workforce.
Influx of people (migrant workers,
sub-contractors and suppliers) and Medium
Low (0) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
increased pressure on existing social (12 / 3D)
Recruitment of infrastructure
Labour Increase of communicable diseases
due to influx of people and poor living Medium
Low (0) High (5) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
conditions around pre-construction (14 / 3D)
sites
Increase in social vices (like theft,
Medium
prostitution) resulting from increased Low (0) High (5) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(14 / 3D)
number of people
Conflicts/community agitations over
Major
employment issues (quotas and Low (0) High(5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
methods)

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likeliho
Conseq
uence
Impacts
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
od /
Risk
Pre-Construction
Business opportunities for local
contractors through sub contracting - - - - - - Beneficial
activities
Local support services from road side
supply markets and shops etc
Employment opportunities for local
labourers used for land clearing - - - - - - Beneficial
purposes during site preparation
Contamination of surface water as a
Medium
result of siltation caused by increased Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
erosion, during site preparation.
Disturbance of the vegetation cover /
loss of forest products (fuel wood, Medium
Site Preparation timber, medicinal plants) due to site (12 / 3D)
• Access to ROW clearing and preparation.
creation Loss/disturbance of wildlife due to
• Service roads habitat loss/fragmentation from Medium
• Camping and vegetation clearing along ROW and (12 / 3D)
campsites access roads
Soil compaction, destabilisation from
Medium
excavation and runoff erosion Low (0) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
resulting in sedimentation problems.
Derangement of fragmentation of
wildlife habitats / increase in poaching Medium
Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
due to an easier access for the local (12 / 3D)
population and non-resident workers.
Waste Disposal
• scrap metal, wood, sand,
concrete, paper, domestic waste Medium
Med (3) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
• Waste from laydown area from (13 / 3D)
grubbing of ROW (Material and
wood)

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likeliho
Conseq
uence
Impacts
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
od /
Risk
Construction
Workplace accidents from burns,
cuts, bruises, trips and falls, objects at Major
Low (0) High(5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
height, leading to injury or fatalities. (16 / 4D)
Employment of local labour and skills
acquisition for workers taking - - - - - - Beneficial
Fabrication and advantage of new opportunities
Metal works Risk of electrocution and burns (to
Major
• Cutting, bending onsite workers) from welding flashes Low (0) High(5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
and welding tower and high currents during welding
steel components Noise and attendant vibration effects
Minor
• Painting from fabrication and associated Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) 2D
(8 / 2D)
• Handling of welding equipments
conductor wires, Inhalation by onsite workers of
strings, insulators cement dust and toxic fumes during Medium
and fittings Low (0) High(5) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
foundation works and welding of (14 / 3D)
tower components
Generation of metal scraps from
conductor wires, strings and steel Medium
elements associated with fabrication Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(10 / 3D)
of tower components.
Increased business and economic
Foundation / Earth activities as well as diversification of
Works income sources due to supply - - - - - - Beneficial
• On-site contracting and sub-contracting
geotechnical increase in revenue opportunities for
tastings local population due to presence of - - - - - - Beneficial
• Tower foundations non-resident workers and travellers
• Pilings and Interruption of surface water flows
trenching, etc and potentials for salt-water intrusion Major
in identified tidal zones of Eket and Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4B
(16 / 4B)
Ikot Abasi areas during construction.

July, 2012
5.5: Identified Potential and Associated Impacts of the Proposed QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project – Cont’d
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likeliho
Conseq
uence
Impacts
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
od /
Risk
Construction
Soil / groundwater contamination
resulting from accidental leakages
Major
and spills of hazardous substances Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
(diesel, cleaning agents, lubricants,
hydraulic oil)
Increased jobs and job opportunities
from local labour hire and sub- - - - - - - Beneficial
contracting to indigenous suppliers.
Generation of dust and automobile /
Minor
heavy duty equipment emissions from Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) Low (1) 2D
(8 / 2D)
construction earth works.
Flora/habitat loss and disturbance
through vegetation clearing and Medium
Foundation / Earth earthworks along ROW, access roads (12 / 3D)
and at tower sites
Works
Fauna disturbance and displacement
• On-site
as a result of migration away from Medium
geotechnical Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
tastings construction activity area (this include (12 / 3D)
impact on bird life)
• Tower foundations
Potential collapse of transmission
• Pilings and Medium
towers as a result of unsuitable Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Low (1) 3D
trenching, etc (10 / 3D)
geotechnical conditions
Reduction in wildlife population as a
Medium
result of poaching due to easier Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
access created by ROW clearing
Noise nuisance (including impulsive
noise) from construction activities
Minor
(e.g. piling) resulting to temporary Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) 2D
(8 / 2D)
migration of sensitive mammals and
rodents.
Site conditions leading to increased
malaria epidemic from uncontrolled
mosquito breeding in swamp areas as Major
Low (0) High (5) Med (3) High (5) Med (3) 4D
well as water borne diseases e.g. (16 / 4D)
diarrhoea associated with poor
sanitary conditions
July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Construction / Installation
Pollution of soil/water as a result
spilled fuel and other waste oil Major
Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
discharge during tower construction (16 / 4D)
and installation processes
Traffic diversion and congestion along
Minor
local roads during installation at road Low (0) Low (1) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 1E
(8 / 1E)
crossings.
Workplace accidents / incidents
(trip/falls etc) from heights during Medium
Tower Construction conductor wire stringing and bolt/nuts (12 / 3D)
and Erection tightening project activities.
• Crane lifting and Risks of injury / death and loss of
erections assets resulting from accidents Medium
• Bolts and nuts associated with road transportation to (12 / 3D)
tightening and fro construction sites
• Anti climbing Risks of fire/explosions resulting from
Major
guards and step accidental ignition of onsite diesel Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4C
(16 / 4C)
bolts storage tanks
• Insulators and Waste Disposal
fittings • scrap metal, wood, sand,
• Conductor wire concrete, paper, domestic waste
stringing • used oil and replaced/obsolete
Medium
• Connectors fixing, equipment pars that may Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(10 / 3D)
etc contaminate soil/groundwater
• Waste from laydown area and
tower sites from grubbing of
ROW
Localised economic benefits from
materials supplies by local contractors - - - - - - Beneficial
Induced secondary development
within the neighbouring host
communities from increased
economic activities.

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Socio-cultural conflicts between the
construction team and indigenous Medium
Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) High (5) 3D
populace due to contrasts in believes (12 / 3D)
and traditions
Tower Construction Visual intrusion as a result of
Minor
and Erection alterations to normal landforms and Low (0) low (1) Med (3) low (1) Med (3) 1E
(8 / 1E)
• Crane lifting and aesthetic beauty of construction sites
erections Increased demand on existing
infrastructure (roads, housing,
• Bolts and nuts
medical facilities, etc) due to influx of
tightening Medium
workers / induced secondary Low (0) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
• Anti climbing (12 / 3D)
development in the area during
guards and step
construction activities resulting in
bolts
squatter settlements.
• Insulators and
Permanent loss of land (some with
fittings Medium
arable potentials) potentials along the Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3C
• Conductor wire transmission line ROW
(12 / 3C)
stringing
Connectors fixing, etc
diarrhoea and cholera associated with
poor sanitary conditions

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Workplace accidents from burns,
Medium
cuts, bruises, trips and falls, objects at Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
height, leading to injury or fatalities.
Soil / groundwater contamination
resulting from accidental leakages
Major
and spills of hazardous substances Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
(diesel, cleaning agents, lubricants,
hydraulic oil)
Traffic congestion during
Minor
transportation of demobilised Low (0) Low (1) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 1E
(8 / 1E)
equipments and personnel
Generation of dust and automobile / Minor
heavy duty equipment emissions. Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) Low (1) 2D
(8 / 2D)
Reclamation and restoration of
marshalling yards, tower sites, access
Demobilisation
roads (to prevent unauthorised
access) and laydown areas
• Demobilisation after
Waste disposal (scrap metal, wood,
construction phase Medium
sand, concrete, paper, domestic Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(10 / 3D)
waste)
Loss of employment and business
Medium
opportunities due to completion of Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) High (5) 3D
(12 / 3D)
construction phase
Illegal access to transmission line
Major
towers leading to accident, sabotage, Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
asset damage, and loss
Soil runoff and erosion resulting in Medium
sedimentation problems Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(10 / 3D)
diarrhoea associated with poor
sanitary conditions

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Operations / Maintenance
Community dissatisfaction
Operations regarding the conduct of PHCN on
Major
compensation issues may lead to Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
• Commissioning (16 / 4D)
strife before full operations of
and testing
transmission line
• Testing and
Development of agricultural land
Turnover
due to easier access and
consequent discovery of new
arable lands for farming
Increased electricity transmission and
distribution capacities within the - - - - - - Beneficial
national grid
Increased business opportunities and
quality of life (small, medium, large
scale ) due to enhanced power
delivery
Improvement in environmental
standards due to reduced emission
from standby diesel or fuel
Operations
generators, use of fuelwood.
• Electric power
Reduced demand on petrol and
transmission
diesel used for power generation and
using the installed
further reduction in greenhouse
lines after
gases and noise emissions.
commissioning.
Uncertain effects of electromagnetic
radiation on ROW users exposed to Medium
(and residents near to) transmission (12 / 3D)
line generating electromagnetic field
Risk of collision of low flying air
Major
planes with transmission towers Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 5C
(16 / 5C)
and lines
Electric shock and burns to
members of the public in the event Major
Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
of tower collapse or damage to (16 / 4D)
transmission wires

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Unchecked encroachment on the
Medium
ROW, leading to land-use Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 3D
(14 / 3D)
conflicts and accident.
Noise along the transmission line
Minor
due to corona effects (humming Low (0) Low (1) High (5) Low (1) Med (3) 2D
(9 / 2E)
sound)
Distortion of transmission signals and
Medium
electrostatic circuit due to Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
electromagnetic induction.
Operations Use of track corridors for other
• Electric power facilities (TLine, communication - - - - - - Beneficial
transmission cables as well as water pipes etc)
using the installed Local fauna disturbances from
Medium
lines after electromagnetic field along the TL Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
commissioning. ROW
Mortality of birds, due to collision with Medium
earth wires on towers. (12 / 3D)
Effectively evacuate power to be
generated by QIPP in Ibeno for
further distribution within the national
grid.
Add to FGN plan to meet 20,000MW
electric power capacity by year 2020.
Development of new infrastructures
or improvement to existing ones.

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Importance
Frequency
Likelih
Conse
quenc
Impacts
ood /
Public
Aspects Category
Legal
Risk
e
Proliferation of weeds around Minor
Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Low (1) Low (1) 2D
towers. (6 / 2D)
Disturbance of bird habitats and
Medium
avifauna sensitive species from Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Low (1) 3C
(10 / 3C)
activities of maintenance crew.
Development of local
maintenance organizations to
encourage employment and - - - - - - Beneficial
empowerment within the
Maintenance communities.
• Tower inspection Interference with local traditional
and checks festivals or activities by unscheduled
Major
• Line element maintenance work and failure to keep Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4D
(16 / 4D)
replacements to management plans may lead to
• ROW community strife.
maintenance Maintenance of towers within
• Substation sensitive environments e.g.
Medium
maintenance mangrove swamps, river banks may Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 2D
(12 / 2D)
lead to disturbance of hydrological
regime (micro scale) in river banks
Lack of maintenance along TL ROW
may lead to collision of wildlife with Medium
the stays that are not visible in the (12 / 3D)
dense vegetation
Limited knowledge on safety
measures and behaviours associated Medium
with line operation that can lead to (12 / 3D)
accidents

July, 2012
Assessment Criteria
Frequency (F)
Importance (I)
Likelihood
Conseque
Public (P)
Legal (L)
Impacts
Risk (R)
Aspects Category
nce
/
Decommissioning and Abandonment
Increased sedimentation process
Medium
close to river banks and floodplains Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
along the tower sites.
Risk of soil and adjoining surface
water contamination from
Major
accidental oil and hazardous Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4C
(16 / 4C)
substance leakages and wastes
from decommissioning.
Increased dust and vehicular Minor
Decommissioning / Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) Low (1) 2D
emissions during transmport. (8 / 2D)
Abandonment Increase in ambient noise levels
• Unstringing of above baseline conditions from
conductor wires Minor
movement and activities of Low (0) Low (1) Med (3) Med (3) Low (1) 2D
• Tower / facilities (8 / 2D)
decommissioning equipments and
removal automobiles.
• Waste generation Traffic obstruction from transportation
• Medium
of decommissioned structures and Low (0) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
equipments to receiving hub.
Risk of accident and injury to worker Medium
during demolition of structures Low (0) Med (3) Low (1) High (5) Med (3) 3D
(12 / 3D)
Risks of pirate attacks and possible
Major
hostage taking which may lead to Low (0) High (5) Low (1) High (5) High (5) 4C
(16 / 4C)
injury or fatality of personnel.
Availability of land for alternative uses - - - - - - Beneficial

July, 2012
5.7 Impact Discussion

In this section, for the sake of consistency all potential impacts to the environment were
summarised in tables. These impacts were then discussed in line with the two major
project phases (pre-construction has been merged with the construction phase). Mitigation
was typically considered in all the project phases of the transmission line. Table 6.1 in
chapter 6 however, summarises all mitigation and enhancement measures proffered for
the identified impacts of the proposed project as per Table 5.5 in this chapter. Also
included is residual impact ranking after mitigation.
The discussions presented in this section are intended to provide a summary insight into
the nature and level of significance of the identified impacts as well as a description of
mitigation measures outlined in the various phases of the development.
Construction Phase
This refers to all construction and construction-related activities that will occur within the
study area until the EPC contractor leaves the area. The construction activities will take
approximately eighteen months to complete and will occur in two distinct phases. The first
phase will involve the pre-construction activities. The construction phase will be treated as
an integrated whole, as dictated by the nature of the activities and impacts under
discussion.
Operational and Maintenance Phase

All post-construction activities, including the operation and maintenance of the
transmission line are included in this phase.
Decommissioning Phase
Being permanent electricity infrastructure, it is not envisaged that the transmission power
line will be decommissioned in the foreseeable future. However, after operational design
lifespan of 25 years, a reassessment of the current status of the transmission line shall be
carried out.

July, 2012
5.7.1 Socio-economic Impacts

Activity Construction and operation of the ~58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line
Impact • Effectively evacuate power to be generated by the QIPP-PP for further
distribution within the national grid;
• Improvement in quality of life for adequately compensated locals;
• Employment and skill acquisition opportunities arising from local,
regional and national recruitment of technical and non-technical line
workers;
• Improved business opportunities and economies (small scale and large
scale) through sub-contracting and supply activities;
• Induced secondary development within host and neighbouring
communities from increased economic activities along the area;
• Development of agricultural land due to easier access and consequent
discovery of new arable farm lands along ROW accesses;
• Addition to the government of Nigeria’s plan to meet 20,000MW electric
power supply by year 2020 and subsequent development of new
infrastructures and improvement of existing ones.
• Uncertainty and increased perturbation due to improper consultation and
sensitization;
• Agitations resulting to strife from grievances over compensation issues,
employment quota, land disputes, wrong stakeholder identification,
leadership tussles, etc.;
• Pressure on basic infrastructural amenities resulting from influx of
resident and non-resident workers into project area which may indirectly
lead to increased social vices;
• Socio-cultural conflicts between construction workers and indigenous
peoples due to contrasts in believes and traditions.
Status Quo
The socio-economic and health survey provided the baseline social profile of the study
area. The proposed route for the transmission power line will cut across six local
government areas (Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi) in Akwa Ibom
state. The baseline social profile of each LGA and affected communities are discussed in
chapter four of this report.
Construction Phase
Demography
The inflow of workers who choose to reside along communities during the construction
phase of the development may not have any impact on the demography of the area. The
numbers of workers anticipated to be employed during the construction phase is estimated
at 200 workers who will be directly or indirectly employed in this phase. This number of
workers will not necessarily have an impact on demography on the communities which
currently show no evidence of overcrowding. There is no impact on the demography of the
area hence no mitigation is proposed.

July, 2012
Employment Opportunities
Based on the results of the socio-economic assessment, the un-employment rates in the
area are low to average. The locals are however optimistic about the increase in job
availability that the development of the transmission line will bring. Any available jobs will
provide an immediate positive impact on the employment and income situation at the level
of the study area as well as at the regional and national levels. The impact is beneficial.
Employment of casual un-skilled labour would occur, for short-term contracts or for the
entire construction phase. This could result in a positive spin-off during the construction
phase as any level of employment in this region of moderate unemployment and low wage
levels will have a beneficial social spinoff. The impact is beneficial.
Contracting
During the construction phase, there will be provision for sub-contracting to local supplies.
Supplies will include raw materials that meet standards as required for the construction of
the transmission line facilities. Equal opportunities will be given to sub-contractors from the
hot communities. This is a positive impact and as such does not require mitigation.
Information Management
Improper dissemination of information about the project and its activities may pose a risk.
This is because lack of information and improper sensitization of stakeholders such as
men and women groups, religious groups, vulnerable groups (e.g. aged and widowed)
youths, etc about the project may result in local disturbances. This impact is assessed as
medium.
Mitigation measures for this impact will include:

• Early engagement of stakeholders
• Provide the opportunities for all affected groups (women, youths, religious, etc) to
participate in consultations and ensure that all concerns are duly addressed
• Project will establish and publicize a grievance procedure.
• Plan and execute consultations to educate community members and stakeholders on
project activities, schedules and potential impacts.
• Ensure consultation throughout project life span.
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impact to negligible.
Community Agitations
After ROW acquisition by the proponent, there is tendency for agitations by some groups
of people or individuals over non-satisfactory engagement and compensations over land
and other associated properties. This could lead to strife within communities or groups.
This impact has been assessed and ranked with a major significance.
During labour recruitment and prior to full construction activities, there is also potential for
conflicts between neighbouring communities or individuals over employment quota

July, 2012
systems, sub-contracting procedures or recruitment methodology. This will pose major

significant impact on the project construction phase.
Mitigation measures for this impact will include:
• The EPC will develop a community relations and engagement plan that identifies fair
strategies of engagement for all communities. Contents of the Community Relations
and Engagement Plan are included in Appendix 5.2
• Project will also develop and implement a resettlement action plan to ensure equitable
settlement of all project affected persons
• Project will develop, establish and publicise grievance procedures;
• Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions are held, and all agreed issues properly
documented and signed.
• All affected stakeholders and legacy issues are identified early, clearly defined , and
agreed on.
• Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are adequately consulted and
relevant issues addressed
• Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified owners promptly as per
set standards.
• As far as possible employ persons from the surrounding communities during the
construction phase of the development to reduce the numbers of persons that will
migrate to the area seeking employment. This will also avoid any feelings of
resentment and will ensure that the communities derive the most benefits from the
development.
Socio-cultural Conflicts
Other potential socio-economic impacts are expected to arise from socio-cultural conflicts
between the construction workforce and natives due to contrast in believes and religion.
Another challenge in this direction is increased demand on existing infrastructures due to
influx of people to project area. These impacts have been ranked with a medium
significance level.
Mitigation measures include:

• Brief all employees to ensure awareness of any sensitivity to the local cultures,
traditions and lifestyles
• Continuous consultation
• Establish and publicise grievance procedure
• Implementation of community relations and engagement plan by the EPC (see
Appendix 5.2)
• Encourage hiring, as practicable, of appropriately qualified workers from areas in the
vicinity of the project to discourage preventable influx of persons
• Work with contractors to ensure that specialised skill workers from outside the areas
have access to proper accommodations and other basic infrastructure

July, 2012
• Educate all workers to enhance their Health, Safety, Security, and Environment
awareness, and performance on the job
• Maintain medical emergency response plan so that all injured or ill persons can
promptly access appropriate care

Visual Effects
Setting up of tower may create visual intrusion by altering the normal land form pattern
along the ROW. This impact has been ranked with a minor significance level.

• Where practically possible, provide a minimum of 1 km buffer area between the
transmission line camp sites and sensitive visual receptors; and
• Rehabilitate disturbed areas around pylons as soon as practically possible after
construction. This should be done to restrict extended periods of exposed soil.
• Existing facilities might be used for lay-down and camp site areas to reduce
environmental and aesthetic effects
Loss of Land
Acquisition and utilization of land for the transmission line and associated facilities may
result in temporary and permanent loss of land, some of which are regarded as arable.
The impact was ranked with a medium significance.
Mitigation measures will include:

• Project will develop and implement a resettlement action plan to ensure equitable
• The final ROW shall traverse in an existing disturbance corridor like other transmission
lines or pipelines, where farming activities have already been impacted. In this way
negative agricultural and economic impacts would be minimised.
• Land owners shall be compensated for potential loss in revenue and reduction in
future development potential. Compensation should be agreed between PHCN and the
landowner.

July, 2012
Loss of Income
Completion of the construction phase of the project will lead to loss of employment and
business opportunities. This impact has been assessed with a medium significance level.

• Organise career development workshops, skills acquisition and enhancement
programs to further empower the workforce
• Adequately pay due wages for worked period and settle all financial commitments to
workforce before demobilisation

Community Agitations
After the construction phase of the project there exist the possibility of community or
groups of individuals or individual dissatisfaction with the conduct of the proponent
regarding compensation issues, recruitment of labour as well as general conduct during
the construction and prior to operation. This impact could arise some few months to years
after construction activities and could result in strife thereby affecting the operations of the
transmission line. This impact has been assessed to have a major significant level.
Mitigation Measures include:

• The EPC will develop a community relations and engagement plan that identifies fair
strategies of engagement for all communities (see Appendix 5.2)
• Project will also develop and implement a resettlement action plan to ensure equitable
• Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions are held, and all agreed issues properly
documented and signed.
• All affected stakeholders and legacy issues are identified early, clearly defined, and
agreed on.
• Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are adequately consulted and
relevant issues addressed
• Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified owners promptly as per
set standards.
• As far as possible employ persons from the surrounding communities during the
construction phase of the development to reduce the numbers of persons that will
migrate to the area seeking employment. This will also avoid any feelings of
resentment and will ensure that the communities derive the most benefits from the
development

July, 2012
Unauthorised Access
Prior to the operation of the transmission line, unchecked and unauthorised encroachment
by locals or individuals into the transmission line ROW may lead to land use conflict and
possible accidents. This impact significant is ranked as medium.

• Provide warning signs at access roads to warn against unauthorised entry
• Through consultations, sensitize stakeholders and members of the communities on
government policies along established ROW
Socio-cultural Conflicts
Also the interference with traditional festivals and other socio-cultural programs of the
natives as a result of unscheduled maintenance visits may lead to strife on the
maintenance operations of the transmission line. This impact has been adjudged with a
major significant level.
Maintenance procedures could also interfere with hunting, farming operations and other
activities in the area. For instance, large scale maintenance operations could be
considered a noisy and intrusive event for which locals within the area should normally
receive advance warning.

• Operators will obtain information about planned local activities and avoid disturbing
them by shifting maintenance activities to other days whenever possible
• Formal notice of any maintenance work should be given in advance to the
communities along the area. Access to the line must be via the approved access roads
and corridors (agreed with the host communities)
• The notice shall give details of the purpose of the access, the contact person and
number of people to be involved, time frames and machinery that will be used.
• Schedule and implement recommendations of the Community Relations and
Engagement Plan and approved work procedures
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impact to low.

July, 2012
5.7.2 Biodiversity
Activity Clearing of vegetation, site preparation and other construction activities
along the ~58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line
Impact • Destruction of vegetation due to clearance of vegetation at ROW,
access roads, lay down areas, marshalling sites, tower sites etc;
• Disturbance to freshwater swamps, palm forest, farmlands and pockets
of mangrove flora;
• Loss of forest products (fuel wood, timber, medicinal plants) due to site
clearing and preparation.
• Ecosystem fragmentation and habitat loss
• Faunal disturbance from construction noise, light, and presence of
equipments
• Uncertain electromagnetic field impacts to fauna.
• Disturbance of avifauna due to collisions with the earth wire of the
transmission line, habitat destruction and disturbance and impact of
birds on quality of supply.
• Increase in poaching due to an easier access for the local population
and non-resident workers.
Status Quo
The construction of the ~58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line will result in the removal of
approximately two hundred and ninety (290) hectares of natural vegetation in the area.
The development may have a major, long-term, irreversible negative impact on the floral
composition along the ROW.
Results from biodiversity studies conducted in the area shows that five different ecological
zones were identified. These were: lowland forests, seasonal freshwater swamps,
cultivated farmlands, bush fallows, and mangrove forests (at Ibeno, Eket, and Ikot Abasi
areas) along the transmission line.
Based on the vegetation and faunal investigations, the most sensitive ecological zones are
considered to be the freshwater and mangrove river crossings. This finding has also been
affirmed during past studies in the area (NIPP 2007, IPC 2005). In addition, the vegetation
zones that were identified along the transmission line, are well represented outside of the
study area, and are thus not considered threatened ecosystems.
Data on the floristic composition and fauna assemblage along the transmission line and in
the immediate vicinity of the proposed transmission line ROW indicate presence of a
varied assemblage of forest resources and plant species, some of which are economic
and of ethno botanical importance (see section 4.10.1, chapter 4) to the people of the
communities. Six endangered species were observed as per the IUCN 2006 conservation
ranking in the vicinity of the project area. Although IUCN recognises these as endangered,
these species are locally abundant. This shows that from an ecological stand-point the
area is not one of very high ecological importance.

July, 2012
The main impacts of clearing the vegetation may however be secondary and will affect the
species that depend on the area for survival through habitat loss, fragmentation and the
impacts of edge effects. This will be further discussed in the sections below.
Construction Phase
The construction phase is the most destructive part of the planned development. During
the construction phase various impacts could cause loss and disturbance of vegetation
and animal habitats.
Vegetation Clearing
The ROW is approximately 58km long and 50m wide, giving a total area of 2,900,000m2.
Selective clearing within the confines of the ROW is expected to be carried out to the
minimum foot print required during the construction phase to allow for foundations,
erection of towers and placement of conductors on the towers. However total area
permanently lost due to vegetation clearing (including lay-down areas, marshalling yards
as well as access roads) is anticipated to be approximately 6ha. In general, because of the
linear nature of the ROW, the effects are distributed across a substantial length and losses
in any given area (including the sensitive mangrove patches around, Ibeno, and Ete area
in Ikot Abasi axis) are not expected to represent a substantial portion of the available
resources.
Localised impact on mangrove forest ecology is expected on the ROW segment. Impacts
are expected during construction activities (access roads along mangrove paths, as well
as movement of construction materials and workers through the creeks to tower sites).
This activity, if not managed, may result in significant local damage to the mangrove
ecosystem as well as constituent fauna. Given the total 290ha of vegetation along the
ROW, the mangrove area envisaged to be affected is less than 5% of this mass. Patches
of mangrove existing along the QIPP Power plant area as well as the Ete area where the
existing Ibom Power transmission line has its road crossing are the only mangrove areas
the construction phase is expected to impact.
There is no plan to construct lay-down areas or marshalling yards along mangrove areas.
Overall, the impacts on vegetation and habitat loss due to vegetation clearing and other
site preparation activities are put at a medium significant level.

• Inclusion of threatened and endangered species strategies in the site specific
Environmental Management Plan to be developed by EPC Contractors for the project.
This plan shall indicate lists of animals and plant species of concern, development and
implementation of a training program that would include photos and other information
to identify the various species, procedures for responding if one of the species is found
(such as contacts, stopping work until relocation or protection is effected, reporting the
incident in routine progress reports, etc.), where appropriate to ensure the designation
of certain areas as sanctuaries for species that may be displaced by the project and

July, 2012
requirement for a survey by qualified biologist(s) ahead of ROW clearing, as well as

strict prohibition for the workforce on killing or capturing any of the species.
• Clearance of mangrove will be kept to a minimum, and material storage areas will not
be located in mangrove;
• provision of adequate culverts to maintain natural drainage channels and tidal flushing
along the mangrove paths as much as practicable;
• Clear briefings and instructions to EPC regarding the clearance procedures will be
undertaken to minimise any mangrove area that may be disturbed;
• Vegetation clearing will be limited to minimum required for work
• Felling of trees of >30cm girth is to be minimized during
• Vegetation clearing will be limited to the minimum required for work. This would be
done with considerations to environmental protection.
• Utilisation of existing accessible tracks as much as possible
• Establish a perimeter of protection around sensitive ecosystems such as mangroves
along Ibeno and Ikot Abasi and their unique habitats.
• Plan work activities to minimise presence and duration of work in ecologically sensitive
areas (mangrove paths, river banks, fresh water swamps).
• Limit vegetation clearing to footprint required for construction purposes to minimize
disturbances along proposed transmission line ROW.
• Allow re-growth, within height restrictions, of native ground cover beneath lines (along
ROW, lay-down areas and access roads)
• The final ROW shall traverse in an existing disturbance corridor like other transmission
lines or pipelines, where farming activities have already been impacted. In this way
negative agricultural economic impacts would be minimised.
• Land owners shall be compensated for potential loss in revenue
• Compensation shall be agreed between PHCN and the landowner and implemented
accordingly
Erosion
Erosion may take place when vegetation is removed, by the continual movement of
vehicles and people, and where vegetation is cleared for construction. Areas of particular
concern would be along the access roads, areas in which the lay-down areas are placed,
disturbed areas around the towers, and the marshalling yards. Impacts resulting from
erosion around lay-down areas, access roads, etc have been ranked with a medium
significance.

• Implement where appropriate sediment run-off controls and visually inspect after
rainfall
• Laydown areas/Marshalling yards are designed to include erosion control
• Reclaim as practicable topography of excavated or compacted upland areas upon
completion of activities

July, 2012
• Limit vegetation clearing to footprint required for construction purposes o minimize

disturbances along proposed transmission line ROW.
• Allow re-growth, within height restrictions, of native ground cover beneath lines (along
ROW, lay-down areas and access roads)Where possible contractor shall reclaim de-
vegetated areas with topsoil, reclaim compacted floors with native plant species, etc.
• Auditing EPC contractor to verify reclamation of work sites, marshalling yards, lay-
down areas etc
River Bank Disturbances

Damage to river systems could occur where towers are erected close or within the rivers,
and/or when maintenance tracks or construction camps are placed within river banks.
Rivers are sensitive to disturbance and therefore should the afore-mentioned impacts
occur, they would be on medium significance. Fortunately rivers are relatively small in area
except for the Qua Iboe crossing. It is not anticipated that the towers will be erected within
the river beds at all. The transmission line is designed to ensure that it spans over the
rivers. Similarly, if the maintenance tracks do not cross the rivers and construction camps
are not built directly next to rivers, there will be no impact. However, specific mitigation
measures have been included to ameliorate any possible impacts.
Mitigation measures proffered include

• The transmission line has been designed to have a minimum clearance of about 50m
to river banks;
• Marshalling yards, storage areas and/or construction camps shall not be located along
river bank areas.
Wildlife Disturbance
During construction there is expected faunal disturbance along the entire length of the
transmission line, in which sensitive ground dwelling animals like the squirrels, grass
cutters, civet cats etc (see Table 4.12) will move out of the area during construction. This
is likely short termed, and once construction is finished, fauna will recolonise the area. The
impact is anticipated to be medium.
Mitigation measures proffered include

• Vegetation clearing to only unavoidably necessary ones. This should be done with
considerations to environmental protection.
• Utilisation of existing accessible tracks as much as possible
• Plan work activities to minimise presence and duration of work in ecologically sensitive
areas (mangrove paths, river banks, fresh water swamps).
• Plan and execute construction works to minimize interference on wildlife
• Maintain construction equipments to optimal function conditions
• Monitor presence of wildlife species during construction activities

July, 2012
Avifauna
Although the most severe impacts are the likelihood of electrocutions, collisions, as well as
habitat loss and disturbance, the particular design of the transmission line also has a
bearing on the inherent risks for birds. There is no peculiar bird breeding areas/migration
routes identified along the line. The impact is low and therefore no mitigation is provided.

July, 2012

During this phase the impacts on the vegetation and habitat of the fauna would be
relatively low.
Faunal Disturbance from Electromagnetic Fields

The electromagnetic fields emitted from the transmission lines may result in some form of
faunal disturbance, i.e. faunal species (invertebrates and small mammals) may choose not
to spend prolonged periods under the transmission lines due to the electric magnet fields.
In the majority of situations, the faunal species will simple move into the large expanses of
nearby similar vegetation. Impact significance is medium.

• The design of the transmission line shall be in line with standards observed by
International bodies as well as PHCN.
• PHCN shall assure during transmission line component testing that national and
international standards and limits are met.
Impacts on Birds
The earth wire is the biggest risk, since it is much thinner and could be unseen by a bird in
flight. Electrical faults caused by bird excreta being deposited on electricity infrastructure
show that birds could also have negative impacts on transmission lines. Baseline avifauna
studies did not identify any bird migratory routes / breeding sites along the transmission
line route. Large waterfowl/raptors are also not predominant in the area.This impact is
ranked as medium.
Mitigation:
• It is not considered practical to recommend marking all line through open areas to
mitigate for bird collisions, as this would be a large proportion of the line, and the risk
does not warrant it. Also it will create a negative visual impact on those people living
nearby. Instead it is recommended that the routine line patrols by PHCN maintenance
crew be used to detect any bird collisions. If any collision “hot spots” are identified,
these can be mitigated reactively.
5.7.3 Hydrology and Aquatic Systems

Activity Constructing the transmission line in sensitive hydrological and surface
water resources along the route
Impact • Leakage of fuel or lube oil onto land or into water bodies during
transportation and storage may lead to increased chemical toxicity
• Contamination of surface water as a result of siltation caused by
increased erosion, during site preparation.
• Erosion of stream banks resulting in increased sedimentation in
adjoining surface water bodies
• Disturbance of hydrological regimes and drainage patterns on a micro-

July, 2012
scale.
The activities involved in these phases of the development may cause a negative short to
long-term impact on the surface hydrology and ground water quality along the project
area. This will be as a result of activities which are slated to take place which include
storage of hazardous substances on the site such as diesel and motor oil for the operation
of machinery and stand-by generators, and similar materials for the construction of towers
and foundations.
Wetlands in the area include perennial rivers and streams, mangrove swamps, seasonal
rivers and streams and several creeks and creeklets. Rivers are exposed to
anthropogenic impacts, including water pollution, and shoreline erosion, etc.
Construction Phase
Erosion of stream banks
Access of construction vehicles and construction personnel onto the stream banks, and
swampy areas can result in the onset of erosion. The clearance of vegetation will reduce
the capacity of the land surface to retard the flow of surface water, thus decreasing
infiltration, and increasing both the quantity and velocity of surface water runoff and
erosion. Human activities, which disturb the soil structure, such as the compaction of soil
along footpaths and vehicle tracks, and the disturbance of soil structure through
movement of soil, can result in increased susceptibility to erosion. Roads and pathways
created during the construction phase have the potential to become preferred drainage
lines, resulting in gully erosion. This impact has been ranked to possess a medium
significance level.

• Install siltation traps within the drainage design to collect silt and sediments ensuring
that they do not end up in adjacent aquatic areas.
• Construction on steep slopes and in soft or erodible material will require erosion
control measures and correct grassing methods.
• Where possible contractor shall reclaim de-vegetated areas with topsoil, reclaim
compacted floors with native plant species, etc.
• Auditing EPC contractor to verify reclamation of work sites, marshalling yards, lay-
down areas etc
• Appropriate flow diversion and erosion control structures i.e. earth embankments must
be put in place where soil may be exposed to high levels of erosion due to steep
slopes, soil structure etc.
Sedimentation of streams and rivers

Clearance of existing vegetation will expose the upper layers of the soil horizon to soil
erosion. The transport of eroded soil into the surface water resources, especially the rivers
will impact on water quality. The movement of construction vehicles and personnel can
also result in the onset of erosion and associated sedimentation of streams and rivers. The

July, 2012
stockpiling of excavated earth and construction materials can result in contamination of

runoff, through erosion of stockpiles. On the overall, impacts resulting to sedimentation
problems as a result of soil erosion are adjudged to have a medium significance.

rainfall events
• Laydown areas/Marshalling yards are designed to include erosion control
• Reclaim as practicable topography of excavated or compacted upland areas upon
completion of activities
• Install siltation traps within the drainage design to collect silt and sediments ensuring
that they do not end up in adjacent aquatic areas.
• Construction on steep slopes and in soft or erodible material will require erosion
control measures and correct grassing methods.
• Avoid crossing permanent waterways with machinery; if necessary, locate the crossing
where the banks are stable and the waterway at the most narrow part of the water
way.
Aquatic Life disturbance

The riparian zone is an important corridor for the movement of wildlife, and as such the
construction activities may temporarily impact on the movement of certain faunal species
along the Riverine corridor. The construction related activities that will result in a
deterioration of the water quality, will ultimately influence aquatic species such as macro-
invertebrates, fish, amphibians and birds. This impact would however be limited in terms of
duration and is ranked at a medium significance level.

• Limit work areas outside vegetation along water bodies and near wetlands.
way.
• Provide workers at the development site with mobile toilets during this phase of the
development. A reasonable ratio would be ten (10) workers per toilet. Periodic transfer
of sewage in tanks to the QIPP-PP base for treatment is planned.
• If diesel and motor oil are to be stored on site, ensure that they are properly contained
in a bunded area (with capacity to contain 1½ times the amount of substances stored).
This area must be situated away from all water bodies and signs indicating the storage
of these substances erected.

July, 2012
Surface water pollution

Hydrocarbons-based fuels or lubricants spilled from construction vehicles, construction
materials that are not properly stockpiled, and litter deposited by construction workers may
be washed into the surface water bodies. Should appropriate toilet facilities not be
provided for construction workers at the construction crew camps, the potential exists for
surface water resources and surroundings to be contaminated by untreated sewage
effluents, lubricants and other hazardous substances from accidental leaks and spillages.
Depending on the nature of the contaminant the impact could range from either medium
significance to major significance categories.
Mitigation measures proffered include:

• Safe operating practices are enforced during construction activities.
• project emergency/spill response measures and equipment are available, and
personnel are capable of effectively using it for cases of accidental spill.
• hydrocarbon/chemical spill containment and prevention measures and equipment are
functional and effective on site and for equipment and vehicles
• hydrocarbon and chemical transfers in safely contained areas
• Double handling to be avoided where possible
• When transfer has to take place, ensure it is effected in lined and secured areas where
containment is possible
• Educate personnel on hydrocarbon and chemical handling risks/hazards, through SHE
briefings/tool box meetings
rainfall events
• Plan and set on-site sanitary facilities for the disposal of wastewater.
• Maintain vehicles, machinery and equipment in good condition in order to avoid leaks
and spill of hazardous materials (lube oils, chemicals, etc.)
• Ensure safe management of hazardous materials (chemical s, etc.)
• If diesel and motor oil are to be stored on site, ensure that they are properly contained
in a bunded area (with capacity to contain 1½ times the amount of substances stored).
This area must be situated away from all water bodies and signs indicating the storage
of these substances erected.
• train personnel in safe fuel handling procedures of chemicals and hydrocarbons
• Monitoring during maintenance of equipment to ensure that there is no discharge to
the environment
• Enforce good environmental demobilisation procedures (e.g. cleaning sites and
reclaiming to original status)
• Use of drip pans during transfer of fuels and hazardous substances
• Carry out internal environmental auditing to check activities of construction team and
status of lay-down areas, marshalling yards, tower sites, etc prior to demobilisation.
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impacts from low to negligible.

July, 2012
Disturbance of Hydrological Regimes and Drainage Patterns

The presence of construction vehicles, personnel and material in floodplains and riparian
zones, can result in a local change in flow patterns. This can result in a change in the flow
patterns in these areas due to the presence of obstructions (i.e. vehicles, construction
material, construction crew camps etc.). Human activities, which disturb the soil structure,
such as the compaction of soil along footpaths and vehicle tracks, and the disturbance of
soil structure through movement of soil, can also result in a change in the micro scale
hydrology. Impact significance is ranked as major.

• Do not hamper drainage of surface water and plan for reclamation measures after
construction.
way.
• Limit work areas outside vegetation along water bodies and near wetlands.
• Maintain a minimum flow to prevent salt water intrusion through standard procedures
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impacts to negligible.
Operation and Maintenance Phase

The presence of the transmission power line and associated towers would not result in a
substantial increase in erosion during the operational phase. Erosion of stream banks
would mainly take place during this phase as a result of the movement of maintenance
vehicles and personnel. No impact is anticipated and no mitigation proffered.
Floral disturbance (riparian zone and floodplains)

The presence of the transmission line will result in a disturbance of the flora found in the
riparian zone and floodplains. Clearing of the ROW to prevent fire hazard, will result in
floral disturbance. This will however be limited to the footprint area of the ROW. Access
roads to the TL may also need to pass through wetland areas and / or the riparian zone,
which will also result in floral disturbance. A medium significance level was assigned to
this impact.
Mitigations measure includes:

• Periodically carry out ROW maintenance activities to manage growths of weeds and
other creeping plants on the tower bases in a manner that minimizes adverse impacts
on vegetation.

July, 2012
5.7.4 Air Quality and Noise Pollution

Activity Site preparation and construction of ~58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line.
Impact • Nuisance (noise and vibrations) due to movement from heavy duty
equipment and vehicles affecting public and wildlife.
• Increase of dust particles and vehicular emissions.
• Noise and attendant vibration effects from, piling activities, fabrication
and associated welding equipments.
Status Quo - Air Quality

Air pollution is a major criterion for the design of transmission line insulators. Pollution has
a negative effect on the insulation system of power lines, which could result in the
shutdown of the power line. The baseline data on the level of pollutant gases along the
transmission line route has been assessed and found to be compliant to set regulatory
limits for their natural environment (see Table 4.4, chapter 4). Data obtained were also
consistent with past studies around the project area (IPC 2005).
Construction Phase
The construction of the approximately 58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line will generate
minor amounts of pollutant gases (SOx, NOx, VOCs, etc) from fuel combustion (light fuel
oil) used for supply trucks and heavy duty equipments. Such pollutants will include
airborne particulates that would especially result during dry/windy conditions as a result of
equipment movements and localised earthworks. Emissions during construction activities
will be localised and short termed, impact will therefore be minor.
In addition, it is expected that there would be increase in dust particles (SPM) along
earthed access roads and also on the generality of the ROW during construction activities.
Increase in SPM levels will specifically result from vehicular movements and construction
earthworks (excavations, trenching, etc). These are expected to last for a short term and
have a minor significance ranking.

• Ensure that all vehicles involved in the transport of construction material and staff and
machinery involved in the construction is properly maintained and serviced.
• Extra care must be taken to reduce dust in periods when wind speed are greatest and
the rainfall amounts are lowest which is between November and February (dry
season), e.g. This will involve extra wetting of the construction area to suppress dust
particles.
• Ensure that all material (sand and aggregate) stockpiled along the site to be used in
construction activities are regularly sprayed to reduce the effects of wind whipping.
• All staff employed at the construction site must be provided with dust masks and be
asked to use them.
• Implement a traffic system that involves use of appropriate signals and signs to ensure
the smooth flow of traffic. This will reduce the idling of vehicles that may occur and
therefore reduce the emissions in the area.

July, 2012
• Reduce speed along earth roads

• Plan journey to reduce travel times
• Vehicles carrying earth materials should be covered
• Install and operate air pollution control equipment e.g. mufflers.
Operation and Maintenance Phase

The only anticipated impact is pollutant gases falling on insulators to produce a conductive
film on the surface which causes the surface leakage current to increase, eventually
resulting in flashover / local arcing on insulators. Flashovers occur mainly on transmission
lines when, in combination with condensation, light rain or ash or dust build-up cause
arcing across insulators and dips and spikes in power supplies. This weakens the
insulators, and repeated arcing can cause the shutdown of the power line. However, dust
and emissions generation during operations is envisaged to be low and requires no
mitigation.
Noise
Noise has the potential to damage health, to detract from the quality of life, and to disturb
or affect wildlife. During the wet season the baseline noise levels along the project area
were within acceptable limits. Results from dry season measurements show significant
increase but remained within acceptable limits.
Construction Phase
Presently, the study area is impacted by minimal noise from the surrounding land uses as
populated settlements are 1 to approximately 2.5km north of the transmission line ROW
except in some few sections (in Eket and Onna LGA where settlements have been
identified to approximately 100m to 300m away from the ROW). However, agricultural
activities are taking place within the study area notably along the palm forest areas of
Mkpat Enin, the farmlands along the Ibom Power Tline road crossing into Uta Ewa axis of
Ikot Abasi area as well as the tie in location into the proposed sub-station near ALSCON.
Topographical survey charts showing land use pattern along the proposed 58km ROW
have been included in Appendix 5.1.
The construction period could result in a temporary increase of the noise levels due to
construction and delivery vehicles moving to and from the site as well as general
installation activities. Increase in traffic flow within the study area could increase the
nuisance levels in terms of noise generation. These impacts from increase in noise levels
are evaluated and ranked to pose minor significance levels during construction period as
they will be short termed.

• Machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit high levels of noise should be used on a
phased basis to reduce the overall impact.

July, 2012
• Workers, especially those working with machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit
high levels of noise should be supplied with ear plugs and ear muffs to reduce the risk
of hearing impairment. Prolonged exposure to this impact shall be reduced by
engaging workers on shift basis.
• Regularly maintain construction equipment to optimal function
• Limit heavy duty construction works to day hours only where practicable
• Ensure use of appropriate PPEs (ear plugs) by workers in areas with noise level above
FMENV (90dBA) hourly work area limits.
• Plan work activities to avoid heavy duty movement during peak hours
Operation Phase
During operation phase, some noise is generated by the corona in form of humming sound
around the live conductors. Studies of a 400kv (NIPP 2007) which is quite similar in terms
of voltage to the proposed 330kv line showed that the noise level, at 25m from the live
conductor ranges between 53 dB(A) on a rainy weather and 33 dB(A) on a dry weather.
These modest noise levels will have limited impact on the health of people who live closest
to the ROW (100m) or to the wildlife that will occasionally venture pass the ROW. The
impact as ranked with a minor significance level.
Mitigation measure includes:

• The design of the transmission line shall be in line with standards observed by
International bodies.
5.7.5 Health, Safety and Security Aspects

Activity Site preparation and construction of ~58km QIT-Ikot Abasi transmission line.
Impact • Increased traffic during mobilisation on road with risks of accidents
leading to injury/death and loss of asset
• Risks of armed robbery attack and hostage taking leading to injury/
death of personnel
• Work place accidents/incidents from the use of cranes, forklifts, etc.
during loading and offloading of materials/equipment as well as
construction and maintenance operations.
• Increase of communicable diseases due to influx of people and poor
living conditions around pre-construction sites
• Waste Disposal (scrap metal, wood, sand, concrete, paper, domestic
waste from lay-down area from grubbing of ROW.
• Risk of electrocution and burns (to onsite workers) from welding flashes
and high currents during welding
• Workplace accidents / incidents (trip/falls etc) from heights during
conductor wire stringing and bolt/nuts tightening project activities.
• Risks of injury / death and loss of assets resulting from accidents

July, 2012
associated with road transportation to and fro construction sites

• Risks of fire/explosions resulting from accidental ignition of onsite diesel
storage tanks
• Site conditions leading to increased malaria epidemic from uncontrolled
mosquito breeding in swamp areas as well as water borne diseases e.g.
diarrhoea and cholera associated with poor sanitary conditions
• Risk of collision of low flying air planes with transmission towers and
lines
Construction Phase
In any civil works, public as well as construction staff SHE risks can arise from various
constructions activities such as earth works, operation, and movement of heavy equipment
and vehicles, storage of hazardous materials, traffic, waste disposal etc. Because of the
long duration of the construction phase, such activities need to be controlled and
consequently the associated risks reduced to as low as reasonably practicable.
Transportation Related Aspects

Construction and transportation activities will increase traffic congestion, risk of injuries,
hostage and kidnapping as well as damage to assets. These impacts are expected to be
of medium to major significance depending on the severity of the impact. Accidents arising
from road trips (transport of materials and personnel) along mobilisation routes may result
in injury or loss of life of personnel as well as damage to company assets. The possibility
of hostage taking of expatriate personnel or locals during the construction of the project is
likely. This may also result to injuries or fatality. These impacts are ranked from medium to
major significance.

• All vehicles and boats are certified road / water worthy prior to being mobilized for work
activities.
• Compliance to all roads and water ways safety transport rules including speed limits
• Competency training and certification of drivers before mobilisation.
• Limit movement to day time only
• Setting and enforcing speed limits of 100km/hr (major roads) 40-60km/hr (built-up
areas) and 10-30km/hr (construction sites);
• Develop a project security plan that addresses all project related security concerns
• Ensure security procedures are strictly enforced and continually improved based on
updated risk information.
• Consultation and good public relation with the stakeholder communities.
• Ensure government approved security personnel is used on transport vehicles and
boats when warranted
• Coordinate work activities to avoid heavy traffic periods
• Use warning signs and traffic wardens/directors
• Ensure activities causing blockages at road crossings are carried out within shortest
time practicable

July, 2012
• In the case of longer blockages, divert traffic to approved alternate routes in liaison
with appropriate authorities
• Consult with affected communities prior to road closures to provide warnings and
alternatives.
Workplace Accidents
The probability of an accident occurring at the project site during the phases of the
development is high. This is due to the intense use of machinery and other heavy-duty
equipment used especially in the construction phase.
Work related incidents and accidents resulting from trips, falls, object at height during
construction activities are likely to occur. These impacts pose a medium to major
significance ranking all depending on the severity of the impact. If the impact results in
fatality it is ranked as a major significant impact.
Mitigation measures proffered will include:
• All personnel are qualified and certified for their relevant works
• Approved safe work procedures are provided and complied with at all times
• prior to commencement of work
• PHCN shall ensure SHE briefings, job hazards identification and controls, prior to
commencement of work activities
• Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. rubber hand gloves, hard
hats, safety boots, etc. by all personnel at the project site
• Limit work activities to daytime only
• Ensure availability of first aid facilities onsite
• Ensure retainer clinics are engaged and site medical personnel are available in case of
accidents
• Maintain medical emergency response plan so that injured or ill persons can promptly
access appropriate care.
• PHCN shall design work area to internationally acceptable standards

July, 2012
Communicable Diseases
Construction activities have the potential to create new malaria vector (mosquito) habitats.
An influx of workers with no partial immunity to malaria parasite (Plasmodium sp)
increases the risk of serious illness which may result to death. This impact if not managed
is expected to pose a major significance characteristic.
Influx of resident and non resident workers into the project area also increases the risks of
sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) and could impact adversely on the spread of these
illnesses especially relating to Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS). This impact
if left unmanaged may result in long term health issues which may eventually lead to
fatality. Impact arising from this is ranked as major.

• Project will develop a health plan to address potential health issues
• Initiate /enforce PHCN corporate health awareness programs for malaria, AIDS, etc)
• Provision of site medical personnel to attend to emergency situations
• Engage the services of retainer clinics to manage health issues
• Educate workforce on the prevention of malaria as well as encourage the use of
mosquito nets in construction camps.
• Ensure personnel use appropriate PPE
• Project shall prepare and implement emergency response plan
• Provide appropriate domestic water supply to address additional needs.
• Facilitate the implementation of appropriate toilet and other sanitation facilities.
• Provide information, education and communication about safe uses of water and
occupational hygiene and safety
• Environmental management for vector control; avoidance via settlement location and
design and use of bed nets and repellents; rapid diagnosis and treatment; focal
insecticide and molluscicide application.
• Develop and implement safe food storage and handling practices.
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impacts to low.
Fires and Explosions

Fire and explosions may be described as technological hazards, which can cause serious
injury or result in loss of lives and damage to properties and the environment. Flammable
substances including diesel and motor oil may be stored or used on the project site for
heavy-duty equipment. These substances are precursors for fires and explosions.
Envisaged impacts from accidental explosions resulting in fire have been ranked with a
major significance level.

July, 2012

• All fuel storage tanks are kept at safe distances from work areas
• Storage areas will be identified with caution signs.
• Educate workforce on risks associated around storage areas and prohibit activities
(such as smoking) that can ignite storage tanks
• Designate no-smoking and smoke areas
• Hold SHE meetings and talks on fire hazard
• Design work area to internationally acceptable standards
Waste Handling and Disposal

A significant amount of solid waste (including, wood, metal scarps, office and domestic
wastes, etc.) will be generated in this phase of the project. The methods put in place for
handling and disposing of these wastes to be generated play an important role in the
significance of impacts expected from wastes management. Waste handling and disposal
have been assessed to pose a medium impact to the environment.

• Develop project specific waste management plan and ensure proper implementation
• Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• Periodically audit contractor activities to check the level of compliance to regulatory
and PHCN waste management requirements.
• Design work area to internationally acceptable standards
• Ensure engagement of government approved waste management contractors
• Safe operating practices are enforced during construction
Operation Phase
During the operational phase, public and occupational SHE risks are not as significant as
during the construction phase. The design clearances according the PHCN Standard
guarantee safe limits for the possibility of farming and also cattle rearing.
Collisions
After the transmission line has been constructed and is put into operation there is the
possibility of low flying aircraft colliding with the towers. If this happens, it will result to
injury, asset damage as well fatality in the worst case. Impacts resulting from collision of
aircraft with towers have been ranked at major significance level.

• Alternative analysis of the ROW options ensured minimal to no interference with air
traffic (see section 2.3.1 in chapter 2).

July, 2012
• PHCN shall provide Aircraft Warning spheres and tower signs in areas where air traffic
might occur in order to minimize risk of low flying aircraft colliding with towers and
wires.
Collapse of Transmission Towers

There exists the possibility of shock and burns to unauthorised ROW users or visitors due
to collapse of transmission line towers which could lead to injury or fatality of affected
persons. This is a major significant impact.

• Towers shall be installed following the best engineering standards
• Towers shall be collapse tested to prove the tower design is in line with the PHCN
requirements
• PHCN shall carry out routine inspection of towers in order to allow early detection of
damaged towers
• Reported cases of damaged or fallen towers shall be promptly attended to.
• Adequate and automatic fault/damage detection system shall be installed.
• Personnel shall be trained on the detection/handling of such emergencies arising from
accidental damage
Electromagnetic Fields
The electromagnetic effects of a transmission line on the environment have been a
concern in the last decades. Intense electric fields may occur at the surface of conductors
and other “live “elements of transmission lines. Several studies with varying conclusions
have been carried out on harmful consequences that the electrical and magnetic fields
produced by overhead lines could have on humans, animals and plants. In view of this, the
electric industry including national and international, established maximum acceptable
limits for biological effects of transmission lines, which should be complied with when a
new overhead transmission line is designed and constructed (Cigre, 1992).
The magnitude of electrical and magnetic fields in proximity to a transmission line is

dependent on the superposition of the fields due to the three-phase conductors. Usually,
limitations are imposed to the maximum electrical field at the edge of or within the right-of-
way. There will be no testing after commissioning to confirm that electrical field and
magnetic induction do indeed fall below the safe limits. This is because clearances
according the PHCN Standard guarantee the safe limits. This is the case for clearances in
all international standards. The range of maximum electrical and magenetic fields below
overhead lines is given in Table 5.6 below.

July, 2012
Table 5.6: Range of Maximum Electrical and Magnetic Fields

Voltage Electrical Field Magnetic Induction
(kV) (at ground level under a line) (at ground level)
(kV/m) (uT)
765 8-13 28-32
525 5-9 25-30
420 4-8 22-28
245 2-3.5 20-25
123 1-2 12-15
70 1-1.5 2-2.5
Source: ICNIRP, 1998
In line with set precaution values for a 420Kv transmission line, the electromagnetic impact
of the proposed 330kV transmission line still falls below set limits and thereby ranked as a
minor significant impact.
Table 5.7: Precaution Values for Low Frequency Electro-magnetic Fields – 420kV
Occupational Exposure General Public Exposure
Source Low Frequencies
Permanently Few hours per day Permanently Few hours per day
IRPA/W Electrical Fields (kV/m) 10 130 5 10
HO Magnetic Induction (uT) 500 5000 100 1000
Electrical Fields (kV/m) - - 5 5
Europe
Magnetic Induction (uT) - - 100 100
Electrical Fields (kV/m) 8-11 7-11 1-9 -
USA
Magnetic Induction (uT) 1000 - 400 -
Source: ICNIRP, 1998

• Alternative analysis of the ROW options ensured minimal to no exposure of public to
electromagnetic fields by selecting the farthest routing option from human settlements
and activities.
• Provide and ensure use of appropriate PPE for maintenance workers
• Transmission line has been designed in line with ICNIRP/WHO standards for biological
exposures
As a conclusion, proper supervision, high workmanship performance, and provision of

adequate safety measures will alleviate public and occupational SHE risks.
5.7.6 Decommissioning
Activity Demolition of structures, transportation of demolished structures,
restoration, etc.
Impact • Increased sedimentation process close to river banks and floodplains
along the tower sites.
• Risk of soil and adjoining surface water contamination from accidental oil
and hazardous substance leakages and wastes from decommissioning.
• Increase in ambient noise levels and pollutant gases above baseline

July, 2012
conditions from movement and activities of decommissioning

equipments and vehicles.
• Risk of accident and injury to worker during demolition of structures
The decommissioning phase refers to all the activities which relate to the proposed
transmission line when it is no longer in use. Potential issues that relate to the
decommissioning phase refers to impacts such as the towers lying strewn around, lack of
rehabilitation of the access roads, overgrown vegetation along the ROW etc.
During the decommissioning phase, the demolition activities are likely to have similar
impacts on the environment as were identified for the construction phase. These include
potential impacts such as sedimentation, surface water, visual impact, dust and noise
pollution, a risk of fires and explosions, safety and security and traffic impacts etc. Impacts
arising from decommissioning activities have been ranked with significance levels of minor
to major.
Mitigation measures for impacts during decommissioning will be implemented in line with
practices as at the time of decommissioning. However, to a minimum the following
mitigation measures have been put in place for impacts arising due to decommissioning
process:
• Develop and implement a decommissioning plan in line with requirements as at the

time of decommissioning.
• Ensure that excavated and stockpiled soil material is stored and bermed on the higher
lying areas along the site and not in any run-off channels where it is likely to cause
erosion.
• Decommissioning activities should preferably take place during the dry season months
to prevent soil erosion caused by heavy rains.
• Wet all unprotected cleared areas and stockpiles with water to suppress dust pollution.
• Institute noise control measures (e.g. regular equipment maintenance) throughout the
decommissioning phase for all applicable activities.
• Take cognisance of peak traffic times and plan transportation of decommissioned
structures and personnel so as to avoid obstruction of local traffic by vehicles, heavy
machinery/trucks.
• The decommissioning contractor as at the time of decommissioning will have to
develop a decommissioning security plan and implement its use.
• Ensure effective waste management from cradle to grave for all wastes generated
during and after the decommissioning period.
• Enforce proper waste management policies in line with FMENV standards and
requirements as at time of decommissioning.
• Ensure use of road worthy vehicles and equipment as well as skilled operators and
drivers
Implementation of the above measures reduces the impacts from to negligible.

July, 2012

July, 2012
5.8 Cumulative Impacts

Cumulative impacts result from actions, which may not be significant on their own, but
which are significant when added to the impact of other similar actions. In this instance,
the cumulative impacts may arise from the existing Ibom Power Transmission Line
(running parallel to the proposed QIT –Ikot Abasi Transmission line on the other side of
the Eket – Ikot Abasi road as well as the road crossing to connect the proposed
substation), the ongoing Septa Energy Pipeline (also parallel to the proposed QIT – Ikot
Abasi transmission line around the Ibeno axis, but outside the ROW, before the
transmission line crosses the pipeline at tower 23 location near Eket) as well as the
proposed Ikot Abasi – Ikot Ekpene Transmission line which will run parallel to the line from
the road crossing area around Ete town in Ikot Abasi through to where it branches
adjacent to the proposed Ikot Abasi sub-station. These impacts have been assessed to
pose beneficial to medium significant adverse impacts. Cumulative impacts relating to the
construction of the proposed transmission power line include:
• Erosion and contamination of the surface water resources in the study area due to
vegetation clearing and other earthwork activities.
• Small-scale impacts of a socio-economic nature on the lives and means of livelihood of
the communities in the proposed project area.
• Aesthetic value of transmission line ROW due to the presence of additional power
lines and underground pipelines in an area where there are existing transmission and
distribution lines.
Proposed mitigation measures to address the above identified cumulative impacts that
may arise from existing, ongoing and future facilities along the project area are presented
below:
• the cumulative effects resulting to erosion and contamination of surface water resources in
the study area as well as aesthetic value of the area will be minimised by synergising
PHCN project activities with other stakeholder activities (IPC, NIPP, Septa Energy, FGN,
etc). This will allow for the consolidation and reduction of incremental impacts associated
with past, present and future actions in the project area.
• by consolidating these facilities within established utility corridors, future developments
can be planned to benefit from already existing facilities or utilities thereby reducing their
cumulative effects.
Other cumulative impacts of the proposed transmission line corresponding to earlier

identified potential and associated impacts in this text will also be mitigated / enhanced as
proffered in earlier sections of the report (e.g. socio-economic impacts such as local
employment opportunities, etc).

July, 2012
CHAPTER SIX
IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES

CHAPTER SIX
IMPACTS MITIGATION AND RESIDUAL RANKING
6.1 General
EIA has as its principal and most important objective the development and establishment
of suitable procedures (mitigation measures) for the identified significant and adverse
impacts of a proposed project. Equally identified is the aim of enhancing the potentially
beneficial aspects of the development.
This chapter thus, presents the mitigation measures proffered for the identified potential
and associated impacts (chapter five) of the proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi
Transmission Line project. The mitigation measures have been proffered to prevent,
eliminate or minimise the impacts and their effects to levels that are considered as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP). In proffering mitigation measures, the primary objectives
were:
Prevention – methods aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative impacts, and/or

preventing such occurrence from having harmful environmental/social outcomes.
Reduction – limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse

impacts. Reduction can be achieved by scaling down, relocating, or redesigning elements
of a project.
Control – ensuring that residual associated impacts are reduced to a level as low as
reasonably practicable.
The framework for determining the form of mitigation measures to be applied for the
significant impacts identified for the project is presented below (Figure 6.1). The
frequency, severity, sensitivity, scale, magnitude and nature of the impacts were taken into
consideration during these assessments.
Formal Control Physical Control Avoidance

Impact Significance
High
HIG
Medium Training Formal Control Physical Control
Informal Control Training Formal Control

Low
Low Medium High
Likelihood of Occurrence
Figure 6.1: Mitigation Definition Criteria
Chapter Six Final Draft Report Page 1 of 29

July, 2012
Informal Control
This involves the application of sound judgment and best practice in mitigating the impacts
of project activities.
Formal control
This involves the application of documented policy, process or procedure in mitigating the
impacts of the project activities. It ensures that residual associated impacts are reduced to
an acceptable level.
Physical control
This involves the application of physical processes, barriers or instruments (pegs, fence,
gates, sign post etc), not necessarily requiring any special technology, in order to mitigate
the impacts of the project.
Avoidance
This involves the modification of plans, designs or schedules in order to prevent the
occurrence of an impact or impacts.
Subsequently, the specific mitigation measures satisfying the mitigation criteria were
established putting the following into consideration.
• regulatory requirements
• available resources and competencies;
• on-site conditions;
• technology and
• public concerns
6.2 Impact Mitigation Procedure

The procedures employed for the establishment of mitigation measures for the identified
impacts is presented in Figure 6.2. Mitigation measures were subsequently proffered for
adverse significant potential impacts. These measures (prevention, reduction and control
strategies) were developed for the project through review of industry practice (past project
experience), consultations and expert discussions with multi-disciplinary team of
engineers, scientists and environmentalist.

July, 2012
Impact Assessment/Evaluation
Is the impact significant?
Considering:
• Health & Safety of the people
• Pollution./deterioration of the
environment
• Damage to asset / property
• Proponents image and
reputation
Mitigation/Ameliorative Requirements
Impact Mitigation • Eliminate barriers to prevent adverse
effects
• Prevention strategy
• Control of escalation factors
• Reduction strategy
• Recovery preparedness measures
• Control strategy
• Lessons from past project
experience
Management Plan • Consultations with experts
• Management resourcing and

responsibilities
• Monitoring plan
• Auditing and review
Figure 6.2: Procedure for Mitigation Measures
6.3 Proffered Mitigation Measures

Accordingly, this section presents the mitigation measures proffered for the identified
impacts of the proposed transmission line project. These cost effective measures have
been proffered with reference to best industry practice, national guidelines as well as
PHCNs SHE considerations. PHCN as proponent is responsible for implementation of
stipulated mitigation measures.
Based on the impact assessment overall significance rating in chapter five, the impact
significance Major, Medium or Minor was established for each identified impact. The
proffered mitigation measures and expected residual ranking (Negligible, Low and
Moderate) for the identified potential and associated impacts are presented in Table 6.1
below.

July, 2012
Table 6.1: Proffered Mitigation Measures for the Proposed Transmission Line Project
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Pre-Construction
Permitting & ROW Acceptance and co-operation/ participation PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
Acquisition from stakeholders (communities and • All relevant stakeholders are identified
Beneficial Beneficial
• Consultations government) leading to peaceful and timely • Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions are held, and all
• Acquisition of execution of the project agreed issues properly documented and signed
license to operate PHCN shall:
• Stakeholder • Early engagement of stakeholders
identification • Establish and publicize grievance procedure
• ROW Acquisition • Provide the opportunities for all affected groups (women,
Uncertainty and increased perturbation
youths, religious, etc) to participate in consultations and
due to a lack of information and Medium Negligible
ensure that all concerns are duly addressed.
communication.
• Plan and execute consultations to educate community
members and stakeholders on project activities, schedules
and potential impacts.
• Ensure consultation throughout project life span.
Integration of men and women PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
concerns into the project design • Due consultation of relevant groups at all phases of the
project.
• Provide the opportunities for all affected groups to
Exclusion of vulnerable groups from participate in consultations and that all concerns are duly
Medium Negligible
consultations which may lead to strife addressed.
• Establish and publicize grievance procedure

July, 2012

communities (see Appendix 5.2)
affected persons
• Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions are held, and all
Community agitations over agreed issues properly documented and signed.
compensations, land disputes, wrong • Establish and publicize grievance procedure
Major Negligible
stakeholder identification, leadership • Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are
tussles, etc adequately consulted and relevant issues addressed
• Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified
Improvement in quality of life for • Consulting all relevant stakeholders and legacy issues
adequately compensated individuals identified early, clearly defined , and agreed on
• Fair compensations in line with national standards are
agreed upon and paid
Transport of Increased traffic during mobilisation on road PHCN and its contractors shall ensure;
Personnel and with risks of accidents leading to • All vehicles and boats are certified road / water worthy prior
Construction injury/death and loss of asset. to being mobilized for work activities.
Elements • Compliance to all roads and water ways safety transport
Major Negligible
• Ikot Abasi – Eket rules including speed limits
Federal Highway • Competency training and certification of drivers before
• Eket – Ibeno road mobilisation.
• Inland water ways • Limit movement to day time only
(River crossing Risks of armed robbery attack and hostage • Develop a project security plan that addresses all project
sites e.g. Qua taking leading to injury/ death of personnel related security concerns
Iboe River). • Ensure security procedures are strictly enforced and
continually improved based on updated risk information.
• Consultation and good public relation with the stakeholder
Major Moderate
communities.
• Ensure government approved security personnel is used on
transport vehicles and boats when warranted
• Limit movements of personnel and equipment to daytime
only

July, 2012
Nuisance (noise and vibrations) due to PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
movement from heavy duty equipment and • Machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit high levels of
vehicles affecting public and wildlife. noise should be used on a phased basis to reduce the
overall impact. These pieces of equipment such as drills,
• Workers, especially those working with machinery, vehicles
and instruments that emit high levels of noise should be
Medium supplied with ear plugs and ear muffs to reduce the risk of Negligible
• Plan work activities to avoid heavy duty movement during
peak hours
• Consult with host communities and plan project activities
accordingly
• Limit movement and work activities to daytime only
• Ensure equipments are properly maintained
• Ensure that all vehicles involved in the transport of
construction material and staff and machinery involved in the
construction is properly maintained and serviced.
• Extra care must be taken to reduce dust in periods when
wind speed are greatest and the rainfall amounts are lowest
which is between November and February (dry season), e.g.
This will involve extra wetting of the construction area to
suppress dust particles.
• Ensure that all material (sand and aggregate) stockpiled
along the site to be used in construction activities are
Increase of dust particles and vehicular regularly sprayed to reduce the effects of wind whipping.
Minor Negligible
emissions.
• All staff employed at the construction site must be provided
with dust masks and be asked to use them.
• Implement a traffic system that involves appropriate signals
and signs to ensure the smooth flow of traffic. This will
reduce the idling of vehicles that may occur and therefore
reduce the emissions in the area.
• Install and operate air pollution control equipment e.g.
mufflers.

July, 2012
Table 6.1: Proffered Mitigation Measures for the Proposed Transmission Line Project Cont’d
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Pre-Construction
• All personnel are qualified and certified for their relevant
works
Work place accidents/incidents from the
• That approved safe work procedures are provided and
use of cranes, forklifts, etc. during
Medium complied with at all times Negligible
loading and offloading of
• Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g.
materials/equipment.
rubber hand gloves, hard hats, safety boots, etc. by all
personnel at the project site
• Limit work activities to daytime only
PHCN and EPC contractors shall:
• Roads to be assessed prior to commencement of work to
establish the status and its capability to safely handle
Obstruction of/damage to existing roads material and personnel transportation, and after completion
Medium Negligible
due to increased usage during mobilisation. to determine extent of impact and where necessary, take
Transport of
steps to reclaim areas damaged by project activities
Personnel and
• Plan work execution to reduce travels and restrict where
Construction
necessary, use of access roads.
Elements
PHCN and its contractors shall ensure that
• Ikot Abasi – Eket
• Equipment, materials and personnel are mobilised after
Federal Highway
due consultation with relevant transportation authorities
• Eket – Ibeno road Interference with other road users along
Medium (FRSC, NMA, NURTW, etc) and other stakeholders to Negligible
• Inland water ways mobilisation route.
minimise interference along mobilisation routes.
(River crossing
• Travels to and from sites shall be planned to maximize
sites e.g. Qua
each trip and minimize number of travels
Iboe River).
PHCN and EPC contractor shall ensure:
• Safe operating practices are enforced during mobilisation
• Implementation of project specific spill and emergency
response plan
• hydrocarbon/chemical spill containment and prevention
Leakage of fuel or lube oil onto land or into measures and equipment are functional and effective on site
water bodies during transportation and and for equipment and vehicles
Medium Negligible
storage may lead to increased chemical • hydrocarbon and chemical transfers in safely contained
toxicity. areas
• Double handling to be avoided where possible
• When transfer has to take place, ensure it is effected in lined
and secured areas where containment is possible
• Educate personnel on hydrocarbon and chemical handling
risks/hazards, through SHE briefings/tool box meetings

July, 2012
Recruitment of Employment opportunities arising from PHCN and EPC contractor shall: enhance this beneficial impact
Labour recruitment of technical and non technical Beneficial by
transmission line workers • Creating requirements for contractors to hire local labour
Beneficial
Skill acquisition and enhancements to local • Ensure skills acquisition and development
indigenes and workforce. Beneficial • Recognise and commend personnel with outstanding
performance
Influx of people (migrant workers, sub- PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
contractors and suppliers) and increased • Brief all employees to ensure awareness of any sensitivity to
pressure on existing social infrastructure the local cultures, traditions and lifestyles
• Continuous consultation while project is in progress
• Implementation of community relations and engagement
plan (see Appendix 5.2)
• Encourage hiring, as practicable, of appropriately qualified
workers from areas in the vicinity of the project to
discourage preventable influx of persons
Medium Negligible
• Work with contractors to ensure that specialised skill
workers from outside the areas have access to proper
accommodations and other basic infrastructure
• Educate all workers to enhance their Health, Safety,
Security, and Environment awareness, and performance on
the job
• Maintain medical emergency response plan so that all
injured or ill personnel can promptly access appropriate care
•
Increase of communicable diseases due to PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
influx of people and poor living conditions • Project will develop a health plan to address potential health
around pre-construction sites issues
• Carry out health awareness program (malaria, corporate
stop AIDS program, etc)
Medium • Provision of site medical personnel to attend to emergency Negligible
situations
• Engage the services of retainer clinics to manage health
issues
• Educate workforce on the prevention of malaria as well as
encourage the use of mosquito nets in construction camps.
Increase in social vices (like theft, PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
prostitution) resulting from increased • Ensure its personnel and contractors undergo pre-
number of people employment background screening as required
Medium • Periodically discuss health and social education issues Negligible
during toolbox/SHE meetings
• Promptly deal with reported cases of misconduct to check
recurrences

July, 2012
Conflicts/community agitations over PHCN and EPC contractor shall:

employment issues (quotas and methods) • Project will develop a community relations and engagement
affected persons
agreed issues properly documented and signed.
Major • All affected stakeholders and legacy issues are identified Low
early, clearly defined , and agreed on.
• Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are
adequately consulted and relevant issues addressed
• Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Pre-Construction
Site Preparation Business opportunities for local contractors PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
• Access to ROW through sub contracting activities Beneficial • Encouraging indigenous contractors and suppliers providing
creation them opportunities to supply materials of acceptable
Beneficial
• Service roads Local support services from road side standards
• Camping and supply markets and shops etc Beneficial • Encourage contractors to hire and to develop local labour
campsites • Workers are paid promptly as at when due
Contamination of surface water as a result PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
of siltation caused by increased erosion, • Employ appropriate industry practices in transmission line
during site preparation. construction and ancillary facilities in order to avoid adverse
alteration drainage pattern
• Implement where appropriate sediment run-off controls and
Medium Negligible
visually inspect after rainfall events
• Laydown areas/Marshalling yards are designed to include
erosion control
• Reclaim as practicable topography of excavated or
compacted upland areas upon completion of activities.
Disturbance of the vegetation cover / loss of PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
forest products (fuel wood, timber, • Ensure inclusion of threatened and endangered species
Medium
medicinal plants) due to site clearing and management strategies in the site specific Environmental
preparation. Management Plan to be developed by EPC contractors to
ensure appropriate flora and fauna management.
• Vegetation clearing will be limited to minimum required for
work
• Felling of trees of >30cm girth is to be minimized during
• vegetation clearing to only unavoidably necessary ones.
Negligible
This should be done with considerations to environmental
Loss/disturbance of wildlife due to habitat
protection.
loss/fragmentation from vegetation clearing Medium
along ROW and access roads • Utilisation of existing accessible tracks as much as possible
• Establish a perimeter of protection around sensitive
ecosystems such as mangroves along Ibeno and Ikot Abasi
and their unique habitats.
• Plan work activities to minimise presence and duration of
work in ecologically sensitive areas (mangrove paths, river
banks, fresh water swamps).

July, 2012

• Implement where appropriate sediment run-off controls and
visually inspect after rainfall events
• Install siltation traps within the drainage design to collect silt
and sediments ensuring that they do not end up in adjacent
Soil compaction, destabilisation from aquatic areas.
excavation and runoff erosion resulting in Medium • Construction on steep slopes and in soft or erodible material Negligible
sedimentation problems. will require erosion control measures and correct grassing
methods.
• Laydown areas/Marshalling yards are designed to include
erosion control
• Reclaim as practicable topography of excavated or
compacted upland areas upon completion of activities
• Where possible plan site clearing to allow species the
opportunity to relocate to suitable nearby habitats and to
reduce the shock to the various habitats that may be
disturbed.
• Relocate non-motile and weak species to safe grounds prior
Fragmentation of wildlife habitats/increase to commencement of work
in poaching due to an easier access for the Medium Negligible
local population and non-resident workers.
access roads)
• Prohibit poaching particularly by workers and educate
workers on good biodiversity conservation policies.
• Develop project specific waste management plan (Chapter
7) and ensure proper implementation
Waste Disposal
• Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• Periodically assess contractor activities to check the level of
paper, domestic waste Medium Negligible
compliance to regulatory and PHCN waste management
• Waste from laydown area from
requirements.
grubbing of ROW (Material and wood)
• Ensure use of only government approved waste
management contractors

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
Fabrication and Workplace accidents from burns, cuts, PHCN and its contractors shall ensure;
Metal works bruises, trips and falls, objects at height, • All personnel are qualified and certified for their relevant
• Cutting, bending leading to injury or fatalities. works
and welding tower • That approved safe work procedures are provided and
steel components Major complied with at all times Negligible
• Painting • Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g.
• Handling of rubber hand gloves, hard hats, safety boots, etc. by all
conductor wires, personnel at the project site
strings, insulators • Limit work activities to daytime only where practicable
and fittings Employment of local labour and skills PHCN and its contractors shall enhance this beneficial impact by
acquisition for workers taking advantage of Beneficial • Creating requirements for contractors to hire local labour Beneficial
new opportunities • Ensure skills acquisition and development
• All personnel are qualified and certified for metal works
Risk of electrocution and burns (to onsite • That approved safe work procedures are provided and
workers) from welding flashes and high Major complied with at all times Negligible
currents during welding • Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g.
rubber hand gloves, hard hats, safety goggles, etc. by all
metal works personnel
• Machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit high levels of
noise should be used on a phased basis to reduce the
overall impact. These pieces of equipment such as drills,
Noise and attendant vibration effects from
fabrication and associated welding Minor Negligible
supplied with ear plugs and ear muffs to reduce the risk of
equipments
•
• Ensure use of appropriate PPEs (ear plugs) by workers in
areas with noise level above FMENV (90dBA) hourly work
area limits.

July, 2012
Inhalation by onsite workers of cement dust PHCN shall and its contractors shall:
and toxic fumes during foundation works • Utilise environmentally friendly electrodes, spray and paint
and welding of tower components liquids for welding as well as painting.
• Use of appropriate personal protective equipment such as
Medium Negligible
welding masks by welders shall be enforced.
• PHCN shall also install fume expellers or blowers at
confined welding areas.
• Implement appropriate work-site practices.
Generation of metal scraps from conductor PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
wires, strings and steel elements • Develop project specific waste management plan and
associated with fabrication of tower ensure proper implementation
components. • Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• Periodically assess contractor activities to check the level of
Medium Negligible
compliance to regulatory and PHCN waste management
requirements.
• Ensure use of only government approved waste
management contractors
Increased business and economic activities PHCN shall enhance this by:
as well as diversification of income sources • Encouraging indigenous contractors and suppliers providing
due to supply contracting and sub- Beneficial them opportunities to supply materials of acceptable
contracting standards Beneficial
Foundation / Earth increase in revenue opportunities for local • Encourage contractors to hire and to develop local labour
Works population due to presence of non-resident Beneficial •
• On-site workers and travellers
geotechnical Interruption of surface water flows and PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
tastings potentials for salt-water intrusion in • Do not hamper drainage of surface water and plan for
• Tower foundations identified tidal zones of Eket and Ikot Abasi reclamation measures after construction.
• Pilings and areas during construction. • Avoid crossing permanent waterways with machinery; if
trenching, etc necessary, locate the crossing where the banks are stable
Major Negligible
and the waterway at the most narrow part of the water way.
• Limit work areas outside vegetation along water bodies and
near wetlands.
• Maintain a minimum flow to prevent salt water intrusion
through standard procedures

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
Soil / groundwater contamination resulting PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
from accidental leakages and spills of • Plan and set on-site sanitary facilities for the disposal of
hazardous substances (diesel, cleaning wastewater.
Foundation / Earth agents, lubricants, hydraulic oil) • Maintain vehicles, machinery and equipment in good
Works condition in order to avoid leaks and spill of hazardous
• On-site materials (lube oils, chemicals, etc.)
geotechnical • Ensure safe management of hazardous materials (chemical
tastings Major s, etc.) Low
• Tower foundations • Ensure handling of fuels such as fuelling of vehicles and
• Pilings and machinery, and fuels transfers, take place in contained
trenching, etc areas, where sufficient measures are in place to ensure
containment of spills.
• Plan emergency response measures and equipment are
available, and personnel are capable of effectively using it
for cases of accidental spill.
Increased jobs and job opportunities from PHCN and EPC contractor shall enhance this by:
local labour hire and sub-contracting to • Encouraging indigenous contractors and suppliers by
indigenous suppliers. providing them opportunities to supply materials of
acceptable standards

July, 2012
Generation of dust and automobile / heavy PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
duty equipment emissions from • Ensure that all vehicles involved in the transport of
construction earth works. construction material and staff and machinery involved in
the construction is properly maintained and serviced.
regularly sprayed to reduce the effects of wind whipping.
Minor Negligible
mufflers.
•
Flora/habitat loss and disturbance through PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
vegetation clearing and earthworks along • Ensure inclusion of threatened and endangered species
ROW, access roads and at tower sites management strategies in the site specific Environmental
Management Plan to be developed by EPC contractors to
ensure appropriate flora management.
• Limit vegetation clearing to footprint required for
construction purposes o minimize disturbances along
proposed transmission line ROW.
• Much of the low-lying mangrove vegetation will not be
Medium cleared and will be covered with construction material; Negligible
• provision of adequate culverts to maintain natural drainage
channels and tidal flushing along the mangrove paths as
much as practicable;
• Clear briefings and instructions to EPC regarding the
clearance procedures will be undertaken to minimise any
mangrove area that may be disturbed;
access roads)

July, 2012
Fauna disturbance and displacement as a PHCN and EPC contractor shall:

result of migration away from construction • Ensure inclusion of threatened and endangered species
activity area (this include impact on bird life) management strategies in the site specific Environmental
Management Plan to be developed by EPC contractors to
ensure appropriate flora management.
Medium • Plan and execute construction works to minimize Negligible
interference on wildlife
• Maintain construction equipments to optimal function
conditions
• Monitor presence of wildlife species during construction
activities
Potential collapse of transmission towers as PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
a result of unsuitable geotechnical • Carry out side by side geotechnical investigations during
conditions construction to determine suitability of soil to carry towers
Medium • Recommendations from geotechnical appraisals shall be Negligible
appropriately implemented
• Construction of tower foundations shall follow good industry
engineering practices.
Reduction in wildlife population as a result PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
of poaching due to easier access created • Prohibit poaching by personnel
by ROW clearing • Periodically educate workforce on good principles of
biodiversity conservation
Medium • Limit workforce concentration to project area and prohibit Negligible
the possession of fire arms by members of workforce
• Practice wildlife conservation principles (e.g. release back
into the wild any wildlife incidentally caught by dug-up
foundations or tranches.
Noise nuisance (including impulsive noise) PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
from construction activities (e.g. piling) • Machinery, vehicles and instruments that emit high levels of
resulting to temporary migration of sensitive noise should be used on a phased basis to reduce the
mammals and rodents. overall impact. These pieces of equipment such as drills,
Minor Negligible
supplied with ear plugs and ear muffs to reduce the risk of
•
• Regularly maintain construction equipments to optimal
function
• Limit heavy duty construction works to day hours only where
practicable

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
Tower Construction PHCN and EPC contractor shall:
and Erection • Develop and implement spill response plan
• Crane lifting and • maintain storage facilities at optimal holding condition
erections • train personnel in safe fuel handling procedures of
• Bolts and nuts chemicals and hydrocarbons
Pollution of soil/water as a result spilled fuel
tightening • ensure all fuel storage facilities are bunded and lined with
and other waste oil discharge during tower Major Low
• Anti climbing impermeable materials
construction and installation processes
guards and step • vehicle and equipment maintenance activities implemented
bolts using proper containment or other strategies to guide
• Insulators and against spills
fittings • Monitoring during maintenance of equipment to ensure that
• Conductor wire there is no discharge to the environment
stringing Traffic diversion and congestion along local PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
• Connectors fixing, roads during installation at road crossings. • Coordinate tower construction and stringing activities to
etc avoid heavy traffic periods
• Ensure activities causing blockages at road crossings are
Minor carried out within shortest time practicable Negligible
• In the case of longer road blockages, divert traffic to
approved alternate routes in liaison with appropriate
authorities
• Consult with affected communities prior to closures to
provide warnings and alternatives.
• PHCN shall ensure SHE briefings prior to commencement of
work activities
• Develop standard work procedures where work hazards are
identified and addressed
Workplace accidents / incidents (trip/falls • PHCN shall ensure personnel use appropriate PPE
etc) from heights during conductor wire • PHCN shall design work area to internationally acceptable
Medium Negligible
stringing and bolt/nuts tightening project standards
activities. • Ensure availability of first aid facilities onsite
• Ensure retainer clinics are engaged and site medical
personnel are available in case of accidents
• Maintain medical emergency response plan so that injured
or ill personnel can promptly access appropriate care.

July, 2012
Risks of injury / death and loss of assets PHCN and its contractors shall ensure;
resulting from accidents associated with • All vehicles and boats are certified road worthy prior to being
road transportation to and fro construction mobilized for work activities.
sites • Compliance to all roads safety transport rules including
Medium Negligible
speed limits
• Competency training and certification of drivers before
mobilisation.
• Limit movement to day time only
Risks of fire/explosions resulting from PHCN and its contractors shall ensure;
accidental ignition of onsite diesel storage • All fuel storage tanks are kept at safe distances from work
tanks areas
• Educate workforce on risks associated around storage
Major Negligible
areas and prohibit activities (such as smoking) that can
ignite storage tanks
• Designate no-smoking and smoke areas
• Hold SHE meetings and talks on fire hazard
Waste Disposal PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
• scrap metal, wood, sand, concrete, • Develop and implement a waste management plan
paper, domestic waste • Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• used oil and replaced/obsolete • Periodically assess contractor activities to check the level of
Medium Negligible
equipment pars that may contaminate compliance to regulatory and PHCN waste management
soil/groundwater requirements.
• Waste from lay-down area and tower • Ensure engagement of government approved waste
sites from grubbing of ROW management contractors
Localised economic benefits from materials PHCN and its contractors shall enhance this by:
Beneficial
supplies by local contractors • Encouraging indigenous contractors and suppliers by
Induced secondary development within providing them opportunities to supply materials of Beneficial
the neighbouring host communities from Beneficial acceptable standards
increased economic activities. • Encourage contractors to hire and to develop local labour

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
Tower Construction Socio-cultural conflicts between the PHCN and its contractors shall
and Erection construction team and indigenous populace • Brief all employees to ensure awareness of any sensitivity to
• Crane lifting and due to contrasts in believes and traditions the local cultures, traditions and lifestyles
erections Medium • Establish and publicize grievance procedure Negligible
• Bolts and nuts • Continuous consultation while project is in progress
tightening • Implementation of community relations and engagement
• Anti climbing plan (see Appendix 5.2)
guards and step Visual intrusion as a result of alterations to • Where practically possible, provide a minimum of 1 km
bolts normal landforms and aesthetic beauty of buffer area between the transmission line camp sites and
• Insulators and construction sites sensitive visual receptors; and
fittings • Rehabilitate disturbed areas around pylons as soon as
• Conductor wire Minor
practically possible after construction. This should be done
Negligible
stringing to restrict extended periods of exposed soil.
Connectors fixing, etc • Existing facilities might be used for lay-down and camp site
areas
PHCN shall
• Encourage hiring, as practicable, of appropriately qualified
workers from areas in the vicinity of the project
Increased demand on existing infrastructure • Work with contractors to ensure that specialised skill
(roads, housing, medical facilities, etc) due workers from outside areas have access to proper
to influx of workers / induced secondary Medium accommodations and other basic infrastructure Negligible
development in the area during construction • Educate all workers to enhance their Health, Safety,
activities resulting in squatter settlements. Security, and Environment awareness, and performance on
the job
or ill personnel can promptly access appropriate care
• The final ROW shall traverse in an existing disturbance
corridor like other transmission lines or pipelines, where
farming activities have already been impacted. In this way
Permanent loss of land (some with arable
negative agricultural economic impacts would be minimised.
potentials) potentials along the transmission Medium Negligible
• Land owners shall be compensated for potential loss in
line ROW
revenue
• Compensation shall be agreed between PHCN and the
landowner and implemented accordingly

July, 2012
PHCN shall ensure:

• Develop project health and safety plan to address all
potential health issues
• PHCN shall ensure personnel use appropriate PPE

• Provide on-site emergency response plan
Site conditions leading to increased malaria personnel are available to attend to emergency cases
epidemic from uncontrolled mosquito • Ensure that workers are provided with training on health
breeding in swamp areas, snake bites, as risks, exposure, and management
Major Low
well as water borne diseases e.g. diarrhoea • Provide appropriate domestic water supply to address
and cholera associated with poor sanitary additional needs.
conditions • Facilitate the implementation of appropriate latrines and
other sanitation facilities.
• Provide information, education and communication about
safe uses of water and occupational safety.
• Environmental management for vector control; avoidance
via settlement location and design and use of bed nets and
repellents; rapid diagnosis and treatment; focal insecticide
and molluscicide application.
• Safe food storage and handling.

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Construction
Workplace accidents from burns, cuts, • PHCN shall ensure SHE briefings prior to commencement of
bruises, trips and falls, objects at height, work activities
leading to injury or fatalities. • Develop standard work procedures where work hazards are
identified and addressed
Demobilisation
• PHCN shall ensure personnel use appropriate PPE
• PHCN shall design work area to internationally acceptable
• Demobilisation after Medium Negligible
standards
construction phase
personnel are available in case of accidents
or ill personnel can promptly access appropriate care.
Soil / groundwater contamination resulting • PHCN shall enforce good environmental demobilisation
from accidental leakages and spills of procedures (e.g. cleaning sites and restoring to original
hazardous substances (diesel, cleaning status)
agents, lubricants, hydraulic oil) • Use of drip pans during transfer of fuels and hazardous
Major substances Negligible
• Reclaim storage tank areas or contaminated soils
• Carry out internal environmental assessment to check
activities of construction team and status of lay-down areas,
marshalling yards, tower sites, etc prior to demobilisation.
Traffic congestion during transportation of PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
demobilised equipments and personnel • Coordinate demobilisation activities to avoid heavy traffic
periods
Minor Negligible
• Ensure activities causing blockages at road crossings are
carried out within shortest time practicable
• Consult with affected communities prior to demobilisation to
provide warnings and alternatives.

July, 2012
Generation of dust and automobile / heavy • Ensure that all vehicles involved in the transport of
duty equipment emissions. construction material and staff and machinery involved in
the construction is properly maintained and serviced.
regularly sprayed to reduce the effects of wind whipping.
Minor Negligible
mufflers.
Reclamation of marshalling yards, tower PHCN shall enhance this by:
sites, access roads (to prevent • Where possible contractor shall reclaim de-vegetated areas
unauthorised access) and lay-down areas with topsoil,
Beneficial • Where possible, reclaim compacted floors with native plant Beneficial
species, etc.
• Audit EPC contractor to verify reclamation of work sites,
marshalling yards, lay-down areas etc
Waste disposal (scrap metal, wood, sand, PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
concrete, paper, domestic waste) • Provide adequate containers for waste collection
• Ensure all waster are removed from site
Medium Negligible
• Audit contractor on waste disposal activities to check the
level of compliance to regulatory and PHCN waste
management requirements before leaving site.
Loss of employment and business PHCN and EPC contractor shall
opportunities due to completion of • Shall ensure skills acquisition and enhancement programs
construction phase to further empower the workforce for meaningful
Medium employment opportunities after the project Negligible
• Pay due wages for worked period and settle all financial
commitments to workforce before demobilisation

July, 2012
Illegal access to transmission line towers PHCN and EPC contractor shall :
leading to accident, sabotage, asset • Provide warning signs at access roads created to warn
damage, and loss against dangers associated with transmission lines
• Through consultations, sensitize stakeholders and members
Major Low
of the communities on need to stay clear of the transmission
line and hazards associated with it
• As much as practicable provide restrictions (e.g. anti-
climbers) to unauthorised access to transmission lines
Soil runoff and erosion resulting in PHCN shall:
sedimentation problems • Install siltation traps within the drainage design to collect silt
and sediments ensuring that they do not end up in adjacent
aquatic areas.
• Construction on steep slopes and in soft or erodible material
will require erosion control measures and correct grassing
methods.
• Where possible contractor shall reclaim de-vegetated areas
Medium Negligible
with topsoil, reclaim compacted floors with native plant
species, etc.
earth embankments must be put in place where soil may be
structure etc.
• Auditing EPC contractor to verify reclamation of work sites,
marshalling yards, lay-down areas etc

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Operation
affected persons
agreed issues properly documented and signed.
Community dissatisfaction regarding the
Operations conduct of PHCN on compensation • All affected stakeholders and legacy issues are identified
Major early, clearly defined, and agreed on. Negligible
• Commissioning issues may lead to strife before full
and testing operations of transmission line • Stakeholders (communities, Govt., land owners, etc.) are
adequately consulted and relevant issues addressed
• Testing and
Turnover • Agreed fair compensation/rent for land are paid to identified
communities derive the most benefits from the development
Development of agricultural land due to
easier access and consequent
Beneficial
discovery of new arable lands for
farming
Operations Increased electricity transmission and
• Electric power distribution capacities within the national Beneficial
• Take into account the various land uses while designing the
transmission grid
project in order to minimise the loss of land, particularly
using the installed Increased business opportunities and
productive land.
lines after quality of life (small, medium, large scale ) Beneficial Beneficial
• Timely completion of the project so that associated benefits
commissioning. due to enhanced power delivery
such as reduction in environmental pollution, business
Improvement in environmental standards
opportunities, quality of life, etc shall take effect.
due to reduced emission from standby Beneficial
diesel or fuel generators, use of fuel wood.
Reduced demand on petrol and diesel
used for power generation and further
Beneficial
reduction in greenhouse gases and noise
emissions.

July, 2012
Uncertain effects of electromagnetic • Provide and ensure use of appropriate PPE

radiation on ROW users exposed to (and • Alternative analysis of the ROW options ensured minimal to
residents near to) transmission line Medium no exposure of public to electromagnetic fields Negligible
generating electromagnetic field • Also transmission line has been designed in line with
ICNIRP/WHO standards for biological exposures
Risk of collision of low flying air planes • Alternative analysis of the ROW options ensured minimal to
with transmission towers and lines no interference with air traffic
• PHCN shall provide Aircraft Warning spheres and tower
Major Negligible
signs in areas where air traffic might occur in order to
minimize risk of low flying aircraft colliding with towers and
wires.
Electric shock and burns to members of • Towers shall be installed following the best engineering
the public in the event of tower collapse standard
or damage to transmission wires • Towers shall be collapse tested to prove the tower design is
in line with the PHCN requirements
• PHCN shall carry out routine inspection of towers in order to
allow early detection of damaged towers
Major Negligible
• Reported cases of damaged or fallen towers shall be
promptly attended to
• Adequate and automatic fault/damage detection system
shall be installed.
• Personnel shall be trained on the detection/handling of such
emergencies arising from accidental damage

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Operation
• Provide warning signs at access roads to warn against
unauthorised entry
leading to land-use conflicts and Medium Negligible
accident. • Through consultations, sensitize stakeholders and members
of the communities on government policies along
established ROW
Noise along the transmission line due to • The design of the transmission line shall be in line with
Minor
corona effects (humming sound) standards observed by International bodies as well as
Distortion of transmission signals and PHCN.
Negligible
electrostatic circuit due to electromagnetic • PHCN shall assure during transmission line component
Medium
induction. testing that national and international standards and limits
are complied with.
Operations Use of track corridors for other facilities PHCN shall enhance this :
• Electric power (TLine, communication cables as well as Beneficial • By providing platform for consultation and communication to Beneficial
transmission water pipes etc) future developments along the project area
using the installed • The design of the transmission line shall be in line with
lines after standards observed by International bodies as well as
commissioning. Local fauna disturbances from PHCN.
Medium Negligible
electromagnetic field along the TL ROW • PHCN shall assure during transmission line component
testing that national and international standards and limits
are met.
The routine line patrols by PHCN maintenance crew will look
Mortality of birds, due to collision with earth
Medium out for any bird collisions. If any collision “hot spots” are Negligible
wires on towers.
identified, these can be mitigated reactively.
Effectively evacuate power to be generated
Impact is beneficial and shall be enhanced by sustaining the
by QIPP in Ibeno for further distribution Beneficial
transmission line life span, through adequate and effective
within the national grid.
maintenance activities as well as complying with federal
Add to FGN plan to meet 20,000MW Beneficial
Beneficial government’s policies and laws on power transmission and
electric power capacity by year 2020.
distribution.
Development of new infrastructures or
Beneficial
improvement to existing ones.

July, 2012
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Operation
Maintenance Proliferation of weeds around towers PHCN shall to extent practicable periodically carry out ROW
• Tower inspection and below ROW maintenance activities to manage growths of weeds and
Minor Negligible
and checks other creeping plants on the tower bases in a manner that
• Line element minimizes adverse impacts on vegetation.
replacements • Disturbance of grassland during construction and operation
• ROW Disturbance of bird habitats and should be kept to a minimum.
maintenance avifauna from activities of maintenance Medium • The activities of the construction and operations staff shall Negligible
• Substation crew. be restricted to the ROW and immediate surrounds.
maintenance • Develop policies that prohibiting hunting by staffs
Development of local maintenance • Ensure the participation of men and women in local
activities to encourage employment and Beneficial maintenance activities such as weeding of the ROW. Beneficial
empowerment within the communities.
• Operators will obtain information about planned local
activities and avoid disturbing them by shifting maintenance
activities to other days whenever possible
• Formal notice of any maintenance work should be given in
Interference with local traditional festivals advance to the communities along the area. Access to the
or activities by unscheduled maintenance line must be via the approved access roads and corridors
Major Low
work and failure to keep to management (agreed with the host communities).
plans may lead to community strife. • The notice shall give details of the purpose of the access,
the contact person and number of people to be involved,
time frames and machinery that will be used.
• schedule and implement recommendations of the
Community Relations and Engagement Plan and approved
work procedures
earth embankments shall be put in place where soil may be
Maintenance of towers within sensitive
structure etc.
environments e.g. mangrove swamps, river
• Access into the riparian zone and floodplains of rivers
banks may lead to disturbance of Medium Negligible
should be prevented as far as possible. Where access into
hydrological regime (micro scale) in river
these areas is required a preferred corridor should be
banks
determined. No deviation from these corridors should be
allowed.
• Areas to be rehabilitated should be identified and reclaimed.
Lack of maintenance along TL ROW may Anchors shall be marked with material that will be visible to
lead to collision of wildlife with the stays Medium animals and PHCN shall ensure that regular clearance of Negligible
that are not visible in the dense vegetation vegetation takes place around the towers.
July, 2012
Plan information, education and communication activities

Limited knowledge on safety measures and
during and after project implementation to increase
behaviours associated with line operation Medium Negligible
awareness of all users (men and women) on dangerous
that can lead to accidents
behaviours and safety measures required.
Residual
Ranking
Aspects Mitigation
Decommissioning and Abandonment
• Ensure that excavated and stockpiled soil material is stored
Decommissioning / on the higher lying areas of the site and not in any storm-
Abandonment water run-off channels or any other areas where it is likely to
cause erosion or where water would naturally accumulate.
• Unstringing of
conductor wires Increased sedimentation process close to • Decommissioning activities should preferably take place
river banks and floodplains along the tower Medium during the dry season months to prevent soil erosion caused Negligible
• Tower / facilities
sites. by heavy thunderstorms associated with the rainy season in
removal
the project area.
• Waste generation
• The area shall be graded and re-vegetated to ensure that
•
rainwater drains gradually over the site without creating
erosion gullies.
Risk of soil and adjoining surface water • Ensure that no wastes and hazardous materials generated
contamination from accidental oil and on the site are dumped or deposited on
hazardous substance leakages and adjacent/surrounding surface waters including roads or
wastes from decommissioning. public places during or after the decommissioning period.
Major • Enforce proper waste management policies in line with Negligible
FMENV standards and requirements.
• Ensure that all project associated wastes and hazardous
materials are disposed off in line with project waste
management plan.
• Wet all unprotected cleared areas and stockpiles with water
to suppress dust pollution.
• Cover materials such as sand and other rubble during
Increased dust and vehicular emissions transport to and from the site with a tarpaulin.
Minor Negligible
during transport. • Ensure use of road worthy vehicles and equipment as well
as skilled operators and drivers
• Limit speed of vehicles and travel time to and from
decommissioning site.
Increase in ambient noise levels above • Limit work activities to daytime only
baseline conditions from movement and • Ensure maintenance of vehicles and equipments
Minor Negligible
activities of decommissioning • Provide and encourage use of PPEs.
equipments and automobiles.

July, 2012
Traffic obstruction from transportation of • Plan decommissioning activities in consideration of peak

decommissioned structures and traffic times.
equipments to receiving hub. • Ensure that the handling of equipment and materials is
Medium Negligible
supervised.
• Use signs, posts, and guides to manage traffic and direct
users accordingly
Risk of accident and injury to worker during • Develop a work plan for safe demolition
demolition of structures • Ensure hazards are identified and addressed prior to
commencement of work.
• Provide and enforce the use of PPE
Medium Negligible
• Ensure that decommissioning and demobilisation vehicles
are under the control of competent personnel.
• Provide adequate facilities on site to treat emergencies to
staff.
• PHCN and contractors shall ensure:
• Ensure implementation of project security plan during
decommissioning
• Approved procedures are strictly enforced and continually
improved based on updated risk information.
Risks of pirate attacks and possible
• Maintain ongoing cordial relationships with the stakeholder
hostage taking which may lead to injury or Major Low
communities.
fatality of personnel.
• Certify government approved security guards are used on
demobilisation vehicles when warranted
• when necessary PHCN shall activate its emergency
response procedure
• Implement effective journey management plan.
This is a beneficial impact and PHCN, relevant government
agencies together with stakeholders shall work out processes
Availability of land for alternative uses Beneficial Beneficial
for land relinquishment or alternative uses as at the time of
decommissioning.

July, 2012
CHAPTER SEVEN
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER SEVEN
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.1 General
This chapter presents the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) developed for the
proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line project.
EMP is developed to ensure that the mitigation measures as described in chapter six of
this report and monitoring requirements as outlined in this EIA and any environmental
compliance review shall actually be carried out in subsequent stages of the project. EMP
is therefore an important management tool which sets out conditions and targets to be met
during project implementation. This EMP contains among others the following key items:
• Summary of potential impacts

• Planned mitigation measures
• Planned environmental monitoring
• Planned public consultation process
• Responsibilities and authorities for implementation of mitigation measures and
monitoring requirements
• Mechanisms for feedback and adjustment
7.2 EMP Objective

The EMP is designed to:
• ensure progressive reduction of the impacts of the project activities on the biophysical,
socio-economic and health environment with the ultimate aim of eliminating them;
• ensure that all mitigation and enhancement measures prescribed during the impact
assessment process for eliminating or minimising the adverse project impacts as well
as optimally enhancing the beneficial impacts are fully implemented; and
• provide part of the basis and standards needed for overall planning, monitoring,
auditing and review of environmental and socio-economic performance throughout the
project life cycle.
These objectives shall be achieved by:

• ensuring compliance with all stipulated legislation on protection of health, safety and
environment policies;
• integrating environmental issues fully into the project development and operational
philosophies;
• promoting environmental management awareness among workers;
• rationalising and streamlining existing environmental activities to add value to
efficiency and effectiveness; and
• ensuring that only environmentally sound procedures should be employed during the
project.
Chapter Seven Final Draft Report Page 1 of 29

July, 2012
7.3 Environmental Management and Administration

The organogram showing the PHCN line of authority and implementation of the EMP
guidelines is shown in Figure 7.1. FMENV would closely monitor the EMP implementation
and this shall involve a two-way information flow between PHCN and the regulatory body.
Project Team PHCN
TL Project Manager Head Transmission
GM Chemical, Resettlement
EPC Manager Project SHE &
Manager Environment
Environmental
Construction SSHE Coordinator
Contractor
Consultation
Site Security Officers
Site
Supervisor Site Safety Officers Resettlement
Site Health Officers

Safety
Regulatory Oversight: Site Environmental
• FMENV Officers
• AKSMENV
Community
Relations Officers
Figure 7.1: Project/EMP Implementation Organogram
• The FMENV has the responsibility of enforcing national environmental laws including
international environmental laws which Nigeria has subscribed to;
• The FMENV will serve as a regulatory oversight to the EMP implementation of this
project;
• The FMENV shall in coordination with the AKSMEMR ensure that PHCN periodically
make available, documentations in form of monthly/quarterly reports or as may be
required showing evidences of caring out monitoring requirements, etc
GM Chemical, Resettlement and Environment

The GM CR&E shall be responsible for ensuring that all environmental standards and
guidelines throughout the project life cycle are followed and implemented. The GM shall
be responsible for environmental operation, including environmental supervision of
contractors. He shall ensure implementation of the environmental management plan
during the project phases. The GM is also responsible for liaising with the relevant
stakeholders as well as the local community members.

July, 2012
SHE Coordinator
The SHE coordinator shall report directly to the transmission line Project Manager (PM).
The coordinator shall have the authority to stop work or any activity which poses danger to
the environment, workers, or the general public during the project construction phase, until
measures are instituted to eliminate the dangers or threats. His responsibilities shall
include:
• ensure that mitigation measures outlined in the EIA are implemented;
• liaise with the GM CR&E , contractors, and other supervisors to ensure as far as
reasonably practical, environmental protection, safe and healthy conditions at all work
sites;
• coordinate environmental and safety activities between PHCN, and all
contractors/organisations providing services at the project site;
• ensure clear communication of safety, health and environmental and socio-cultural
information to all categories of workers;
• liaise with management in deciding which environmental and safety concerns could be
handled in-house and which matters shall require external assistance; and
• co-ordinate, investigate and review environmental and safety incidents and complaints
and maintain separate site incident and complaint records.
7.4 Awareness Creation and Training

During the construction phase of the project, the following environmental awareness and
trainings programs shall be conducted:
Induction Briefing
An induction briefing shall be a requirement for every construction worker to be engaged in
the project and shall be provided by the contractors. The briefing shall include:
• the proposed tasks for new workers;

• safe work procedures;
• use of personal protective equipment
• emergency responses and warning notices;
• personal hygiene and site sanitation issues;
• environmental protection ; and
• hazard recognition and incident reporting.

July, 2012
Weekly Safety and Environmental Forum

There shall be a weekly environmental and safety awareness forum for construction
workers during the construction activities at the project site. PHCN shall be responsible for
coordinating these meetings.
During the operation phase of the project, PHCN shall educate all its workers on
environment, health, and safety issues using the following means to disseminate
information to staff and workers:
• staff and workers meetings;

• local area network and the internet; and
• annual bulletins on PHCN operations.
7.5 Public Participation/Involvement

PHCN shall welcome suggestions and information from relevant stakeholders, contractors,
visitors and the general public, which shall help improve its operations in order to minimise
impact on the environment and worker health and safety. The office of the transmission
manager shall be open to the general public for complaints and suggestions
Complaints received from the public shall be documented and follow-ups made to ensure
that such grievances are addressed accordingly and in line with the PHCN’s grievance
redress mechanism.
7.6 Monitoring
Project activities shall be monitored in order to:
• ensure that the EMP is implemented; and
• assess the efficiency of mitigation actions;
• provide updates where necessary
All contractors shall be required to self-monitor their performance with respect to

environmental and social performance. The PHCN SHE Engineer shall also undertake
quarterly environmental assessment and random walk throughs and spot checks
throughout the project lifecycle. Assessment findings shall be reviewed by the project
management team and where corrective actions are necessary, specific plans (with
designated responsibility and timing) shall be developed to ensure continuous
performance improvement.
In addition to assessing operational aspects and monitoring, assessments shall also

consider compliance with agreed objectives and targets, and the effectiveness of the EMP
and its implementation. The EMP shall, therefore, be subject to ongoing review and
development to ensure that it remains appropriate for all aspects of the project. As is
typical with all Federal Ministry of Environment approved projects, the ministry will carry
out an assessment before the end of the project to confirm compliance of project activities
to the terms and conditions of the EIA approval.

July, 2012
7.7 Reporting
EPC contractor shall be required to provide monthly reports on environmental and social
monitoring and performance. The report shall include compliance status of the mitigation
and monitoring requirements of the project EMP as well as other project related regulatory
requirements. PHCN shall also develop a system of internal reporting that provides robust
internal communication on the full range of environmental and socio-economic issues and
monthly assessments of the effectiveness of the management programme.
7.8 Uncertainty and Change Management

Uncertainty in the development of the transmission line project derives from a number of
factors including:
• unconfirmed final design features;
• detailed data on geotechnical conditions; and
• unforeseen events.
A key element of ongoing environmental and social management is to address uncertainty

through collecting information, additional assessment and, where necessary, the
development of further mitigation and management measures.
The process of environmental assessment does not stop with submission of the reports to
the authorities, or with government approval. This EMP shall require a mechanism to
manage change. Sometimes these changes may be material ones that could influence the
original findings of the environmental assessment and hence the basis for its approval.
PHCN shall therefore, implement a Change Management System to ensure that changes
to the scope of the project, or any new information, are subjected to an assessment
process. All changes shall be evaluated for their degree of significance, and incorporated
into the appropriate project documentation as follows:
• minor changes shall be reflected in updates to the EMP; and
• substantive changes that might potentially alter the environmental assessment findings
(i.e. result in changes to the predicted significance of environmental and socio-
economic impacts) shall be subject to re-assessment, including the possibility of
further stakeholder consultation, supplementary reporting and revision of the project’s
EMP. There shall be a reporting system between PHCN, the government and any
other interested and affected parties.
7.9 Environmental Aspect Management Guideline

PHCN has set objectives and targets in managing significant environmental aspects in line
with ISO 14001 Environmental Management System requirement for the proposed project
during construction and operation phases. Commensurate resources shall be allocated to
meet specific plans. These plans shall be reviewed yearly by PHCN management to
monitor progress.
PHCN management through SHE engineer shall be responsible for implementing the
mitigation measures for environmental aspects/impacts of the proposed transmission line.

July, 2012
This shall be within the scope of relevant SHE policies and regulatory requirement as well
as standard industry practice. At construction phase however, the EPC contractor shall be
responsible for ensuring that all SHE requirements are met. The contractor shall report to
the PHCN management through the SHE engineer.
7.9.1 Environmental Management

The environmental aspects that are likely to be significantly impacted by all the phases of
the project such as pre-construction, construction, operation, and decommissioning have
been identified and addressed in the environmental management plan. In addition to this,
project specific plans that will incorporate implementation of recommended measures for
each work phase and aspect will be developed by the contractors to ensure that all health,
safety, and environmental concerns are fully covered for the entire project. Since these
plans will be developed at stages where specific project details are available, they will
therefore present comprehensive steps for the implementation, monitoring, and reporting
from inception to projects completion and decommissioning.
Based on project related information available at the time of this study, the management
objectives, set target, required actions, monitoring and reporting for various
aspects/impacts are also presented below.

July, 2012
Air Quality Management Plan

Objective To minimise the release of emissions (combustion products and
particulate/dust) to air during all construction phases of the project
Target Limit emissions of pollutant gases like NOx, SOx, CO, in addition to dust,
smoke, and fumes, within acceptable standards through all construction phases
of the project work activities
Action • Maintenance programme shall be developed and implemented for all
associated power generators and heavy duty equipment
• Controlling fuel consumption for all equipment and vehicles through prudent
work execution and effective journey management
• Implement basic environmental awareness management program
• Limit use of diesel powered generators to minimum required to sustain
uninterrupted operation.
• Vehicle speeds in construction area and unpaved local roads shall be
limited to a maximum of 30km/h.
• Where practicable, vehicles and machinery that are used intermittently
should not be left idling for long periods of time.
• Re-vegetate disturbed areas as soon as possible.
• Wet areas that have the potential of raising significant dusts during work
activities
• No open burning of waste to be undertaken.
Monitoring Visual inspection shall be undertaken by the SHE focal person/Contractors to
check for evidence of excessive dust generation.
If necessary, dust monitoring shall be undertaken in areas likely to generate
dust that would affect nearby residents and workplaces to determine whether
controls are being applied effectively.
Maintenance schedule and records shall be kept
Indicator Fuel consumption of equipment which allow for determination of parameters
Parameters like SPM, NOx, SOx, COx,
Responsibility Site Environmental Officer
Reporting Maintain a log book for site fuel consumption and estimate emission from
consumption.
All issues shall be documented, acted on and reported in accordance with site
procedures.

July, 2012
Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Objective To minimise the generation of noise emissions during all the construction
phases of activities and to mitigate any potential noise impacts.
Target Construction activities undertaken to comply with FMENV recommended
ambient noise level guidelines
Action Contractors during the construction phase shall implement the following
strategies:
• Notify residents in affected areas of the project prior to commencement of
construction. The notification would include the type of works to be
undertaken, the duration of the proposed works, and a contact for any
questions or concerns that may arise in the course of the work
• Ensure that all equipment have effective noise control measures. Effective
noise controls include:
o Monthly inspection and maintenance of all vehicle and construction
equipment and generators used in operation.
o Use of sound suppressive device such as mufflers and silencers where
possible.
o Where practicable, vehicles and machinery that are used intermittently
should not be left idling for long periods of time.
• Noisy activities during construction/decommissioning shall be conducted
during the day.
• Best available work practices shall be engaged on-site to minimise
occupational noise levels.
• Haul routes for construction traffic entering and leaving the site shall be
selected in a way that ensures noise levels at noise sensitive receptors are
kept at a minimum.
• Use of personal protective equipment(PPE) e.g. ear plugs for personnel
working in areas where noise is a concern i.e. above 90dB(A)
• Define high noise level working areas by engineering analysis of
equipment for which hearing protection is required and provide appropriate
warning signs
Responsibility Site Safety, Health and Environmental Officers
Monitoring Monitor high noise areas for proper use of PPE equipment in accordance with
WHO / FMENV guidelines and standards.
Schedule maintenance shall be undertaken for construction equipment and

power generators to ensure an optimal working condition.
Reporting All complaints shall be documented, acted on and reported in accordance with
site procedures.

July, 2012
Water Quality Management Plan

Objective Avoid the contamination of surface water during construction.
Target Surface water is not contaminated during construction activities
Actions
• Implement controls such as berming, use of secondary containment and
trays to ensure all transfer of fuels and chemicals are properly managed to
prevent spillage outside of bunded areas.
• Provide bunded storage areas for fuels and hazardous substances with
spill cleanup kits in accordance with FMENV requirements/standards.
• The project shall ensure that measures are adopted to avoid incursion into
areas adjacent to the work site or any secondary effects from pollution,
sedimentation, or accidental spills.
• Suitable site drainage system to be constructed in lay-down areas and
marshalling yards
Monitoring Inspections of construction areas and assessment of the condition and

operability of site drains shall be conducted.
Weekly inspection of all fuels and chemicals storage areas to ensure adequate
containment and handling.
Responsibility Site Health and Environmental Officers
Reporting All complaints shall be documented, acted on and reported in accordance with
site procedures.
• Incidents of water contamination or spills
• Results of inspections
• Results of any corrective actions

July, 2012
Soil Contamination Management Plan

Objective Prevent soil contamination
Target • No incidents of soil contamination by hazardous substances (diesel, petrol,
hydraulic oil, lubricants and paints)
Actions Avoid the risk of soil contamination from all construction activities. Measures to
be adopted shall include:
• Construct spill containment facilities (containment walls).
• Train operators on safe handling of chemicals and enforce the
implementation of safe work practices/procedures.
• Develop and implement site specific emergency and spills response plan
• Provide emergency and spills response equipment and training of
personnel on effective and timely use
• Use drip pans during fuel transfer operations
• Identified contaminated area shall be promptly cleaned up, reported and
monitored in accordance with regulatory and project approved
requirements
Monitoring • Weekly inspection of all fuels and chemicals storage areas.
Responsibility • Site Environmental Officers
Reporting • Maintain records of inspections.
• During construction, records of any contamination incidents shall be
reported according to approved procedures

July, 2012
Flora Management Plan

Objective To minimise disturbance and loss of local flora population.
Target No disturbance of flora outside of designated construction areas.
Action • Ensure inclusion of threatened and endangered species management
strategies in the site specific Environmental Management Plan to be
developed by EPC contractors to ensure appropriate flora management.
This plan shall indicate lists of animals and plant species of concern,
development and implementation of a training program that would include
photos and other information to identify the various species, procedures for
responding if one of the species is found (such as contacts, stopping
work until relocation or protection is effected, reporting the incident in
routine progress reports, etc.), where appropriate to ensure the designation
of certain areas as sanctuaries for species that may be displaced by the
project and requirement for a survey by qualified biologist(s) ahead of
ROW clearing, as well as strict prohibition for the workforce on killing or
capturing any of the species.
• Limit construction of lay-down areas, marshalling yards, access road, ROW
clearing etc. to maximum foot print required for safe operation.
• Areas of terrestrial habitat that were temporarily disturbed during
construction (lay-down areas, marshalling yards, etc) will be reclaimed
(e.g. topsoil replacement, backfilling trenches, etc).
• The project specific emergency and spill response plan will cover
hazardous materials management plan such as fuels, oil, and other
potentially hazardous materials on the site.
• A project specific waste management plan shall address adequate
management of potential wastes to be generated by the project
Monitoring Periodic inspection of the site area. (6 monthly to a year depending on the
phase of project to check for disturbances to floristic composition)
Responsibility Site Environmental Officers
Reporting Any incidents of invasive species shall be reported in accordance with site
reporting procedures along the ROW.

July, 2012
Fauna Management Plan

Objective To minimise temporary disturbance of terrestrial fauna during transmission line
construction and operations
Target Minimise impact on the local fauna
Actions • Ensure inclusion of threatened and endangered species management
strategies in the site specific Environmental Management Plan to be
developed by EPC contractors to ensure appropriate fauna management.
This plan shall indicate lists of animals and plant species of concern,
development and implementation of a training program that would include
photos and other information to identify the various species, procedures for
responding if one of the species is found (such as contacts, stopping
work until relocation or protection is effected, reporting the incident in
routine progress reports, etc.), where appropriate to ensure the designation
of certain areas as sanctuaries for species that may be displaced by the
project and requirement for a survey by qualified biologist(s) ahead of
ROW clearing, as well as strict prohibition for the workforce on killing or
capturing any of the species.
• Work activities to be limited within minimum area required for operations to
minimize disturbance to wildlife habitats
• Workforce shall be educated on biodiversity and good conservation
practices.
• Construction workers shall be prevented from transporting or keeping pets
in the construction camp.
• Species identified to be unable to move from the project site shall be safely
relocated prior to commencement of work in the area
Monitoring Monitoring for evidence of habitat disturbance or invasive species shall be
undertaken
Reporting • Incidents of non-approved disturbance of fauna shall be reported and
addressed to prevent repetition.
• Vulnerable species in line with Nigerian conservation ranking (Act 11,
1985, see Table 4.12) sighted shall be reported. . Report should include
the date and location (latitude/longitude) of the animal.

July, 2012
Aesthetics Management Plan

Objective Minimise the visual impact of the transmission line corridor on surrounding
areas.
Target Minimize visual impacts as practical
Actions Landscaping where necessary on the acquired ROW
• Identify and incorporate plant species with the potential to effective
screening.
• Utilise indigenous species, preferably those that are endemic to the area
•
• Good housekeeping practices shall be maintained accordingly to reduce
poor aesthetic conditions around construction sites.
Monitoring Inspection of the health and vigour of the landscaping/planting areas.
Reporting Any improvement or deterioration shall be reported in accordance with site
reporting procedures

July, 2012
Social-cultural Management Plan

Objective • To ensure that there are no adverse effects on the region’s cultural values.
• Minimise social and/or community impacts associated with all work
activities.
• Maximise opportunities for local engagement and businesses opportunities
during the various project phases especially during the construction period.
Target • Cultural values understood and protected by PHCN
• Receive and respond to complains about social or community
management issues
Actions • Develop and implement community relations and engagement plan (see
Appendix 5.2)
• Develop a RAP in line with OP 4.12 for The World Bank’s approval. Ensure
ROW acquisition strategies in line with the approved RAP prior to
commencement of work.
• No unauthorised disturbance of cultural activities by the transmission line
works
• Plan activities in recognition of indigenous cultural activities.
• Continue to consult with the indigenous communities.
• Accommodation shall be provided for some construction workers (not from
surrounding communities) to minimise pressure on existing infrastructure
• Basic health and medical services (first level assist, first aid) shall be
available to reduce the demand on existing health facilities.
• Specify and implement the behaviour standards expected from all
construction workers. This shall be formalised in a code of conduct that
shall be agreed to and signed by every employee and sub contractor.
• Complaints about unacceptable behaviour from construction workers shall
be investigated and, appropriate action taken.
• Use a wide range of communication tools to ensure that community is kept
informed of project progresses.
• Offer opportunities for the involvement of local businesses and for the
employment of local residents.
Monitoring Review feedback from the traditional rulers and the community groups and
related Government/non-Governmental Organisations.
Monitoring shall be by stakeholder feedback and by review of complaints.

Responsibility Community Relations Officer
Reporting All complaints received shall be reported to the project manager. Monthly
reports shall be prepared on social and cultural management issues and any
corrective actions undertaken

July, 2012
Since no physical cultural features have been identified so far by the EIA, a Chance Finds
Procedure will be developed by the EPC contractor to ensure that any such findings that
will be affected by the project are protected. The Chance Finds Procedure will include
sufficient information to guide equipment operators and other personnel on how to
recognize things that might be of cultural importance and the relevant actions to take such
as stopping work immediately, notification of appropriate authorities, and protection of the
area as well as the discovered resource for the determination of the value and subsequent
actions prior to commencement of work.
As a key part of the social-cultural management plan, a summary of the process for
enumeration/valuation and compensation programme of PHCN that will be developed for
the project is presented below.
Notification / Sensitization
• State Government
• Local Governments
• Communities
• Individuals
Route Topographical Consultation with Identified

Survey Stakeholders
• Clan Councils
• Villages/Communities
• Individuals
Administer PHCN Work Description

Form
Enumeration / Valuation within ROW
Payment of Compensation
Post Payment Monitoring
Payment of Compensation
Confirmation – PHCN Headquarters
EPC Mobilisation / Construction
Details on step by step implementation are provided in Resettlement Action Plan

document for the proposed project (Document No: C658-FNL-AD-6047).
A Grievance Redress Committee will be set up by PHCN to address complaints from

compensation issues. Its members will include legal and accounts representatives of

July, 2012
PHCN and PAP Committee. The traditional line of authority equally plays a significant role
in the grievance redress mechanism by mediating between the PAPs, nominated family
and community representatives and the grievance redress committee. The functions of
the Grievance Redress Committee are:
• Provide support to PAPs on problems arising from loss of private properties and
business area.
• Record the grievance of the PAPs, categorize and prioritize the grievances that need to
be resolved by the committee; and
• Report to the aggrieved parties about the developments regarding their grievances and
the decision of the project authorities.

July, 2012
Security, Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan

Objective To ensure that the project does not adversely affect the security, health, safety
of the employees, contractors or the general public as well as the environment.
Target Zero reportable injuries, spills, and work-related illnesses
Actions • The EPC contractor shall be required to prepare a project specific Security,
Health, Safety, and environmental Management Plan in accordance with
the requirements of PHCN management system.
• Site specific Environmental Management Plan to be prepared by the EPC
contractors will be developed prior to construction activities, after specific
areas have been determined for project activities to ensure appropriate
environmental management strategies.
• All workers on the project shall go through a compulsory orientation
programme before they start work.
• Environmental,, Health, Safety, and Security plans, programs, and
regulations governing the project would be implemented and complied
with.
• Every worker would be made to sign a personal commitment to individual
and corporate safety while at work.
• Health, Security, Safety, and environmental awareness programs e.g.
AIDS, and malaria awareness) shall be organized for personnel.
Monitoring The security, safety, health, and environmental performance shall be monitored
in accordance with the project and corporate procedures and reported to the
project management team..
Monthly/Quarterly audits shall be executed

Responsibility PHCN CR&E unit, Project SSHE Manager, and Project Manager
Reporting Monthly reports shall be prepared on health, security, environment and safety
performance along incidents and corrective actions undertaken
AIDS / Malaria Education and Prevention Program – Workplace Framework

PHCN recognises the devastating impact that HIV/AIDS as well as malaria can have on
peoples’ lives. Ninety percent of malaria-related deaths occur in sub-Saharan. Around 40
million people are living with HIV/AIDS worldwide. Sub-Saharan Africa is the most
severely impacted region in the world with more than 26 million people infected and more
than two million deaths in 2003 (UN AIDS Epidemic Update 2003)
The project Health Management Plan to be developed by the EPC will identify strategies
for the management of potential project health related issues (such as malaria, HIV/AIDS,
etc.). The contractor will be responsible for the implementation, while monitoring will be
coordinated by PHCN.
Public health risks present significant issues for PHCN operations. PHCN management as
well as employees and contractors will be committed to working actively together to
mitigate the impact of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS and of malaria.

July, 2012
The programme is envisaged to build on PHCNs commitment to the health and safety of
our employees. The primary aim of the programme is to provide a consistent and effective
prevention education message that is based on identified best practices available for local
adaptation, as appropriate, by each unit and entirety of its employees and contractors.
The programme elements will address:
• Workplace prevention education programme to encourage safer behaviour, and.
• Medical policies in which HIV/AIDS as well as malaria are addressed like other
illnesses
Regulatory Compliance Plan

Project-specific compliance requirements such as laws, regulations, permit and approval
requirement and conditions, shall be identified and documented in a Regulatory
Compliance Plan (RCP). This plan will comprise of a spreadsheet that lists the identified
obligations along with responsible persons and timings. It will be approved by the Project
manager while the site environmental officers will be responsible for its implementation,
monitoring, and reporting.
Security Plan
The project will develop a security plan that identifies and address security challenges of
the project. A site security officer will be responsible for the implementation, reporting, and
monitoring of this plan. SHE Manager shall ensure that adequate security resources are
provided to handle security-related incidents effectively. The security activities will be in
line with PHCN’s security guidelines.
In addition, EPC contractor will be required to prepare and submit the project security plan
to PHCN for review and approval before mobilisation to site. The project team will also
organise a security workshop to identify, evaluate and recommend contingency plans for
all security risks.
7.9.1.1 Responsibilities and Cost for EMP Implementation and Monitoring

Majority of the identified impacts would take place during preconstruction and construction
phases. Impacts identified for the operation phase are minimal. Mitigation measures for
each of the phases have been presented in Chapter 6. The EPC contractor will be
directly responsible for financing the implementation of mitigation and monitoring
measures from inception to the completion of the transmission line project. The cost of
impacts mitigation monitoring will be included in the EPC contract value and will be
monitored by PHCN designated representatives assigned to the project.
PHCN shall be responsible for auditing of the activities of the EPC and for the associated
funding. Annual auditing of the facilities and activities from inception to completion of the
Project is estimated to cost about N15,000,000. During operations, PHCN will be
responsible for financing and managing mitigation measures and monitoring activities in
line with their established practices nationwide.

July, 2012
Part of the conditions of the approval of the EIA by the Federal Ministry of Environment
(FMENV) is that there will be regulatory monitoring of the approved project impacts
mitigations and monitoring measures. The timing and frequency of the monitoring is
determined by the FMENV. FMENV works closely with the state Ministry of Environment in
monitoring the implementation of the EIA approval terms and conditions. Funding of the
Impacts Mitigation and Monitoring (IMM) is borne by the proponent, in this case, PHCN.
Prior to now, FMENV will request funding for the monitoring while the project is in progress
and the monitoring activity will be carried out after payment of the requested fund. Current
practice is that FMENV now issues a pre-approval letter which includes the cost of IMM
and other conditions that has to be fulfilled prior to the issuance of the approval. Meeting
the conditions, along with payment of the funds have therefore become prerequisites to
the issuance of the EIA approval. Payment prior to approval also ensures that the funding
for monitoring is secured and the activity effected as at when due. The current cost is
about N500,000.00.
7.9.2 Guideline for Waste Management

Waste shall be managed in accordance with Federal Ministry of Environment guidelines
and PHCN waste management procedures. The principle of waste reduction, recycling,
recovery and reusing shall be practiced. In addition to the regulations of FMENV, the
project will also comply with other national and international environmental standards that
are binding on all staff and contractors involved in the proposed project with respect to the
following:
• emission or release of pollutant, exhaust and/or fugitive gases;
• discharge or spill of effluent into surface water, swamp or land; and
• discharge of solid wastes (including domestic waste) into surface water, swamp or
land;
The EPC contractor is also expected to develop and submit for approval to PHCN a
comprehensive waste management plan to be used during the project. This waste
management plan shall be in line with PHCN SHE Management System and well as
comply with national and international waste management standards.
Waste Handling
For proper handling and disposal, wastes shall be well defined at source and the definition
transmitted along with the waste to the final disposal points. EPC contractor and PHCN
personnel shall define and document all wastes generated during all operational
processes. The required basic information that would be provided, as a minimum, for
adequate definition of wastes include:
• waste type identification;
• proper waste categorisation;
• waste segregation information;
• location of generation, and
• recommended management practices.

July, 2012
Waste Minimisation
Waste minimisation involves reduction to as low as practicably possible volume or toxicity
of waste materials. The four principles of waste minimisation process; recycle, reduce;
reuse and recovery shall be adopted as applicable. In order to achieve a significant
reduction in waste volume during the proposed project, the functions of activity level, age
depreciation and maintenance level of facilities and operating equipment would be closely
monitored. A large proportion of excavated material shall be used for landscaping or other
remedial works on site. The key elements of the four waste minimisation/management
principles/practices are outlined below.
Category Definition
• Process modification / design change
• Material elimination
Reduce • Inventory control and management
• Material substitution
• Improved housekeeping
• Chemical/oil containers
Reuse
• Re-use waste heat
• Recycle scrap material
• Recycle paper
Recycle/Recover
• Burn waste lubricating oil for energy recovery
• Recover oil from tank bottoms
Waste Segregation
For effective implementation of appropriate waste disposal methods, it is important that
wastes be segregated, preferably at source into clearly designated bins at strategic
locations (Figure 7.2)

July, 2012
Figure 7.2: Waste Segregation Strategy
Wastes Inventory
An inventory of waste generated shall be maintained. Weighing scales or measuring
devices shall be provided to measure quantities of waste generated/discharged. Records
of waste generated, treated and sent for disposal shall be maintained on site. Wastes to
be transferred from rig to offsite facilities for treatment and disposal shall be done in
accordance with the PHCN waste transfer process and in line with statutory requirements.
Waste Disposal
All debris, spoil materials, rubbish and other waste, except excavated soil and rock, shall
be cleared regularly from the site and sent to the disposal facilities. Instructions on
material safety handling sheet shall be strictly adhered to and shall form the basis for the
disposal of wastes related to such products. Wastes in transit shall be accompanied and
tracked by consignment notes. The waste consignment notes shall contain the following
information as a minimum:
• type of waste
• date of dispatch;
• description of waste;
• waste quantity/container type;
• Location of generation/collection
• designated treatment and disposal site and method;
• consignee /driver name and means of transportation; and
• confirmation of delivery and actual disposal (time and date).

July, 2012
Only government approved waste management contractors shall be engaged for the
waste categories they are licensed to dispose. Waste management audit of contractors’
facilities shall be carried out in consultation with the CR&E department of PHCN, and
findings shall be properly documented and followed up. Accommodations, catering
services and work sites shall maintain acceptable standards of hygiene and good
housekeeping.
7.9.2.1 Operational Wastes and Disposal Methods

Waste shall be managed in accordance with Federal Ministry of Environment and PHCN
waste management guidelines and procedures. The EPC contractor will develop a Waste
Management Plan to be approved by PHCN and will be responsible for the management
of all wastes from cradle to grave using licensed third party waste management
contractors and facilities. Detailed inventory of the waste types, sources, and planned
management practices during the proposed transmission line project is presented in Table
7.1.

July, 2012
Table 7.1: Waste Stream Management Guideline for Proposed 58km 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project
Waste / Emission Category Hazard Origin Disposal Option(s)
Empty drums & aerosol cans Potentially Dependent of original Packaging of lubricating Residue from drums shall be purged and cleaned
(plastic & steel) Hazardous (non- contents of drum oil, fuel and corrosion
combustible) chemicals before reuse (subject to quality assurance). Return
empty gas cylinders to supplier(s) for refilling.
Return drums, barrels, and used containers to
vendor or crush at site for recycling
Oil & fuel filter cartridges, Hazardous Potential water and Internal combustion Collect in properly labelled metal or plastic drums
waste water filters (combustible) sediment contamination engines, equipment
from hydrocarbons maintenance and repairs placed at designated strategic locations.
Store in sealed, properly labelled metal or plastic
drums placed in a closed container located within
the designated hazardous waste storage area for
evacuation to incineration sites.
Oily rags & sorbents; used Hazardous Potential water & Maintenance & spill Where possible, oily rags and protective clothing
protective clothing (hand (combustible) sediment contamination clean-up operations,
gloves, coveralls, shoes, from hydrocarbons regular work wear shall be washed and reused at site. Otherwise,
rainwear, etc these wastes shall be drained of excess
hydrocarbon, packaged separately and contained
safely for incineration in approved facilities.
Scrap metal chippings, scrap Non-hazardous Safety risks Scrapped equipment / Recycled or re-used.. Non reusable materials shall
cables (combustible) engine parts /
miscellaneous refuse be stored in the designated containers for
metal evacuation and disposal at recycling facilities.
Medical waste (soiled Hazardous Potential health risk PHCN clinics / health All medical waste shall be packaged separately
dressings, empty drug (combustible) centers, site first-aid
containers, used needles & treatment and safely contained in designated containers for
syringes, expired drugs, blood incineration at approved facilities.
& blood products, cultures and
stocks) Empty drug carton/bottles may be re-used at the
clinics subject to quality assurance.
Used syringes/needles, containers for storing blood
July, 2012
& its products, and culture/ stocks media shall be

autoclaved (sterilised) shall be safely contained in
designated containers for incineration at approved
facilities.
Expired tables/capsules may be crushed/dissolved
using hot water before flushing down the drain with
expired syrups
Sanitary wastewater Hazardous (non Potential to Black waters (urinals, At camps, treated in sewage treatment plant to
combustible) contaminate water toilet) & gray waters
column & sediment (sinks, showers) regulatory limits with certified equipment before
discharge if feasible.
Otherwise shall be collected and taken offsite to

approved sewage treatment facilities and treated to
meet regulatory requirements before discharge
offsite.
Diesel fuel spill/leaks Hazardous Potential to Fuel storage/transfer Store in sealed drums for recycling.
(combustible) contamination of soil, lines, leaking pipes,
water bodies & equipments, etc.
sediment
Contaminated soil affected by Hazardous Potential to to Top soil removed from safely contained in sealed designated containers
spills/leak (combustible) contaminate spill/leak site
groundwater for evacuation to incineration facilities
Domestic waste (empty food Non-hazardous Attracts rodent Accommodation, office, Manually sort plastics and metals for recycling.
containers, food waste, used (combustible, canteen, worksite
cooking oils, office wastes, biodegradable) Appropriate segregate and contain for evacuation
construction) to approved incineration facilities
Batteries: (lead-acid, nickel- Toxic and corrosive Corrosive adverse Warning equipment, Lead-acid and NiCd batteries shall be safely kept
July, 2012
cadmium) environmental, health & portable & emergency at designated storage locations for evacuation to
safety effects. Lead or electrical tools &
heavy metals may electronics, construction facilities where they will be recycled, incinerated
cause contamination to & transmission facilities and safely disposed.
surface water/sediment
Spent lubricants Hazardous Potential for water, soil, Engine and rotating Collect in properly labelled metal or plastic drums
(combustible) and sediment equipment, lubricating
contamination by system, etc placed at designated strategic locations and sealed
hydrocarbons to prevent spill during evacuation.. To be recycled
or incinerated in approved facilities.
Wood scraps, pallets and Non-hazardous Attracts rodents Wooden crates, paper Wood pallets/paper cartons shall be returned to the
packaging materials (combustible) cartons/sacks, plastic
wrappings, Styrofoam, supplier and non reusable one safely contained
etc and evacuated to approved facilities for
incineration
Paint & paint-related materials Hazardous Potential to Paint cans, spent thinner, Safely contained in designated containers and
(combustible) contaminate soil epoxides, latex, etc
locations prior to evacuation to approved facilities
for recycling or incineration.
Refrigerants (HCFC) Non-combustion Stratospheric ozone Refrigerants & air Safely contain in designated locations for return to
source-emission depletion, formation of conditioners
photochemical smog; manufacturer, or to approved reuse, and recycling
facilities

July, 2012
7.10 Emergency Response Plan

In order to safe guard the lives of personnel and contractors during emergency situation,
EPC contractor shall develop and implement an emergency response plan in addition to
the following.
Emergency training shall be conducted by the SHE Manager to enhance workers

preparedness to respond appropriately to emergencies.
Emergency drill shall be conducted periodically and such drill shall include fire, oil spill,
abandon as well as first aid emergencies.
Response time and roll call shall be monitored and recorded by the SHE Manager,
supervisor or fire warden as required, at each drill/training to ensure compliance.
All drills and training exercise shall be documented by the SHE Manager or the supervisor
and copies sent to PHCN.
In situations where evacuation of personnel is necessary as a result of fire or any other

related accidents, PHCN shall follow the emergency medical evacuation procedure with
responsible parties.
Table 7.2: Personnel Responsibilities during Emergency Evacuation

Action Party Responsibility
Personnel at scene of incident
• Maintain calmness and alert people around
• Contact site nurse or first aider/supervisor/safety officer
• Begin mustering action
Medical personnel on site • Arrange and administer first aid for sick/injured
Site supervisor/safety officer • Contact project engineer / safety manager and report the
following;
• precise location and time of incidence;
• site condition
• patient(s)/injured or casualty; and
• other pertinent information
Site Supervisor • Arrange for medical evacuation after due consultation with
management
SHE Manager • To liaise with management to arrange for medical evacuation
• Furnish management with available particulars/report about the
emergency as provided by the site supervisor/safety officer
• Conclude medical evacuation by ensuring the casualty is
transferred from the first aid clinic (after a life saving treatment) to
PHCNs retainer clinic.

July, 2012
Fire Prevention/Contingency
The overall goal of the fire prevention system shall be to:
• continuously monitor all areas of the installation where either a fire hazard may exist or
an accumulation of flammable gas may occur;
• alert personnel at the location of the presence, location and nature of the fire or
emergency;
• automatically activate fixed fire protection systems, and
• reduce the risk to personnel by implementing executive automated systems.
• Ensure that all personnel are safely evacuated
Fire detectors (smoke, heat, flame, gas, etc) shall be installed at appropriate areas . The
fire shall be detected by the quickest, most reliable means.
7.11 Environmental Audit and Assessment

SHE audits of the facility activities shall be conducted in order to ascertain extent of
compliance with set guidelines, policies and requirements. The audits shall be carried out
by certified auditors (both in-house and independent auditors) and in accordance with
regulatory requirement and ISO 14001 guidelines. The scope of the audit shall include the
following:
• compliance with all necessary codes, standards and procedures;

• examination of line management systems, operations, monitoring practices etc.;
• identification of current and potential environmental problems especially during the
operational phase of the project;
• checking the predictions in EIA and assure implementations and application of
recommended practices and procedures; and
• make recommendation for the improvement of the management system of the
operation.
Also, as part of audit and review this EMP shall be reviewed annually to determine its
adequacy/suitability for continuous use.
Capacity Assessments
Capacity assessment and development process for those to be charged with managing
the mitigation measures and grievance procedures is usually a cyclical process. Such a
cycle will comprise several steps, from recognition of capacity deficiencies/efficiencies to
the implementation of capacity development initiatives.
Part of the Invitation to Tender and Contract Agreement requirement is that the EPC
submit the resume of key personnel, especially for those who would be directly
responsible for the implementation, reporting, and monitoring of the EIA impacts mitigation
and monitoring measures. Approval of personnel will depend on their proven experiences
and capability to manage the recommended measures. Those whose capabilities are
determined to meet the requirement will be approved for engagement in the project but
those whose experiences and skill are determined to be insufficient will not be approved.

July, 2012
The implication is that the EPC may retain and engage their services if it so wishes but
they will not be engaged for this project.
EPC deliverables will include engagement of sufficient and skilled personnel for key
project areas, especially in the SHE and socio economic sections to ensure effective
implementation of the project impacts mitigation and monitoring measures. The Project
and EPC’s Environmental Management Plan will specify the roles and responsibilities of
those charged with SHE duties, especially for those responsible for implementing the
mitigation and monitoring measures. The EMP will also include training programs for such
personnel in order to enhance their capabilities and performance.
The project specific plans to be developed by the EPC such as the Environmental
Management Plan, Waste Management Plan, Regulatory Compliance Plan,
Socioeconomic/Community Relations and Engagement Plan, and Spill Response Plan will
be submitted to PHCN project management team for review and approval prior to
implementation. This will ensure that the key elements are captured in the plans. It will
also ensure well-coordinated execution of project activities as well as confirm harmonized
implementation of EPC’s documented strategies, in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the approved project EIA.
PHCN CR&E Department shall be responsible for capacity assessment of EPC personnel
responsible for the management and monitoring of impacts mitigation measures as
documented in this EMP and as regularly updated to cover for the project life span.
Capacity assessments and other trainings as well as competency certification and
validations of personnel shall progress from before the commencement of the project,
through construction and operation phases. Assessment shall also form part of the
auditing/training program to be developed by the project.
In addition to overseeing the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures,

PHCN CR&E will also be responsible for operation of the grievance procedures. In order
to assure the competency of PHCN personnel charged with the above responsibilities,
experienced personnel will be engaged for the execution of the project. Capacities of
personnel assigned to the project will be assessed prior to their involvement in the project
and appropriate trainings provided to cover identified capacity gaps. PHCN shall engage
reputable consultancy firms to provide such capacity enhancement trainings and
certifications.
Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv) will be responsible for the regulatory monitoring
of the implementation of the project EIA approved mitigation and monitoring measures.
The Ministry assigns personnel with proven competencies to such tasks.

July, 2012
7.12 Decommissioning and Abandonment Plan

The design of the transmission line facilities (tower, conductors, substation, etc) shall take
due recognition of the need for decommissioning at the end of project operational life
(25years). However, in Nigeria, transmission lines are designed to last more than the set
operational life and as such appraisals will be conducted periodically in line with
international and PHCN standards to assess the condition of the transmission line prior to
revalidation or decommissioning.
PHCN shall set up strategies to checkmate project abandonment. In the unfortunate event
of abandonment, a project abandonment plan shall be prepared in line with applicable
national and international legislative requirements, in addition to implementing measures
to mitigate the impact of such abandonment. The design of the facilities shall take due
recognition of the need to decommission any ancillary facilities at the end of their
operational life.
Temporary structures (camp, storage yard, site offices, etc.) installed at the construction
phase to support construction activities shall be cleared and cleaned and safely disposed
or reuse.

July, 2012
CHAPTER EIGHT
CONCLUSION

CHAPTER EIGHT
CONCLUSION
The EIA of the proposed approximately 58km long 330kv QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission
Line has been carried out using data from a two season environmental field survey as well
as research / literature survey on regional studies within Niger-delta, Nigeria. The overall
goal of the EIA is to ensure that potential environmental and social impacts of the
proposed project are identified and evaluated and adequate mitigation measures proffered
for significant impacts. Thus, it provides necessary data / evidence that will ensure the
issuance of an environmental impact statement (EIS) and certification for the project.
The biophysico-chemical characterization of soil, surface water and sediment along the
transmission line route showed that the soil, surface water, and surficial sediment were
consistent across sampling stations and compared well with values recorded in previous
studies around similar environments in Niger-delta. Analysis of the water and sediment
samples for plankton and benthic fauna respectively, indicated unique assemblage of
plankton and benthic species with abundances that relate to the nutrients and chemical
composition of the ecosystems. Studies on biodiversity along the transmission line area
and immediate environment was consistent with reports of previous studies carried out in
the area. Wildlife data indicated that no specie was endangered (as per IUCN 2006)
though some were classified as locally vulnerable (Act 11, 1985). Socio-economic studies
across affected communities revealed that the generality of the people are of the Ibibio
ethnic group situated along the coastal areas of Akwa Ibom State.
The potential and associated impacts assessment of the proposed development indicated
that the project would beneficially and significantly impact on national energy and power
transmission and the overall economic and social benefits accruable from power supply to
the Nigerian people. It would also result in provision of direct and indirect employment
opportunities as well as skill acquisition for Nigerians.
The adverse impacts of the project may result from injury due to operational
accidents/incidents, health condition for onsite personnel due to exposure to
communicable diseases and increased noise and emissions. Perturbation of surface
water and aquatic fauna and flora resulting from disturbances to nearby aquatic
ecosystems due to oil leaks, wastes and other associated sources during construction.
However, majority of these adverse impacts are temporal, and mitigation measures have
been recommended for both short- and long-term to reduce the adverse impacts to
negligible limits.
Consequently, the EMP was developed to ensure effective implementation of prescribed

mitigation measures and for proactive environmental management from project inception
to conclusion. Implementation of these measures will ensure a successful execution of
QIT – Ikot Abasi Transmission Line project in an environmentally safe and sustainable
manner.
Chapter Eight Final Draft Report Page 1 of 1

July, 2012
REFERENCES

REFERENCES
Akpabio, I.A. (2008) Socio-economic Baseline Study for Ebok Field Development
Activities in OML 67. Oil Block. Submitted to ERML Lagos. July 65 pp.
Akani, G.C., Politano, E., Luiselli, L. ( 2004). Amphibians recorded in forest swamp
areas of the River Niger Delta (southeastern Nigeria), and the effects of habitat
alteration from oil industry development on species richness and diversity. Applied
Herpetology, 2:1-21.
Akani, G.C and Luiselli, L. (2002). Amphibian fauna diversity and conservation status
in the Niger Delta Basin (Southern Nigeria). An update. Declining Amphibian Task
Force (DAPTF), Froglog, 51 :2.
Akwa Ibom State Government (AKSG-2005) Akwa Ibom State Socio Economics Study
Report (AKBASES, 2005). Ministry of Economic Development, Uyo, Akwa Ibom State.
424pp
Akpan, A. W & Ufodike, E. B. C. (1995). Effect of Oil Exploration and Petroleum

Hydrocarbon Utilization on Water Quality and Fauna in Qua Iboe River Estuary, Nigeria.
Journal of Aquatic Sciences 10:42-52.
American Society for Testing and Materials (1999). Water (I) (Section 11.01).
American Society for Testing and Materials (1999). Water (II) (Section 11.02).
Anderson B. (1967). Report on the Soils of the Niger Delta Special Area. Niger Delta
Development Board.
Angelici, F.M. (1998). Mammals: In a study of the fauna of the Niger Delta area in
southern Nigeria. Politano, E. (ed). ENI Press, Milan. 54 – 98.
ASTM Standards (1992). Water and Environment Technology.
Ayoade, J. O. (1988). Introduction to Climatology for the Tropics. Spectrum Books

Limited.
Allen, S. E.; Grimshaw, H. M.; Parkinson, J. A; and Quarmby, C. (1989). Chemical

Analysis of Ecological Materials 2nd Edition. Blackwell Scientific Publications, London.
Bagenal, T. B & Braun, E. (1968). Eggs and Early Life History In: IBP Handbook No.3
Method for the Assessment of Fish Production in Fresh Water. Ricker, W. E. (Ed). Oxford,
Blackwell Scientific Publications Ltd. 158pp.
Barnes, R. D. (1980). Invertebrate Zoology. (4th Ed). HOH Saunders College,

Philadelphia 1089 pp.
Community Conservation and Development Initiatives (CCDI), (2001): Air Pollution and
Industrialisation in Nigeria. Ecology and Development Series Number 01. Edited by Ako
Amadi.
Canter L.W and Hill, L.G (1977): Handbook of Variables for Environmental Impact
Assessment. Ann Arboor Science Publishers Inc, ANN ARBOUR. Mich. 48106.
References Final Draft Report Page 1 of 5

July, 2012
Cochran, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2nd Ed. Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi,
413 pp.
Chapman V. J. & Chapman D. J., (1977). The Algae. (2nd Ed). ELBS & Mcmillan,
London, 497 pp.
Davis (1955). The Marine and Fresh Water Plankton. Michigan State University Press,
501 pp.
Derek H. and Oguntoyinbo J. (1987). Climatology of West Africa. Published by

Hutchinson (South Africa) and Noble Books (Totowa, New Jersey, USA).
Department of Petroleum Resources (2002). Environmental Guidelines and Standards for

the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria..
Donahue R. L., Miller R. W. and Shickluna C. J. (!990): Soils; An Introduction to Soils and
Plant Growth, 5th Edition.
Edmunds, J. (1978). Seashells and other Molluses Found on West Africa Shores and
estuaries Ghana University Press Accra, 146 pp.
Environmental Systems Research Institute (2000). ESRI Map Book, Vol. 15. Redlands,
California. USA.
Euroconsult Port Harcourt (1996). Niger Delta Environmental Survey, Vol. 1, Phase 1.
FEPA (1991). National Interim Guidelines and Standards for Industrial Effluent, Gaseous
Emissions and Hazardous Waste Management in Nigeria.
FEPA, (1991). Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria.
Federal Government of Nigeria (FGN- 2010) Nigeria Millennium - Development Goals

Report 2010. Abuja, Nigeria
FMENV (FEPA), (1995): Environmental Impact Assessment Sectoral Guidelines for Oil
and Gas Industry Projects. FMENV, Abuja, Nigeria.
FORMECU (1998). An Assessment of Vegetation and Land Use Changes in Nigeria.
GEMS (1992): Global Environmental Monitoring System. An Operational Guide (third

Edition). GEMS/W.92.1.
Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rowe, and George Tchobanoglous (1985). Environmental

Engineering Part Two. Air. Mc Graw-Hill Book Company.
Hem, J. D. (1986). Study and Interpretation of the Chemical Characteristics of Natural

Waters. Third edition US Geological Surveys Water Supply Paper.
Idachaba F.S. (1995): Rural Infrastructure in Nigeria. Ibadan University Press, Ibadan.
International Council for Research in Agroforestry (ICRAF) Annual Report (1992). ICRAF,
Nairobi, 81 pp.
International Maritime and Dredging Consultants (IMDC), (1991). ALSCON’s Maritime

Entrance to Ikot Abasi. Hydraulic Investigation Report.

July, 2012
IPC (2005), Environmental Impact Assessment of 46km Power Transmission Line (PTL)
between Ikot Abasi and Eket.
IUCN. 2010. “Red List of Threatened Species: Nigeria”.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/search. Accessed on 17/02/12
Kelly A Reynolds (1999): Water Conditioning and Purification.
Kentucky Water Watch (2001). Dissolved Oxygen and Water Quality. http:II
fluid.state.ky.Us / www / ramp / rmdo2.htm
Kentucky Water Watch (2001). Total Suspended Solids and Water Quality. http:II
fluid.state.ky.Us / www / ramp / rmnox.htm
Keily, G. (1998): Environmental engineering. International Edition. Irwin / McGraw Hill.

New York.
Lackey, J. B. (1938). The Manipulation and Counting of River Plankton and Changes in
some Organisms due to Formalin Preservation. U. S. Public Health Report 53: 2080 –
2093.
Masatada Oyama, Hideo Takehara (1967). Revised Standard Soil Colour Charts. Japan.
National Bureau of Statistics (NBS-2006). Annual Abstract of Statistics 2006. Abuja,

Nigeria.
NBS (2006) Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire (CWIQ) Survey – Akwa Ibom State
Summary. Abuja, Nigeria
NBS (2009) Annual Abstracts of Statistics. Abuja, Nigeria
NBS (2010) National Literacy Survey, 2010. Abuja, Nigeria.
NBS (2010) National Manpower Stock and Employment Generation Survey – Households
and Microenterprises (Informal Sector). Abuja, Nigeria.
NBS (2011) Annual Socio economic Report. Abuja, Nigeria.
NBS (2012) Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey, 2011. NBS; UNICEF; UNFPA. Jan. 2012
National Population Commission (NPC, 1991). Census 1991 Final Results, Akwa Ibom
State.
National Population Commission (2006) . Census 2006, Final Results for Akwa Ibom
State.
NDES,(1998).Environmental and Socio-economic Characteristics. Vol.1. Niger Delta

Environmental Survey. 272pp.
Nigerian Navy (1997). Tide Tables containing Tidal Predictions for Apapa, Lagos Bar,
Escravos Bar, Forcados Bar, Bonny Town, Kwa Ibo River Entrance and Calabar Port.
Lagos, Nigeria.
NIPP (2007), Environmental Impact Assessment of Ikot Abasi – Ikot Ekpene Power
Transmission Line Project.

July, 2012
Nygaard, G. (1947). Tavlerne of Danske planteplankton Gylderdalske Boghanel,

Copenhagen Germany.
Nwankwo, D.I. (1993): Cyanobacteria Bloom species in Coastal Waters of South Western
Nigeria. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiology. 90.4:533 – 542.
Odu, C.T.I., Esuruoso, O.F., Nwoboshi, L.C., Ogunwase, J.A. (1985). Environmental
Study of the Nigerian Agip Oil Company Operational Areas. Soils and Fresh Water
Vegetation.
Odum, E. (1971). Fundamentals of Ecology. Philadelphia: W. B. Sanders Co.
Offodile M. E. (1992). An Approach to Groundwater Study and Development in Nigeria.

Mecon Services Ltd., Jos, Nigeria.
OSHA, 1989, ACGIH, 1995, EPA, 1994: Toxicology: The Basic Science of Poisons (Curtis
D. Laassen et al (1996). Fifth Edition.
Oguntoyinbo, J., Hayward, D. (1987). Climatology of West Africa. Published by

Hutchinson (South Africa) and Noble Books (Totowa, New Jersey, USA)
Pauly, D. (1983). Some sample methods for assessment of tropical fish stock. FOA Fish
Tech. Pap. (234): 52pp.
Powell, C.B. (1997).Discoveries and priorities for mammals in the freshwater forests
of the Niger Delta. Oryx 31: 83 - 85
Prescot et al (1999). Algae of the Western Great Lake Area. 977pp.
Qua Iboe Power Project (2011)., Transmission Line Design.
Raunker, C. (1934). The Life Form of Plants and Statistics Plant Geography. Clarendon
Press, Oxford.
Research Planning Institute (RPI), (1985). Environmental Baseline Studies for the
Establishment of Control Criteria and Standards Against Petroleum Related Pollution in
Nigeria.
SIEP (1995). Environmental Quality Standards – Air. HSE Manual, EP 95-0375.
Sharon et al. (2008): Water Management – Drinking Water Bacteria. University of

Nebraska-Lincoln Extension, Institute of Agriculture and Natural Resources.
The Annual Abstract of Statistics, (2009)
The Nation News Paper, Saturday, July 5 (2008)
The Sunday Punch of July 20, (2008).
Tobor, J.G. & Ajayi, T.O. (1992): Principal Fish and Shellfish Resources in Nigerian
Marine Waters, NIOMR Occasional Papers.
UNDP (2006) Niger Delta Human Development Report. 384pp Abuja, Nigeria
UNDP (2009) Human Development Report – Nigeria 2008-2009: Achieving Growth With
Equity. Abuja, Nigeria

July, 2012
USAID (2005) USAID/ Nigeria Country Strategic Plan 2004 – 2009. USAID Development
Experience Clearing House, New York.
University of Uyo Consultancy Services (1999). ALSCON’s Environmental Impact
Assessment of the Dredging of Imo River and the Removal/Replacement of Opobo South
Bulklines. Uniuyo Consult, Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria.
USDA (1975). Soil Taxonomy. A Basic System of Soil Classification for Making and
Interpreting Surveys U.S.A. Soil Conservation Service.
USEPA (1990). National Air Quality and Emission Trends Report (1988). Office of the Air
Quality planning and Standards, Technical Support Division, Research Triangle Park NC
27711, USEPA.
World Bank Technical Paper Number 154 (1991). Environmental Assessment Source-
book Vol.111: Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects;
Environment Department
WHO (1976). Selected Methods of Measuring Air Pollutants. WHO Offset Publications,
No. 24E. World Health Organisation, Geneva.
WHO (1986). Guideline Values for Health Related Inorganic Constituents.
Wright J.B., Hastings D.A., Jones W.B., Williams H. R (1985): Geology and Mineral
Resources of West Africa.

July, 2012
APPENDIX 1.1
TERMS OF REFERENCE

TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)
FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
OF
PROPOSED 58KM QUA IBOE TERMINAL – IKOT ABASI 330KV

TRANSMISSION LINE PROJECT
SUBMITTED BY
POWER HOLDING COMPANY OF NIGERIA

(PHCN)
MAITAMA - ABUJA
March, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Summary
1.0 Introduction
2.0 Project Description
3.0 Project Objectives
4.0 Project Implementation
5.0 Terms of Reference

5.1 Statutory and Legal Framework
5.2 Objectives of EIA
5.3 Scope of Work/Task of EIA Consultant
5.4 Methodology
5.5 Detailed Project Description
5.6 Description of for Environmental and Social Component
6.0 Assessment of Associated and Potential Impacts
7.0 Impact Mitigation Measures and Alternatives
8.0 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
9.0 Consultations
9.1 Consultations with regulatory Agencies and other Stakeholders
9.2 EIA Public Forum
9.3 EIA Panel Review Meeting
10.0 Monitoring Plan
11.0 Deliverables / Documentation
12.0 Conclusion
1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Federal Government of Nigeria opened up the Electricity Market for private
sector participation due to the ever-increasing electricity demand by consumers.
A joint venture of Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC) and Mobil
Producing Nigeria (MPN) known as the Joint Venture Power Project (JVPP)
intends to construct a 500MW thermal power plant adjacent to MPN existing Oua
Iboe Terminal (QIT) in Ibeno Local Government Area, Akwa Ibom State.
To evacuate the power generated from this proposed power station, Power
Holding Company of Nigeria (PHCN) has proposed to construct a 58km 330kv
Transmission Line from MPN’s QIT to Ikot Abasi in Akwa Ibom State.
Prior to this, PHCN intends to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) of the project area. This document presents the Terms of Reference (ToR)
for the EIA of QIT - Ikot Abasi 330KV Transmission Line.
The ToR highlights the statutory (Legal and Administrative) frame work, EIA
workscope, Methodology, Project description, Description of the baseline
Environmental components, Assessment of Associated and Potential Impacts,
Impacts Mitigation / Ameliorative Measures, Consultation with Stakeholders as
well as Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
The EIA procedure shall conform to the requirements of the Federal Ministry of
Environment (FMENV) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Procedural/Sectoral Guidelines for the Power Generation and Transmission
Projects, Power Holding Company of Nigeria (PHCN) Environmental Policy, as
well as other international environmental standards referred to at the back of this
document.
The EIA findings will be used as a basis for communication to obtain relevant
approvals and to achieve productive interactions between all stakeholders with
reference to issues identified during the course of study.
2
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Federal Government of Nigeria opened up the Electricity Market for

private sector participation due to the ever-increasing electricity demand
by consumers. A joint venture of Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation
(NNPC) and Mobil Producing Nigeria (MPN) known as the Joint Venture
Power Project (JVPP) intends to construct a 500MW thermal power plant
adjacent to MPN existing Oua Iboe Terminal (QIT) in Ibeno Local
Government Area, Akwa Ibom State.
To evacuate the envisaged power output by NNPC/MPN JV Power Plant

adjacent to MPN’s Qua Iboe Terminal, the Power Holding Company of
Nigeria Plc (PHCN) intends to construct a 58km 330kV transmission line
from MPN’s QIT in Ibeno LGA to Ikot Abasi in Ikot Abasi LGA.
The project is aimed at evacuating the power from the NNPC/MPN

500MW JV Power Plant; increase the capacity of the transmission
network, as well as strengthening and improving system reliability, stability
and operational efficiency of the national grid.
PHCN recognizes the importance of comprehensive Environmental

Planning and Management to the success of any project and is committed
to the necessary studies to understand the environmental system of the
project area in order to address areas where significant environmental
impacts (Natural, Physical and Social) may occur.
In pursuance of this, PHCN intends to conduct an Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) of the project area prior to the commencement of the
project. This intention is in line with statutory requirement for
environmental management in Nigeria as contained in the Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) Act No 86 of 1992, as well as other international
environmental standards.
3
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The transmission line project will commence at MPN’s Oua Iboe Terminal
in Ibeno Local Government and traverse communities in Ibeno, Eket,
Onna, Mkpat Local Governments, and terminate at Ikot Abasi in Ikot Abasi
Local Government Area of Akwa Ibom State as in indicated in Figure 1.
The transmission line route is mainly characterized by secondary rain

forest vegetations with economic trees and farmlands. A fraction of the
route particularly the segment nearer the coast is characterized by marsh
and mangrove habitats.
The construction of the ~58km 330kV QIT - Ikot Abasi transmission line
will involve:
• Clearing the Transmission Line Right of Way (~290 hectares) of all
vegetation.
• Construction of transmission line towers, their foundations and
stringing of the line.
• Development of land access (from nearby roads) to ROW to
facilitate construction and maintenance in upland areas.
• Construction of Transmission line support towers for water-prone
areas.
• Filling or dredging of marsh and mangrove areas to provide water
access for ROW clearing, tower installation and line maintenance
activities. Such filling or dredging activities will be minimized as
much as possible.
• Construction of a new substation at QIT and extension of Ikot Abasi
Substation.
• Provision of associated digital communication facilities at the
substations.
The Transmission Line Right of Way (TLROW) to be acquired for the

project is 58km in length and 50m wide, thereby giving a total area of
about 2,900,000m2 (290Ha).
4
Figure 1 - Approximate location of considered routes for the proposed
transmission line from MPN’s Qua Iboe TerminaI to Ikot Abasi within Akwa Ibom
State, Nigeria
5
Figure 2: Locations of environmental baseline study sampling stations
relative to routes proposed for QIT to Ikot Abasi Transmission Line Project.
6
3.0 PROJECT OBJECTIVES
• Enable the evacuation of power to be generated by MPN/NNPC

Joint Venture Power Plant (JVPP) in Ibeno LGA to the national
power grid.
• Add value to the economy by way of improved power supply
• Improvement of the socio-economic status of the nation.
• Generation of employment opportunities.
4.0 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
In pursuing the above objectives, the project proponent (PHCN) shall:
• Recognize and comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines

and standards of the Federal Republic of Nigeria as represented by
Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV), Akwa Ibom State
Ministry of Environment and Mineral Resources (AKSMEMR), and
the affected Local Government Areas (Ibeno, Eket, Onna, Mkpat
Enin and Ikot Abasi) as well as International
Conventions/Guidelines/Agreements to which Nigeria is a
signatory.
• Undertake extensive Consultations with all Stakeholders in the
project.
• Develop and implement an Environmental Management Plan
(EMP) as an integral part of the EIA document in accordance with
FMENV regulations.
• Follow strictly PHCN’s Occupational Health and Safety, and
Environment Policy. It shall be the responsibility of the Project
Proponent to educate all parties on such policies.
To ensure that this proposal is in accordance with statutory requirements

and PHCN’s Corporate Policies, the services of a reputable and FMENV
accredited Environmental Consultant will be engaged to conduct the
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies of the proposed project.
The result of the EIA study will be translated into specific actions and will
be used as the basis for communication to obtain relevant approvals from
regulatory agency i.e. FMENV. This will also be used to satisfy public
information needs on the project.
This Terms of Reference (ToR) document has therefore been developed

to:
• Outline the general scope of EIA study including the overall data
requirements on the proposed project and affected environment.
7
• Define the procedures/protocols for identification and assessment
of associated and potential impacts.
• Select appropriate mitigation measures for such impacts and
develop an effective Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for
the project.
• Define framework for interaction and integration of views of a multi-
disciplinary project team with regulators, host communities and
other stakeholders.
• Define the relevant framework of legal and administrative
requirements of the project.
The ToR shall be used as a guide in executing and implementing the EIA
study of the proposed 58km QIT - Ikot Abasi 330kV transmission line
construction and operation.
The EIA shall comply with the FMNEV Environmental Impact Assessment
Procedural/Sectoral Guidelines for Power Generation and Transmission
(1995).
5.0 TERMS OF REFERENCE
5.1 STATUTORY (LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE) FRAMEWORK
The statutory (legal and administrative) frameworks within which the EIA
study shall be executed are provided by the following regulations,
guidelines and standards:
• Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV) guidelines and standards

on power transmission activities in Nigeria.
• The regulations, guidelines and standards of the Akwa Ibom
Ministry of Environment. And Mineral Resources
• World Bank Operational Directive 4.01 ‘Environmental Assessment’
1991.
• African Development Bank (ADB) Environmental and Social
Assessment Procedures. (June, 2001)
• All International Conventions on Environmental Protection to which
Nigeria is a signatory.
Specifically, some of these statutes are:
• Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86 of 1992.

8
• EIA Procedural Guidelines of 1995.
• Waste Management and Hazardous Waste Regulations (S.1.15)
1991.
• EIA Sectoral Guidelines for Power Generation and Transmission
Projects, 1995.
• Interim Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution
Control in Nigeria, 1990.
• Landuse Act, 1990.
• Nigeria Inland Waterways Authority (NIWA) Act, 1987.
• Forest Act, 1937.
• Wild Animals Preservation Act, 1916.
• Endangered Species (Control of International Trade and Traffic)
Act, 1985.
• Kyoto Protocol, 1997.
• Stockholm Convention on Human Environment (1972).
• World Summit on Sustainable Development (Rio, 1992).
• World Bank Operational Directive 4.01 ‘Environmental Assessment’
(1991).
5.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA
The objectives of the EIA are as follows:
• Establish the existing biological, physical, social and economic

conditions of the project area.
• Characterize the environment thereby identifying the resultant
hazards (including social) associated with the transmission line.
• Identify and predict the positive and or negative impacts likely to
result from the project construction and operational phases.
• Proffer mitigation measures to enhance the positive impacts and
minimize the unavoidable negative impacts of the project on the
entire ecosystem.
• Develop a feasible and cost effective Environmental Management
Plan (EMP) to manage and monitor the environmental parameters
throughout the lifecycle of the project.
• Ensure proper consultation with all stakeholders including the
communities bordering the proposed Transmission Line Right of
Way (TLROW) to make for project acceptability.
• Obtain EIA project certification and other associated environmental
permits.
9
5.3 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work for the EIA shall involve but not limited to the under
listed:
• Comprehensive literature review to generate background

information on the environmental characteristics of the study area.
• Review of national and international environmental regulations on
transmission lines’ construction.
• Identification of all communities within the project area and other
Stakeholders for effective consultation.
• A two season detailed environmental baseline data collection and
laboratory analysis to fill information/data gaps (field studies to be
supervised by Chemistry, Resettlement and Environment Division).
• Identification of potential and associated impacts.
• Potential impacts prediction, interpretation and evaluation of their
significance using appropriate models.
• Development of effective mitigation, enhancement and control
measures.
• Development of a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan
(EMP) and Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP),
which will include remediation, monitoring and
decommissioning/abandonment plans.
• Preparation of field, draft, final draft and final EIA reports that
conform to the FMENV’s standards, regulations and guidelines.
5.4 METHODOLOGY
The methodology for conducting the EIA shall involve:
5.4.1 Literature Review:
This shall be undertaken to acquire an environmental database required

for the EIA studies. This will involve study of existing literature particularly,
from reports of previous EIA studies (if any) and other relevant studies on
the environmental characteristics of the study area. Materials to be
reviewed shall include textbooks, reports, survey maps, aerial
photographs, articles and other international journals.
5.4.2 Reconnaissance Survey:
A reconnaissance survey shall be undertaken to familiarize the EIA Team

with the proposed project area. This will help them in the concept design
of field research execution.
10
5.4.3 EIA Study Consultation Programme:
Consultations shall be carried out throughout the project lifecycle with all
stakeholders. The Stakeholders shall include but not limited to the
following:
• Federal Ministry of Environment
• Federal Ministry of Agriculture, and Rural Development
• Akwa Ibom State Government
• Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environmental and Mineral Resources
(AKMEMR)
• Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Lands and Housing
• Affected Local Government Areas (namely Ibeno, Eket, Onna,
Mkpat Enin and Ikot Abasi)
• Project Affected Persons (PAPs)
• Community Based Organizations
• RUSAL (Alscon Smelter Plant)
• Ibom Power (responsible for Akwa Ibom State Eket - Ikot Abasi
132kV transmission line)
• Non-Governmental Organizations
5.4.4 Fieldwork Activities/Laboratory Analysis:
Fieldwork activities (which shall be for two seasons i.e. wet and dry
seasons), and Laboratory analysis shall be carried out to verify data
gathered from literature review and to collect additional data to fill
information gaps. All positions for sampling shall be referenced to the
geographical coordinates. The activities (see Section 5.6) shall be carried
out in accordance with the FMENV, World Bank, ADB, and other
international standards and guidelines. Field sampling methods and
laboratory procedures shall be consistent with established and standard
methodologies (ASTM, APHA, and USEPA).
The fieldwork plan shall be:

i) Approved by the Chemistry, Resettlement and Environment
Division of PHCN.
ii) Supervised by the Chemistry, Resettlement and Environment
Division of PHCN.
5.4.5 Potential and Associated Impact Analysis:
Potential and associated impact identification and evaluation will be

carried out using a methodology that is applicable, verifiable, specific and
quantifiable (such as the ISO 14001 standard and Hazards and Effect
Management Process - HEMP).
11
The ‘Strength of Relationship Matrix Approach, Risk Assessment Matrix
(RAM) methods and other methods
that define numerically the degree of interdependence of the various
environmental parameters to be considered could be used in the overall
assessment of impacts. The impact evaluation results shall form the basis
for developing the EMP for the proposed project.
5.5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The EIA shall document a clear description of the proposed 58km QIT -
Ikot Abasi transmission line and associated substation project in a manner
comprehensible to all stakeholders. Specifically the factors to be
considered and described shall include but not limited to:
• Description of project location and geographical scale

• Description of transmission line design basis, design parameters,
specifications, criteria and technology
• Description of construction materials, energy requirement,
construction/installation facilities and equipment
• Description of operations and maintenance facilities and equipment
• Description and analysis of project environmental risks and
hazards
• Description of contingency plans and emergency response
philosophy
• Description of project risk and hazard management philosophy
• Description of project schedule
5.6 DESCRIPTION OF SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS
The description of the project area environmental baseline conditions shall

include but not limited to:
5.6.1 Physical Characteristic:
Climate/meteorology
• Temperature
• Rainfall
• Sunshine
• Cloudiness
• Wind speed
• Wind direction
12
• Seasonal variation and extreme microclimates and determining
factors.
Air Quality
• Ambient air pollution: NO, NO2, SO2, H2S, CH4, VOC, particulates,
temperature
• Inversion potential
Noise
• Ambient Noise Levels

• Noise sources
• Proximity of human and ecological habitats to noise sources
Sediment Studies
• Physico-chemical: pH, total hydrocarbon content, electrical

conductivity, redox potentials, particle size, aliphatic hydrocarbons,
aromatic hydrocarbons, etc
• Sediment microbiology: hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria, total
heterotrophic bacteria, etc
• Metals: Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, Ag, Pb, Ni, Cd, Cr, Co, Ca, Mg, K, Na, Ba
• Hydrobiology: benthic macrofauna
Water Studies
• Water Physico-chemical: Total dissolved solids, turbidity, chemical

oxygen demand, oil and grease, chloride, phenols, nitrate, sulfate,
pH, temperature, conductivity, phenols, salinity, dissolved oxygen,
redox potential
• Water microbiology: Total heterotrophic bacteria, hydrocarbon
utilizing bacteria, etc
• Metals: Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, Ag, Mi, Cd, Pb, Cr, Ca, Mg, K, Na
• Hydrobiology: phytoplankton and zooplankton
• Aquatic Ecosystem Sensitivity
• Economic importance of aquatic ecosystem.
Soil Studies
• Soil Physico-chemical: pH, total hydrocarbon content, electrical

conductivity, redox potentials, particle size, aliphatic hydrocarbons,
aromatic hydrocarbons, etc
13
• Soil microbiology: hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria, total heterotrophic
bacteria, etc
• Soil morphological characterization
• Land use description
• Agriculture
• Land route/access.
Geology/Hydrogeology
• Description of principal rock types

• Identification of rock sequence
• Identification of activities likely to cause subsidence
• Identification of ground water types
• Determination of flow direction
• Determination of aquifer level
Oceanographic
• Waves, tides, current, speed, water masses, sea water

temperature, surface water
• Water depth, topography
5.6.2 Natural and Archaeological Characteristics
Protected and restricted areas
• Archeological interest
• Parks, designated area of environmental/amenity value
• Nature reserves
• Heritage sites
• Restricted areas (shrines)
Biotopes
• Open waters
• Estuaries
• Shorelines
5.6.3 Biological Characteristics
Biota:
• Fisheries resources
• Plankton
14
• Benthic Communities
• Littoral communities
• Birds
• Aquatic habitats and potentials for disturbance
• Seasonal restriction due to breeding, migration or spawning etc.
• Population of rare, unique and endangered species.
Land Use and Agriculture
• Land use description

• Agriculture
• Land route/access.
Wildlife/Forestry
• Identification of wildlife species

• Estimation of wildlife species population
• Identification of wildlife species behavioral patterns and habitat
requirements
• Identification of economic species
• Identification of protected trees
5.6.4 Social Characteristics
Socio – Cultural
• Cultural and/or religious issues

• Traditional fishing rights, customs etc.
Population
• Demographic: Description of population distribution, main centers

urban/rural split
• Communities, social organization etc.
• Education/Health Services and Infrastructure, disease vectors, etc.
• Key stakeholders that are likely to be interested in the project
Socio – Economics
• Means of livelihood, economic base

• Description of settlement and man made features
• Description of economic and historical sites
• Description of income distribution
15
• Description of transportation system
• Description of tourism and recreational facilities
• Description of social organizations and institutions
• Description of occupation and employment structure
• Description of host community health status and facilities
• Description of project health risks
• Description of community health needs and concerns of host
communities.
5.6.5 Waste Inventory
• Waste generation
• Disposal systems
• Waste management plan
6.0 ASSESSMENT OF ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS
The identification and evaluation of associated and potential impacts shall

be carried out in accordance with the following standard methodology.
• Identification of Impact Sources – Check List

• Identification of Impact Indicators – Check List
• Prediction of impact magnitude
• Evaluation of importance of environmental components –
consensus of opinions
• Evaluation of impacts – “The Strength of Relationship Matrix”
• Evaluation of Impacts - “Risk Assessment Matrix”
• Identification of mitigation measures, avoidance/
elimination/minimization and enhancement strategies.
The associated and potential impact of the proposed transmission line

shall be described for the various phases of the project and with particular
reference to construction project activities as follows:
• Impacts resulting from project location/siting

• Impacts resulting from project construction activities
• Impacts resulting from project operation activities
• Impacts resulting from project abandonment.
The impacts shall further be classified as:
• Incremental, Cumulative and Residual Impact

16
• Adverse and Beneficial Impacts
• Short Term or Long Term Impacts
• Normal or Abnormal Impacts
• Temporary (Reversible) or Permanent (Irreversible) Impacts
• Direct or Indirect Impacts
• Impacts associated with project risks and hazards
Where impacts are uncertain, the uncertainty will be made explicit and in
this respect, risk assessment method will be applied.
7.0 IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES AND ALTERNATIVES
All negative impacts identified shall be considered for mitigation and

control through preventive and mitigation measures. These measures
shall be incorporated in the proposed development to minimize or
completely eliminate the key negative impacts. Some of the measures will
include:
• Emergency response and waste management procedures

• Pollution abatement/procedures at all times (construction,
operations and maintenance)
• Environmental and Social awareness programmes for construction
and operation staff
• Practical measures for rehabilitation to impaired features after
project construction
• Proposal of changes in schedule of associated activities
• HIV/AIDS awareness programme for construction, operation
staff/project recipient population/communities.
Where the effectiveness of mitigation measures is uncertain, or depends

on assumptions about operational procedures, monitoring programmes or
management procedure will be defined. Otherwise, the following
alternatives will be considered:
• No project option
• Alternative routes
8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
An EMP developed for the project shall be integrated into the EIA
report. The EMP shall clearly specify guidelines to ensure
conformity with the project implementation procedure, practices and
recommendations outlined in the EIA reports.
17
The Plan shall as a minimum include the following:
• Guidelines for ensuring conformity of detailed design with concept

design
• Guidelines for ensuring conformance of constructions/installation
activities with specified standard practices and philosophies
• Guidelines for ensuring conformance to operational and
maintenance activities with specified standard practices and
philosophies
• Guidelines for personnel and assignment of responsibilities and
accountabilities
• Guidelines on procedures for dealing with changes and
modification of project
• Guidelines for implementation programme
• Guidelines for contingency plan
• Guidelines for waste management plan
• Guidelines for inspection, auditing and monitoring of all phases of
project
• Guidelines for decommissioning and abandonment of project and
remediation plan after decommissioning.
9.0 CONSULTATIONS
9.1 CONSULTATIONS WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES AND OTHER

STAKEHOLDERS:
Throughout the duration of the project, an effective communications with

regulatory agencies at the Federal, State and Local Government levels on
the proposed transmission line shall be maintained.
The Stakeholders shall include the following:
• Akwa Ibom State Government

• Federal Ministry of Environment
• Federal Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Natural Resources
• Ministry of Lands and Survey (Federal and State)
• Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Environment and Mineral Resources
• Ibeno Local Government
• Eket Local Government
• Onna Local Government
• Mkpat Enin Local Government
18
• Ikot Abasi Local Government
• Community Based Organizations
• Non-Governmental Organizations.
This Consultation is aimed at:
• Addressing issues promptly to avoid conflict

• Building consensus on potential impacts identified and proffering
mitigation measures before the project gets underway.
• Avoid any misunderstanding about the development
• Ensure that any apprehension and fears about the project, nature,
scale and impact of the operation have been addressed.
9.2 EIA PUBLIC FORUM
• A Public Forum involving all stakeholders shall be organized in or

close to the project site so as to acquaint them with the project.
This shall be in conjunction with the EIA Consultant.
• Comments and recommendations made by stakeholders at the
Public Forum shall be incorporated into the project EIA report.
9.3 EIA PANEL REVIEW
• The EIA Consultant shall on behalf of PHCN present (with the aid
of audio-visual) and defend EIA draft report at the FMENV’s EIA
Panel Review Meeting.
10.0 MONITORING PLAN
This shall be carried out to provide specific information on the

characteristics and functioning of environmental and social variables in
space and time.
11.0 DELIVERABLES / DOCUMENTATION
The deliverables shall be reports written and produced in accordance with

the FMENV (EIA) report writing standards.
The Reports shall be produced in phases indicated below:

19
• Field Report
Two (2No) copies of each of the wet and dry seasons’ field
observations report shall be submitted by the EIA Consultant. This
will fill data gaps identified during desktop study/literature review. It
will include safety/quality assurance method, sampling method,
preservation methods, data of in-situ analysis and equipment etc.
• Initial Draft EIA Report
Two (2No) hard copies and one (1No) electronic copy of the initial
draft EIA shall be submitted by the EIA Consultant for PHCN
review.
Thereafter, twenty (20No) hard copies and one (1No) electronic
copy shall be submitted for FMENV Panel Review.
• Draft Final EIA Report
Two draft final EIA reports addressing all comments/observations

raised on the draft EIA report by the FMENV and other
stakeholders shall be submitted by the EIA Consultant for vetting.
• Final EIA Report
Two (2No) electronic copies and forty (40No) hard copies of the
final EIA reports shall be submitted for certification purpose.
12.0 CONCLUSION
A detailed description of the scope of work for the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) study of the proposed QIT - Ikot Abasi transmission line
has been covered in this Terms of Reference (ToR) prepared by Power
Holding Company of Nigeria (PHCN). The EIA work scope considered the
existing laws, guidelines and standards on which the project shall be
carried out. The key result of the EIA will be used as a basis of
communication to obtain relevant approvals and to obtain productive
interaction with the public.
Consequently, PHCN believes that the adoption of this ToR shall enhance
early commencement of the EIA study as well as the execution of the
proposed transmission line, which will be of collective benefit to the
Stakeholders.
20
REFERENCES:
African Development Bank. 2001. ‘Environmental and Social Assessment

Procedures: Public Sector Operations of the African Development Bank.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency, the Presidency, Abuja, 1995

‘Environmental Impact Assessment Procedural Guidelines’.
Federal Government of Nigeria Decree No 24 of 1972. ‘Establishment of

NEPA’
Federal Republic of Nigeria (1977). ‘Atlas of the Federal Republic of Nigeria’.
Federal Government of Nigeria, 1978. ‘Land Use Decree 1978’ (amended in

1990)
Federal Government of Nigeria, 1992. ‘National Environmental Impact

Assessment Decree No. 86’.
Federal Government of Nigeria, 2005. ‘Electric Power Sector Reform Act 2005’
FORMECU (1998). ‘Vegetation and Land Use Changes in Nigeria.’
Government of Nigeria, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development;

Federal Department of Forestry (1977). ‘Vegetable and Land Use data
compiled on Side Looking Airborne Radar’.
World Bank Operational Policies (OP 4.01) 1996. “Environmental Assessment

Sourcebook Update – Environmental Assessment”
21
APPENDIX 3.1
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
In general the PHCN Standard applies for the Transmission line and is herein referred to.
The following Standards are excerpts from the PHCN standards:
Quality Assurance and Safety

• Local Norms, Rules and Regulations for Health, Safety and Environmental Protection;
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for Petroleum Industry in Nigeria, Ministry of
Petroleum Resources- "Revised Edition 2002";
• Workmen’s Compensation Decree/1987;
• Electrical Regulations/1988.
• Land Use act of 1998
• Power Reform Decree of 2005
• BS EN ISO 9001 Quality System – Model for Quality Assurance in Design,

Development, Production, Installation and Servicing Safety Management
• OHSAS18001:2007 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems
Requirements;
• ISO9001:2008 Quality management systems: Requirements
• ISO14001:2004 Environmental management systems: Requirements with
guidance for use;
• ICAO Internationcal Civil Aviation Organisation Annex 14
Civil
• ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
• ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
• ACI Committee 543 title no. 70-50 1974 “Recommendations for Design,
Manufacture, and Installation of Concrete Piles”.
• BS 4-1 1993 Structural steel sections. Part 1. Specification for hot rolled sections
• BS 12 1996 Specification for Portland cement
• BS 410-1 2000 Test sieves –Technical requirements and testing Part 1- Test
sieves of metal wire cloth, Part 2- Test sieves of perforated metal plate
• BS 812 Part 100 Testing aggregates, General requirements for apparatus and
calibration, Part 101 Guide to sampling and testing aggregates, Part 103.1 Sieve tests,
Part 103.2- Sedimentation tests, 105.1 Flakiness index, 105.2 Elongation index of
coarse aggregate, Part 106 Determination of shell content , Part 109 Determination of
moisture content, Part 110, Determination of aggregate crushing value, Part 111- Ten
percent fines value, Part 112- Aggregate impact value, Part 113- Aggregate abrasion
value, Part 117- Water soluble chloride salts, Part 118- Determination of sulphate
content, Part 119- Determination of acid soluble material in fine aggregate. Part 120-
Drying Shrinkage , Part 121- Determination of soundness, Part 123-Determination of
alkali silica reactivity, Part 2, Determination of density.
• BS 882 Specification for aggregates from natural sources for concrete
• BS 1014 Pigments for Portland cement and Portland cement products
Appendix 3.1 Final Draft Report Page 1 of 5

July, 2012
• BS 1139-1.2 Metal scaffolding Part 1-Tubes, Aluminium tube, Part 2, Couplers,

Specification for steel and aluminium couplers, fittings and accessories for use in
tubular scaffolding, Part 4, Prefabricated steel splithears and trestles
• BS 1881 All Parts Testing concrete, Method of sampling fresh concrete on site
• BS 3416 Bitumen based coatings for cold application suitable for use in contact
with potable water
• BS 4027 Sulphate resisting Portland cement
• BS 4483 Steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete
• BS 5075-2 Concrete admixtures- for air entraining admixtures
• BS 5328 Concrete Part 1- Guide to specifying concrete, Part 2- Methods for
specifying concrete mixes, Part 3- Procedures to be used in producing and transporting
concrete, Part 4- Procedures to be used in sampling, testing and assessing compliance
of concrete.
• BS 5390 Code of practice for site investigations
• BS 8004 Code of Practise for Foundations
• BS 8110 Structural use of concrete Part 1 ,Part 2 and Part 3.
• BS 8666 Specification for scheduling , dimensioning , bending and cutting of steel
reinforcement for concrete.
Mechanical
• ANSI B18.21.1 Lock Washers
• ANSI B18.5.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws
• ANSI B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts
• ASCE Manual 10-90 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers
• ASTM-A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on
products fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Bars and Strip
• ASTM-A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and
Steel Hardware
• ASTM-A572 Standard Specification for High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-
Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality
• ASTM-A325 Standard Specification for High Strength bolts for Structural Steel
Joints, including Suitable Nuts and Plain Hardened Washers
• ISO 898-1 Mechanical properties of fasterners, Bolts Screws and
Studs
• ISO 630- Structural Steel-plates, wide flats,bars, sections and
profiles.
• ISO 7411- Hexagoanl bolts for high strength structural bolting with large
widths across flats
• ISO 657-5, Hot rolled structural steel sections equal and unequal leg
angles
• ISO 7452- Hot rolled structural steel tolerances on dimensions and
shapes
• ASTM-A394 Standard Specification for Galvanized Steel Transmission Tower
Bolts and Nuts

July, 2012
• BS 4 Part 1 Structural Steel Sections, Hot Rolled Sections

• BS 729 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles
• BS 1856 General Requirements for the Metal-Arc Welding of Mild
Steel
• BS 2642 General Requirements for the Arc Welding of Carbon Manganese
Steel
• BS 4360 Weld able Structural Steel
• IEC 61284 Overhead lines- requirements and test for fittings.
• BS 729 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles.
• BS EN 1481 Hot dip galvanized coating on fabricated iron and steel articles ,
specification and test method.
Electrical
• IEC 270 Partial Discharge Measurements
• IEC 61232 Aluminium-Clad Steel wires for Electrical Purposes.
• IEC 60121 Recommendation for commercial annealed aluminium electrical
conductor wire
• IEC 61089 Round wire concentric lay overhead electrical stranded
conductors.
• IEC 60889 Hard drawn aluminium wire for overhead line conductors
• IEC 61394 Characteristics of greases of aluminium, aluminium alloy and steel
bare conductors.
• IEC 61395 Overhead electrical conductors - Creep test procedures for
stranded conductors
• IEC 60270 High voltage techniques- Partial Discharge Measurements.
• IEC 61897 Overhead lines - Requirements and tests for Stockbridge type
aeolian vibration dampers
• IEC 61894 Overhead lines - Requirements and tests for spacers
• IEC /TR 62263 Guidelines for installation and maintenance of optical fibre
cables
• IEC 60793 Measurement and test procedures Part 1
• IEC 60794 Optical Fibres Part 1-2, General Specification
• IEC 1232 Aluminium Clad Steel Wire for Electrical purpose
• IEC 60874 Part 0-2 Connector for optical fibres and cables
• IEC 60120 Recommendations for Ball and Socket Couplings of String
Insulator Units.
• IEC-60383-1 Insulators for overhead lines with a nominal voltage greater than
1000V. Ceramic or Glass units for ac systems acceptance criteria.
• IEC-60383-2- Insulators for overhead lines with a nominal voltage greater than
1000V. Insulator strings and insulator sets for ac systems test methods and
acceptance criteria.
• IEC-60071-2- Insulation Coordination Part 2. Application guide

July, 2012
• IEC 60591 Sampling rules and acceptance criteria when applying statistical
control methods for mechanical and electromechanical tests on insulators of ceramic
material or glass for overhead lines with a nominal voltage greater than 1000V.
• IEC-60437 Radio Interference Test on High Voltage Insulators.
• IEC 61467- Insulators for overhead lines with nominal voltage greater than
1kV, power arc test on insulators sets
• IEC 60575- Thermal mechanical performance test and mechanical
performance test on string insulator units
• IEC 60270- Partial discharge measurements
• IEC-60305 Insulators for overhead lines with a nominal voltage above 1kV-
Cermaic or glass insulators for ac systems- characteristics of insulators units of cap and
pin type.
• IEC /TR 62263 Guidelines for installation and maintenance of optical fibre cables
• IEC 60793 Measurement and test procedures Part 1
• IEC 60794 Optical Fibres Part 1-2, General Specification
• IEC 1232 Aluminium Clad Steel Wire for Electrical purpose
• IEC 61284 Overhead lines- requirements and test for fittings.
• IEC 60372 Locking device for ball and socket couplings of string
insulator units.
• IEC 60672 Specification for ceramic and glass insulating material
• IEC 60874 Part 0-2 Connector for optical fibres and cables
• IEC 61211 Insulator of ceramic or glass for overhead lines with a nominal
voltage greater than 1000V-Puncture testing
• BS 215 Part 1 & 2 Aluminum stranded conductors, steel reinforced
• BS 3288 Insulator and conductor fittings for overhead power lines.
• BS 729 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles.
• BS 443 Specification for zinc coatings on steel wire and for quality
requirements
• BS 183 General purpose galvanized steel wire
• BS 1559 Reels and drums for bare conductors
• BS-137 Insulators of Ceramic Material or Glass for Overhead Lines with a
nominal voltage greater than 1000 V.
• BS 3288 Part 1- Part 4. Performance and general requirements for insulators and
conductor erhead power lines.
• BS EN ISO1461 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel
articles Specifications and test methods
• BS EN 50189 Conductors and overhead lines — Zinc coated
• BS EN 1481 Hot dip galvanized coating on fabricated iron and steel articles ,
specification and test method.
• IEEE Std 524-1980 Guide to installation of overhead Transmission line
conductors
• IEEE 31TP65-156 Standardization of Conductor Vibration Measurements.
• IEEE 1138 Standard construction of composite fibre optic ground wire
• IEEE 812 Standard fibre optics , Definition of terms

July, 2012
• IEEE 524a-1993- IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of

Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
• TU TG 652 & 654 Characteristics of single mode optical fibre and cable
• IEEE 1138 Standard construction of composite fibre optic ground wire
• IEEE 812 Standard fibre optics , Definition of terms
• ITU TG 652 & 654 Characteristics of single mode optical fibre and cable

July, 2012
APPENDIX 4.1
STUDY METHODOLOGY

STUDY METHODOLOGY
1.1 General
FNL adopted a QHSE management system approach in executing the field data
gathering campaign. This approach assured that the required data and samples
were collected in accordance with agreed requirements (contractual, scientific and
regulatory) using the best available equipment, materials and personnel. The
approach also assured that the safety and health of personnel, public,
environment and assets were not compromised at any time. The following sections
outline the methodology and procedures employed in the ecological data gathering
and descriptions of laboratory analytical methods as well as the detection limits for
the various parameters analysed. Also presented, is an overview of the general
QHSE plan adopted for field data gathering exercise.
1.2 Methodology
The methods employed during the field data gathering campaign was
accomplished in line with the requirements of THE Federal Ministry of Environment
(FMENV), and other requirements of various international bodies which include
sampling and analysis methods of the American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM), United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and American
Public Health Association (APHA).
The main objective of the field data acquisition was to establish the physical,
chemical and biological status of the surface water, soil, sediment as well as the
air quality characteristics of the study area through visual observations,
measurements and laboratory testing and analyses.
1.3 Study Team

The field data gathering campaign for the first season (wet) was carried out
between 4th and 14th, August, 2011. The study team comprised of FNL personnel
who are experts in areas such as biodiversity and wildlife, socio-economic,
chemistry, geology, and engineering. Also parts of the study team were
representatives of PHCN E&R Division, and staff of ILF Engineers. The team
members and their responsibilities are presented in Table 1.1:
Table 1.1: Study Team

S/N Name - -- - - - --
Designation Responsibilities
FNL Field Team
Team leader, field data collection/QHSE
1 Mr. Kaine Edike Ecologist and instrumentation
Air quality/Noise Measurements and
2 Mr. Daniel Joel Lab. Technologist instrumentation.
Water/sediment and plankton/benthos
3. Benard Obi Field Sampler collection
4. Celestine Etim Field Sampler Soil Collection / In-situ measurements
3 Dr Godfrey Akani Vegetation and wildlife Biodiversity data collection
4 Prof. Ini Akpabio Socio-economics Socio-economic/health survey
Compliance supervision (PHCN)
1 Mrs I B A Ruskin PHCN-CR&E Client Coordinator/supervision
2 Mrs B E Olubalusi PHCN CR&E supervision
ILF Engineers Staff
1Mr. Aniefiok Isang Community Relations Observer
FNL equipment/materials used during the sampling activities are presented in

Table 1.2 below:

July, 2012
Table 1.2: Field Data Collection Equipment/Materials

Equipments / Materials Uses
Digital camera Photographs
Plastic basins Collection of sediment samples
Sieve (1.0mm) Sieving for benthic organisms
WTW Multi-Meter Measurement of samples pH
Coolers Storage of samples
GPS (Garmin 60xMaps) Determination of co-ordinates / positioning
Soil colour chart Description of sediment / soil
Hand augering set Soil Sampling
2L plastic bottles Collection of water for physico-chemistry
1L glass bottles Collection of water for hydrocarbon
500ml plastic Collection of filtered water for zoo/phytoplankton
500ml plastic Collection of sieved sediment for benthos
200ml glass Collection of water for microbiology
1L sampling bottles Collection of water for heavy metals
Collection of sediment/soil for physico -chemistry/heavy
Sampling bags
metals
60ml plastic containers Collection of sediment/soil samples for microbiology
100ml glass containers Collection of sediment/soil samples for THC
PPE (coverall, hard hat and safety shoe.) Sampling activities, protection for field personnel
Markers/masking tapes Identification of sample ID
Labels Identification of sample ID
Notebooks and biros Data / Information logging
Forms (daily project update form, chain of Quality control
custody form and incident/hazard form)
Sulphuric acid
Nitric acid Preservation of samples
10% Formaldehyde
Conductivity/pH/redox standards Quality control
Aerocet 531 particulate meter SPM measurement
Ogawa Passive Samplers SOX, NOX measurments
Pulsar II Digital Sound Level Meter Noise measurement
Portassen II Gas Analyser Air quality measurement (CO, COX, etc)
Disposable hand gloves Use when handling chemicals
25ml beaker/250ml beaker Insitu analysis
100ml volumetric flask, pipettes: 10ml, 5ml Insitu analysis
Distilled water Insitu analysis/QC
Scoop and hand trowel Soil/sediment samples collection
Eckman grab Collection of sediment samples
First aid box Emergency treatment
Plankton net Zoo / Phyto Plankton
Serviette Tool cleaning
1.4 Sampling Design

Field data gathering was designed to representatively cover the ROW of the line.
Soil sample stations were established to ensure the major soil types that
characterise the area were adequately covered. Also, surface water and sediment
sampling as well as hydro-biological studies were carried out along the surface
water stations while air quality/noise stations were distributed to ensure the entire
area is representatively covered. Further, socioeconomic survey is still in progress
and expected to cover affected communities along the line in five local government
areas (LGA) in Ibeno, Eket, Onna, Mkapat Enin and Ikot Abasi.
On the whole, the following sample requirements were established:

• Sampling obtained from 23 (23) soil stations (O-15cm and 15-30cm);
• Surface water/sediment sampling in five (5) stations;
• Air quality measurement in ten (10) stations;
• Noise level measurement in ten (10) stations; and
• Vegetation / Wildlife studies in six (6) transects

July, 2012
The coordinates of sample stations, sample types is presented in Table 1.3.
Table 1.3: Sampling Stations, Co-ordinates and Requirements

Sample
X Y
Station Sampling Requirements
Soil, air quality, surface water, sediments,
SS1 8.017689 4.5547 plankton, benthos, and vegetation / wildlife
SS2 8.014047 4.574551 Soil
SS3 8.00702 4.580751 planktons and benthos
SS4 7.975522 4.593437 Soil
SS5 7.951704 4.601806 Soil
SS6 7.929443 4.605578 plankton, benthos and vegetation / wildlife
SS7 7.903185 4.610608 Soil
SS8 7.877946 4.608265 Soil
SS9 7.855727 4.605624 Soil
SS10 7.830177 4.602537 Soil, air quality, and vegetation / wildlife
SS11 7.804106 4.599754 Soil
SS12 7.781543 4.597345 Soil
SS13 7.755541 4.594568 Soil, air quality
SS14 7.73346 4.592209 Soil
SS15 7.707511 4.589435 Soil
SS 16 7.685672 4.5871 Soil, air quality, and vegetation / wildlife
SS17 7.660048 4.58436 Soil
SS18 7.634816 4.58166 Soil, air quality
SS19 7.606547 4.570064 plankton and benthos
SS20 7.591482 4.565826 plankton and benthos
SS21 7.581876 4.565826 Soil
SS22 8.017601 4.55901 Soil
SS23 7.578101 4.566132 Soil, air quality, and vegetation / wildlife
The spatial distribution of sample stations within the lease is presented in Figure 1.1.

July, 2012
Figure 1.1: Spatial Distribution of Sample Stations

July, 2012
1.5 Mobilisation to Field

Conversations were held between PHCN/ILF and FNL to conclude the work plan and
best approach and also to ensure that all sampling requirements and logistics have
been properly met by the team. Meetings extensively covered aspects on safety and
project description, project objectives, and sampling approach.
Thereafter, Job hazard analysis (JHA), consultation with the host communities (still on-
going), site verification was carried out by FNL team before mobilisation from FNL
office in Port Harcourt to study area in Akwa Ibom state.
Project kick off / HSE meeting was held on the 3rd August, 2011 at Darrel hotels, Eket
which had FNL field team (survey and EIA) and representative of PHCN, MPN and ILF
in attendance. Everyone present was briefed on appropriate safety measures and
work procedures for the various field activities. This was to familiarize the study team
on the need to be safety conscious while at work.
1.6 Staking/Geo-referencing
Twenty three (23 sampling stations were designated for the collection of ecological
samples across the proposed project area and environs. Summary of activities and
amount of ecological data collected during the sampling exercise is presented on
Table 1.4
Table 1.4: Summary of Ecological Data Obtained

Parameter Sample Number Sample Stations
Soil 23 (0-15 & 15-30cm) All Stations
Surface water 5 SS1, SS 3, SS 6, SS 19 & SS 20
Sediment 5 SS1, SS 3, SS 6, SS 19 & SS 20
Plankton 5 SS1, SS 3, SS 6, SS 19 & SS 20
Benthos 5 SS1, SS 3, SS 6, SS 19 & SS 20
Air Quality Measurement SS1, SS 3, SS 6, SS 10, SS 13, SS
Stations - 10 16, SS 18, SS 19, SS 20 & SS 23
Vegetation / wildlife Transects - 6 SS1, SS 6, SS 10, SS13, SS 16, &
SS 23
1.7 In-situ Measurements

In other to ascertain the actual readings of the parameters taken on the field, in-situ
measurements were taken for soil, water, sediment, and ambient air quality.
Specifically Ogawa passive samplers (SOx, NO2, NH3 and NOx) were installed and
retrieved after a 30day period along the line for both wet season and dry season .
1.8 Sample Preservation

As part of FNL preservative measures, immediately after sampling, each sample was
properly labeled, arranged and preserved in accordance with FNL work instructions.
The detailed sample handling procedures as contained in FNL work instruction (WI01)
is presented in Table 1.5.

July, 2012
Table 1.5: Method of Storage and Preservation of Samples

Soil / Sediments
Minimum Sample Container
Parameter Volume Container Preservative Pre-treatment
Record
observation on
General Appearance,
site in a note book - - -
Colour, Odour, Depth,
using relevant
charts.
Metals (, Cu, Zn, Ag, Pb,
Ni, Cd, , Mg, K, Na, Ba,
1.0L Plastic Ice below 0°C Rinsed with HNO 3
Mn, Fe, , Cr, Co, Ca, ,
As, Hg, V)
Physico-chemical
(%TOC, pH, Sulphate,
Conductivity, Particle Rinsed with distilled
2.0L Plastic Cool below 0°C
size, Nitrate, redox water
potential, PAH,EC,
Moisture content)
TPH (Total phosphorous Glass Rinsed with distilled
and hydrocarbon) 200ml Cool below 0°C water
Microbiology (HUB, HUF,
THF, THB) 60ml Plastic Cool below 0°C Sterilized
Water Samples
Parameter Volume Container Preservative Pre-Treatment
DO, salinity, Turbidity,
Conductivity, Insitu
- - -
Temperature, TDS, Ph, Measurements
BOD chloride
Metals (Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, Add 2ml conc.
Ag, Pb, Ni, Cd, Cr, Co, 1.0L Plastic HNO3 & cool, 4oC Rinsed with 1+1HNO3
Ca, Mg, K, Na) ± 2oC
o o
Cool, 4 C ± 2 C Rinsed with distilled
1000ml Glass bottle
TPH - water
Wide o o
Microbiology (HUB, HUF, Cool, 4 C ± 2 C
200ml mouthed Sterilized
THF, THB)
glass bottles
Air and Noise Studies
Parameter Volume Container Preservative Pre-Treatment
NO2, SO2, CO, H2S, CH4,
VOC, particulates, Insitu
- - -
temperature, wind speed, Measurements
wind direction. Noise
2.0 FIELD WORK ACTIVITIES

Sample collection was done in line with recommended procedures and practices for
environmental data collection in Nigeria. The sampling procedures for each parameter
and observation made are discussed in the following sub-sections.
2.1 Soil Samples

Using a hand auger (Figure 1.2) soil samples were collected from the different
sampling points for laboratory analysis. In other to ensure optimum result, soil
samples of not less than 500g were collected from 0-15cm and 15-30cm. Samples for
physico-chemical analysis were collected and placed in polyethylene bags, those for
microbiology analysis where collected in 100ml sterilized plastic bottles, while samples
for hydrocarbon analysis were collected in 100ml screw-capped glass bottles.

July, 2012
Figure 1.2: Soil Sample Collection
2.2 Surface Water Samples

Surface water sampling was carried out by collecting water samples from designated
surface water bodies along the transmission line using a beaker. The beaker was
lowered into the river, in order to collect surface water samples. Water samples were
transferred directly into various ampoules for preservation and subsequent analysis.
In-situ analyses were immediately carried out to determine the following parameters
with short holding time; pH, redox potential, temperature, turbidity, conductivity, total
dissolved solids and dissolved oxygen. Water samples for heavy metal analysis were
collected in 2ml plastic bottles and acidified with 10% HNO3.
Figure 1.3: Surface Water Collection

In-situ analyses for pH and redox potential were determined using a multi meter
logger. Temperature, dissolved oxygen (DO), turbidity, conductivity, salinity and total
dissolved solids were measured by attaching the probe of corresponding meter to
samples.
Groundwater samples were earlier proposed to be taken, boreholes to be installed by

the geotechnical investigations. There were no groundwater wells encountered along
the line or in close proximity to the ROW.

July, 2012
Hydrobiology
Zooplankton
Zooplankton samples were collected by
lowering plankton net of mesh size of 0.063
mm to an approximate depth of 1 m – 2 m
below surface water and pulled vertically on
to the surface of the river for collection of
samples. A weight (iron rod) was attached
to the cord holding the net.
Figure 1.4: Zooplankton Collection
After each drag, zooplankton were collected using labeled wide mouth plastic
containers and preserved with 10% buffered formalin, the net was thoroughly washed
so that particles adhering to the net was washed into the collecting bottle for analysis.
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton sample collection was done by lowering the plankton net to about 0.5m
on the water surface and towed (horizontally) on the waterway at a speed of about
1.5knots per hour for 5 minutes. The phytoplankton samples were collected in clearly
labeled containers and preserved in Lugol's iodine solution.
Figure 1.5: Phytoplankton Collection
2.3 Sediment
Sediment samples from the project
area were carried out in five
corresponding surface water sampling
stations in the area. Standard practice
using an Eckman grab was employed.
Figure 1.6: Eckman Grab

July, 2012
The top surface of sediment was collected in a plastic basin and homogenized for the
analysis of physico-chemical parameters, organics, Polyaromatic hydrocarbon (PAH),
micro-biology and heavy metals.
Samples for physico-chemical analyses were collected in polythene bags and stored
for the analysis of particle size, total organic matter, total extractable matter, trace
metals, total phosphorous and hydrocarbon. The sediment samples for microbial
analyses were collected in a sterile McCartney bottles. The samples were stored in
coolers containing ice block while residual sediment were washed for benthos.
After each sampling, the grab sampler was washed thoroughly with water from the
river to remove adhering particles prior to each sampling. Results of the
physicochemical analysis will be documented in the draft report. Detailed laboratory
analyses of all samples are discussed fully in the EIA report.
2.4 Benthic Macrofauna

A pragmatic approach was taken in acquiring benthic macro fauna samples, as
benthos were obtained by washing residual sediment samples through a 1 mm-mesh
sieve using water obtained from the beach at the site. This was carried in order not to
destroy the integrity of the benthic organisms. The benthos samples obtained were
placed in a plastic container and preserved in 20% buffered formal saline and stored in
the ice coolers.
Figure 1.7: Benthos Sieving

Washing of the samples commenced as soon as the sediment sample were placed in
containers. After each grab it was ensured that each mesh was properly washed .for
quality assurance.
2.5 Air Quality and Noise Measurements

Measurement of atmospheric gas pollutants (NOx, SOx, CO2, CO, and H2S),
suspended particulate matter, volatile organic compounds as well as noise levels were
carried out in ten sample stations.

July, 2012
Figure 1.8: Installation of Ogawa Passive Samplers
Atmospheric gasses were measured with the aid of portassen air analyser. This
equipment was calibrated and a sensor connected to the equipment, the equipment
was then held at arms length towards the direction of the prevailing wind. The value of
the atmospheric concentrations of each gaseous pollutant was read off directly on the
equipment screen after 10 - 15 minutes.
The sampling protocol entailed washing and drying, assembly of sampler, and loading
with the pre-coated filters. These were carried out in clean areas free from air
contaminants and mounted at strategic positions (10 stations) for 30 days. Thereafter,
the pads were removed and put in a vial containing 8ml of water before transportation
to the laboratory for analysis.
The level of suspended particulate
matter was established using the
Aerocet 53i Particulate Counter. The
equipment was switched on and
exposed to the atmosphere for about 5
minutes the result obtained was read
off from the meter after putting it on.
Figure 1.9: Air Quality Measurements

July, 2012
The amount of volatile organic compound in the atmosphere was measured using a
Phochec meter. The meter has a detachable probe which serves as the sensor and it
is attached to the meter before being placed towards the prevailing wind at arms
length. The result is then read directly from the meter.
The ambient noise level was

measured with the aid of a Pulsar II
Meter. The noise level was coded to
run for 30mins at each sampling
point. The readings were stored in
the memory of the noise meter,
were it will be extracted from a
computer back in the office
Figure 1.10: Noise Measurements
2.6 Vegetation Survey

Qualitative and quantitative features of the vegetation were studied at geo-referenced
sampling points (marking out transects) along the line. Transects were run at five
corresponding sampling stations as required in the approved in the ToR. The
physiognomy and other descriptive vegetation characteristics were taken with standard
methodology. Details of study methodology and results are discussed in the full EIA
report.
Figure 1.11: Vegetation Studies
Sampling points were established at intervals of approximately 10 km, alternating on

the right and left flanks of the proposed route and including, as much as possible, all
vegetation types along the proposed route.
2.7 Wildlife Survey

The standard study methods of structured interviews with hunters, field sightings, bird
calls, animal remains and spur marks were used to identify faunal groups in the study
area. The area appeared undisturbed from outside the forest; however, the noise from
logging activities has driven large animals away. Some reptiles and several insect
groups were sighted. Details of their conservation status and likely impacts of the
projects on these are provided in the full report.

July, 2012
2.8 Consultation / Sensitization

Consultation involves stakeholder/public gathering or meeting where opinions of a
proposed project that may impact on them are discussed and other issues addressed.
Prior to field study, consultation which has been on-going at the local government and
Clan levels for the time being would continue throughout the project life span. The key
objectives of consultation include:
• ensure all communities and all stakeholders are given early and adequate
information on the details of the project;
• obtaining stakeholders approval of the proposed project;
• early identification of issues and concerns in order to avoid delays in project
implementation;
• establishing the trust and co-operation of local communities;
• provide a framework for improving the understanding of the potential impacts of the
proposed project on the socio-economics and biophysical environment;
• capture stakeholders views and concerns as part of the EIA process especially as
it concerns the potential impacts;
• identify alternative sites or designs, and mitigation measures, in order to improve
environmental and social soundness;
• obtaining local knowledge of the area
• increasing project success;
• promoting sustainability; and
• ensuring transparency and increasing accountability.
• establish transparent procedures for carrying out the proposed projects; and
• create accountability and a sense of local ownership during project implementation
thus minimising communities conflicts and project delays that may result thereof.
Stakeholders involved in the Power Transmission Line Project include:
• The host communities (Chiefs, Women’s Group, Youth Council etc):

• Government agencies (FMENV, Akwa Ibom State Ministry for Environment);
• Non- Governmental Organizations (NGOs);
• The general public
Local Governments were chosen according to current political maps in Nigeria. All
affected/relevant LGA's and villages were informed prior to commencement of the
study. Details of consultations carried out for the projects as well as accompanying
evidences are provided in the EIA report (Appendix 4.5).

July, 2012
Consultation at Ikpa Ibom Clan, Mkpat

Enin LGA / Clan Council– 14/07/11.
Consultation at Onna TRC– 13/07/11.
Consultation at Ibeno TRC / Clan

Council– 21/07/11.

July, 2012
Consultation at Afaha-Eket Clan

Council – 08/07/11.
Consultation at Ikpa Ibekwe Clan

Council, Ikot Abasi – 13/07/11.
Figure 3.11: Consultations Sessions
2.9 Socio-economic and health Study

Socio-economic and health assessment involved studying affected host communities
in the six identified LGA (Ibeno, Esit Eket, Eket, Onna, Mkpat Enin and Ikot – Abasi).
Information on socio-economics and community health data was acquired using
household questionnaires as well as other relevant socio-economic and health survey
tools (see EIA report, Appendix 4.6). Key informant interviews and focus group
discussions, physical evaluation of health status as well as consultations with the
various sections of the host communities provided relevant information on socio-
economics and health profile of the area.
3.0 Laboratory Analytical Methods and Procedures

The following subsections present synoptic descriptions of the laboratory analytical
methods for the various physical, chemical and biological parameters of samples
obtained from the study area. The equipment detection limits of parameters analysed
in surface water and sediment samples are also presented.

July, 2012
Conductivity and pH
20.0g of fresh sediment sample was weighed into a 50ml beaker and 20ml of distilled
water added to the beaker. The mixture was thoroughly stirred and allowed to stand for
30 minutes and the Multi-Parameter Water Quality Monitor was then used to measure
the above parameters directly. The APHA 2510A and APHA 4500H +B (for
water) were used for conductivity and pH determinations.
Total Suspended Solid

Total suspended solids content of the water samples was determined with a
membrane filter apparatus, in accordance with APHA 25400. A 100ml aliquot of the
water sample was filtered through dried pre-weighed 0.45f.lm filter paper, through
which clean distilled water not less than 100ml and subsequently passed to remove
salt.
The filter was then oven dried at 105 ± 5°C for one hour. After drying, the filter paper
was cooled and weighed. The difference in filter weights before and after filtering was
used to calculate the TSS.
The TSS content was calculated as follows:
TSS (mg/I) = (A - B)
----------------------------------- x 1000
Sample volume (ml)
Where A = weight of filter paper (mg) + residue (mg)

B = weight of filter paper (mg)
Chemical Oxygen Demand

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) of surface water was determined titrimetrically
according to CAEM. In this method, organic matter was oxidized to carbon dioxide
using acid dichromate as the oxidizing agent and its consumption which is equivalent
to COD concentration was measured by titrating against a standard ferrous ammonium
sulphate solution.
The chemical oxygen demand was calculated as follow:
COD (mgll) = B - S(ml) x titrant molarity x 8 x 1000

-----------------------------------
Volume of sample
B =Titre for Blank

S =Titre for Sample
8 =Atomic mass of Oxygen
1000 =Conversion to litre
Biological Oxygen Demand

BOD5 of surface water was determined in accordance with APHA 5210B. This was
done electro metrically with the OxiTOP BOD instrument in the presence of sodium
hydroxide. Each sample was allowed to attain a temperature of within 2°C of its
incubation temperature (20°C). 95ml of the samples were measured into BOOTrak
sample bottles with channel num!1er tags and magnetic stirrers inserted in each
sample bottle. Test duration of 5 days for the sample was selected from the channel
key. The test was initiated by pressing the channel number and selecting the BOD
range required. The analysis results at the expiration of the set period were reported in
mg/1. At the end of 5 days incubation, the readings were taken from the BOD device

July, 2012
and multiplied by a factor of 20.
Total Organic Carbon in Sediment Samples

TOC was determined following BS 1377 method.
TOC is calculated thus:
Organic Carbon (g/kg) = (meq K2Cr2O7 - meg FeSO4) x0.003 x1000 x1.3
---------------------------------------------------------------
Weight of water free sample (g)
Total Organic Matter (g/kg) = Total organic carbon (g/kg) x 1.729
Where,
meq K2CrO7 = 1N x 10ml
meq FeSO4 = 0.5N x volume of titrant in ml
0.003 = milliequivalent weight of carbon
1.30 = Correction factor
1000 = Conversion factor to kg
Phosphate - Phosphorus
The test method for Phosphate - phosphorus in sediment samples was based on
APHA 4500-PD/CAEM. The Stannous Chloride Reduction Method, based on the
method described in the Chemical Analyses of Ecological Materials (2nd edition), was
applied. Phosphate - phosphorus content of sediment samples was calculated as
follows.
C (mg/I) x Solution Volume (I) x 1000

Phosphate - phosphorus (mg/kg) = ----------------------------------------------------
Aliquot x Sample weight (g)
Where C = mg phosphate obtained from calibration graph using the UV/Visible

spectrometer and Vision software version 3
Volume (ml) of extract used for analyses

AIiquot = -------------------------------------------------------------------
Volume (ml) of extractant used for the extraction
1000 = conversion factor to kg
Nitrate
The USEPA 3521 in combination with the Chemical Analysis of Ecological Matter
(second edition) test methods were used to determine the nitrate content of sediment
samples. N was calculated as follows.
mg (N) from calibration graph

N (mg/kg) = ------------------------------------------------------------ x
1000
Aliquot (ml) x Sample weight (g)
Where the 1000 is the conversion factor to kg

Aliquot = volume of extract used/volume of extractant.

July, 2012
Exchangeable Cations
Exchangeable cations (Mg, Ca, K, and Na) were determined as described by APHA
20th edition 3111 Band ASTM D3561. The concentrations were calculated thus:
Concentration (mg/I) =C x
CxY
---------
X
Where C=concentration of cation determined from calibration curve
Y=final volume. Ml
X=volume of sample, ml
Cd, Zn, Mn, Cu, Cr, Ni and: APHA 3111 B (20th edition)
Ba: ASTM D3651
V: APHA 3111 D (20th edition)
Hg APHA 3112B
Metal concentration of water samples (mg/I) = CxY

---------
X
Where C=concentration of cation determined from calibration curve

Y =Final volume made-up (ml)
X = Sample of volume (ml)
Hg is determined using' APHA 3112B 20ed test method
Hg concentration, ug/l= (A-B)

---------
D
Where A = concentration of mercury in sample, µg/l as determined by AAS (Instrument

Reading)
B = concentration of mercury found in blank, µg/l.
D =. Volume of sample in litres
Heavy Metals in Sediment Samples

Heav'y metal content of sediment samples was determined using Perkin Elmer Atomic
Absorption Spectrophotometer, Model Analyst 200. The sample digestion/preparation
procedure followed is described in ASTM D5198/D3974. AAS measurement of heavy
metal content sediment samples was done following the procedures indicated below.
Cd, Zn, Mn, Fe, Cu, Cr, Ni and: APHA 20th edition 3111 B
Ba: ASTM D3651
V: APHA 20th edition 3111 D
Metal concentration of sediment samples (mg/kg) = (A – B) x C

---------------
D
Where A =Concentration of metal in sample (mg/I) as determined by AAS

B =Concentration of the metal found in blank (mg/I)
C=Volume of extract (ml)
D = Weight of dry sample (g)

July, 2012
Hg: APHA 3112B & ASTM D3223
Mercury (Hg) concentration is determined thus, µg/g = (A - B) C D
Where A = concentration of mercury in sample, µg/ml as determined by AAS

(Instrument reading)
B = concentration of mercury found in blank, µg/ml (Procedural blank)
C = volume of extract, (ml)
D = weight of dry sample, (g)
Particle Size Distribution

The test method is based on the BS1377 (Part 2; 1990) which is in accordance with
the Dutch RAW and the American ASTM D422. PSD was determined using the
hydrometer method followed by sieving recommended for sediment samples
containing more than 35% fine particles, i.e., clays and silts.
Total Microbial Count (Surface water and Sediment Samples)

Indirect cell count on sediment and water samples was carried out to determine the
total viable microbial populations. The test methods used are the ASTM D5465 - 93:
Determining Microbial Colony Counts from Water Analysed by Plating Methods, and
APHA 907: Standard Plate Count.
Total microbial colonies were calculated as follows:

Plate Count (cfu/ml) = Vol plated x Number of cells x (1) x dilution factor
dilution
Faecal Coliform
Faecal coliform were determined using the multiple tube technique in accordance with
ASTM D5392-93. 10ml of sample was inoculated into five tubes containing 10ml of
double strength presumptive broth (Mac Conkey broth). The tubes were shaken to
distribute the sample evenly. The tubes were inoculated at 35°C - 37°C for 24hours. At
the end of 24hrs each tube was checked for gas or any effervescence (streams of tiny
bubbles), then the numbers of positive tubes were recorded after 24hrs. Negative
tubes were re-incubated for another 24hrs and the numbers of positive after 48hrs
were also recorded.
A confirmatory test was carried out by transferring one or two drops from each
presumptive positive tube to a corresponding sterile confirmative 10ml tube containing
BGB broth. Gas presence in the subculture tubes after 24hrs at 44 ± 5°C confirms the
presence of faecal coliforms.
The number of positive findings (either presumptive or confirmed) is computed in terms

of the Most Probable Number (MPN). The MPN was estimated by Thomas' simple
formula:
MPN/100ml = No. of positive tubes x 100
ml sample in negative tubes x ml sample in all tubes
Benthos Analyses
The benthic macrofauna were obtained by sieving the grab samples through a 1.0 mm
mesh. The residue retained by the two sieves after sieving were poured into plastic
containers and was preserved in 10% formalin to which rose bengal satin had been

July, 2012
added. The preserved benthic were taken to laboratory for sorting and identification.
In the laboratory, sorting and counting was done by using a hand lens and a binocular
microscope. Identification was done after Gosner (1971), Bernhard G. (1974) and
KObina and Mike (2001). Ecological indices, such as margalef species richness index
and Shannon Weiener diversity index were used in statistical analysis
Sample Handling
Chain of custody forms were used for logging and tracking of samples from the point of
collection in the field to the laboratory where analysis was carried out. Samples were
preserved in accordance with FMENV recommended procedure.
Laboratory Analyses
Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) measures adopted for laboratory
analysis were in line with standard practices and included collection and analysis of
duplicate samples to establish analytical precision. Other QA/QC measures adopted
include:
Only adequately trained personnel were used at all phases of the study;
• Written analytical standard operating procedures were followed during
analyses;
• Routine auditing and checking of analyses results, were introduced into every
batch or five samples collected.
Data Management
Standard data spreadsheets were used for recording and transmitting analytical
results. Presentation of results was carried out following written standard operating
procedures. Final results were issued only after a general QA/QC check and validation
has been carried

July, 2012
APPENDIX 4.2
SURFACE-WATER/SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS

WET SEASON – SURFACEWATER / SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS

July, 2012
Table 1a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Physicochemical Characteristics

Sample Station Result
Parameter SS 1 SS 3 SS 6
Method
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.00702 X: 7.926443
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.580751 Y: 4.605578
pH APHA 4500H+B 6.86 6.53 6.63
o
Temperature ( C) APHA 2550B 25.9 25.8 26.3
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 439 21.4 12.1
(µS/cm)
Salinity (ppt) APHA 2520 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
DO (mg/l) APHA 4500-OG 5.95 5.72 5.56
Turbidity (NTU) APHA 2130B 34.0 26.0 29.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 121 136 140
TOC (g/L) BS 1377 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
TDS (g/L) APHA 2510A 235 11.6 7.25
TSS (mg/l) APHA 2540D 7.00 4.00 2.00
BOD5 (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.50 20.0 <0.50
COD (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.80 30.8 <0.80
Total Hardness (mg/l) APHA 2340C 42.2 3.84 1.92
Oil & Grease (mg/l) ASTM D 3921 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
Chloride (mg/l) APHA 4500 Cl- 120 1.76 1.76
Nitrate (mg/l) EPA 352.1 0.15 0.14 0.27
Sulphate (mg/l) APHA 4500-SO4 9.25 0.14 0.12
Magnesium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 6.46 0.46 0.36
Potassium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 3.46 0.73 1.18
Sodium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 41.6 1.80 1.69
Calcium (mg/l) APHA 3111D 2.70 1.02 0.80
Cadmium (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Total Chromium (mg/l) APHA 3111C <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Copper (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Total Iron (mg/l) APHA 3111B 2.51 1.91 4.18
Lead (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.20 <0.20 <0.20
Nickel (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Zinc (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Silver (mg/l APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Manganese (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Mercury (mg/l) APHA 3112B <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002
Vanadium (mg/l) APHA 3111D <0.20 <0.20 <0.20
• ASTM = American Society for Testing and Material (1999 Edition)
• APHA = American Public Health Association (20th Edition 1998)
• EPA = Environmental Protection Agency (2nd Edition 1996)
• BS = British Standard

July, 2012
Table 1a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Physicochemical Characteristics

Parameter SS 19 SS 20
Method
Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.0591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH APHA 4500H+B 6.21 6.09
o
Temperature ( C) APHA 2550B 27.6 27.6
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 94.0 20.8
(µS/cm)
Salinity (ppt) APHA 2520 <0.10 <0.10
DO (mg/l) APHA 4500-OG 5.81 5.78
Turbidity (NTU) APHA 2130B 21.0 15.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 1.55 168
TOC (g/L) BS 1377 <1.00 <1.00
TDS (g/L) APHA 2510A 52.8 11.8
TSS (mg/l) APHA 2540D 7.00 5.00
BOD5 (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.50 10.0
COD (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.80 15.9
Total Hardness (mg/l) APHA 2340C 9.60 7.68
Oil & Grease (mg/l) ASTM D 3921 <1.00 <1.00
Chloride (mg/l) APHA 4500 Cl- 22.9 3.52
Nitrate (mg/l) EPA 352.1 0.26 0.33
Sulphate (mg/l) APHA 4500-SO4 1.77 0.28
Magnesium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 1.52 0.46
Potassium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 1.49 0.84
Sodium (mg/l) APHA 3111D 12.7 8.49
Calcium (mg/l) APHA 3111B 1.27 0.89
Cadmium (mg/l) APHA 3111C <0.02 <0.02
Total Chromium (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Copper (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05
Total Iron (mg/l) APHA 3111B 0.84 1.42
Lead (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.20 <0.20
Nickel (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Zinc (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05
Silver (mg/l APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Manganese (mg/l) APHA 3112B <0.10 <0.10
Mercury (mg/l) APHA 3111D <0.0002 <0.0002
Vanadium (mg/l) APHA 4500H+B <0.20 <0.20

July, 2012
Table 1b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Physicochemical Characteristics

Parameter Method SS 1 SS 3 SS 6
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.00702 X: 7.926443
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.580751 Y: 4.605578
pH (H2O) @ 22.7oC ASTM D 4972 4.71 4.40 3.79
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 2,330 345 539
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 11.8 4.62 25.0
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 -42.0 -81.0 -34.0
PSD
Clay (%) 20.0 25.0 18.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 15.0 44.0 11.0
Sand (%) 65.0 31.0 71.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 1.67 1.84 1.28
Extractable Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 1,325 250 275
(mg/kg)
Extractable Phosphate CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 3.64 3.04 1.49
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,914 2,936 1,852
Potassium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 12,250 11,730 4,680
Sodium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 7,320 7,250 3,470
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2,620 1,634 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 16.8 11.1 17.2
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.80 4.90 6.50
Total Iron (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 26,150 14,860 21,970
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.50 11.3 8.90
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 11.0 5.70 21.6
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 21.0 18.2 18.4
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 350 170 <2.00
Silver (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 306 163 79.2
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 27.7 <1.00 56.3
• ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials (1999 Edition)
• CAEM = Chemical Analysis of Ecological Materials 2nd Edition 1989
• USEPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency

July, 2012

Parameter Method SS 19 SS 20
Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.0591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH (H2O) @ 22.9 ASTM D 4972 5.04 5.21
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 1,436 20.7
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 14.2 0.53
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 -41.0 -22.0
PSD
Clay (%) 30.0 2.00
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 10.0 16.0
Sand (%) 60.0 82.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 1.80 1.54
Extractable Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 400 100
(mg/kg)
Extractable Phosphate CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 2.35 2.57
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,712 347
Potassium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8,292 4,878
Sodium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,380 3,000
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 309 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.60 <2.00
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 22.3 7.80
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.10 2.30
Total Iron (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 32,610 9,674
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 10.6 7.00
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 24.3 3.10
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 28.9 6.00
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 48.3 <2.00
Silver (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.90 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 90.2 108
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.30 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 51.3 <1.00
Table 2a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX)
Parameter Method Sample Station Result (mg/l)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July, 2012
Table 2b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX)
Parameter Method Sample Station Result (mg/kg)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Table 3a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Surface Water Determination of Phenols

Parameter Method Sample Station Result (mg/l)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
4–Chloro –3–cresol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
o-Cresol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2,4-Dichlorophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol USEPA 8040 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
o-Nitrophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
p- Nitrophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Pentachlorophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Phenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total - - - - -
Table 4b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon Profile (PAH)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
2-Methylnaphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluoranthene USEPA 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(b)fluoranthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(k)fluoranthene <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
USEPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency

July, 2012
Table 5b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT -Sediment Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Profile

Sample Station Result (mg/kg)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Parameter
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.15
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.37 <0.01 0.21
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Henelcosane 0.33 <0.01 0.49 <0.01 0.32
n-Docosane 0.23 0.32 <0.01 0.31 <0.01
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.26 0.44 <0.01 <0.01 0.39
n-Tetracosane 0.34 0.49 1.05 0.52 0.53
n-Pentacosane- 0.42 0.64 0.43 0.68 0.57
n-Hexacosne 0.12 0.20 <0.01 <0.01 0.26
n-Heptacosane 0.23 0.31 <0.01 <0.01 0.36
n-Octacosane 0.27 0.71 <0.01 <0.01 0.34
n-Nonacosane 0.20 0.23 <0.01 <0.01 0.11
n-Triacontane 0.23 0.23 <0.01 0.20 0.19
n-Hentriacontane 0.16 0.18 0.32 0.18 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane 0.20 0.23 1.06 1.00 <0.01
n-Tritriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.16 0.51 1.46 <0.01 0.68
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptatriacontane 0.13 1.35 1.59 2.27 1.17
n-Octatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.64 5.53 7.72 5.17 5.31

July, 2012
Table 7a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Surface Water Microbiological Characteristics

Parameter Heterotrophic Count Hydrocarbon Count Heterotrophic Count Hydrocarbon Count
Bacteria (cfu/ml) Utilising Bacteria (cfu/ml) Fungi (cfu/ml) Utilising Fungi (cfu/ml)
Sample Station
SS1 Pseudomonas sp 7.80 x 102 Pseudomonas sp 1.24 x 102 Mucor sp, 6.7 x 101 Mucor sp, 6.2 x 101
Candida sp Candida sp
Rhodotorula sp, Rhodotorula sp,
Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
SS3 Pseudomonas sp 8.00 x 102 Pseudomonas sp 9.0 x 101 Aspergillus sp 2.7 x 101 Aspergillus sp 1.5 x 101
Bacillus sp Mucor sp Mucor sp
SS 6 Pseudomonas sp 1.59 x 103 Pseudomonas sp 5.6 x 101 Mucor sp 1.8 x 101 Mucor sp 1.6 x 101
Bacillus sp
SS 19 Pseudomonas sp 1.25 x 103 Pseudomonas sp 4.4 x 101 Rhodotorula sp 3.5 x 101 Rhodotorula sp 3.2 x 101
SS 20 Pseudomonas sp 6.40 x 102 Pseudomonas sp 3.7 x 101 Rhodotorula sp 1.1 x 101 Rhodotorula sp 7

July, 2012
Table 7b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Microbiological Characteristics

Bacteria (cfu/g) Utilising Bacteria (cfu/g) Fungi (cfu/g) Utilising Fungi (cfu/g)
Sample Station
SS 1 Pseudomonas sp 4.00 x 104 Pseudomonas sp 6.60 x 102 Aspergillus sp 2.0 x 101 Aspergillus sp 1.0 x 101
SS 6 Pseudomonas sp 1.80 x 105 Pseudomonas sp 7.60 x 102 Candida sp 1.20 x 102 Candida sp 4
Mucor sp Mucor sp
SS 20 Pseudomonas sp 6.40 x 105 Pseudomonas sp 9.60 x 102 Aspergillus sp 9.10 x 102 Mucor sp 2.30 x 102
Mucor sp Candida sp
Candida sp

July, 2012
DRY SEASON – SURFACEWATER / SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS

July, 2012
Table 1a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Physicochemical Characteristics Dry Season
Parameter SS 1 SS 3 SS 6
Method
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.00702 X: 7.926443
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.580751 Y: 4.605578
pH APHA 4500H+B 6.08 6.53 6.49
o
Temperature ( C) APHA 2550B 28.3 28.6 28.9
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 7.710 543 11.0
(µS/cm)
Salinity (ppt) APHA 2520 4.40 0.20 <0.10
DO (mg/l) APHA 4500-OG 3.60 4.23 4.06
Turbidity (NTU) APHA 2130B 35.0 39.0 21.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 125 138 145
TOC (g/L) BS 1377 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
TDS (g/L) APHA 2510A 4,620 326 6.60
TSS (mg/l) APHA 2540D 14.0 17.0 3.00
BOD5 (mg/l) APHA 5220D 80.0 60.0 <0.50
COD (mg/l) APHA 5220D 112 96.0 <0.80
Total Hardness (mg/l) APHA 2340C 176 58.9 <1.00
Oil & Grease (mg/l) ASTM D 3921 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
Chloride (mg/l) APHA 4500 Cl- 2,421 94.2 1.61
Nitrate (mg/l) EPA 352.1 0.02 0.17 0.08
Sulphate (mg/l) APHA 4500-SO4 13.5 0.53 0.13
Magnesium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 161 8.20 0.15
Potassium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 94.6 4.14 0.40
Sodium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 1,761 72.4 1.11
Calcium (mg/l) APHA 3111D 34.6 2.53 0.71
Cadmium (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Total Chromium (mg/l) APHA 3111C <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Copper (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Total Iron (mg/l) APHA 3111B 1.59 2.25 2.46
Lead (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.20 <0.20 <0.20
Nickel (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Zinc (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Silver (mg/l APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Manganese (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10 <0.10
Mercury (mg/l) APHA 3112B <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002
Vanadium (mg/l) APHA 3111D <0.20 <0.20 <0.20

July, 2012
Table 1a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Physicochemical Characteristics Dry Season
Parameter SS 19 SS 20
Method
Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.0591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH APHA 4500H+B 6.31 5.41
o
Temperature ( C) APHA 2550B 30.1 29.9
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 94.2 24.8
(µS/cm)
Salinity (ppt) APHA 2520 0.70 <0.10
DO (mg/l) APHA 4500-OG 5.46 5.17
Turbidity (NTU) APHA 2130B 12.0 13.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 158 170
TOC (g/L) BS 1377 <1.00 <1.00
TDS (g/L) APHA 2510A 56.5 14.8
TSS (mg/l) APHA 2540D 9.00 8.00
BOD5 (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.50 20.0
COD (mg/l) APHA 5220D <0.80 32.0
Total Hardness (mg/l) APHA 2340C 133 2.85
Oil & Grease (mg/l) ASTM D 3921 <1.00 <1.00
Chloride (mg/l) APHA 4500 Cl- 29.3 <1.00
Nitrate (mg/l) EPA 352.1 <0.02 0.03
Sulphate (mg/l) APHA 4500-SO4 0.99 0.10
Magnesium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 2.09 0.28
Potassium (mg/l) APHA 3111B/ASTM D 3561 9.40 0.56
Sodium (mg/l) APHA 3111D 17.3 0.55
Calcium (mg/l) APHA 3111B 7.21 0.76
Cadmium (mg/l) APHA 3111C <0.02 <0.02
Total Chromium (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Copper (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05
Total Iron (mg/l) APHA 3111B 0.44 1.63
Lead (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.20 <0.20
Nickel (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Zinc (mg/l) APHA 3111B <0.05 <0.05
Silver (mg/l APHA 3111B <0.10 <0.10
Manganese (mg/l) APHA 3112B <0.10 <0.10
Mercury (mg/l) APHA 3111D <0.0002 <0.0002
Vanadium (mg/l) APHA 4500H+B <0.20 <0.20
ASTM = American Society for Testing and Material (1999 Edition)

July, 2012

Parameter Method SS 1 SS 3 SS 6
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.00702 X:
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.580751 7.926443
Y:
4.605578
pH (H2O) @ 24.9oC ASTM D 4972 6.20 6.47 5.17
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 202 124 101
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 22.7 40.6 38.0
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 -50.0 -75.0 -45.0
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 5.00 10.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 10.0 25.0 10.0
Sand (%) 80.0 70.0 80.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 0.99 0.90 1.18
Extractable Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 221 169 209
(mg/kg)
Extractable Phosphate CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 1.37 6.59 10.8
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,919 2,129 1,859
Potassium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 13,400 11,110 5,094
Sodium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 7,660 3,530 3,510
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,558 2,273 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.50 26.3 93.5
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50
Total Iron (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 21,410 21,990 24,270
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.70 8.90 4.60
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 20.6 27.3 49.2
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 14.3 87.5 9.00
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 111
Silver (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 375 300 89.7
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 25.9 <1.00 76.3

July, 2012

Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.0591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH (H2O) @ 24.0oC ASTM D 4972 6.63 6.51
Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510A 174 121
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 20.9 8.91
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 -51.0 -25.6
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 5.00
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 10.0 15.0
Sand (%) 80.0 80.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 <0.02 0.94
Extractable Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 170 224
(mg/kg)
Extractable Phosphate CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 17.2 3.59
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,746 637
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 170 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.60 3.90
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 29.3 5.50
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 161 <2.00
Silver (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 101 123
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 66.7 <1.00
o ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials (1999 Edition)
o APHA = American Public Health Association (20th Edition 1998)
o CAEM = Chemical Analysis of Ecological Materials 2nd Edition 1989
o USEPA = United States Environmental Protection Agency

July, 2012
Table 2a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Water Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX) Dry Season
Parameter Method Sample Station Result (mg/L)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Table 2b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July, 2012
Table 3a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Surface Water Determination of Phenols

Parameter Method Sample Station Result (mg/L)
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
4–Chloro –3–cresol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
o-Cresol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2-Cyclohexyl-4,6- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
dinitrophenol
2,4-Dichlorophenol USEPA 8040 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2-Methyl-4,6- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
dinitrophenol
o-Nitrophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
p- Nitrophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Pentachlorophenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Phenol <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total - - - - -
Table 4b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon Profile (PAH)
Dry Season
SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
2-Methylnaphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluoranthene USEPA 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(b)fluoranthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(k)fluoranthene <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July, 2012
Table 5b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT -Sediment Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Profile Dry
Season
Parameter Method SS 1 SS 3 SS 6 SS 19 SS 20
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane 0.22 <0.01 1.64 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane 0.12 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 0.22 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane 0.29 1.11 0.58 <0.01 1.26
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.45 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.41 0.27 0.28 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracosane 1.09 0.25 0.30 0.15 0.19
n-Pentacosane- 1.25 0.50 0.57 0.36 <0.01
n-Hexacosne 20.7 0.25 0.14 <0.01 0.20
n-Heptacosane 1.98 0.37 0.62 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octacosane 1.53 0.21 0.78 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonacosane 1.59 0.26 0.51 <0.01 <0.01
n-Triacontane 0.99 0.09 0.12 0.24 <0.01
n-Hentriacontane 0.62 0.23 0.36 0.18 0.22
n-Dotriacotane 0.47 0.33 0.28 0.85 <0.01
n-Tritriacontane 0.23 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane 0.69 0.81 3.84 <0.01 0.49
n-Pentatriacontane 0.56 0.65 0.27 <0.01 0.32
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 0.71 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 33.3 5.56 8.00 1.78 2.71

July, 2012
Table 7a: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Surface Water Microbiological Characteristics Dry Season
Bacteria (cfu/ml) Utilising Bacteria (cfu/ml) Fungi (cfu/ml) Utilising Fungi (cfu/ml)
Sample Station
SS1 Pseudomonas sp 1.56x103 Pseudomonas sp 5.0x101 Mucor sp 1.2x101 Mucor sp 9.0
Candia sp Candida sp
Rhodotorula sp Rhodotorula sp
SS3 Pseudomonas sp 1.10x103 Pseudomonas sp 6.5x101 Aspergillus sp 8.0 Aspergillus sp 7.0

SS 6 Pseudomonas sp 9.70x102 Pseudomonas sp 3.4x101 Mucor sp 1.3x101 Mucor sp 6.0

Bacillus sp Candida sp Candida sp
SS 19 Pseudomonas sp 1.36x103 Pseudomonas sp 2.5x101 Mucor sp 4.0 Mucor sp 3.0
SS 20 Pseudomonas sp 8.00x102 Pseudomonas sp 4.3x101 Mucor sp 5.0 Mucor sp 4.0

July, 2012
Table 7b: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Sediment Microbiological Characteristics Dry Season
Sample Station
SS 1 Pseudomonas sp 9.10x105 Pseudomonas sp 6.80x102 Mucor sp 7.0x101 Mucor sp 6.0x101
Bacillus sp Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
Fusarium sp

Bacillus sp Penicillium sp
SS 19 Pseudomonas sp 1.60x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.10x103 Candida sp 3.50x102 Candida sp 1.50x102

Chromobacterium sp Mucor sp Mucor sp
SS 20 Pseudomonas sp 1.34x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.28x103 Rhodotorula sp 2.30x102 Rhodotorula sp 1.80x102

Mucor sp Mucor sp

July, 2012
APPENDIX 4.3
SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

WET SEASON – SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

July, 2012
Table 1c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Physicochemical Characteristics

Parameter Method SS 1 SS 1 SS 2 SS 2
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.014072
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.574551
pH (H2O) @ 23.0oC ASTM D 4972 4.78 4.85 5.23 5.21
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 166 45.7 50.7 18.1
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 15.3 12.3 4.27 2.89
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <!0.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 25.0 64.0 48.0 59.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - - -
Sand (%) 100 100 100 100
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 0.49 0.41 0.30 0.20
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 10.4 10.0 11.1 10.6
Ext. Phosphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 7.00 7.13 7.75 1.62
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 562 531 271 271
Potassium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6,513 5,853 2,514 2,301
Sodium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3,610 3,630 2,970 2,720
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,396 917 150 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.60 9.30 7.70 4.40
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.70 2.20 1.40 3.30
Total Iron (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9,536 9,457 4,981 5,332
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.20 5.90 3.40 3.90
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.30 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 4.80 5.30 3.30 6.00
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Silver (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 155 151 173 183
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 10.2 <1.00 <1.00
• EXT. = Extractable

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 8.00702 X: 7.975522
Y: 4.580751 Y: 4.593437
pH (H2O) @ 22.7oC ASTM D 4972 4.83 4.21 4.59 4.61
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 46.1 25.2 34.5 25.7
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 9.02 5.49 28.2 25.3
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 101 106 28.0 29.0
(mV)
PSD
Clay (%) 5.00 9.00 - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 7.00 15.0 - -
Sand (%) 88.0 76.0 100 100
Ext. Sulphate CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 13.2 15.5 10.3 10.5
(mg/kg)
Ext. Phosphate CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 17.0 14.0 3.00 3.25
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,072 1,013 293 419
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2,579 2,339 <10.0 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 3.40
Total Chromium USEPA 6200 11.5 9.20 17.0 19.9
(mg/kg)
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.00 11.9 9.40 9.30
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.30 4.00 12.0 19.5
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 15.9 7.30 17.1 17.1
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 90.7 184 <2.00 <2.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.951704 X: 7.926443
Y: 4.601806 Y: 4.605578
pH (H2O) @ 22.2oC ASTM D 4972 4.99 5.07 5.02 4.95
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 22.2 19.4 115 56.4
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 10.1 10.8 9.36 7.50
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - - -
Sand (%) 100 100 100 100
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 162 760 133
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 4.50 5.60 10.0 9.50
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.20 8.60 39.7 33.9
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 25.2 50.6
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 140 167 149 97.3
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 18.1 29.8

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.903185 X: 7.877946
Y: 4.610608 Y: 4.608265
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.57 4.54 4.67 4.59
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 6.80 5.97 6.00 7.97
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential ASTM D1498 27.0 31.0 56.0 61.0
(mV)
PSD
Clay (%) 5.00 9.00 - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 15.0 13.0 10.0 10.0
Sand (%) 80.0 78.0 90.0 90.0
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 844 1,148 534 543
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
(mg/kg)
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 4.10 6.80 4.90 6.80
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.40 13.5 9.20 12.4
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 53.4 72.7 94.6 104
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 1.40 <1.00 <1.00
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 16.2 54.1 <1.00 20.4

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.855727 X: 7.830177
Y: 4.605264 Y: 4.602537
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.48 4.43 4.45 4.47
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 10.1 6.32 10.7 7.57
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
(mV)
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - 20.0 20.0
Sand (%) 100 100 80.0 80.0
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.20 5.30 4.60 6.80
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 10.2 12.8 4.00 3.60
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 89.5 108 93.5 109
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 19.7 30.2 <1.00 <1.00

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.804106 X: 7.781543
Y: 4.599754 Y: 4.597345
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.77 5.17 4.58 4.60
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 51.2 216 96.6 76.8
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 7.14 13.1 12.1 10.0
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 40.0 40.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - 10.0 - -
Sand (%) 100 90.0 100 100
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 917 674 <10.0 <10.0
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.30 10.1 6.80 8.10
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 39.0 69.1 3.90 3.50
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 97.4 123 121 107

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.755541 X: 7.73346
Y: 4.594568 Y: 4.592209
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.68 4.75 4.38 4.38
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 5.44 5.07 8.92 5.38
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - 20.0 20.0
Sand (%) 100 100 80.0 80.0
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 129 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 2.40 <2.00
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 1.40 10.9 10.2
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.90 2.60 8.10 7.30
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 7.90 2.40 23.4 21.4
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 219 91.0 114 109
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 1.10 1.20

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.707511 X: 7.685672
Y: 4.589435 Y: 4.5871
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.68 4.91 4.61 4.65
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 11.6 9.73 9.17 8.44
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - 20.0 18.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 10.0 10.0 5.00 2.00
Sand (%) 90.0 90.0 75.0 80.0
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 14.6 12.2 5.90 8.60
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 46.1 37.7 12.6 11.9
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 71.9 76.8 20.9 24.5
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 281 231 53.5 45.4
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.40 1.30 <1.00 1.60
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 81.0 49.9 14.0 4.70

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.660048 X: 7.634816
Y: 4.58436 Y: 4.58166
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.41 4.44 4.57 4.52
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 102 92.5 152 59.3
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 13.0 6.71 10.2 6.04
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
(mV)
PSD
Clay (%) 11.0 18.0 9.00 19.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 21.0 29.0 11.0 13.0
Sand (%) 68.0 53.0 80.0 68.0
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 934 1,003 890 1,126
(mg/kg)
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.10 8.10 6.50 7.70
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.60 12.7 9.40 10.9
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 48.7 82.7
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 81.5 84.6 72.3 67.9
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 10.2 2.40 4.80

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH (H2O) @ 22.4oC ASTM D 4972 4.56 4.59 4.48 4.38
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 7.75 3.07 6.63 4.09
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
(mV)
PSD
Clay (%) 28.0 30.0 19.0 20.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 7.00 9.00 3.00 4.00
Sand (%) 65.0 61.0 78.0 76.0
(mg/kg)
(mg/kg)
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,550 1,618 1,148 1,196
(mg/kg)
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.70 6.50 7.10 7.70
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 14.8 15.0 12.7 13.8
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 22.1 <2.00 87.7 69.1
Mercury (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 1.60 1.40

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.581876 X: 8.017601
Y: 4.565826 Y: 4.55901
pH (H2O) @ 22.5oC ASTM D 4972 4.80 5.10 5.13 5.08
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 5.03 9.76 3.15 1.04
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 102 106 21.0 28.0
PSD
Clay (%) 9.00 5.00 - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 18.0 17.0 - -
Sand (%) 73.0 78.0 100 100
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,519 977 639 578
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 52.9 <10.0 974 945
Cadmium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.20 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 11.0 8.90 3.70 2.90
Nickel (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 20.1 7.60 <0.50 <0.50
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 17.4 7.60 5.60 5.00
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 241 147 14.6 <2.00

July, 2012

(0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.578101
Y: 4.566132
pH (H2O) @ 22.6oC ASTM D 4972 4.53 4.55
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 30.3 25.2
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 10.5 8.16
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 92.0 96.0
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 18.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 21.0 19.0
Sand (%) 69.0 63.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 1.66 1.55
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E 15.6 18.0
Ext. Phosphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 1.51 4.36
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 843 856
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.20 4.10
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.30 4.70
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.00 10.6
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 43.4 72.4
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 51.3 62.4
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 7.40 27.1

July, 2012
Table 2c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX)
SS 1 SS 1 SS 2 SS 2 SS 3 SS 3
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July, 2012
SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July, 2012
Table 4c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon Profile (PAH)
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
2-Methylnaphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluoranthene USEPA <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(b)fluoranthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(k)fluoranthene <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July, 2012
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July, 2012
SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July, 2012
SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
2-Methylnaphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluoranthene USEPA 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(b)fluoranthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(k)fluoranthene <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July, 2012
Table 5c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT -Soil Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Profile

Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.18
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.37 <0.01 <0.01 0.16 0.24 0.35
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.12 <0.01 0.15
n-Henelcosane 0.33 0.27 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.30
n-Docosane 0.41 0.32 0.31 0.34 0.31 0.48
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 <0.01 0.44 0.40 0.45 0.41 0.63
n-Tetracosane 0.65 <0.01 0.48 <0.01 0.53 0.87
n-Pentacosane- 0.72 0.48 0.47 <0.01 0.49 0.96
n-Hexacosne 0.14 0.34 0.24 0.37 0.31 0.33
n-Heptacosane 0.51 0.41 0.46 0.52 0.37 0.87
n-Octacosane 0.72 0.30 0.38 0.39 0.30 0.56
n-Nonacosane 0.28 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.19 0.49
n-Triacontane 0.25 0.21 0.20 0.34 0.16 0.33
n-Hentriacontane 0.20 0.15 0.17 0.15 <0.01 0.35
n-Dotriacotane 0.74 0.46 0.24 0.76 0.16 <0.01
n-Tritriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane 0.32 <0.01 <0.01 0.42 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.94 0.83 0.53 <0.01 0.77 1.36
n-Hexatriacontane 0.44 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.47
n-Heptatriacontane 0.96 0.78 1.35 1.66 1.13 1.47
n-Octatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 7.99 5.27 5.80 5.71 5.69 10.3

July, 2012

Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.28 0.22 0.20 0.34 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane 0.13 0.13 <0.01 0.12 0.14 0.18
n-Henelcosane 0.34 0.30 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.29
n-Docosane 0.38 0.40 0.33 0.41 0.39 0.39
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.59 0.57 0.42 <0.01 0.51 0.48
n-Tetracosane 0.57 0.69 0.67 <0.01 0.70 0.65
n-Pentacosane- <0.01 <0.01 0.56 <0.01 0.74 0.67
n-Hexacosne <0.01 <0.01 0.59 0.39 0.36 0.68
n-Heptacosane <0.01 <0.01 0.46 0.67 0.62 0.61
n-Octacosane 0.42 0.47 0.30 0.45 0.42 0.43
n-Nonacosane 0.46 0.45 0.28 0.40 0.38 0.40
n-Triacontane 0.26 0.27 0.17 0.26 0.25 0.26
n-Hentriacontane 0.44 0.34 0.20 0.28 0.23 0.27
n-Dotriacotane <0.01 0.53 0.48 <0.01 0.37 <0.01
n-Tritriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.24
n-Tetratriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.59 <0.01 0.89 0.40 0.50 0.73
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.42 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 6.16 5.14 7.03 4.55 7.32 7.92

July, 2012

Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 0.18 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 0.12 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.24 0.25 <0.01 0.30 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane 0.16 0.16 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Henelcosane 0.31 0.25 0.22 0.34 0.24 0.15
n-Docosane 0.41 0.32 0.28 0.45 0.29 0.21
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.54 0.41 0.38 <0.01 0.40 0.29
n-Tetracosane 0.71 0.54 0.50 <0.01 0.56 0.44
n-Pentacosane- 0.74 0.60 0.49 <0.01 0.56 0.32
n-Hexacosne 0.28 0.19 0.19 <0.01 0.17 0.19
n-Heptacosane 0.62 0.54 0.39 1.00 0.46 0.23
n-Octacosane 0.43 0.41 0.26 0.40 0.32 0.14
n-Nonacosane 0.36 0.35 0.24 0.37 0.26 0.10
n-Triacontane 0.25 0.24 0.16 0.26 0.16 <0.01
n-Hentriacontane 0.25 0.23 0.16 0.25 0.19 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.40 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.87 0.65 0.89 0.78 0.53 0.48
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 7.70 6.54 5.33 5.37 5.70 3.91

July, 2012

SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 0.12 0.13 0.13 <0.01
n-Henelcosane 0.23 0.17 0.26 0.28 0.26 0.17
n-Docosane 0.27 0.22 0.35 0.33 0.29 0.18
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.39 0.33 0.41 0.45 0.41 0.29
n-Tetracosane 0.49 0.38 0.64 0.62 0.51 0.33
n-Pentacosane- 0.54 0.38 0.59 0.57 0.53 0.36
n-Hexacosne 0.15 0.13 0.71 0.37 0.32 0.33
n-Heptacosane 0.49 0.30 0.55 0.46 0.38 0.28
n-Octacosane 0.28 0.20 035 0.29 0.19 0.16
n-Nonacosane 0.29 0.20 0.40 0.31 0.15 0.16
n-Triacontane 0.16 <0.01 0.20 0.13 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane <0.01 <0.01 0.53 0.38 0.29 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane <0.01 <0.01 0.25 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.53 0.37 <0.01 0.50 0.75 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.81 3.97 7.78 7.42 6.19 3.73

July, 2012

SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.19 0.18
n-Henelcosane 0.13 <0.01 0.25 0.24 0.29 0.27
n-Docosane 0.31 <0.01 0.29 0.30 0.34 0.31
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.45 <0.01 0.39 0.42 0.45 0.40
n-Tetracosane 0.53 0.53 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.68
n-Pentacosane- 0.52 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.70
n-Hexacosne 0.11 0.13 0.26 0.38 0.33 0.25
n-Heptacosane 0.39 0.48 0.53 0.55 0.57 0.52
n-Octacosane 0.26 0.32 0.36 0.41 0.38 0.32
n-Nonacosane 0.24 0.28 0.29 0.35 0.33 0.29
n-Triacontane 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.20 0.23
n-Dotriacotane <0.01 <0.01 0.29 <0.01 0.47 0.54
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.46 0.48
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.97 4.33 6.02 6.26 7.55 7.46

July, 2012

SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.35 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane <0.01 0.21 0.26 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Henelcosane <0.01 0.25 0.43 <0.01 0.27 <0.01
n-Docosane <0.01 0.32 <0.01 0.17 0.29 0.09
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 <0.01 0.42 <0.01 0.29 0.37 0.16
n-Tetracosane <0.01 0.66 <0.01 0.34 0.44 0.29
n-Pentacosane- <0.01 0.77 <0.01 0.33 <0.01 0.28
n-Hexacosne <0.01 0.24 0.21 0.27 <0.01 0.10
n-Heptacosane <0.01 0.74 0.27 0.29 <0.01 0.20
n-Octacosane <0.01 0.40 0.46 0.22 <0.01 0.18
n-Nonacosane <0.01 0.12 0.52 0.19 <0.01 0.19
n-Triacontane <0.01 0.24 0.30 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hentriacontane <0.01 0.32 0.27 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane <0.01 0.34 0.35 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tritriacontane <0.01 <0.01 0.20 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane <0.01 <0.01 0.83 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane <0.01 0.75 <0.01 0.57 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 0.17 2.58 0.16 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total - 7.55 5.01 4.31 1.39 1.37

July, 2012

SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane 0.42 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 0.14 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 0.08 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.71 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane 0.57 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Henelcosane <0.01 0.21 <0.01 0.23 <0.01 0.18
n-Docosane <0.01 0.13 0.13 0.15 0.23 0.22
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 <0.01 0.23 0.23 0.26 0.20 0.21
n-Tetracosane <0.01 0.42 0.43 0.48 0.25 0.48
n-Pentacosane- <0.01 0.46 0.47 0.50 0.45 0.37
n-Hexacosne 0.32 0.31 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.29
n-Heptacosane 0.32 0.35 0.36 0.43 0.47 0.29
n-Octacosane 0.36 0.32 0.24 0.30 0.26 0.18
n-Nonacosane <0.01 0.22 0.20 0.25 0.31 0.15
n-Triacontane 0.26 0.13 0.14 0.17 0.18 0.10
n-Hentriacontane 0.30 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.30 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane 0.15 0.28 0.30 0.28 0.47 0.30
n-Tritriacontane 1.20 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.20 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane 0.22 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.33 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.65 0.56 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.54 3.95 3.05 3.66 4.17 2.83

July, 2012

SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.23 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.44 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 0.22 0.82 0.29
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.50 0.10
n-Phytane <0.01 0.15 0.13 0.11
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.29 0.25
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 0.25 0.19
n-Henelcosane <0.01 0.17 0.27 0.33
n-Docosane <0.01 0.20 0.20 0.28
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.08 0.20 0.25 0.34
n-Tetracosane 0.28 0.23 0.36 0.55
n-Pentacosane- 0.17 0.38 0.36 0.57
n-Hexacosne 0.14 0.25 0.24 0.30
n-Heptacosane 0.16 0.31 0.24 0.41
n-Octacosane 0.17 0.21 0.16 0.18
n-Nonacosane 0.16 0.19 0.14 0.21
n-Triacontane <0.01 0.14 <0.01 0.11
n-Hentriacontane <0.01 0.15 0.12 0.19
n-Dotriacotane 0.27 0.66 0.29 0.43
n-Tritriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetratriacontane <0.01 0.31 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.46
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 1.37 3.83 5.36 5.39

July, 2012
Table 7c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Microbiological Characteristics

Sample Station
0-15 Chromobacterium sp Candida sp Candida sp
15-20 Rhodotorula sp Rhodotorula sp
0-15 Rhodotorula sp Rhodotorula sp
SS 2 Pseudomonas sp 1.32x106 Pseudomonas sp 9.00x102 Fusarium sp 3.60x102 Mucor sp 1.60x102
15-30 Mucor sp Aspergillus sp
Rhodotorula sp
Penicillium sp
0-15 Actinomyces sp Candida sp Candida sp
Chromobacterium sp
15-30 Actinomyces sp Candida sp Candida sp
Chromobacterium sp Penicillium sp
0-15 Actinomyces sp Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
Bacillus sp
15-30 Bacillus sp Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
0-15 Bacillus sp Rhodotorula sp Aspergillus sp
Fusarium sp
Aspergillus sp
Candida sp
SS 5 Pseudomonas sp 8.90x104 Pseudomonas sp 7.10x102 Fusarium sp 2.70x102 Aspergillus sp 1.00x102
15-30 Actinomyces sp Aspergillus sp Mucor sp
Bacillus sp Mucor sp

July, 2012

Sample Station
0-15 Actinomyces sp Rhodotorula sp Rhodotorula sp
SS 7 Pseudomonas sp 2.00x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.70x103 Candida sp 4.0x101 Mucor sp 3.0x101
0-15 Bacillus sp Mucor sp

15-30 Actinomyces sp Mucor sp
Bacillus sp
0-15 Actinomyces sp Mucor sp Mucor sp
Bacillus sp
SS 10 Pseudomonas sp 6.30x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.22x103 Candida sp 7.60x102 Aspergillus sp 3.10x102
0-15 Aspergillus sp Rhodotorula sp
Mucor sp
Rhodotorula sp
15-30

July, 2012

Sample Station
0-15 Bacillus sp Geotrichum sp Mucor sp
Mucor sp
SS 11 Pseudomonas sp 7.00x104 Pseudomonas sp 3.50x102 Aspergillus sp 2.20x102 Aspergillus sp 1.80x102
15-20 Actinomyces sp Geotrichum sp Mucor sp
0-15 Actinomyces sp Mucor sp Mucor sp
SS 12 Pseudomonas sp 1.04x105 Pseudomonas sp 8.00x102 Cladsporium sp 5.40x102 Mucor sp 3.20x102
Bacillus sp
Bacillus sp

15-30
SS 15 Pseudomonas sp 7.20x104 Pseudomonas sp 2.30x103 Rhodotorula sp 6.40x102 Mucor sp 2.80x102
15-30 Actinomyces sp Penicillium sp Aspergillus sp
Aspergillus sp
Candida sp

July, 2012

Sample Station
0-15 Actinomyces sp Aspergillus sp
Bacillus sp
15-20 Bacillus sp Aspergillus sp

0-15

15-30

0-15 Aspergillus sp Mucor sp
Mucor sp
SS 18 Pseudomonas sp 6.90x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.08x103 Rhizobium sp 1.20x102 Mucor sp 1.00x102
15-30 Penicillium sp
Mucor sp
SS 19 Pseudomonas sp 3.00x104 Pseudomonas sp 2
5.20x10 Mucor sp 9.0x101 Mucor sp 9.0x101
0-15

15-30 Mucor sp

0-15 Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp

15-30 Micrococcus sp Mucor sp Mucor sp

July, 2012

Sample Station
0-15 Bacillus sp Rhodotorula sp Rhodooturla sp
Mucor sp Mucor sp

Mucor sp Mucor sp

Bacillus sp


0-15 Candida sp Candida sp
Mucor sp Mucor sp
SS 23 Pseudomonas sp 1.10x105 Pseudomonas sp 6.60x102 Aspergillus sp 1.51x103 Candida sp 1.06x103

15-30 Rhodotorula sp Mucor sp
Candida sp Aspergillus sp
Mucor sp

July, 2012
DRY SEASON – SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

July 2012
Table 1c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Physicochemical Characteristics Dry Season
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 8.017689 X: 8.014072
Y: 4.5547 Y: 4.574551
pH (H2O) @ 23.5oC ASTM D 4972 3.24 3.26 3.20 5.47
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 18.0 8.94 4.38 6.62
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - - -
Sand (%) 100 100 100 100
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 1.90 <1.00 <1.00
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 12.5 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.20 2.80 <1.00 1.70
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 34.5 17.7 33.9 56.5
o EXT. = Extractable

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 8.00702 X: 7.975522
Y: 4.580751 Y: 4.593437
pH (H2O) @ 23.6oC ASTM D 4972 5.40 5.47 5.29 5.33
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 14.0 13.5 32.3 35.0
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 98.0 100 30.0 31.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 5.00 5.00 - -
Sand (%) 90.0 90.0 100 100
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 10.6 42.9 92.2 154
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.10 9.10 5.90 6.40
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 31.0 56.7 66.9 47.3

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.951704 X: 7.926443
Y: 4.601806 Y: 4.605578
pH (H2O) @ 23.7oC ASTM D 4972 5.51 5.33 5.79 5.89
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 124 109 56.3 48.6
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 26.9 18.6 9.89 9.85
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - - -
Sand (%) 100 100 100 100
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E <0.02 1.63 <0.02 <0.02
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 205 468 751 526
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.20 4.60 2.80 <1.00
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 13.0 16.5 20.9 19.8
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 44.7
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 110 154 91.2 126

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.903185 X: 7.877946
Y: 4.610608 Y: 4.608265
pH (H2O) @ 23.6oC ASTM D 4972 5.33 5.33 5.42 5.38
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 32.9 60.2 218 64.5
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 <1.00 7.93 33.6 17.8
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 5.00 - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 10.0 15.0 - -
Sand (%) 80.0 80.0 100 100
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E <0.02 <0.02 24.3 <0.02
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 817 926 1,469 1,281
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0 664 245
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 41.0 53.1 139 173
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50 11.7 13.5
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 2.00 3.40 11.4 8.20
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 5.40 73.4 45.1
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 68.3 61.0 208 154

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.855727 X: 7.830177
Y: 4.605264 Y: 4.602537
pH (H2O) @ 23.7oC ASTM D 4972 5.33 5.42 5.47 5.27
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 52.0 53.5 100 100
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 6.04 5.62 17.3 13.8
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - 10.0 10.0
Sand (%) 100 100 90.0 90.0
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 42.5
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 4.20 4.20 2.00 4.50
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.80 9.80 5.40 18.5
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 99.3 132 110 156

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.804106 X: 7.781543
Y: 4.599754 Y: 4.597345
pH (H2O) @ 23.6oC ASTM D 4972 6.66 6.42 6.37 6.24
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 13.8 15.3 19.3 11.7
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - - -
Sand (%) 100 100 100 100
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 72.8 92.1 12.9 <1.00
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 8.40 10.2 4.10 <1.00
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 50.6 57.7 9.60 <0.50
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 58.6 58.9 <1.00

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.755541 X: 7.73346
Y: 4.594568 Y: 4.592209
pH (H2O) @ 23.6oC ASTM D 4972 6.28 6.67 6.39 6.61
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 3.90 5.36 13.6 6.46
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - 10.0 10.0
Sand (%) 100 100 90.0 90.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 <0.02 0.11 3.70 0.13
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <1.00 <1.00 114 113
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50 2.60 0.60
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.00 4.00 4.40 4.30
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 15.8 19.3 27.2 19.6

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.707511 X: 7.685672
Y: 4.589435 Y: 4.5871
pH (H2O) @ 23.0C ASTM D 4972 5.76 6.28 5.73 5.77
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 13.6 5.89 12.9 11.1
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) - - 5.00 5.00
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 - - 15.0 15.0
Sand (%) 100 100 80.0 80.0
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 905 779 1,211 1,297
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0 564 1,131
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 134 153 110 95.3
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 15.1 13.6 5.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.40 6.60 5.50 6.30
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 42.8 41.9 30.0 21.1
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 15.5

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.660048 X: 7.634816
Y: 4.58436 Y: 4.58166
pH (H2O) @ 22.5oC ASTM D 4972 5.64 5.58 5.54 4.94
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 9.42 7.88 9.89 4.82
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 20.0 20.0 10.0 10.0
Sand (%) 70.0 70.0 80.0 80.0
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,274 967 882 1,060
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 10.2 5.70 <0.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 5.60 8.50 4.10 5.80
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 59.4 369 5.60 8.70
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 201 539 72.9 75.1
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 27.5 24.4 2.40 <1.00

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.606547 X: 7.591482
Y: 4.570064 Y: 4.565826
pH (H2O) @ 23.5oC ASTM D 4972 6.22 6.32 6.25 6.47
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 124 213 179 103
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 <1.00 1.95 <1.00 3.57
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
PSD
Clay (%) 15.0 20.0 19.0 20.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 15.0 5.00 3.00 4.00
Sand (%) 70.0 75.0 78.0 76.0
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1,274 1,393 821 1,023
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.90 3.30 2.90 1.40
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 4.80 6.60 3.40 4.20

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30) (0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.581876 X: 8.017601
Y: 4.565826 Y: 4.55901
pH (H2O) @ 23.4oC ASTM D 4972 6.77 6.42 5.96 5.88
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 213 165 213 176
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 4.71 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 104 108 25.0 30.0
PSD
Clay (%) 5.00 5.00 - -
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 15.0 15.0 - -
Sand (%) 80.0 80.0 100 100
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 806 1,017 661 642
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0 1,906 2,106
Total Chromium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 9.50 18.9 <1.00 <1.00
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.90 4.80 1.50 <1.00
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 18.8 8.80 <0.50
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 65.0 56.4 104 114
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 3.60 11.3 <1.00 2.40

July 2012
(0-15) (15-30)
Co-ordinates X: 7.578101
Y: 4.566132
pH (H2O) @ 23.6oC ASTM D 4972 6.58 4.87
Elect. Conductivity APHA 2510A 225 307
(µS/cm)
TOC (g/kg) BS 1377 <1.00 3.17
THC (mg/kg) ASTM D 3921 <10.0 <10.0
Redox Potential (mV) ASTM D1498 104 108
PSD
Clay (%) 10.0 10.0
Silt (%) ASTM D 422 20.0 20.0
Sand (%) 70.0 70.0
Nitrate (mg/kg) APHA 4500-NO3 1.10 <0.02
Ext. Sulphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 SO42-E <0.02 <0.02
Ext. Phosphate (mg/kg) CAEM/APHA 4500 PD 3.50 4.01
Magnesium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 816 829
Calcium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <10.0 <10.0
Copper (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 <0.50
Lead (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 1.20 <1.00
Zinc (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <0.50 0.80
Barium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 <2.00 <2.00
Manganese (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 53.4 61.5
Vanadium (mg/kg) USEPA 6200 6.60 5.20

July 2012
Table 2c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Volatile Hydrocarbon Profile (BTEX) Dry Season
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July 2012
SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Benzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Toluene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Ethylbenzene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
p-xylene USEPA 8240 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
m-xylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
o-xylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

July 2012
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July 2012
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July 2012
SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July 2012
SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Naphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
2-Methylnaphthalene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenapthylene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Acenaphthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluorene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Phenanthrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Fluoranthene USEPA 8270B <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(a)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Chrysene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(b)fluoranthene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(k)fluoranthene <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Benzo(a)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Indeno(1,2,3-d)pyrene <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

July 2012
Table 5c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT -Soil Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Profile Dry Season
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3.00 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.21 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane <0.01 0.34 0.30 0.62 0.79 1.12
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracosane 0.08 0.14 0.05 0.34 0.13 0.33
n-Pentacosane- 0.82 0.50 0.23 0.42 0.44 0.42
n-Hexacosne 0.17 0.10 0.83 0.37 0.15 0.25
n-Heptacosane 0.84 0.60 <0.01 0.58 0.28 0.32
n-Octacosane 0.14 0.04 <0.01 0.58 <0.01 1.59
n-Nonacosane 0.57 0.34 0.26 0.75 0.18 0.19
n-Triacontane 0.17 0.11 0.19 0.67 0.15 0.23
n-Dotriacotane 0.23 0.18 0.53 0.57 0.39 0.57
n-Tritriacontane 0.62 0.36 0.39 0.54 0.19 0.23
n-Tetratriacontane 0.19 0.66 0.57 0.38 0.54 0.59
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.45 4.46 3.46 7.54 4.03 6.62

July 2012
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.35
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.16
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.19
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.35
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.22 <0.01 <0.01 0.22
n-Eicosane <0.01 <0.01 1.14 0.44 0.73 0.59
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.84 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.13 0.35
n-Tetracosane 0.12 0.10 0.33 0.30 0.47 0.18
n-Pentacosane- 0.67 0.54 0.49 0.28 0.28 0.63
n-Hexacosne 1.09 0.14 <0.01 0.11 0.25 0.68
n-Heptacosane 0.18 0.12 <0.01 <0.01 0.21 0.67
n-Octacosane 0.08 0.07 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.24
n-Nonacosane 0.32 0.12 0.20 0.16 0.20 0.18
n-Triacontane 0.11 0.20 <0.01 <0.01 0.24 0.14
n-Dotriacotane 0.17 0.29 <0.01 <0.01 0.52 0.07
n-Tritriacontane 0.23 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.42 0.47
n-Pentatriacontane 0.34 <0.01 <0.01 0.42 0.53 0.24
n-Hexatriacontane 0.44 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.12
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.14
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 4.82 2.48 3.22 3.09 4.97 7.18

July 2012
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- 1.55 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.10 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.10 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.19 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Eicosane 0.61 1.16 1.25 1.28 1.12 0.97
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane <0.01 0.12 0.25 0.09 0.12 <0.01
n-Tetracosane 0.16 0.43 0.15 0.16 0.20 0.40
n-Pentacosane- 0.40 0.25 0.44 0.38 0.29 0.21
n-Hexacosne 0.29 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.11
n-Heptacosane 0.70 0.16 0.38 0.34 0.18 <0.01
n-Octacosane 0.28 0.09 0.18 0.25 0.06 <0.01
n-Nonacosane 0.41 0.13 0.20 0.27 0.10 0.17
n-Triacontane 0.10 0.08 0.18 0.09 0.14 <0.01
n-Dotriacotane 0.23 0.92 0.18 0.14 0.35 0.31
n-Tritriacontane 0.16 0.59 0.29 1.12 0.21 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane <0.01 0.46 0.64 0.95 0.51 0.39
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.69 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 5.92 5.71 5.48 7.11 4.55 3.47

July 2012
SS 10 SS 10 SS 11 SS 11 SS 12 SS 12
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.19 0.17 1.89 0.56
n-Eicosane <0.01 0.11 0.96 1.03 1.60 0.13
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.14
n-Tetracosane 0.10 0.09 0.17 0.27 0.0.08 0.16
n-Pentacosane- 0.56 0.59 0.45 0.49 0.48 0.41
n-Hexacosne 0.31 0.18 0.10 0.12 0.09 0.31
n-Heptacosane 0.29 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.24
n-Octacosane 0.14 0.08 0.12 0.79 0.10 0.07
n-Nonacosane 0.29 0.22 0.19 0.21 0.20 0.24
n-Triacontane 0.14 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.97 0.08
n-Dotriacotane 0.24 0.24 0.27 0.51 0.41 0.34
n-Tritriacontane 0.21 <0.01 <0.01 0.31 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentatriacontane 0.32 0.34 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.63
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.42
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 3.22 3.48 3.65 4.47 2.88 4.35

July 2012
SS 13 SS 13 SS 14 SS 14 SS 15 SS 15
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.11
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.97
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 3.01 <0.01 0.20 0.13 <0.01 0.68
n-Eicosane 2.51 <0.01 1.19 0.25 <0.01 0.43
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.27 <0.01 <0.01 0.18 0.08 0.14
n-Tetracosane 0.63 0.09 0.14 0.19 0.33 0.23
n-Pentacosane- 0.78 0.54 0.61 0.32 0.64 0.12
n-Hexacosne 0.17 0.21 0.12 0.16 0.21 0.27
n-Heptacosane 0.23 0.29 0.15 0.24 0.20 0.20
n-Octacosane 0.38 0.17 0.12 0.14 0.21 0.14
n-Nonacosane 0.31 0.15 0.21 0.13 0.23 0.46
n-Triacontane 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.17
n-Dotriacotane 0.17 0.29 0.12 0.27 0.22 0.21
n-Tritriacontane 0.24 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.19 0.19
n-Hexatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 0.25 0.44 <0.01 0.40
n-Heptatriacontane 0.65 <0.01 0.68 <0.01 1.03 1.40
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 6.26 3.04 5.38 4.21 5.04 8.04

July 2012
SS 16 SS 16 SS 17 SS 17 SS 18 SS 18
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane 0.10 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane 0.19 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane 0.19 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.29 <0.01 0.64 <0.01 0.09 0.09
n-Eicosane 0.19 0.68 0.18 0.57 0.73 0.53
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.16 0.28 0.17 0.39 0.35 0.21
n-Tetracosane 0.56 0.47 0.47 0.16 0.46 0.27
n-Pentacosane- 0.42 0.35 0.28 0.29 0.35 0.43
n-Hexacosne 0.16 0.14 0.45 0.14 0.17 0.25
n-Heptacosane 0.36 0.13 <0.01 0.18 0.26 0.43
n-Octacosane 0.10 0.02 <0.01 0.11 0.08 0.13
n-Nonacosane 0.37 0.18 0.16 0.85 0.22 0.15
n-Triacontane 0.10 0.75 0.29 0.10 0.42 0.14
n-Dotriacotane 0.45 0.22 <0.01 0.47 1.01 0.11
n-Tritriacontane 0.99 0.20 0.33 <0.01 0.22 <0.01
n-Hexatriacontane 0.49 <0.01 0.43 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 7.31 4.72 5.69 3.74 6.00 4.41

July 2012
SS 19 SS 19 SS 20 SS 20 SS 21 SS 21
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.12
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.27 0.18 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.13 0.11 0.07
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.30 0.20 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.22 <0.01 0.51 0.12 0.37 0.26
n-Eicosane 1.14 <0.01 0.97 0.70 0.44 0.19
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.13 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.20 <0.01 <0.01 0.48 0.38 0.25
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.34 <0.01 0.10 0.42 0.37 0.21
n-Tetracosane 0.22 <0.01 0.19 0.52 0.58 0.19
n-Pentacosane- 0.65 <0.01 0.27 0.45 0.32 0.45
n-Hexacosne 0.26 <0.01 0.11 0.32 0.25 0.31
n-Heptacosane 0.63 0.10 0.21 0.33 0.19 0.28
n-Octacosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.12 0.27 0.08
n-Nonacosane 0.44 <0.01 0.21 0.16 0.17 0.26
n-Triacontane 0.26 <0.01 <0.01 0.12 0.26 0.13
n-Hentriacontane 0.26 <0.01 0.30 0.13 0.14 0.28
n-Dotriacotane 0.85 <0.01 0.33 0.34 0.31 0.14
n-Tritriacontane 0.87 0.64 <0.01 <0.01 0.25 0.99
n-Pentatriacontane 0.78 <0.01 0.50 0.58 0.35 0.42
n-Hexatriacontane 0.83 <0.01 0.39 0.48 <0.01 0.47
n-Heptatriacontane 0.46 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.47
n-Tetracontane 0.06 1.85 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 9.01 2.97 4.89 6.70 6.20 5.86

July 2012
SS 22 SS 22 SS 23 SS 23
Parameter 0-15 15-30 0-15 15-30
Method
n-Octane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Nonane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Decane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Undecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Dodecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tridecane- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetradecane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Pentadecane <0.01 0.11 0.11 <0.01
n-Hexadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.45 <0.01
n-Heptadecane <0.01 <0.01 1.02 <0.01
n-Pristane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octadecane <0.01 <0.01 0.67 <0.01
n-Phytane <0.01 <0.01 0.33 <0.01
n-Nonadecane 0.82 0.22 0.40 0.50
n-Eicosane 0.89 0.68 0.49 0.74
n-Henelcosane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Docosane 0.16 0.22 0.33 0.25
n-Tricosane USEPA 1625 0.13 0.22 0.37 0.15
n-Tetracosane 0.54 0.42 0.33 0.35
n-Pentacosane- 0.39 0.71 0.65 0.36
n-Hexacosne 0.33 0.16 0.35 0.14
n-Heptacosane 0.15 0.94 0.25 0.23
n-Octacosane 0.07 0.79 0.14 <0.01
n-Nonacosane 0.18 0.84 0.29 0.21
n-Triacontane 0.46 0.81 0.17 0.14
n-Hentriacontane 0.13 0.19 0.32 0.18
n-Dotriacotane 0.17 0.51 0.15 0.42
n-Tritriacontane 0.14 0.31 0.54 0.20
n-Tetratriacontane 0.99 0.45 0.72 0.85
n-Pentatriacontane 0.71 0.79 0.89 0.65
n-Hexatriacontane 0.52 0.49 0.53 0.23
n-Heptatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Octatriacontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
n-Tetracontane <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Total 6.82 8.91 9.50 5.71

July 2012
Table 7c: PHCN-JV ILF PROJECT Soil Microbiological Characteristics Dry Season
Sample Station
0-15 Bacillus sp Candida sp Aspergillus sp
Aspergillus sp
SS 1 Pseudomonas sp 7.00x104 Pseudomonas sp 9.20x102 Mucor sp 1.50x102 Candida sp 1.10x102
15-20 Bacillus sp Candida sp Mucor sp
0-15 Bacillus sp Candida sp Candida sp
Actinomyces sp Aspergillus sp
Actinomyces sp Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
Aspergillus sp
15-30 Bacillus sp Mucor sp Candida sp




Actinomyces sp

July, 2012
Sample Station Bacteria (cfu/g) Utilising Bacteria (cfu/g) Fungi (cfu/g) Utilising Fungi (cfu/g)
0-15 Bacillus sp Mucor sp Mucor sp

15-20 Bacillus sp Mucor sp Aspergillus sp
Aspergillus sp
Aspergillus sp
Actinomyces sp Mucor sp
Penicillium sp
0-15 Chromobacterium sp Candida sp Candida sp
Actinomyces sp
SS 8 Pseudomonas sp 7.20x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.43x103 Aspergillus sp 1.05x103 Mucor sp 7.90x102

Chromobacterium sp
Actinomyces sp
0-15 Chromobacterium sp Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp
Bacillus sp Candida sp Mucor sp
Actinomyces sp Mucor sp
15-30 Chromobacterium sp Mucor sp Mucor sp

July, 2012
Sample Station
0-15 Bacillus sp Mucor sp Candida sp

15-20 Geotrichum sp
Actinomyces sp
Bacillus sp Candida sp
Bacillus sp
Actinomyces sp

Actinomyces sp
15-30 Bacillus sp Candida sp
SS 15 Pseudomonas sp 9.20x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.36x103 Mucor sp 4.80x102 Aspergillus sp 5.0x101
0-15 Bacillus sp Candida sp Mucor sp

15-30 Bacillus sp Mucor sp Mucor sp

July, 2012
Sample Station
Mucor sp
Candida sp
SS 16 Pseudomonas sp 9.20x105 Pseudomonas sp 1.97x103 Aspergillus sp 2.24x102 Candida sp 1.70x102
Mucor sp
Candida sp
Penicillium sp

0-15
15-30

0-15 Bacillus sp

15-30 Bacillus sp Aspergillus sp Mucor sp


15-30

July, 2012
Sample Station


0-15

SS 23 Pseudomonas sp 1.46x105 Pseudomonas sp 9.70x102 Mucor sp 2.30x102 Candida sp 6.0x101

0-15 Bacillus sp Aspergillus sp Mucor sp
Actinomyces sp Candida sp Aspergillus sp

15-30 Aspergillus sp Aspergillus sp

July, 2012
APPENDIX 4.4
HYDROBIOLOGY CHARACTERISTICS

WET SEASON – HYDROBIOLOGICALCHARACTERISTICS

July, 2012
Table ( ): Diversity, Abundance and Distribution of Phytoplankton species among the Sampled stations within PHCN
TRANSMISSION Line WET SEASON
S/N Station Phylum/Division Group/Class Family Species Count/ml

ID
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Thalassiosiraceae Cyclotella sp 10
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira granulata 73
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Diatomataceae Tabellaria fenestrata 2
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Eunotiaceae Eunotia gracilis 2
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Thalassionemataceae Synedra ulna 25
1 SS1 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Staurastrum asterias 8
1 SS1 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Micrasterias echinulata 6
1 SS1 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya limnetica 6
1 SS1 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Oscillatoria princeps 8
1 SS1 Algae Green algae Volvocaceae Eudorina elegans 4
Total Count 144
Number of Species 10
Margalef species index 1.81
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Thalassiosiraceae Cyclotella sp 4
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Bacillariaceae Nitzschia closterium 6
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Eunotiaceae Eunotia lunaris 12
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Fragilariaceae Fragilaria construens 10
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Naviculaceae Gomphonema accuminatum 4
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Naviculaceae Navicula radiosa 10
2 SS3 Algae Green algae Volvocaceae Volvox aureus 10
2 SS3 Algae Green algae Hydrodictyaceae Pediastrum duplex 8
2 SS3 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Phormidium tenue 6
2 SS3 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya contorta 8
Total Count 174

July, 2012
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Bacillariaceae Nitzschia palea 6

3 SS6 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Oscillatoria limosa 6
3 SS6 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya contorta 8
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Naviculaceae Navicula oblonga 12
3 SS6 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Phormidium tenue 6
3 SS6 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Closterium moniliferum 12
3 SS6 Algae Green algae Zygnemataceae Zygnema sp 8
Total Count 151
4 SS19 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira granulata var.spiroides 10
4 SS19 Algae Diatom Thalassionemataceae Synedra delicatissima 10
4 SS19 Algae Green algae Hydrodictyaceae Pediastrum duplex 6
Total Count 123
Number of Species 9

July, 2012

5 SS20 Algae Blue-green algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya cylindricum 8
5 SS20 Algae Dinoflagellate Peridiniaceae Peridinium balticum 2
5 SS20 Algae Diatom Eunotiaceae Eunotia lunaris 10
5 SS20 Algae Diatom Naviculaceae Navicula radiosa 15
Total Count 192

July, 2012
Table ( ): Percentage Abundance of each Phylum and Species of Zooplankton observed in all the Sampled Stations
within PHCN TRANSMISSION Line WET SEASON
S/N Station Phylum/Division Group/Class Family Species Count/ml

ID
1 SS1 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Temoridae Eurytemora lacustris 2
1 SS1 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda ---------- Copepod nauplius 16
1 SS1 Chordata Pisces -------- Fish larvae 6
1 SS1 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Keratella valga 4
1 SS1 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Temoridae Temora sp 4
1 SS1 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Branchionus angularis 10
1 SS1 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Branchionus sp 4
Total Count 46
Number of Species 7
2 SS3 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Branchionus falcutus 6
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopidae Cyclops strenuus 6
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopidae Eucyclops serrutalus 2
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Polyphemidae Evadne spinifera 6
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda ---------- Nitocra lacustris 4
Total Count 40
Number of Species 6
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Temoridae Eurytemora affinis 6
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Oithonidae Oithona sp 4
3 SS6 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Keratella quadrata 8
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopidae Cyclopina longicornis 6
Total Count 40
Number of Species 5

July, 2012
4 SS19 Mollusca Gastropoda ----------- Gastropod larvae 4

4 SS19 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Bosmidae Bosmia sp 6
46
Number of Species 6
5 SS20 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopidae Cyclops strenuus 6
5 SS20 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Oithonidae Limnoithona sinensis 14
Total Count 58
Number of Species 6

July, 2012
Table ( ): Diversity, Abundance and Distribution of Macro Benthos species among the Sampled stations within PHCN
TRANSMISSION Line WET SEASON
S/N Station Phylum/Division Group/Class Family Species Abundance

ID
1 SS1 -------- -------- -------- NO BENTHOS ---

2 SS3 -------- -------- -------- NO BENTHOS ---
3 SS6 Annelida Polychaeta Glyceridae Glycera sp 1
Total Abundance 1
No. of Species 1
Margalef Index 0
Shannon weiner Index 0.00
4 SS19 -------- -------- -------- NO BENTHOS ---
5 SS20 -------- -------- -------- NO BENTHOS ---

July, 2012
DRY SEASON – HYDROBIOLOGICALCHARACTERISTICS

July, 2012
Table ( ): Diversity, Abundance and Distribution of Phytoplankton species among stations within PHCN Transmission line
S/N Station ID Phylum/Division Group/Class Family Species Count/ml

Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Nostocaceae Anabaena cylindrica 6
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Nostocaceae Anabaena spiroides 12
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya contorta 15
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya martensiana 6
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Chroococcaceae Microcystis aeruginosa 110
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Chroococcaceae Microcystis flos-aquae 28
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Phormidium tenue 8
Blue-green
1 SS1 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Spirulina major 88
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Thalassiosiraceae Cyclotella meneghiniana 6
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Thalassiosiraceae Cyclotella striata 6
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira granulata var.angustissima 65
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira granulata var.curvata 34
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Bacillariaceae Nitzschia vermicularis 4
1 SS1 Algae Diatom Surirellaceae Surirella capronii 8
1 SS1 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Staurastrum anatinum 4
Total Count 654
Number of
Species 17

July, 2012
Blue-green
2 SS3 Algae algae Nostocaceae Anabaena flos-aquae 8
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Melosira granulata var.angustissima f.
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae spiroides 20
2 SS3 Algae Diatom Diatomataceae Tabellaria fenestrata 6
2 SS3 Algae Dinoflagellate Peridiniaceae Peridinium cintum 4
2 SS3 Algae Green algae Oocystaceae Ankistrodesmus sp 6
2 SS3 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Closterium kuetzingii 4
2 SS3 Algae Euglenoid Euglenaceae Euglena acus 2
2 SS3 Algae Euglenoid Euglenaceae Euglena caudata 2
Total Count 625
Number of
Species 18

July, 2012
Blue-green
Blue-green
3 SS6 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya circumcreta 10
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira granulata var.curvata 18
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira varians 8
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Bacillariaceae Nitzschia accicularis 10
3 SS6 Algae Diatom Thalassionemataceae Synedra capitata 6
3 SS6 Algae Dinoflagellate Peridiniaceae Peridinium cintum 6
3 SS6 Algae Euglenoid Euglenaceae Euglena caudata 4
3 SS6 Algae Green algae Hydrodictyaceae Pediastrum simplex 15
3 SS6 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Staurastrum sp 6
Total Count 487
Number of
Species 18

July, 2012
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
4 SS19 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Spirulina platensis 18
4 SS19 Algae Diatom Thalassiosiraceae Cyclotella meneghiniana 4
4 SS19 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae Melosira varians 8
4 SS19 Algae Diatom Rhizosoleniaceae Rhizosolenia longiseta 2
4 SS19 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Closterium kuetzingii 10
4 SS19 Algae Green algae Desmidiaceae Staurastrum anatinum 8
Total Count 497
Number of
Species 16

July, 2012
Blue-green
Blue-green
5 SS20 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Aphanzomenon fos-aquae 6
Blue-green
5 SS20 Algae algae Oscillatoriaceae Lyngbya circumcreta 6
Blue-green
Blue-green
Blue-green
5 SS20 Algae Diatom Eunotiaceae Eunotia sp 4
Melosira granulata var.angustissima f.
5 SS20 Algae Diatom Melosiraceae spiroides 15
5 SS20 Algae Diatom Naviculaceae Navicula oblonga 8
5 SS20 Algae Dinoflagellate Peridiniaceae Peridinium balticum 4
5 SS20 Algae Green algae Hydrodictyaceae Pediastrum simplex 15
Total Count 475
Number of
Species 17

July, 2012
Table ( ): Diversity, Abundance and Distribution of Micro-zooplankton species among stations within PHCN
Transmission line

1 SS1 Mollusca Gastropoda ----------- Gastropod larvae 4
1 SS1 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Polyphemidae Evadne tergestina 3
1 SS1 Mollusca Gastropoda ---------- Gastropod larvae 3
1 SS1 Nematoda -------- ---------- Nematode larvae 2
1 SS1 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Oithonidae Limnoithona sinensis 4
Total Count 68
Number of Species 9
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Cyclops vicinus 8

2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Mesocyclops sp 4
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Diaptomidae Diaptomus wilsonae 8
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Diaptomidae Diaptomus forbesi 4
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Eucyclops varicans 4
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Calanidae Sinocalanus dorrii 6
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda ----------- Copepod nauplius 20
2 SS3 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Polyphemidae Evadne spinifera 2
2 SS3 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Keratella valga 4
Total Count 68

July, 2012
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Temoridae Eurytemora affinis 10

3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Diaptomidae Diaptomus forbesi 6
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Calanidae Limnocalanus sp 6
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Eucyclops serrutalus 6
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Cyclops vicinus 4
3 SS6 Rotifer Monogononta Branchionidae Keratella quadrata 4
3 SS6 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Polyphemidae Polyphemus sp 2
Total Count 76
4 SS19 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Acartidae Acartia sp 4
4 SS19 Mollusca Gastropoda ------ Gastropod larvae 6
4 SS19 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Calanidae Sinocalanus dorrii 6
4 SS19 Nematoda -------- -------- Nematode larvae 4
Total Count 62
Number of Species 8
5 SS20 Arthropoda/Crustacea Cladocera Bosminidae Bosmina longirostris 6
5 SS20 Arthropoda/Crustacea Copepoda Cyclopoidae Microcyclops sp 8
Total Count 60
Number of Species 7
July, 2012
Table ( ): Diversity, Abundance and Distribution of Macro-Benthos species among the Sampled stations within PHCN
Transmission line
1 SS1 Mollusca Gastropoda Melaniidae Pachymelania aurita 1

1 SS1 Annelida Oligochaeta Tubificidae Tubifex sp 3
Total Abundance 4
Number of Species 2
Margalef Index 0.72
Shannon Weiner Index 0.80
2 SS3 No benthos species
4 SS19 Annelida Polychaeta Nereidae Nereis sp 2

4 SS19 Annelida Polychaeta Spionidae Polydora ciliata 1
Total Abundance 3
Number of Species 2
Margalef Index 0.9
Shannon Weiner Index 0.93

July, 2012
APPENDIX 4.5
EVIDENCE OF CONSULTATIONS

ATTENDANCE TRC, CLAN AND VILLAGE LEVEL CONSULTATIVE MEETING

ATTENDANCE SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASED CONSULTATIVE MEETINGS

ATTENDANCE TRC PUBLIC FORUM MEETING

APPENDIX 4.6
SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY TOOLS

APPENDIX 1
QIT – IKOT ABASI PHCN TL PROJECT
SOCIO –ECONOMIC/ HEALTH IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY
IN-DEPTH INTERVIEW SCHEDULE FOR KEY INFORMANTS
– LOCAL STAKEHOLDERS
QUESTIONNAIRE NO _________________
NAME OF COMMUNITY: ___________________ L.G.A _____________________
DATE OF INTERVIEW: ____________NAME OF INTERVIEWER: _____________
1. a) Household Information
Positi Hou Sex Ag Marit Highest Occupat Ethnic Other No. Migra If (A) Why
on se (M/ e al Educatio ion ity skills/tra of nts Whe are
Hold F) statu nal des yea Prese re they
size s Standar rs nt (P) are ther
W/C/ d livi Absen they e?
D Obtaine ng t (A) ?
d in
the
are
a
*W/C/D = No. of wives, Children, Other Dependants
2. Community Information
(a) Composition of the community: How would you describe this community in terms of the
proportion of the population by sex, age, religion, social status, migrant status and
ethnic background?
Characteristics Proportion Characteristics

Proportion
none ¼ ½ ¾ All none ¼ ½ ¾ all
Age: Adults Children/You
th
Religion: Muslim
Christian
Indigenes Migrants
Status: Better- Poor
off
Gender: Male Female
Majority ethnic Minority
Group(_______ ethnic Group
)
* Indicate here if there is a proportion of the population that are traditional worshippers.

July, 2012
(b) Name the major traditional gods of your community and shrines
locations………………………
(c) Name the major cultural festivals in your community and period of
observance…………………
(d) Name the cultural sites of importance in your
community………………………………………
(e) In the last 12 months, has there been any disturbance/destruction to nos. b c,d,
above?..............
3. Intra and Inter Ethnic Relations
a) Mention any recent conflict within the community! Who were those involved?; what was
the cause of the conflict and how was it
resolved?_________________________________
b) Mention any recent conflict between members of this community and outsiders! Who were
involved, what was the cause of the conflict and how was it resolved?
_________________
4. Economic Scenario
a) Household Income per month
Income sources Last 12 Presently Reasons for Change

months
Paid Employment
Agriculture
Trade on household
provisions
Trade on fish produce
Pensions
Rent of housing/return
Rent of fishing boats
Cyclist
Boat building/repairs
Boat transportation
Sales of fishing
equipments
Artisan (carpentry, mason,
etc)
Handicraft (pottery,
weaving, tailoring)
Processing (garri, local
gin, fufu, etc)
Collection of forest
products (fruits,
vegetables, firewood etc)
Collection of sea products
(periwinkle, crayfish etc)
Other income sources
(specify)
b) Household Expenditure per Month

July, 2012
Items Last 12 Presently Reasons for Change

months
Food
Clothing
Fuel
Education
Health
Others
(specify)
c) Household Structure and assets
Yes No Yes No
House (Block/ corrugated iron, Stove
hut etc
Fan Boat
Generator Fridge
Motorcycle
Bicycle
d) Household Resources Use
Yes No Yes No
Fuel wood Electricity
Charcoal Solar Power/Panel
Kerosene stove Generator
Gas Cooker Medicinal plants and crafts
Water Others (specify)
Stream
Borehole
Earthen well/ dug pit
River
e) Household Agricultural production
A B C D E Returns last Returns

Grown Grown Crop Crop yield year compared Estima
yearly last rotatio Good/Mediocr Sold Barter to previous te of
Crops year n e/Poor ed years Income
Y N Y N Y N G M P Y N Y N Bett Wors receive
er e d if
crop
sold
Maize
Cassav
a
Pumkin
Others
(Specif
y)

July, 2012
f) List 2 most important income-generating activities in this community

___________________
_____________________________________________________________________
______
g) How much do you save monthly? ______ No savings; ___less than N 1,000;
__________
less than N 5,000________ less than N 10,000 _______ more than
N10,000________
h) Have there been any changes in items (f) and (g) in the last two
months?__________
Specify________________________________________________________
h) Have you ever received any loan/ credit for your business expansion? _______
Specify _____________________________________________________________
5. Infrastructure /Health
a) Which of the following types of houses is common in this community (Enumerator to
note)?: mud and wattle thatch; _____ mud and wattle zinc; _____Earth block/Thatch;
______Earth Block/Zinc; ____ Cement Block/Zinc; ______Cement Block/Asbestos;
_________Timber Wall/Thatch; ___________ Timber Wall/Zinc; ____
b) From which of the following sources is your water supply? Rain, ____ River____
Stored run-off; _______ pipe borne; _______ borehole; __________ well etc,
_______
c) How is water from each of these sources treated before use?_________
d) How is solid waste disposed off?: Burning; _______ Burying; _____

Dumping; _____Throwing in running/stagnant water______________
e) How is human waste disposed off? Pit latrine; ___ defecation into water channels
_____ defecation into surrounding bushes; _____ pail systems; ____ pit toilet;
_________
VIP-ventilate latrines: ____ Any other (specify) ___________________
f) What are the common diseases and pests found in this community (especially in the
last 3 months)______________________________________
g) Specify any form of disease or pest that is found only in this community and not in
neighboring ones. ___________________________
h) Why are the above diseases common in your locality? ______________
i) What has been done by the village or Govt. to reduce the presence of above mentioned
diseases and pests? ______________________________
i) Where do people suffering from various disease normally go for cure?:

July, 2012
Churches ____Native doctors ___Dispensary/Health centre/Hospital:__
6. Standard Of Living
a) What category of people are more common in your community? _____________

Landlords;______________ _tenants _________________
b) Do you consider most dwelling houses adequate in size for each household?
Yes; ____ No. ________
c) What proportion of houses/households you have visited/known would you consider as
having modern facilities/conveniences (e.g. cars, TV. Fan, motorcycle etc): none;
______
¼; _____½;______¾; ______ all ______
d) What fraction of your income (e.g. ½; 1/3 ; ¾ etc.) do you spend on the following?
Food;_____ clothing; _______ education;______ health care;_____ housing _____
transportation; _____ etc (specify) ________
e) What proportion of this community would you consider to be poor (e.g. ½; 1/3;
etc)___________________
f) What do you think are the reasons for poverty in this community?____
g) What do you think is the proportion of functionally educated (can read and write)
people in this community (e.g. ½; ¼ etc) _______________
h) What would you say is the proportion of jobless people in this community? (e.g. ½; ¾
etc)_________________________________________
i) Which of the following 3 groups have the highest proportion of jobless people in this
community? The uneducated; ____the partially educated (Primary and Secondary
education);______the well educated (more than secondary education
)__________________
j) List 3 frequently eaten food items in order of importance (1)______(2)_______(3)______
7. Community Organization/ Assistance

a) List the common groups and organizations found in this community._______________
b) Which are the 2 most important groups? _____________________________

July, 2012
c) Mention any project that has been undertaken by any of the mentioned groups in the
community
d) Has the government or any other organization embarked on activity to help reduce
environmental problems in your community? Yes; _______ No;_____________
e) If yes what type of development programmes; Which organization; and what has been
the impact?___________________________________________________________
9 Community Perceptions
a) How far from human habitation are any PHCN installations in your
community?_________________________________________________________
b) Did they come to your community to discuss with you what they were planning to
do?__________________________________________________________________
c) Do PHCN officials ever come to discuss their activities with your community? Yes,
regularly; __________ Yes, occasionally; ________ no, not at all ________ if yes, what do
they discuss? _________________________________________________________
d) Do they ever discuss your problem with you or consult you before they site their
installations?
_____________________________________________________________
f) How would you characterize the relationship between the PHCN and your community?
Very good; _______ fair; ____ poor;______ hostile; ___what is the reason for the
“chosen” relationship? _______________________________________
g) Has any of your communal lands been taken over by the PHCN? Yes; ____No; ______ If
yes, what proportion of your land has taken over? Over ½; _____ ¼ - ½; _____
over ¼; _____ a very small size; ____
h) Have there been cases of electricity related problems in this community? Yes; ___
No;______ I don’t know;_______
i) If Yes, give details about the latest problem _________________________-

____________
Thank you for your assistance and God bless you!

July, 2012
APPENDIX 2
QIT – IKOT ABASI PHCN TL PROJECT
SOCIO –ECONOMIC/ HEALTH IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY
FOCUS/ GENERAL GROUP DISCUSSION GUIDE
Name of Community__________________ LGA:_____________________

Type of Group:____________ Male:___________ Female:_____________
List of Participants (b/w 8 – 10)

1 2
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8
9. 10.
Name of Moderator __________Name of Note taker _________Date_________
A. Community Characteristics
1. Composition of the community: How would you describe this community in terms of the
proportion of the population by sex, age, religion, social status, migrant status and ethnic
background? (use the table to record responses.)
Characteristics Proportion Characteristics

Proportion
none ¼ ½ ¾ All none ¼ ½ ¾ all
Age: Adults Children/You
th
Religion: Muslim
Christian
Indigenes Migrants
Status: Better- Poor
off
Gender: Male Female
Majority ethnic Minority
Group(_______ ethnic Group
)
Record the consensus of opinion not the responses of one person.

* Indicate here if there is a proportion of the population that are traditional worshippers.
2. How would you rate the level of infrastructural development in this community?
High __________ average _________ very low ___________

July, 2012
Use the table below to indicate the type of facilities available and their condition:
Type of facility Tick if present Tick if Condition: Any plan to
functioning Good/ poor Improve.
Access road
Public
transportation
Local market
Primary school
Secondary school
Dispensary/matern
ity
Electricity
Stable water
supply
Others:
Record the consensus of opinion not the responses of one person.
* Indicate here if there is any plan by community or outside agency to improve the facility.
4. List the common social groups in this community:
5. A). How is the general health status of people in this community?

Good;________ Just fair; _______ poor _______
B) What are the common diseases affecting people here?
C) Are there any reasons for particular health problems here?.
6. A). How would you characterize this community in terms of cooperation and
social harmony? Do people work together or are there cases of fighting between
groups within the community? What are the likely causes of such conflict, if they
occur?
B). In the case of conflict between groups within the community, how are such
problems resolved?
D) Have there been any recent cases of conflict with groups outside the
community? Yes; ___ No; _____ if yes, what were the causes?
E). How have such conflicts with outside groups been resolved?
B. Livelihood Activities of Local Population
7. Which of the following activities are practiced in this community? Indicate if women,
men or both are engaged in each activity. Also indicate if each activity is declining or
not
Activity Gende Tick if activity is If threatened, give
r threatened or reasons
M/F/B* declining
Crop farming
Trading
Livestock rearing
Civil servant
Fishing
Hunting
Gathering non-timber forest
products
Processing produce
Marketing Produce

July, 2012
Blacksmith, carpenter
Crafts
Selling food, snacks
Hired labourer: Agricultural or
oil company
Other:
* M = Males only engage in this activity; F = females only; B = both males and females
engage in this activity.
8.A) Over the last 1 -5 years, have there been any changes in these activities?
Yes, improved; ___ Yes, declined; ___ No change ____
B) Which activities have improved?
Which has remained the same?
C) Why has there been a change, if any?
9. List the major crops grown here:
10. List the common fish breeds and other river/swamp produce harvested in your waters?
C. Community Perceptions
11. How far from human habitation are PHCN installations in your
community?_________________________________________________________
12. Do PHCN officials ever come to discuss their activities with your community? Yes,
regularly; __________ Yes, occasionally; ________ no, not at all ________ if yes, what do
they discuss? _______________________________________________
13. Do they ever discuss your problem with you or consult you before they site their
installations? __________________________________________________________
14. How would you characterize the relationship between the PHCN and your community?
Very good; _______ fair; ____ poor;______ hostile; ___what is the reason for the
“chosen” relationship? _______________________________________
15. Have there been cases of electricity related problems in this community? Yes; ___
No;______ I don’t know;_______
37. If yes, give details about the latest problem.

…………………………………………………
38. Has the Government/NGO/Company embarked on any activity to try to reduce the
environmental problems in your locality? Specify__________________________
43. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the PHCN in your
community?___________________________________________________________
_
44. Overall, do you think the activities of the PHCN have had?
Good effect; _____________ No. effect; _______Bad effect;_____________
45. What should be done to help the people of this area?
Thank you for your assistance. God bless you.

July, 2012
APPENDIX 3
Checklist on Infrastructural Facilities
Name of Settlement/ Community: ………………………………………………….

1. Water Supply:
Type of Available in Used by Used for which purposes: Any
Supply Community what drinking/washing/bathing development
(Yes/No) proportion projects/
of plans to
population improve water
supply?
Private
borehole
Public
borehole
Private
wells
Public
wells
Creek or
Stream
Rain water
Others
*Everyone, more than ½; less than ½; very few; no one
2. Electricity:
Source of Available Used by Regularity Usual Any
Supply in what voltage: development
Community proportion Good/ projects/ plans
(Yes/No) of poor to improve
population electricity?
Public electricity
from PHCN
Community
Generator
Private
Generators
Others
*Most of time, occasionally, very seldom, etc
3. Educational Facilities:
Type of Availability No. of Condition Any If none,
Educational in Rooms of School development where is
Facility community. projects/ plans nearest
(Yes/ No) to improve school
electricity?
Primary School
Secondary
School
Tertiary
institution
Others
4. Health Facility

July, 2012
Type of Health Availability No./ No. of Any If none,

Facility in type of beds development where is
community. Medical projects/ plans to nearest
(Yes/ No) staff improve Health Health
facility? facility
Primary Health
Care
Hospital
Patent Chemist
Others
b) What type of Traditional health care is available? …………………………………
5. Transportation
Type of Availability proportion Dependability Frequency Remarks:
Transportation in of of service of Service Describe
community. population the most
(Yes/ No) using common
routes
/destination
Truck/ lorry
Bus /Car
Speed boat /
ferry
Canoe
Motorcycle
Bicycle
Others
6. Markets
Type of Availability Approximate Buyers Frequency of Types of
Market in no. of from Market: daily products
community. Sellers where? or how many sold- only
(Yes/ No) Locality/ days interval locally
Other produced or
Village/ wide range
Cities of goods
Local Village
square/ no
permanent
stalls
Open stall
market
Permanent
Lock- up stalls
7. Other facilities
Type of Facility Availability in Number of Any project or If none, where
community. Staff plans to is nearest
(Yes/ No) improve? facility?
Police station or
Police Post
Bank (Name:
……..)
Post Office

July, 2012
Town Hall
Others …………
8. Religious Facilities
Type of Facility Found in Community Number of Churches/ Mosques/ Shrines
(Yes/ No) and Names
Churches
Mosques
Shrines

July, 2012
APPENDIX 5.1
TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY CHARTS

APPENDIX 5.2
SUMMARY OF CONTENT OF COMMUNITY
RELATIONS AND ENGAGEMENT PLAN

Appendix 5.2
Summary of Content of Community Relation and Engagement Plan
(to be Developed and Implemented by the EPC)
The community Relations and Engagement Plan is a procedure that guides the relations with all
project affected communities to ensure fairness and transparency in the processes of consultation
and engagement, to improve community relations, to reduce risks of unresolved issue and over
commitment in the course of consultations, and to prevent project associated adverse impacts on
the cultural values of the areas. The key aspects that will be covered by the project Community
Relations and Engagement Plan include the following;
• Procedures that will ensure early and well defined engagement of the different
communities, the various groups, and individuals who are affected by the project
• Strategies for ensuring that all affected groups participate in consultations and that all
concerns are duly documented and addressed
• Identification of acceptable communication tools and approaches to educate community
members and stakeholders on project activities, potential impacts, schedules, and
progresses
• Engagement strategies for workers and contractors from the different communities to
ensure fairness and prevent conflicts
• Conflicts management strategies for issues that arise in the course of project activities
such as community agitations over employment, contracting, compensations, land
disputes, wrong stakeholder identification, leadership tussles, etc. The plan will
Reference the RAP and approved grievance procedure
• Identification of sensitive local cultures, traditions, lifestyles, and issues that have the
potential to cause problems in the course of project works and provide effective
management strategies
• Strategies for sustaining consultations throughout the life span of the project, among
others.

July, 2012
APPENDIX 6
INTEGRATED DISEASE SURVEILLANCE AND

RESPONSE DATA (IDSR) FOR STUDIED LGAS
ABD AKWA IBOM STATE

SN
SN
LGA
LGA
1 Eket
1 Eket
State Total
State Total
6 Onna
6 Onna
3 Ibeno
3 Ibeno
2 Esit Eket
2 Esit Eket
4 Ikot Abasi
4 Ikot Abasi
5 Mkpat Enin
5 Mkpat Enin
1. CSM 1. CSM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Cholera 2. Cholera
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
81
0
0
0
0
0
69
3. Diarrhoea (Watery 3. Diarrhoea (Watery
without blood) without blood)
1360
5456
19
327
18
12
58
12
77
181
28
70
83
52
4. Diarrhoea (with blood) 4. Diarrhoea (with blood)
2425
592
3
2
7
4
4
10
7
5
12
2
5
33
5. Dracunculiasis 5. Dracunculiasis (Guinea

(Guinea Worm Disease) Worm Disease)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
56
0
0
0
0
0
0
6. Hepatitis B 6. Hepatitis B
69
331
116
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
1
7. New AIDS cases 7. New AIDS cases
2295
6164
157
260
55
565
63
0
70
0
33
76
2
23
8. Lassa fever (Viral 8. Lassa fever (Viral

hemorrhagic fever) hemorrhagic fever)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
9. Leprosy 9. Leprosy
25
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Source: Epidemiology Unit, Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Health, Uyo. (2011)
Source: Epidemiology Unit, Akwa Ibom State Ministry of Health, Uyo. (2011)
10. Lymphatic Filariasis 10. Lymphatic Filariasis
79
483
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
32
422
11a) Malaria 11a) Malaria
24840
714
1459
61230
1975
5844
182
2840
1472
2814
316
537
302
727
11b) Malaria (severe) 11b) Malaria (severe)
952
3786
117
201
0
0
0
0
0
0
28
0
8
2
11c) Malaria (Pregnant 11c) Malaria (Pregnant

Women) Women)
14298
8146
321
35
117
92
26
103
449
77
659
196
35
223
12. Measles 12. Measles
491
212
300
0
5
4
3
8
3
0
63
2
7
3
13. Pertussis 13. Pertussis
42
39
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
14. Plague 14. Plague
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
4
15. Pneumonia 15. Pneumonia
693
2302
10
34
4
17
21
32
110
5
40
45
8
8
16. Poliomyelitis/AFP 16. Poliomyelitis/AFP

412
46
0
0
4
1
0
10
3
2
3
2
10
4
17a. STDs (Vaginal 17a. STDs (Vaginal

Discharge) Discharge)
171
0
0
0
0
22
5
6
1
0
11
5
8
6
17b. STDs (Genital Ulcer) 17b. STDs (Genital Ulcer)

18
116
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
0
1
0
17c. STDs (Urethral 17c. STDs (Urethral

Discharge) Discharge)
35
176
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
17d. STDs (Others) 17d. STDs (Others)

24
66
0
1
0
2
0
8
47
1
0
4
1
1
18. Neonatal Tetanus 18. Neonatal Tetanus

1392
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
1
10
19. Tuberculosis 19. Tuberculosis

538
12
15
9
0
0
2
52
36
27
37
51
8
9
20. Onchocerciasis 20. Onchocerciasis

15
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
21. Yellow Fever 21. Yellow Fever

2
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
3
0
0
22. HPAI (Bird Flu) 22. HPAI (Bird Flu)

4
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 NA
0 NA
0 NA
0 NA
0 NA
0 NA
0 NA
APPENDIX 6b - 2011 (JAN. - MAY) INTEGRATED DISEASE SURVEILLANCE AND RESPONSE (IDSR) DATA FOR STUDIED LGAs AND AKWA IBOM STATE
APPENDIX 6a - 2010 (JAN. - DEC.) INTEGRATED DISEASE SURVEILLANCE AND RESPONSE (IDSR) DATA FOR STUDIED LGAs AND AKWA IBOM STATE
23. Malnutrition 23. Malnutrition

408
14
3
0
6
8
7
24. Typhoid Fever 24. Typhoid Fever

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1120
0
5
1
11
1
22
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
25. Diabetes Millitus 25. Diabetes Millitus

547
25
0
0
0
5
38
26. High Blood Pressure 26. High Blood Pressure

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1640
24
5
34
150
3
3

Tower Design PG 7 of 42 - VVIMP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tower Design PG 7 of 42 - VVIMP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tower Design PG 7 of 42 - VVIMP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Public Disclosure Authorized

TRANSMISSION COMPANY OF NIGERIA

58km 330kV QIT – IKOT ABASI TRANSMISSION LINE

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT NO.: S - 1103

FINAL DRAFT REPORT November, 2012

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

TRANSMISSION COMPANY OF NIGERIA

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page i of xiv

TABLE OF CONTENT ii of xiv

CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT JUSTIFICATION 1 of 16

CHAPTER THREE: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 of 42

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page ii of xiv

3.4 Applicable Codes and Standards 4 of 42

CHAPTER FOUR: THE EXISTING NATURAL ENVIRONMENT 1 of 111

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page iii of xiv

4.6.1 Surface Water Physico-chemistry 20 of 111

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page iv of xiv

4.24 Health Facilities 106 of 111

CHAPTER FIVE: ASSOCIATED/POTENTIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1 of 53

CHAPTER SIX: IMPACT MITIGATION AND RESIDUAL RANKING 1 of 29

CHAPTER SEVEN: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 of 25

CHAPTER EIGHT CONCLUSION

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page v of xiv

LIST OF APPENDICES, TABLES AND FIGURES

List of Appendices and Attachments

Attachment I: Sampling Distribution Map

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page vi of xiv

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page vii of xiv

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page viii of xiv

Figure 4.31: Housing Structure – Percentage Distribution 90 of 111

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page ix of xiv

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page x of xiv

ISO International Standards Organization

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xi of xiv

SPM Suspended particulate matter

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xii of xiv

Fugro EIA Team

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xiii of xiv

Table of Contents Final Draft Report Page xiv of xiv

Separation Page July 2012 Final Draft Report

Administrative and Legal Framework

Benefits of the Project

Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 1 of 16

Project Development Options

Connection to National Grid

Transmission Line Type Options

Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 2 of 16

Transmission Line Design

Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 3 of 16

Protection and Earthing System Design

Power Transmission Line Operations

Maintenance of Power Transmission Line

Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 4 of 16

Regional Meteorology and Climate

Air Quality / Noise Levels

Regional Geology / Hydrogeology

Executive Summary Final Draft Report Page 5 of 16